|
|
Beyond Rote Responding: Programming for the Intermediate to Advanced Learner |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Shayna Gaunt, M.A. |
SHAYNA GAUNT (How to ABA), SHIRA KARPEL (How to ABA) |
Description: Do you have learners who are beyond the basics, yet still struggle with language and comprehension? In practice, we see learners who talk in sentences, but still do not answer wh-questions fluently or carry a conversation. Has your learner outgrown your usual assessments? How do you program for someone who is more complex than what you were taught during your BCBA supervision? In this workshop, we will provide you with a road map for the intermediate to advanced learner, including assessment, practical programs, data sheets, and materials. We will share our tips and tricks for advanced programming (gained from 20+ years of experience) and show you how to teach across operants so that your students’ skills are fluent and dynamic. Program individualization will be also be discussed. Instead of programming to an assessment, watch your learner soar! Content has obtained credibility, as demonstrated by 20+ years of involvement in the practice and application of ABA within the autism community. At How to ABA, we provide practical support and resources for ABA professionals. We help BCBA’s create dynamic, individualized programs by providing easy to access programs, materials and CEUs so that you can feel conbdent and master what you love. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1. Identify at least 3 areas of need for an intermediate to advanced learner after completing an assessment; 2. Show knowledge of program planning for the advanced learner; 3. Write at least 3 dynamic skill acquisition programs for an intermediate to advanced learner with ease and efficiency; 4. Develop corresponding data sheets tailored towards intermediate to advanced learners that teach across operants. |
Activities: The format combines lecture and small group activities. Workshop objectives will be met through a balanced presentation of lecture, video observation, discussion, small group break out, and guided practice. Supplemental materials for will be provided in order to support participant learning. |
Audience: This workshop is intended for newly-minted behavior analysts providing language and social skills interventions for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Standardized competencies (e.g., BCBA) are suggested but not required. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Advanced Language, Autism, Curriculum development, Program writing |
|
|
|
Comorbidity of Motor Impairments With Autism and Practical Recommendations Using Behavior Approach |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Maria Mobo, M.A. |
MARIA MOBO (MAIA Autisme
Paris, France) |
Description: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is not associated with motor disturbances but motor impairments or Developmental Coordination Disorder (DCD) are prevalent and persistent in ASD. Children with ASD rarely receive a dual diagnosis of DCD and those who present symptoms of motor disturbance seldom benefit motor-related interventions. A major reform in France has been instituted to align and integrate practice at the base of a single diagnosis of neurodevelopmental disorder. From this position, the workshop outlines in greater detail the comorbidity between ASD and DCD and presents an integrated intervention method using behavioral approach. MAIA Autisme in Paris is the reference in France for sports and physical education in autism. The workshop will present in part a program developed for children and adolescents which is easy to adapt in individual and group settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to : (1) Identify the sub-group of people with ASD needing intervention in the physical-motor domain; (2) Develop practical behavior programs to address functional motor impairments; (3) Design a platform for integrative and pluri-disciplinary practice. |
Activities: The format combines lecture, video presentation, small group activities, review of case studies, and guided practice. |
Audience: It is ideal for audience who are involved with the ASD population and have a basic knowledge of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, comorbidity, developmental coordination, motor impairments |
|
|
|
Teaching the Mand Through Compassionate Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) - The Competent Learner Model (CLM) Approach |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 7 |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kari Kessler, M.Ed. |
KARI KESSLER (Montgomery County Intermediate Unit), JENNIFER DOWNS (Abington School District, Salus University), JENNIFER JOHNSON (Pennsbury School District) |
Description: The Competent Learner Model addresses seven specific repertoires. Within those repertoires, Skinner’s verbal operants are included. When considering the teaching of manding to students with language based disabilities like autism, the Competent Learner Model focuses on small, attainable steps that rely on beginning with the learner in mind and accepting “any motor movement” as a mand. In this workshop, development of the mand over multiple lessons that shape clearer and more distinct mands will be shown through video and student data. Competent Learner Model certified coaches and coaches in training will provide modeling and access to several of the formats (lesson) in the Problem Solver-mand repertoire. A variety of data collection options will be shown as well as how the Competent Learner Model accepts all forms of communication from sign, vocal or technological in the quest for manding behaviors. The intent of this session is to show a compassionate and successful student-centered approach to mand development. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define what the term "mand" means. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to teach early mand behavior. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to understand how the Competent Learner Model uses Compassionate Applied Behavioral Analysis throughout its curriculum. |
Activities: The format combines lecture, guided practice, video demonstrations, and small group discussion around data and videos. |
Audience: The session will meet the needs of teachers and parents who are newer to the teaching of mands. It will also be beneficial to any providers, including BCBAs who would like to look at mand development in a different way. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
How to Create and Maintain Sleep Behavior Plans - Toddlers to Teens |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 4 |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kathryn Holloran, M.Ed. |
KATHRYN HOLLORAN (The Behaviorist Next Door) |
Description: Sleep concerns are increasingly prevalent among our families. A 2019 study in the Journal Pediatrics found that sleep disturbances are more than twice as common in children with Autism and Developmental Delays. A 2003 study found that families and caregivers of children with AD/HD were five times as likely to report sleep concerns. These statistics are felt by BCBAs providing clinical care in homes, clinics, and schools across the world. In this workshop, participants will learn the overall behavioral challenges and medical comorbidities common in sleep disturbances among children. A behavioral approach to teaching children to sleep independently will be outlined, along with modifications and troubleshooting techniques. The presenter will share detailed plan templates for children in early-, intermediate- and advanced- learner stages. Strategies will be discussed around the three major areas of sleep challenges: trouble falling asleep at bedtime, trouble staying asleep, and nighttime sleep disorders such as Obstructive Sleep Apnea, Restless Leg Syndrome, Sleepwalking and others. The first portion of the workshop will outline general issues faced by families with kids with Autism and Developmental Delays along with other diagnoses. The second section of the workshop will explore how to engage in a Functional Behavior Assessment of specific interfering behaviors around sleep. Utilizing a Competing Pathways Model, participants will walk through Antecedent, Teaching and Consequence Strategies.They will then create a sleep plan to include goals to utilize for Health Insurance. Participants will receive plan templates, data sheets, progress monitoring resources and troubleshooting strategies that can be used with families in need of more, and better, sleep. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the key behavioral concerns affecting kids' sleep, and what correlations are currently being explored between specific diagnoses and sleep disturbances. (2) Apply basic antecedent strategies based on sleep-interfering behavior. (3) Create Functional Behavior Plans for many of the sleep disturbances common to neurodivergent kids. |
Activities: The workshop will be a combination of lecture, small group guided practice activities, and case study video and written models. Supplemental materials for organizing and creating a sleep plan will be provided. |
Audience: This workshop is most appropriate for BCBAs with knowledge of antecedent, behavioral, and consequence strategies; who have designed behavior plans; and those who have worked with children with sleep concerns. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior plan, insurance, sleep |
|
|
|
The Analysis of Crime: Forensic Behavioral Case Conceptualization |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 5 |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Timothy Templin, M.A. |
KODEY LAI (CrimeandBehavior.Com), PRESLEY DACOTAH WANNER (Anne Carlsen Center), TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (Hoosier ABA) |
Description: In this three-hour workshop, the presenters will introduce the application of
behavior analytic principles to the civil and criminal justice systems. Most
importantly, multiple criminal cases will be reviewed within a behavior analytic
lens to derive a conceptualization of the delinquent acts as well as hypothesized
functions for each. The participants in this workshop will then be presented with
case vignettes and will work together to develop their own forensic behavioral
case conceptualizations. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Identify three key areas where behavior analysts can serve the justice
system
2) State the components of a forensic behavioral case conceptualization
3) Examine a criminal case and develop a case conceptualization as part of a
group project |
Activities: ? Hour One: Overview of crime and behavior analysis
? Hour Two: Demonstration of forensic behavioral case conceptualization
? Hour Three: Participants will develop their own case conceptualization
using vignettes provided |
Audience: Intermediate skill level. BCBAs, BCaBAs, psychologists and other professionals
are encouraged to learn about this unique subspecialty. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Criminal Justice, Forensics |
|
|
|
The Matrix Project: Using Behavior Analysis to Promote Social Change |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 11 |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D. |
TRACI M. CIHON (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), KATHRYN M. ROOSE (State of Nevada, Division of Child and Family Services), JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (California State University, Fresno), AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Description: Workshop participants will learn principles of behavioral systems theory and how they can be applied to analyze the systems that promote and hinder behavioral approaches to understanding and addressing societal issues (with a primary emphasis on issues outside autism/developmental disabilities). After a brief introduction to behavioral systems analysis, participants will actively engage in guided exercises, taking a constructional approach for analyzing and impacting large-scale social issues. Participants will learn to employ a matrix methodology for this purpose through hands-on exposure to an on-going, large-scale, evidence-based matrix project being conducted by the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility SIG (see https://bfsr.abainternational.org/ for additional information about this project, which targets increasing the number of behavior analysts contributing to solutions to a range of social and global issues). Participants will then have opportunities to collaboratively select a cultural practice to be increased, and complete an analysis of antecedents and consequences likely to support or hinder the incidence of that practice. Finally, leaders and participants will discuss how this approach can realistically be used to promote social change in participants' areas of interest. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) explain how behavioral systems theory can be operationalized using a matrix methodology to promote social change; (2)locate and use empirical data to support behavioral systems analyses; (3)select a cultural practice for constructional increase, and complete an analysis of antecedents and consequences likely to promote and hinder the incidence of that practice; (4) apply this approach to promote social change in their own settings. |
Activities: Introduction to behavioral systems analysis to promote social change, small group exercises (verbal and charting), large group presentations, closing exploration of potential applications. |
Audience: Graduate students, graduate level behavior analysts (BCBAs), and faculty members |
Content Area: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Constructional Approach, Culturo-Behavior Science, Matrix Methodology, Social Change |
|
|
|
When Interviews are Unspeakable: Using the Constructional Questionnaire With Nonverbal as Well as Verbal Populations |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 401 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Awab Abdel-Jalil, M.S. |
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (Upstate Caring Partners & Endicott College), ANNA LINNEHAN (Endicott College), SHEILA ANN ANN KLICK (Endicott College), ANGELA FUHRMANN-KNOWLES (Endicott College) |
Description: The Constructional Questionnaire was introduced by Goldiamond in 1974. This instrument is used to assess several important areas for programming. First, in collaboration with the client, goals are outlined to establish the terminal repertoires important to the client. Second, it helps reveal the client’s current behavioral and personal attributes. Third, it elucidates historical and current variables that support/maintain their behavioral successes and challenges. Fourth, it ascertains the client's relevant repertoires and resources that help in program success. Finally, it makes explicit observable, objective behavioral outcomes of the program to be undertaken. Attendees will be introduced to the CQ as an assessment and programming tool. Examples of modifications to the original questionnaire, and its application for an array of clients will be presented. Examples will include its use for parents of children with developmental disabilities and ASD, staff, and severe challenging behavior. Attendees will gain a functional understanding of the CQ. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants in this workshop will be able to list the five components of the constructional questionnaire. 2. Using the constructional questionnaire, participants in this workshop will be able to create meaningful client-centered goals. 3. Using the constructional questionnaire, participants in this workshop will be able to identify change procedures that align with client-centered goals. |
Activities: We will start with a brief overview lecture on the constructional questionnaire. Then, we will have dyad activities for people to practice the questionnaire to analyze behavioral problems provided in vignettes. The presenters will give feedback and interact with the attendees during this time. Finally, attendees will be asked to think of a case they have struggled with in the past, and without revealing information, apply what they learned to analyze that case. |
Audience: BCBAs with a foundational understanding of ABA. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Constructional, Functional Analysis, Nonlinear Analysis, Parents caregivers |
|
|
|
Improving Classroom Behavior Support Through Applied Behavior Analysis |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 8 |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Emily Baton, Ph.D. |
EMILY BATON (May Institute), FINA ROBERTSON (Endicott College, Gardner Public Schools) |
Description: This workshop will provide behavior analysts a review of the research on evidence-based practices in classwide behavior support (Simonsen et al., 2008; Simonsen et al., 2015; Reinke, Herman & Sprick, 2011). These practices include: 1) antecedent practices (physical layout, classroom expectations, behavioral routines, teaching expectations and routines, precorrections, active supervision); 2) instructional management (opportunities to respond), 3) reinforcement practices (contingent behavioral-specific praise, group contingencies, and token economies, behavioral contracts) and consequence (planning ignoring, explicit reprimands, differential reinforcement, response cost, and timeout). The workshop will go over the use of classwide functional assessment as a method to systematically evaluate the classroom environment to design and implement effective classroom-wide behavioral support practices. Once the environment is assessed, the model incorporates both indirect (i.e., lecture, written training materials) and direct (i.e., modeling, performance feedback) instruction. Finally, participants will learn how teachers participate in a data-based decision-making process to establish more effective practices, procedures, and interactions with students. Data (Swain-Bradway et al., 2017) will be presented supporting the need for a comprehensive training method that includes both direct instruction and performance feedback for teachers to implement classroom-wide behavior support practices with integrity. |
Learning Objectives: Educational Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) apply functional assessment strategies to the selection and implementation of effective classroom-wide practices; 2) use evidence-based methods used to train teachers in evidenced based classroom-wide behavior support practices; 3) use a data-based decision process used with teachers to modify classroom behavior support practices, and; 4) use instructional and behavior support practices that establish more effective interactions between teachers and students and increase on task behavior. |
Activities: Activities: Participants will learn how to: 1) apply functional assessment strategies to the selection and implementation of effective classroom-wide practices; 2) use evidence-based methods used to train teachers in evidenced-based classroom-wide behavior support practices; 3) a data-based decision process used with teachers to modify classroom behavior support practices, and; 4) instructional and behavior support practices that establish more effective interactions between teachers and students and increase on-task behavior. |
Audience: Behavior analysts who consult to classrooms both in public school districts and/or private schools who desire to develop their consultation skills to improve both instructional practices and/or on-task behavior of students. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): antecedent practices, classroom-wide practices, data-based decision-making, instructional management |
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Support Plans |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 402 |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sara Mulholland, Ed.D. |
SARA MULHOLLAND (Full Spectrum ABA) |
Description: Organizational resilience is necessary for organizations to maintain stability and adapt to changing dynamics in the world. ABA is a dynamic field with many variables affecting the ability of organizations to deliver quality ABA therapy, retain quality professionals, and prevail in a highly competitive market. We see repeated patterns of ABA companies starting, growing, then closing in rapid succession. How do we grow and sustain our organizations while providing effective treatment to the clients and families we serve? We create behavior support plans for our clients using applied behavior analysis to support behavioral change and maintenance. We can apply the same evidence-based applications of ABA to organizations to create resilient and stable ABA companies. The 2017 ABAI conference devoted a full day to application of OBM practices in Health and Human Services. This workshop will apply these practices specifically to ABA companies - addressing specific nuances and challenges experienced in the field of ABA. The workshop will begin with a review of the presenting problems - summarizing data regarding ABA companies that have experienced struggles in maintaining a successful organizations. Next, a review of original research regarding resilience in organizations will be presented. The findings of this research will be connected to the principles of applied behavior analysis. Finally, this interactive workshop will identify ways to create behavioral support plans at the organizational level - addressing areas such as performance management, environmental modifications, and supervision and management requirements to create resilient and sustainable, growing agencies that provide exceptional service to clients and families. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify three common barriers to organizational sustainability and growth; (2) Discuss seven components of organizational resilience using ABA terminology; (3) Identify at least three organizational behavioral interventions to improve sustainability and growth. |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through lecture, group discussions, small group activities, and guided practice. |
Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, managers and leaders of organizations, persons who supervise and lead teams |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): organizational management, reinforcement, resilience, retention |
|
|
|
Code Compliant, Assessment, Treatment Planning, and Consent |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 3 |
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Keven M. Schock, M.A. |
KEVEN M. SCHOCK (NewStory Schools) |
Description: This worksop will utilize the Ethics Code to delineate a process for assessment planning and treatment planning that places the clients goals and preferences at the forefront of the processes. This process emphasizes client informed consent and assent in identifying the desired outcomes, the assessments that will be utilized and the interventions that will be used to accomplish the desired outcomes. This presentation will also cover an empirical process for determining effectiveness of interventions and identifying when interventions may need to be changed.
Participants will be provided with instruction sets and forms to facilitate these processes. Presenters will demonstrate the application of this process to case scenarios. Participants will then complete the process for a client based on a case scenario provided by the presenters, Participants will have the option of competing the process for a case from their own caseload. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be familiar with the requirements of the Ethics Code as it relates to: Assessment planning, Treatment planning, ongoing treatment evaluation and the informed consent processes required.
2. Participants will demonstrate the process for determining appropriate assessments to propose based on clients desired outcomes.
3. Participants will demonstrate the process for determining and consenting treatments based on the outcomes of the assessments as well as client preferences
4. Participants will demonstrate the process for making treatment efficacy determinations |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be accomplished through lecture presentation, demonstrations and applied practice of the process taught. Participants will be provided with instruction sets and forms to facilitate assessment planning, treatment planning, consent process and evaluation of effectiveness of interventions. Presenters will demonstrate the application of this process to case scenarios. Participants will then complete the process for a client based on a case scenario provided by the presenters, Participants will have the option of competing the process for a case from their own caseload. |
Audience: Audience should either be board certified or currently enrolled in coursework preparing them for certification. This workshop will be most valuable for participants who have had some experience with assessment and treatment planning |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Assessment planning, Ethical, Evaluating effectiveness, Treatment Planning |
|
|
|
Challenging the Goal of "Indistinguishability": Ethical and Social Considerations in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 6 |
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Shannon Shea, Ph.D. |
SHANNON SHEA (Keiser University), JOSEPH VENEZIANO (NuPath, Inc./University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Description: In this dynamic workshop, we dissect the ethical core of ABA, spotlighting the contentious aim of indistinguishability for Autistic clients. We walk you through the comprehensive, peer-reviewed insights of Veneziano and Shea to challenge historical ABA practices, including the now-discredited Lovaas and Rekers study. A pivotal hour zeroes in on "pink" and red flags in ethics and social validity, sharpening clinicians acumen in behavior assessment and intervention choices. This segment is a clinician's compass for ethical quandaries, ensuring behavior change targets and interventions are ethically sound and uphold individual dignity. Join us for a transformative session that fortifies your practice with integrity and aligns with the stringent ethical, legal, and regulatory standards of today's ABA landscape. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Critique the historical application "indistinguishability" in ABA and articulate the ethical ramifications of such practices, including those highlighted in the Lovaas and Rekers study.
(2) Identify and differentiate between pink and red flags in ethical practice during the assessment and intervention planning phases, using established criteria from current ABA ethical guidelines.
(3) Formulate strategies to incorporate feedback from the Autistic self-advocate community into their practice to enhance social validity and ethical compliance of ABA interventions. |
Activities: Lecture: The core content of the workshop will be delivered through an in-depth lecture, providing a historical and ethical perspective on ABA practices.
Extended Group Discussion: Following the lecture, participants will partake in facilitated discussions to reflect on the content, allowing for deeper understanding and clarification of complex topics.
Case Study Analysis: In small group breakouts, attendees will apply ethical pink and & red flag criteria to analyze case studies, promoting the practical application of theoretical knowledge.
Targeted Reading: Participants will be provided with supplemental materials for targeted reading, which will support the identification of language and learning barriers and enhance the integration of social validity into practice.
Wrap-Up and Q&A: The workshop will conclude with a session dedicated to summarizing the key points, addressing any remaining questions, and discussing the implementation of ethical practices in professional settings. |
Audience: This workshop is designed for ABA practitioners at all stages of their careers, from those newly entering the field to seasoned professionals. It serves as a platform for learning and discussing the ethical considerations in ABA practice, with a focus on addressing and understanding criticisms of ABA as inherently “abusive”. Attendees will benefit from a curriculum that fosters critical thinking and ethical decision-making in response to such critiques. The content is structured to support practitioners in articulating informed responses to concerns about ABA and in enhancing their practice with a strong ethical foundation. There are no prerequisites for this workshop other than a basic familiarity with ABA principles, making it accessible to a broad range of professionals within the field. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Coercion, Ethical Considerations, Indistinguishability, Social Validity |
|
|
|
Teaching Advanced Communication Lessons With Pictures: Comments, Attributes, Intraverbals, and Autoclitics - Oh My! |
Thursday, May 23, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. |
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.), JESSECA COLLINS (Pyramid Educational Consultants), ALEXIS BONDY (Pyramid Group Management) |
Description: Both within behavior analysis and other fields, there is concern about how to teach verbal behavior via pictures beyond manding. We will focus on how to promote the use of attributes within both the mand and tact functions. We will also describe a variety of strategies to promote tacting, including examples from around the world. Intraverbals are the heart of conversational skills, and we will describe strategies to develop a wide array of these skills, including basic information, past/future tense, etc. This section will include an analysis of the role of intraverbal/tacts within lesson design. A deep understanding of the importance of the autoclitic regarding language development, and its unique importance to individuals with ASD, will be reviewed. For example, the word “really” is far more difficult to teach learners with ASD than is commonly anticipated. This section will include how to teach a variety of useful autoclitics, from sentence starters to social reactions, to learners of different ages. The last part of this workshop will involve guided practice in developing these functional lessons for participants’ learners. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: 1) Describe teaching strategies associated with the use of tacts and intraverbals for learners using visually mediated systems 2) Describe the autoclitic, and unique issues for learners with ASD regarding its use and how to respond when used by others 3): Describe key components to lesson plans, including error correction, involving teaching advanced communication lessons by learners using visually mediated modalities |
Activities: We will use lecture, discussion, small group activities, discuss video examples as well as work on lesson plan formats. We will encourage all participants to design lessons related to tacts, attributes, intraverbals and autoclitics with learners with whom they are familiar. Blank lesson plan forms will be provided to guide lesson planning. |
Audience: Intermediate with some familiarity with Skinner's basic verbal operants as well as working (or planning to work) with learners using visually mediated communication systems. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Advanced communication, Lesson design, Picture-based Communication |
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Trauma Informed Care - Ensuring the Well-Being of Our Clients |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 7 |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Erica Robin Wilson, Ph.D. |
ERICA ROBIN WILSON (Monarch Learning Group, Lincoln County School District) |
Description: There has been an increasing acknowledgment among many health service disciplines that the impacts of early childhood trauma should not be overlooked and must be considered when developing effective treatment plans. While the field of ABA has not been a leader in this discussion, there has been a strong interest among ABA providers to integrate Trauma Informed Care (TIC) principles into their work. This workshop will discuss how ABA practitioners can effectively include core TIC concepts in developing their assessment and treatment plans. These concepts will be discussed through the lens of the effects of Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) on early brain development, how to mitigate these effects and ensure the well-being of our clients. The possibility of ethical dilemmas that may result if TIC is not included in the development of our treatment plans will also be discussed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Name 3 consequences of Adverse Childhood Experiences on early brain development and how these can effect individuals throughout their lives. 2) Describe how ABA providers can and should incorporate important aspects of Trauma Informed Care into their assessment and treatment processes. 3) Understand 2 ways that ABA providers can help reduce/prevent the possibility of "retraumatization" in their work and ensure the well-being of their clients. |
Activities: This workshop will combine a lecture format, with group discussion, video demonstration, small group activities, and reflective circles to teach core content. Supplemental one page handouts including overviews of Adverse Childhood Events (ACEs), trauma informed care and ABA, and how to commit to becoming a trauma informed ABA provider will be provided. Links to additional resources, current research, and access to the presentation for workshop participants will also be provided. |
Audience: This workshop is designed for professional behavior analysts who have already had bachelor’s level (BCaBA) or master’s level (BCBA) coursework in behavior analysis. This workshop is also appropriate for professionals from other disciplines who have a commensurate level of coursework in their respective fields. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ACEs, Early Intervention, Ethics, Trauma |
|
|
|
A Constructional Approach to the Development of Oral Language Repertoires Following Early Childhood Treatment Failures |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–11:00 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 8 |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ian Burruss, M.S. |
IAN BURRUSS (Connecticut), KATHLEEN TAYLOR (Connecticut ABA), AARON DEMILLO (Advanced Behavioral Care) |
Description: This workshop will provide an introduction to Israel Goldiamond’s constructional approach (1974, 2002) and the phonemic building blocks of language. When oral language does not develop by age eight, research indicates that it is improbable that functional speech will develop (Kissine, et al. 2023). This affects the resources allocated to oral language after these early years. Constructional approaches to program design may provide alternatives to these outcomes. While we know where we’d like to go, the assessment of rate and oral motor components will inform decision making of where to begin. In the practitioners’ clinical experiences, a focus on the building blocks of language provides an entry point for individuals to become part of the oral language community. Discussion of behavioral procedures and related outcomes will provide examples of successful programmatic paths to answer the constructional question “How do we get there?”. The workshop will include videos and practice opportunities for participants to apply the content to their own practice. The use of assent-based approaches will be incorporated into the discussion. |
Learning Objectives: • Participants will state the 5 attributes of Goldiamond’s constructional approach; • Participants will state and demonstrate the primary components of phonetic production; • Participants will combine the attributes of the constructional approach and components of phonemic production to contribute to developing oral language programs. |
Activities: Discussion of behavioral procedures and related outcomes will provide examples of successful programmatic paths to answer the constructional question “How do we get there?”. The workshop will include videos and practice opportunities for participants to apply the content to their own practice. |
Audience: Behavior analysts, practitioners, graduate students |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Echoic Assessment and Program Planning for Early Speech Learners |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 3 |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, Ph.D. |
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC) |
Description: Echoic skills, the ability to repeat a speech model, play a major role in early speech development. One such role is to establish sound-making as a reinforcing activity. Another is to fast-track the learning of other important vocal language skills, beyond just repeating what is heard. These critical skills include asking for, commenting on, or having conversations about things, people, activities, and the like. No matter the age of the early speech learner, it is useful to assess and track echoic skills as the foundation of a set of complex behaviors that result in vocal-verbal language. In this presentation, Dr. Esch will discuss the role of the echoic verbal operant within overall vocal language learning, how echoic skills are analyzed in terms of syllable complexity and why this is prioritized over precise articulation for beginning speakers, and how to use echoic assessment information to build a beginning speech-language program. As the basis for this workshop, Dr. Esch will show and discuss materials from her newly-published EESA: Early Echoic Skills Assessment and Program Planner, Guide and Protocol. Attendees will complete worksheets and program planning tasks from the Work Packet contained in the EESA's Protocol manual, with the goal that, by the end of the workshop, attendees will have a sample beginning speech program for their unique learner. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the components of syllable complexity and describe how these affect acquisition of speech skills (2) Recognize characteristics and utility of the 5 EESA-R test groups (3) Distinguish accurate from inaccurate syllable complexity codes |
Activities: The workshop format will consist of lecture, video observation, guided practice, and individual or small-group completion of programming worksheets. |
Audience: n/a (submitted as "Basic" level instruction) |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Echoic Skills, Speech assessment, Speech programming, Speech training |
|
|
|
Sexuality Issues as They Relate to Adults With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities: Facilitating Relationships and Sexuality in a Proactive and Inclusive Manner |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 4 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services), VALERIA PASCALE (The Chicago School, ABA For Disability), CHIARA CESARO (Mind The Kids and Aba for disability) |
Description: This training will cover the role that sexuality plays in the lives of all persons, including those with disabilities. The tendency that our society has on making this topic taboo for persons with autism and special needs will be detailed. An assessment and intervention program for teaching core relationship skills as well as treatment guidelines for the appropriate and safe use of social media will be covered in the context of addressing the myriad of issues that sexuality encompasses. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will select between the different biases that are typically encountered when advocating for sexual expression in adults with autism and ID. Participants will identify the role that a comprehensive evaluation and assessment tool can have for the facilitation of appropriate sexual relationships in adults with autism and ID. Participants will match the specific elements that are required in order for appropriate sexual expression and sexual behavior to be facilitated by clinicians working with clients that wish to engage in sexual behavior. Participants will learn the importance of training people with the right knowledge and skills to make responsible choices about their sexual behaviors. Participant will learn how to discriminate the different level of the client’s understanding related to their private behavior and how to increase their quality of life. |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a balanced presentation of lecture, guided practice, video observation, and group discussion. Sample case simulations will be provided to apply what has been taught in the workshop. |
Audience: Practitioners that work with the adult population that are currently faced with issues related to dating, appropriate social media usage and safe sexual expression. Attendees should be familiar with the ethical issues related to sexuality that are involved when working with these issues in the autism and intellectual disabilities populations. Attendees will also need to have some experience working with the adult population concerning these topics. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism adults, Dating skills, Sexual deviance, Sexuality |
|
|
|
Verbal Operant Experimental (VOX) Analyses for Speakers With Autism and Other Contingency-Shaped Verbal Behavior Disorders |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 412 |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Lee Mason, Ph.D. |
JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (The University of Texas at San Antonio), LEE MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System) |
Description: This workshop focuses on extending the technology of functional analysis to examining the verbal behavior deficits of individuals with autism. More than forty years of research on functional analysis has shown it to be the most rigorous and accurate method of assessing behavioral deficits and excesses, upon which individualized interventions are developed. Traditionally used to identify the environmental determinants of problem behavior, functional analyses are increasingly being used to assess a variety of different functional and academic skills. Here we demonstrate how functional analyses can be used to examine the verbal behavior of individuals with autism who fail to develop fluent speech. We provide an interactive approach to conducting verbal operant experimental (VOX) analyses, and developing individualized treatment plans to increase the language skills of individuals with autism and other language disorders. Specifically, we use multiple-exemplar training and guided practice to demonstrate the procedures and interpretation of a VOX analysis. The methodology described in this workshop is empirically supported, and conceptually systematic with a behavior-analytic approach to language assessment and intervention. We explain how VOX analyses can be used to guide treatment and document growth over time. Special attention will be paid to speakers from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a fluent speaking repertoire in terms of the proportionate strength of its component parts; (2) conduct a VOX analysis; (3) develop individualized treatment objectives for strengthening language; and (4) demonstrate the process for abstracting stimulus control over each of the verbal operants. |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a balanced presentation of lecture, video modeling, role-playing, and workbook demonstrations. Core content will be taught through lecture and video demonstrations of strategies will be provided. Guided notes will be provided in order to support participant learning. |
Audience: This workshop is geared towards Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians, special education teachers, school psychologists, speech language pathologists, and other professionals who provide direct services to strengthen the language of children with autism. Additionally, researchers who study verbal behavior may benefit from this workshop. Participants should already be familiar with Skinner's (1957) elementary verbal operants, and Iwata's (1982/1994) functional analysis. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Early Intervention, Functional Analysis, Language Assessment, Verbal Behavior |
|
|
|
Using Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL) in the Classroom and in the Clinic to Teach Behavior Principles and Shaping Skills |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 6 |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D. |
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas), MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (Behavior Explorer), HANNAH DAVIS MCGEE (University of North Texas), CRYSTAL FERNANDEZ (University of North Texas) |
Description: PORTL, the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab, offers a convenient and fun way to experience the principles of behavior and learn shaping skills (Hunter & Rosales-Ruiz, 2023; Rosales-Ruiz & Hunter, 2019). This tabletop game is essentially a portable Skinner box for humans. However, unlike the Skinner box, students get to experience what it is like to be both the teacher and the learner. Through PORTL exercises, students can learn about reinforcement, extinction, discrimination, stimulus control, shaping, chaining, and other behavioral phenomena. PORTL teaches students how to design reinforcement systems, write teaching plans, collect data, and assess the learner’s progress during teaching. In this workshop, you will learn the fundamentals of PORTL, the parallels between PORTL and the Skinner box, and the basics of using PORTL as a teaching tool in the classroom or for staff training. You will also get to play several PORTL exercises as both the teacher and learner, which will further illustrate the power of PORTL as a teaching tool. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the basic components of the game PORTL and the relationship between PORTL and the Skinner box. (2) Describe how to use PORTL to teach basic behavioral principles to students or practitioners. (3) Set up a game of PORTL and carry out a PORTL exercise to illustrate a behavioral principle or teach a behavior. |
Activities: This workshop will consist of lectures and hands-on activities. Lectures and videos will be used to describe the basics of PORTL and teach participants how to use PORTL to teach others about basic behavioral principles. Participants will have a chance to experience PORTL through a series of hands-on exercises. During the exercises, participants will play the roles of both teacher and student. Group discussions will be used to summarize and refect on the experience gained by playing the exercises and to further discuss how to use PORTL as a teaching tool. |
Audience: This workshop is designed for anyone who is interested in teaching others about basic behavioral principles and who is interested in teaching others about how to design and implement teaching programs. University professors will find the material useful for their undergraduate and graduate behavior classes. BCBAs and licensed psychologists will find the material useful for training practitioners and therapists. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): basic principles, laboratory experience, shaping skills, staff training |
|
|
|
Trauma Informed Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Practical Tools and Skills for Treatment Planning and Implementation |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Saundra Bishop, M.S. |
SAUNDRA BISHOP (BASICS ABA Therapy) |
Description: Behavior analysts focus on observable and measurable behavior and direct function. This can make it difficult when trauma informed strategies seem counter to our assessments. However, if BCBAs and other providers that create behavior plans look at trauma events as setting events, they can create sensitive and effective interventions, which support all clients, including those who may be in foster care, school programs, or even simply living through COVID-19. In this Workshop, we will explore how to identify Trauma Events, interventions targeting Trauma Event Setting Events (TESE), interventions targeting teaching Trauma Informed Replacement Behaviors, and interventions addressing Trauma Informed Consequence Procedures. In this workshop we will focus on learning about Trauma Events and the research supporting its effect on the lifespan and then we will move to an in-depth review of Trauma Events as Setting Events. We will then discuss trauma informed replacement behaviors, trauma informed consequence procedures, and how this can interact with fight/fight/freeze responses. This workshop is interactive and will result in a draft treatment plan. |
Learning Objectives: -Attendees will be able to recognize and define a trauma event and define how trauma events can function as a setting event -Attendees will be able to apply interventions to create Trauma Informed antecedent and consequence interventions -Attendees will be able to teach replacement behaviors that target the unique functions that maintain behavior for people who have experienced trauma events. -Attendees will be able to recognize and define a fight, flight, and freeze responses and how to respond behavior analytically |
Activities: Format includes powerpoints, discussion, pair and share, videos, and worksheets |
Audience: This presentation is specifically for BCBAs working or interested in working with populations that have had exposure to trauma events. These clients may have a co-morbid diagnosis of PTSD, be in foster care or family preservation programs, or have experienced a different type of trauma event including COVID-19. Attendees should have a firm understanding of ABCs and antecedent interventions. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts as Collaborative Higher Education Assessment Experts |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Description: At various levels of higher education, assessment is key. Assessment of “what”, “how”, and “why” is important for all stakeholders, which include students, faculty, deans, provosts/chancellors, presidents, board members, and external accreditation entities. Understanding what “assessment” means for each of these categories of stakeholders, and how using a combined approach as behavior analysts working at the various levels can encourage practices that are based on important and meaningful academic behavior and outcomes, in an inclusive and diverse manner, is paramount to success. In this workshop, best practices will be described and applied based on the literature, and attendees will have the opportunity to put into practice what they learn. This workshop will be helpful to those learning how to conduct different types of assessment, and learning to do so for accreditation purposes. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe what assessment is, both generally and behaviorally 2. Describe the different types of assessment at various levels of higher education, and why that is important from a functional analysis perspective 3. Describe how to evaluate changes in courses and curricula at the program and university level 4. Describe how to create comparisons between external accreditation requirements and current/planned program components 5. Describe how to use a team approach in approaching assessment |
Activities: It is expected that the following workshop activities will take place: 1. Brief lectures to orient and introduce topics 2. Breakouts into smaller groups for focused discussion and application exercises 3. Guided discussion based on the smaller groups 4. Supplemental materials will be provided with examples, as well as case studies 5. Additional materials will be used to have attendees work on creating their own assessment examples at each level, and working to coordinate the elements into a cohesive set of materials for different stakeholders 6. Additional materials will be available to identify the functions of each type of assessment, and its level |
Audience: Intermediate or advanced: This workshop would be most valuable for graduate students and faculty who teach in colleges and universities. Also for chairpersons, program coordinators, deans, etc., who are involved in program-level or institutional-level assessment. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Accreditation Standards, Assessment, Higher Education, Team Approach |
|
|
|
Effective Leaders Do What It Takes! Organizational Performance Engineering for Provider, Parent, and Learner Success |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 403 |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Guy Bruce, Ed.D. |
GUY BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Description: Do you work as a program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, or director of a center that teaches learners with autism language and social skills? Are you satisfied with your learners’ progress? Behavior analysis developed a powerful technology for helping people, but too many learners don't receive the benefits. Why not? The easy answer is that employees don't do what they are told. But the employees’ performance, just like their learners’ performance, is a product of their environment. Do employees have the resources, training, and management necessary to help learners achieve their goals? What about their supervisors? What about their directors? Organizations are groups of individuals who must work together to provide their clients with the skills they need for successful lives. The failure of learners to make efficient progress is a performance problem at the system, process, and individual levels of the organization. Learn how to design and implement the steps in the EARS Process of Organizational Performance Engineering to change how providers work together, so that every learner will make efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. Case Studies will illustrate how to use the EARS process to improve learner outcomes. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Evaluate learner performance and progress using frequent, accurate sensitive measures to identify when a learner is not making efficient progress; 2) Analyze provider performance problems to identify their causes; 3) Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management based on the analysis of provider performance problems; 4) Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. |
Activities: Participants will practice with readings, card decks, workbook exercises, and a software application for Evaluating learner progress, Analyzing provider performance problems, Recommending changes in provider resources, training, and management, and Solving provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. Instructor will provide an interactive lecture using a case study to illustrate how the author and his former students used the EARS process of organizational performance engineering to change how providers worked together so that every learner could make efficient progress. Participants will be given the opportunity to plan their own projects. |
Audience: This workshop is for Supervisors, Staff Trainers, Program Designers, Evaluators, Analysts, and Directors of organizations whose mission is to ensure that every learner make efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills necessary for a successful life. Ideally participants would have mastered the behavior-analytic skills necessary to provide teachers with the resources, training, and management that they need to ensure that every learner makes efficient progress as a result of completing a graduate degree in behavior analysis. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Celeration Efficiency, Organizational Engineering, Problem-Solving Process, Provider-Recipient Network |
|
|
|
Pinpointing Critical Employee Behavior |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 402 |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Grace Ecko Jojo, M.S. |
GRACE ECKO JOJO (Simmons University) |
Description: Identifying critical performance in employees is critical to achieving targeted results. Measuring the outcome of critical performance allows for the clear delivery of performance feedback, promotions, raises, reinforcement for performance meeting or exceeding criteria, and the development of training programs (Chase & Smith, 1996; Daniels & Daniels, 2006). By completing this workshop, you will learn how to identify performance to achieve maximum results, select appropriate measurements, and measure progress on achieving ideal results. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define a pinpoint 2. Describe the 5 features of a good pinpoint 3. Identify and describe the 3 classes of pinpoint 4. Describe the 6 dimensions of measuring a pinpoint 5. Describe 4 methods for measuring a pinpoint 6. Write a pinpoint 7. Use the performance objective matrix to track and measure pinpoints |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through behavioral instruction methods. Presentation of materials will be in a lecture format, with written exercises, and group activities. Learning will be assessed via a pretest and posttest, active students responding, written exercises, and group activities |
Audience: Prequsitie skills include: 1. Demonstrate the ability to provide operational definitions of staff behavior 2. Define and provide exampls of direct, indirect, and product measures of behavior 3. Supervise at least 1 direct care staff or employee |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): emplyee performance, pinpointing |
|
|
|
Boosting Your Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services With Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP): Creating Meaningful and Culturally Humble Relationships With Stakeholders |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
8:00 AM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 11 |
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Yors A. Garcia, Ph.D. |
AMANDA M MUÑOZ-MARTINEZ (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia), YORS A. GARCIA (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana) |
Description: ABA has established effective methods for enhancing individuals' lives. One recurring challenge in delivering ABA services involves enhancing treatment adherence, managing intense emotional responses, and addressing divesity issues that have traditionally been beyond the scope of behavior analysis, such as cultural humility, therapeutic relationships, and acceptance. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a behavioral-analytic approach that focused on enhancing interpersonal skills and social connections. In recent years, FAP has integrated cutural awareness and affirmative stances towards diversity. FAP assumes that relationships are mutually influential and ever-changing. Consequently, both the listener's and speaker's behavior must be considered to foster a meaningful, collaborative, and respectful interaction. FAP implements behavioral techniques such as shaping, modeling, and discrimination training to encourage effective communication. This would aid behavior analysts work by building up a mutually beneficial interaction with stakeholders. This workshop aims to train ABA providers on using FAP methods for boosting their interventions. This includes identifying clinically relevant behaviors, understanding how their own interpersonal skills and diversity impact their interactions with clients, eliciting problematic behaviors and improvements during sessions, and reinforcing stakeholders' interpersonal behaviors. The objective is to enhance therapeutic outcomes, promote treatment adherence, and nurture a culturally humble interaction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify interpersonal behaviors of both individuals and stakeholders that enhance treatment adherence, (2) Utilize behavior-analytic techniques to enhance interpersonal behaviors and establish cooperative relationships with stakeholders, (3) Integrate behavior-analytic and FAP methods to optimize clinical results for parents, staff, and children, (4) Conduct real-time implementation of the workshop-acquired skills during interactions with clients, (5) Recognize cultural identities and hubly approach to diversity for boosting relationships with stakeholders |
Activities: Workshop activities will include lecture, demonstration, experiential exercises, real-plays, and discussion. Participants will be provided with copies of powerpoint slides, exercises, and a list of suggested readings |
Audience: Participants should include behavior analysts, psychologists, mental health professionals, social workers, counselors, administrators, teachers, and direct care staff. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cultural Humility, FAP, Functional Assessment, Therapeutic Relationship |
|
|
|
Performance Management: Engaging Workers in the Workplace |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 8 |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Andressa Sleiman, Ph.D. |
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Description: Supervisors and leaders often question why their workers are not doing what they should, especially when they have given them clear instructions. For example, I am frequently asked, "My RBTs know they need to write their session notes within 24 hrs. of each session; why won't they just do it?" This workshop will explore this question through lectures and activities. We will discuss tools and techniques that attendees can immediately implement in their practice to build better working relationships and promote desired behavior. Specifically, we will (a) introduce Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), which is the application of the science of human behavior to increase productivity, staff satisfaction, and safety in the workplace, (b) explore the role of supervisors and leaders in influencing behavior, and (c) performance management strategies to engage in the workplace and promote staff satisfaction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the core components of performance management 2) Explain the importance and strategies of building rapport in the workplace 3) Design an environment that promotes staff satisfaction and engagement |
Activities: The workshop will combine lecture, small group activities, guided practice, and discussions. |
Audience: The target audience for this workshop are attendees who supervise trainees, business owners, BCBA's, people interested in learning about how to increase workers productivity and satisfaction in the workplace. There are no pre-requisite skills and competencies required for attendance. |
Content Area: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Feedback, OBM, performance management, Rapport |
|
|
|
Stimulus Control and Instructional Design: Understanding Programming for Concept Formation and Stimuli Design That Leads to Learner Success |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 407 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Christina Barosky, Ph.D. |
CHRISTINA BAROSKY (Bierman Autism Centers), SIMONE PALMER (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers) |
Description: According to Skinner (1938), stimuli that accompany or precede responses that are reinforced can come to influence those responses in important and often complex ways. Stimuli with complex features may result in only one aspect or feature of that stimulus gaining control over the behavior (Rincover & Koegel, 1975). Individuals with autism may require that behavioral interventions include carefully planned contingencies to ensure the proper development of stimulus control, including discrimination, generalization, and concept formation. Thus, stimuli used within behavioral intervention must be systematically used and carefully designed to maximize learners’ outcomes and promote discrimination, generalization, and maintenance of the skills taught. This workshop will teach BCBAs how to program for concept formation and how to create instructional materials in the most efficient and effective format, decreasing the chance of route responding and faulty stimulus control. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Review of stimulus control and the role it plays on instructional design, including discrimination, generalization, and concept formation 2. Identify the critical and variable features of a concept 3. Discuss common errors in using visuals during programming 4. Provide examples and non-examples of materials used to teach concepts 5. Define minimal rational set (MRS) 6. Create a set of instructional materials that meet MRS criteria |
Activities: The format combines lecture, small group activities, and guided practice. |
Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of stimulus control and how it relates to discrimination training. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Concept formation, Instructional design, Stimuli creation |
|
|
|
Engage with Parents and get "BUY IN" with Motivational Interviewing (MI) |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 401 |
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Monica Gilbert, Psy.D. |
MONICA GILBERT (Crystal Minds New Beginning
The.MI.Doctor) |
Description: We walk the walk, but do we talk the talk? As clinicians, do we speak WITH parents or TO them? Is it effective in motivating them to engage in interventions or do you find that sometimes they inhale and exhale at the sight/sound of parent coaching(training) sessions? Although Behavior Analysts offer empirically validated strategies and successfully change behaviors, it can be difficult for parents to follow the treatment. Resistance (“discord”)is evoked by an antecedent stimulus (clinician's confrontational language), which is reinforced by escape of the aversive stimuli. Motivating Operations have a behavior/value altering effect in that they make "escaping" the stimuli (clinician) by engaging in resistant behaviors more or less reinforcing. Motivational Interviewing (MI) is an empirically proven intervention that has shown substantial success in the literature in changing addictive behaviors in substance abusers, medication adherence and developmental disabilities. In this webinar, I will present the proven strategies of MI to decrease resistance and increase cooperation between parents and clinicians. The Transtheoretical model (stages of readiness) which helps identify parent’s level of resistance will also be introduced. Attendees will build skills in assessing parents’ level of resistance, measure change talk (most indicative of changed behavior) and learn to use MI procedures to successfully increase "Buy in" from parents and while effectively establishing rapport. |
Learning Objectives: t the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Assess parent's motivation based on the trans-theoretical model and using different proven measures; (2) Provide examples of effective change talk strategies to develop and build collaborative relationships with parents; (3) Describe motivation from an ABA perspective; (4) Identify traps that can harm clinician-parental relationships; (5) Describe key features of effective MI strategies; (6) Measure change talk vs. counter-change talk; (7) Identify key features necessary for cooperative relationships between caregivers and clinicians. |
Activities: Lecture, small group activities and Q and A |
Audience: BCaBA's and BCBA's that provide parent support/parent coaching |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Motivational Interviewing, Parent coaching, Parent engagement |
|
|
|
From Clinic to Classroom: Building Bridges for Transition to Kindergarten |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 7 |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Alison Polly, Ed.D. |
ALISON POLLY (Nova Southeastern University Orlando Florida) |
Description: Children who receive intensive ABA services through early intervention or preschool services present with different needs as they prepare to transition to kindergarten, particularly in a public school setting. This presentation will review early intervention transition practices as children prepare for kindergarten via case study review. So that children can be successful, appropriate planning is necessary so that the supports and services are available as they transition to kindergarten. This is related to the required state and federal regulations developed from IDEA '04 and is designed with information and recommendations for parents and teachers to support the transition process. Presentation will be via individual case review. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify strengths and needs related to individual student cases for transition to school. 2. Select evidence-based practices to utilize for transition and to recommend for the school-age program for individual students. 3. Identify and utilize collaborative practices which can be used when working with schools. |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through lecture, discussion(small group), case study with guided practice, and group discussion. Supplemental materials will be provided to support participant learning. |
Audience: Participants should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis programs and an understanding of school based services. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
How to Use Treatment Signals Within Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Devices to Teach Individuals When Requests Will Be Honored |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 404 |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Shannon Angley, Ph.D. |
SHANNON ANGLEY (Children’s Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), DANIEL R. MITTEER (Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (RUCARES)) |
Description: Communication is a fundamental human right (Goldbart, 2023). Unfortunately, practitioners might be inclined to remove communication icons from augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices if the client requests too frequently or has severe behavior when those requests are denied. Functional communication training with treatment signals has been effective at reducing persistent requests and severe behavior produced by request denials by teaching clients when their requests will be honored. Recent research has described (Mitteer et al., 2020) and demonstrated (Angley et al., under review) how to deploy this approach on AAC devices. During this workshop, participants will learn how to add and manipulate icons on the AAC app Proloquo2Go™. They will learn how to embed treatment signals into the device to show users when requests for items will be honored. After programing treatment signals, participants will learn how to use the signals to systematically increase periods of non-reinforcement while avoiding common errors (e.g., thinning too quickly; introducing faulty stimulus control via icon positioning). The limitations include only using one communication application, Proloquo2Go™. No risks should be associated with this workshop. Content has peer-reviewed, published support beyond those publications and other types of communications devoted primarily to the promotion of the approach. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Add new icons on Proloquo2Go™; (2) Manipulate the background color and location of icons on Proloquo2Go™ icons; (3) Teach discrimination between icons; (4) Program treatment signals on Proloquo2Go™. |
Activities: Workshop activities will include; a presentation lecture, guided demonstration, breakout groups to serve as an opportunity to practice these skills and receive feedback, and lastly a discussion/debrief and an opportunity for participants to ask questions. |
Audience: Basic understanding of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices, physical ability to manipulate an IPad |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): AAC, Discriminative Stimuli, Functional communication, Multiple Schedule |
|
|
|
Cultivating Compassion Around the Table: Exploring Compassionate Behavioral Mealtime Interventions |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 401 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D. |
LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College) |
Description: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) frequently present repetitive and restrictive forms of behavior which can also be noted as food selectivity and other feeding problems. These restrictive patterns of feeding behavior can also be seen in children without a diagnosed disability or with other disabilities, and all these patterns of feeding may then lead to a diagnosis of avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder (AFRID) for some individuals. Given the complexity of feeding problems and the diverse population behavior analysts serve, there is a great need for interdisciplinary collaboration, the practice of cultural humility and responsive behavior, and the implementation of compassionate feeding interventions by the behavior analyst when working with these individuals. This workshop will begin with a review of peer-reviewed publications on a systematic review of the literature focused on feeding interventions without the use of escape extinction followed by a case that highlights the utility of some procedures found within the review with an individual with ASD and anxiety disorder. The Cultural Feeding Intervention Tool and an ethical feeding intervention rubric will also be discussed as methods that may assist behavior analysts in applying ethical and culturally responsive mealtime assessments and interventions with their clients. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Identify ethical considerations that surround the implementation of behavioral mealtime interventions 2) Describe various cultural factors that contribute to successful mealtimes 3) Describe compassionate approaches to implement behavioral mealtime interventions |
Activities: Instructional strategies include: lecture, discussion, video examples, and small group breakout activities. The workshop objectives will be achieved through the instructional strategies combined with the demonstration of various decision-making models, rubrics, and tools across a variety of case studies. Supplemental materials will be provided for participants to further their knowledge of the presented topics and to provide access to reviewed tools within the workshop. The format combines lecture and small group activities that allow for guided practice. |
Audience: Audience members should have an understanding of behavioral principles, experience with working or observing students or clients with various mealtime challenges, and have a desire to improve how behavioral feeding interventions are implemented to target mealtime challenges. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding, mealtime |
|
|
|
Understanding and Improving Sleep in Children With Autism: Assessment, Analysis and Behavioral Interventions |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 11 |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Dag Strömberg, M.S. |
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University) |
Description: Sleep problems are frequent in children with autism. Research indicates that behavioral interventions are effective for improving sleep. This workshop will present a description of normal sleep and a behavioral account of sleep. Further, an emphasis will be placed on describing a selection of behavioral strategies to assess, prevent and treat the most common sleep problems in individuals with autism. The participants will be provided with opportunities to practice how to identify environmental causes of impaired sleep. Concrete advice on how to increase the ability to fall asleep and stay asleep through the night will be discussed, with the purpose of providing participants with useful tools to help children develop good habits and routines in their natural environment. Case examples will be provided and discussed. Many of the behavioral interventions presented may also be applicable for other populations, such as typically developing children and adults, with sleep problems. |
Learning Objectives: After completing this workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Describe sleep and sleep problems from a behavior analytic point of view; (2) Describe the most common sleep problems in children with autism; (3) State at least three assessment tools for understanding sleep problems; (4) Use a sleep diary; (5) Use at least five strategies for improving sleep hygiene; (6) State at least three strategies for sleep training, based on the principles of behavior analysis. |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a balanced presentation of lecture (a power point, which will be distributed as a hand out) and active learner participation, such as group activities, quiz questions and discussion of case examples and case data. |
Audience: The workshop content will be at the intermediate level. Basic principles of applied behavior analysis will be briefly described related to how they can be used in sleep interventions, however, the workshop is not designed to teach these basic principles to people who are unfamiliar with ABA. Therefore, the workshop is most appropriate for RBTs, BCaBAs, BCBAs looking to gain knowledge in this specific area. Other professionals, such as occupational therapists, psychologists, speech-language pathologists or special educators, who are familiar with ABA might also find the workshop useful. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): insomnia, sleep, sleep training |
|
|
|
Developing Evidence-Based, Person-Centered Programming for Autistic Adults in Community-Based Settings |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 7 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kate A Langston Rooney, M.Ed. |
KATE A LANGSTON ROONEY (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), KARA CONSTANTINE (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), ASHLEY MCCLENNEN (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health) |
Description: Across the field of applied behavior analysis, there is a strong need for thoughtfully planned services for autistic adults. When autistic individuals are under the age of 21, they are entitled to an array of services including academic education, life skills education, Speech and Language therapy, Occupational therapy and Physical therapy. In addition to this, they are receiving support from professionals and support staff who are often highly trained in working with an autistic population. Although Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a lifelong neurodevelopmental disorder, there is a drastic decrease in available funding and services after individuals transition from childhood to adulthood. Not only is there a decrease in availability of services, those that are available are often substandard and lack evidence-based foundations. In this workshop, attendees will evaluate the differences between adult and children’s services and challenges during the transition period. Presenters will review evidence-based interventions for autistic adults and teach attendees about delivering services that are collaborative, person-centered and encourage self-advocacy. Attendees will learn how to develop goals, objectives and plans that incorporate evidence-based, person-centered practices into a variety of settings including home, community and places of employment. Attendees will learn how to fade supports to increase independence and autonomy in community-based settings utilizing supported decision-making. Person-centered topics will include but are not limited to; healthy relationships and sexuality, social skills, employment, executive functioning and self-advocacy. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: 1. Define person-centered planning and programming for autistic adults 2. Develop a goal and corresponding plan based on one of the topics discussed during the workshop (healthy relationships and sexuality, social skills, employment, executive functioning and self-advocacy) 3. Practice incorporating evidence-based practices for autistic adults including Behavior skills Training 4. Identify and problem-solve challenges that arise during the transition from childhood to adulthood |
Activities: Instructional strategies will include: • Didactic instruction and demonstration of targeted objectives. • Small group discussion (breakout and return to group with small presentation) • Large group discussion • Practice developing goals and plans appropriate for autistic adults • Visual supports/materials to incorporate into hands-on practice |
Audience: Participants should have experience developing goals and objectives. Participants should have an understanding of behavior analytic teaching procedures. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Adults, Community-instruction, Person-centered, Self-advocacy |
|
|
|
Providing Behavioral Sex Education for Persons With Autism and Related Issues: Key Points for Behavior Analysts to Consider |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 406 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, Ph.D. |
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University) |
Description: Teaching of sexual behavior is often difficult for behavior analysts to discuss however it is a topic that will be an issue for many individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Although sexual behavior issues vary, they are most often related to deficits in social skills, knowledge, and communication. ABA strategies can be effective in promoting appropriate behaviors of a sexual topography. The workshop will begin with an overview of general issues regarding sexuality development as related to individuals with developmental disabilities. Consistent with ethical standards, a brief overview of human sexual behavior will be provided so that behavior analysts can identify situations where medical and developmental issues may be present. We will then address problem sexual behavior through functional assessment and discuss replacement treatments based on function. We will then move into more specific topics which could be included within an ABA sexual education curriculum, including the shaping of effective solo-sex. Treatment strategies will include reinforcement-based shaping, video modeling, task analyses, picture activity schedules, scripts and script fading, and social stories. Empirically supported literature and data will be presented where applicable and available. Treatments discussed will have been studied according to established procedures of scientific scrutiny that can be reasonably relied upon. |
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to state common issues experienced by people with developmental disabilities and ASD as related to appropriate and problem behaviors of a sexual topography, 2. At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to develop 2-3 teaching programs for skill acquisition of sexual behaviors using techniques and theories consistent with applied behavior analysis, 3. At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to conduct a functional assessment of problem behavior as it relates to sexual expression and develop a behavior intervention plan based on the function, 4. At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to list considerations associated with personal consent and respect for diversity across the sexuality spectrum. |
Activities: The workshop will consist of the following activities: 1. Didactic instruction by the presenter, 2. Group discussion and audience presentation, 3. Presentation and review of teaching materials, 4. Role play and practice of presented teaching procedures where applicable, 5. Sharing and discussion of research data where applicable |
Audience: The current workshop content is geared towards the following audience: 1. Intermediate and advanced behavior analysts who have a desire to learn how to apply behavioral principles and teaching methods to the subject of sexual behavior. 2. Educators and related service professionals who have an advanced behavioral background and work with individuals with developmental issues that have needs in the area of sexual behavior. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Meaningful Outcome Measures for the Comprehensive Treatment of Autism: The Development and Results of a Comprehensive Program Evaluation System |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 404 |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Eric V. Larsson, Ph.D. |
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota) |
Description: This workshop will describe twenty years of implementation of a comprehensive system of evaluating the outcomes of EIBI. This multi-modal system of evaluation addresses four main challenges. 1. Individuals need customized, person-centered outcome goals. 2. The hallmark of ABA is the direct evaluation of objective data on the individual’s behavior and social context, in order to select the most effective interventions on an ongoing basis. 3. Parents are often ill-informed regarding the level of quality of services that is necessary to result in their own desired outcomes. 4. Funders have historically failed to cover the costs of the necessary and sufficient levels of regular evaluation of outcomes and of treatment integrity. Therefore the system empowers the family with the information necessary to genuinely consent to ongoing treatment through socially valid, individualized behavioral objectives that address optimal quality of life. Behavioral objectives are not only focused on skill development, but also on actually sustainable generalization and maintenance. Regular multi-modal measures enable timely and meaningful decision-making. Social language measures focus on generative responding, acceleration, and the schedule of reinforcement in the person’s natural social interactions. Process measures involve adherence to treatment. Standardized measures include criterion-referenced measures, norm-referenced measures, and treatment integrity. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe components of a system for mutually developing and evaluating meaningful behavioral objectives; (2) describe components of a system for evaluating and adjusting treatment based upon the individual's response to treatment; and (3) describe ethical issues in determining a comprehensive treatment system. |
Activities: Instructional strategies involve the presentation of the developed system of evaluation, sample measures, and the opportunity for discussion. |
Audience: Behavior analysts who have experience in delivering comprehensive treatment of autism. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Authorization, Informed consent, Outcomes, Program evaluation |
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Intervention for Behavior Disorders in Individuals With Brain Injuries |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Joseph N. Ricciardi, Psy.D. |
JOSEPH N. RICCIARDI (May Institute, May Center School for Brain Injury and Neurobehavioral Disorders) |
Description: As many as 50% of children with brain injuries will develop neurobehavioral challenges following an injury (Li & Liu, 2013). Adults with brain injuries are similarly at risk (Sabaz et al, 2014). Research supports behavior analysis in the treatment of individuals with brain injuries and challenging behaviors (Beaulieu et al., 2020; Heinicke & Carr, 2014). This workshop provides a review of research supporting ABA in the treatment of individuals with neurobehavioral disorders and an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of the evidence (for example, Beaulieu et al., 2020). We provide a brief overview of forms of brain injuries and the effect of injuries on learning and behavior. We will review categories of promising interventions incorporating prevention, teaching compensatory skills, and integration into comprehensive, multi-component interventions. We will use data-based case studies to illustrate the neurobehavioral formulation: an operant formulation that integrates neurological impairments (Ricciardi et al, 2020). We will address related issues such as training interventions to rehabilitation support staff, effective collaboration with other disciplines (Slim & Reuter-Yuill, 2021), and integrating compassionate care (Taylor et al, 2019). This workshop introduces this emerging practice area, with guidance on increasing knowledge, competence, and further study (Leblanc et al., 2012). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list two sources of evidence of the effectiveness of behavioral intervention for challenging behavior in brain injured individuals, (2) describe one weakness of the scientific literature on the effectiveness of behavioral intervention in this population, (3) discriminate between traumatic and non-traumatic brain injuries, (4) describe two functional neuropsychological deficits common after a brain injury and how each may contribute to challenging behaviors; (5) describe a case integrating neuropsychological findings with traditional behavior assessment; (6) list the core elements of a multi-component behavior support plan for individuals with a brain injury. |
Activities: The format includes lecture and discussion, review of exemplar behavior intervention plans (handout), and video observation of intervention in practice. |
Audience: Intermediate: Either some experience with the brain injured population, or a familiarity with the literature of brain injury clinical features or rehabilitation |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): brain injury, challenging behavior, neurobehavior disorder |
|
|
|
Lost in Translation: From Stickers to Paychecks |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. |
ANTHONY CASTROGIOVANNI (Pyramid Educational Consultants), ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.), ANNE OVERCASH (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.), JAIME WEDEL (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
Description: Treatment goals for individuals with ASD and developmental disabilities vary depending on their age and current skills, as well as who you ask. As learners develop, their skill sets expand and evolve. Their life skill sets are anticipated to develop and coincide with their academic skills, however there are often gaps. This workshop explores challenges with transitioning from adolescence to adulthood and discusses planning for teaching vocational, communication and leisure skills that are functional. We review how program providers, educators and behavior analysts can use the principles of our applied science to define, apply and facilitate success across settings for adolescents and during their transition to adulthood. Using guided examples and hands on activities the audience will learn questions to ask and strategies to use for expanding skills into adulthood. We will address the importance of starting transition programming that includes functional goal setting early in a learner's life. Participants will be encouraged to develop their own transition plans. |
Learning Objectives: • Define the transitional population, and two challenges for achieving independence
• Evaluate social significance of skills and provide two examples of functional lessons
• Identify three critical questions to ask when bridging the gap from adolescent to adulthood related to work and leisure skills
• List two strategies for expanding leisure and work skills
• Identify two areas where behavior analysts can contribute during transition period |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met by video examples, lecture, small and large group activity and discussion. Activities will lead participants through discussing lifespan issues as they effect transitioning to adulthood, including a guided discussion about their own learners. |
Audience: Clinicians & educators involved in the transition from student to adult. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): community-based training, functional goals, stickers paychecks, transitions adult |
|
|
|
How to Implement Infant Operant Learning Procedures for Research and Practice |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 5 |
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Katerina Monlux, Ph.D. |
KATERINA MONLUX (Oslo Metropolitian), MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
Description: This workshop will use an operant learning paradigm to cover early infant learning of key social skills. We will emphasize behavior analytic caregiver training procedures to increase critical social skills such as vocal imitation, eye contact, joint attention skills, and social referencing. We will examine previous research and discuss present ongoing research and future directions. We will discuss procedures such as synchronized reinforcement, contingent reinforcement, shaping, environmental arrangement, and more pertaining to infants and young children. We will first describe experimental illustrations of how operant methodologies and social reinforcement are essential to understanding infant social learning phenomena. Then, we will offer behavioral procedures and interventions that have advanced our research with infants more likely to develop autism and other developmental delays. Finally, we will discuss research tactics that can be quick and effective for behavior analysts conducting interventions with infants. |
Learning Objectives: 1: Describe infant operant methodologies 2: Discuss reinforcement procedures such as synchronized reinforcement, contingent reinforcement, and social reinforcement techniques 3: Analyze infant behavior |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a combination of lecture, guided practice, video observation, and group discussion. Core content will be taught through lecture, recorded demonstration of strategies, and a live demo of infant massage strategies. There will be opportunities to practice as well as bring in real-world examples. |
Audience: Attendees with a basic understanding of behavior analysis and clinical experience with infants will get the most out of this workshop. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): applied research, early intervention, infant behavior, operant learning |
|
|
|
Unlock Success With the Self & Match System |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Meeting Room 411 |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Katharine M. Croce, Ed.D. |
KATHARINE M. CROCE (Holy Family University), JAMIE SIDEN SALTER (Self & Match Educational Consultation) |
Description: Are you ready to enhance the way you support students and clients in their journey to behavioral, social, and academic success? Join our interactive workshop and master the systematic self-monitoring intervention known as The Self & Match System. The Self & Match System is a user-friendly and practical program designed to teach self-monitoring skills that empower individuals to take positive actions. This system can be a key to reducing classroom challenges and fostering independence in a variety of settings. Workshop Highlights: Backed by Science: Dive into the science behind self-monitoring as we explore peer-reviewed research that supports its effectiveness for students and clients of all ages and developmental stages. The Power of Social Accountability: Uncover how integrating social accountability can be a game-changer in self-monitoring strategies. The Self & Match Advantage: Discover The Self & Match System, an easy-to-implement tool that can optimize your practice. A Systematic Guide: Acquire a step-by-step guide to consider all essential aspects before implementing The Self & Match System. Resources Galore: Receive a Self & Match manual and gain access to a portal filled with robust forms, making your implementation journey a breeze. Empowering Individuals and Teams: Leave our workshop with a comprehensive solution that's ideal for individuals, classes, and schools. You'll be well-equipped to support your students and clients effectively. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Identify the research-based benefits of self-monitoring interventions 2) Effectively apply, individualize, and monitor progress of a self-monitoring system 3) Identify the necessary components of an effective motivational system 4) Identify the importance of pre-treatment planning on the effectiveness of intervention 5) Examine the necessary components of the Self & Match System 6) Understand the implementation Self & Match System in a variety of settings including a General Education Setting, Home Setting, and Special Education Setting 7) Systematically individualize an intervention based on collaborative and critical thinking 8) Systematically consider function in the development of self-monitoring interventions and reinforcement opportunities |
Activities: During the course of this hands-on workshop, participants will strengthen the skills needed to effectively develop self-monitoring interventions incorporating a match/accountability component. This workshop will review the purpose/rationale of self-monitoring, the benefits of self-monitoring, the Self & Match system, and consider the role of technology in enhancing this behavioral intervention. Additionally, participants will interactively complete a "Systematic Considerations Guide" prior to implementation to lead them on their way to creating their own Self & Match System. The format combines lecture, small group collaboration, whole group responding, and discussion. Core content will be taught through a combination of lecture, data analysis, and guided practice. |
Audience: Participants will engage in active learning to increase their knowledge of implementing self-monitoring in their practice. Workshop attendees will acquire a systematic guide to planning self-monitoring systems, Self & Match manual with substantial training materials, and access to Self & Match Maker, an online Self & Match form creator. This workshop is designed for behavior analysts, consultants, school psychologists, autism specialists, special educators, teachers, administrators, parents, and/or others who support individuals from pre-K to 21 in school, home, or clinic settings as well as adults that are interested in increasing appropriate behaviors. Great workshop for individuals and/or teams! |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): classroom-management, Self&Match, self-management, self-monitoring |
|
|
|
Successful Intervention in Schools: How to Provide Effective and Systematic Behavioral Consultation |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 4 |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ryan Matthew Biemuller, M.A. |
RYAN MATTHEW BIEMULLER (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), MEGAN ROBINSON JOY JOY (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), ASHLEY VIOLETTE (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health) |
Description: Competing priorities, last minute referrals, and large caseloads can make consultants feel like they are always putting out fires. In this workshop, attendees will learn strategies for providing systematic, effective, and ecologically-valid behavioral consultation. The presenters will review research on evidence-based practices for special education populations, including learners with autism and students with intensive special needs. Attendees will learn how to incorporate evidence-based practices into classroom consultation protocols, including how to create data-based observation systems and provide behavioral skills training to teachers and classroom staff. The presenters will discuss processes for addressing the needs of high-risk students who continue to exhibit problem behavior despite consistent implementation of evidence–based practices. Strategies for effective coaching in the classroom will be emphasized, including how to build rapport, work with staff from different backgrounds, communicate effectively and identify interventions that are feasible and contextually appropriate. The presenters will also discuss how to monitor progress, fade supports, and build capacity within the school environment. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss key practices for beginning consultation in schools, including building rapport, working within the resources of the environment, communicating clearly, and consistent documentation. (2) Describe essential components of conducting an effective single-case consultation. (3) Identify evidence-based classroom practices for special education populations, including learners w/ASD and students with disruptive behavior disorders. (4) Develop a structured classroom observation system, including data collection strategies and a plan for implementation and sustainability. (5) Demonstrate how to effectively use behavioral skills training to teach classroom staff how to consistently use evidence-based practices. |
Activities: Instructional strategies will include: -Didactic training and demonstration of targeted skills. –Sharing and discussing data on current implementation in public schools. –Presentation of templates for developing data-based observation systems and implementation plans. – Small group discussion to develop implementation plans. –Opportunities to practice coaching and providing performance feedback. |
Audience: Participants should have experience developing behavior intervention plans. Participants should have experience working in schools or working with staff without a background in ABA. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, classroom, consultation, schools |
|
|
|
Public School Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs): Challenges and Solutions |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Laura Kenneally, Ed.D. |
LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance Learning Center) |
Description: Public school BCBAs provide a range of services from assessment, curriculum, personnel training, behavior management implementation, and evaluation. BCBAs are challenged to implement these evidence-based practices because their role, responsibilities, and our field is often misunderstood. BCBAs are expected to magically fix challenging behavioral problems with immediate, effective, and low-cost simple solutions. In addition, BCBAs often wrestle with an endless list of tasks, ethical dilemmas, and limited resources which can be socially isolating, overwhelming, and cause professional burnout. |
Learning Objectives: (1) The participants will be able to define and demonstrate shaping and use of the feedback to others to create behavior change. (2) The participants will be able to define the role of the public school BCBA and address ethical issues. (3) The participants will be able to define burnout and create solutions to reduce or prevent it. |
Activities: This workshop includes lecture, small group instructional and hands-on successful strategies to help BCBAs define their responsibilities and roles, practice behavior skills training, address ABA “buy in”, improve personnel training, and build support networks. |
Audience: This workshop is designed for BCBAs, special educators, and administrators to understand the role and responsibilities of the BCBA and how to create effective behavior change in public school. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, ethics, public schools, staff training |
|
|
|
A Guide to Building School Staff Capacity in Applied Behaviour Analysis in School Districts |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 8 |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Nieradka, M.Ed. |
MARILYN GREEN (Ottawa Catholic School Board), JENNIFER NIERADKA (Ottawa Catholic School Board) |
Description: This workshop is tailored for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) working in public schools, aiming to equip them with an effective framework for training school staff in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The objective is to help BCBAs meet the critical mandate of training teachers to provide inclusive and high-quality education for all students. Participants will delve into the success story of a school district with over 42,000 students and 6,000 staff members, which initiated a transformative capacity-building project in 2017. The journey began with basic ABA training and evolved to encompass advanced treatments like Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment. Attendees will gain insights into this progression and participate in Behavioral Skills Training (BST) sessions to develop their own ABA staff training plans. This interactive workshop will guide BCBAs in creating comprehensive training plans, addressing barriers, collecting training data, and assessing training effectiveness. Furthermore, attendees will learn how to effectively market their training initiatives to the relevant stakeholders. Over the past six years, this framework has served as a blueprint for other school districts seeking to enhance their ABA training efforts. Join us to explore the transformative potential of ABA in inclusive education. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to . . . 1. Describe the steps to start building capacity in ABA staff training in your school district. 2. Create an ABA training plan for your organization, including a plan to market your training. 3. List and evaluate barriers to a system-wide paradigm shift in a school district. |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a balanced presentation of storytelling, guided practice and small group activities. Participants will go through a Behavioural Skills Training (BST) model of training to create their own plan to market and train ABA within their organization. |
Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, Educators and School Administrators |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): dissemination, public schools, staff training |
|
|
|
Mastering the Art of Feedback: Enhancing Leadership and Communication Skills With Staff |
Friday, May 24, 2024 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 3 |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sara Lalani, Ph.D. |
SARA LALANI (The Chicago School; Behavior Analyst Advising, LLC), REBECCA GONZALES ((1) The Chicago School (2) ABC Behavior) |
Description: Communication is a key component of leadership (Flauto, 1999; Wikaningrum & Yuniawan, 2018). While communication can take many forms, when it comes to employee performance problems, performance feedback is a crucial communication skill (Mayfield & Mayfield, 2011). Performance feedback is the process of providing information to an individual that reviews the quality and/or quantity of their performance on a task, allowing them to change their behavior (Sleiman et al., 2020). Although it is important to provide performance feedback to employees, it is equally important that leaders seek out feedback from their staff about their own performance. However, these difficult conversations can lead supervisors to avoid interactions that involve giving or receiving feedback. This workshop will explore the research evaluating giving and receiving performance feedback to help attendees develop leadership and communication skills. Participants will role-play accepting challenging feedback and engaging in difficult conversations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Provide a rationale for the importance of giving feedback and receiving feedback in supervisory relationships; (2) Learn to implement six steps to provide effective feedback, including ensuring feedback is relevant to task observed, ensuring feedback is specific to performed behaviors, ensuring the feedback emphasizes employee's performance, providing corrective statement(s), providing positive statements outweigh corrective statements, providing guidance on how to correct performance behavior; (3) Learn to request feedback from employees by building rapport, asking open-ended questions, and using active listening |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a balanced presentation of lecture, guided practice, small group breakout, and group discussion. Supplemental materials for the training will be accessed through an online drive for all participants. |
Audience: The target audience includes individuals in supervisory positions. This includes BCaBAs, BCBAs, and BCBA-Ds in supervisory positions or individuals seeking certification that hold a supervisor position (e.g., student analyst). |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): leadership, OBM, performance feedback |
|
|
|
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:20 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School) |
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Jay Moore |
Abstract: The Importance of Contingencies Operant contingencies of reinforcement specify the relation among the antecedent circumstances of a response, the response itself, and a reinforcing consequence of the response. The study of contingencies is consistent with the thesis of selection by consequences in biological science, and forms the framework for the analysis and explanation of both nonverbal and verbal behavior. Just as nothing in biology makes sense except in light of evolution, nothing in a science of behavior makes sense except in light of contingencies. |
|
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
|
Dr. Jay Moore is a native of Grand Rapids, Michigan. He received his undergraduate degree from Kenyon College in Ohio in 1967, and his master’s degree from Western Michigan University in 1969 under David Lyon. He served in the US Navy from 1969 to 1972, then returned to graduate school at the University of California-San Diego, where he received his doctoral degree in 1975 under the late Edmund Fantino. He joined the Psychology Department at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee in 1977, and retired from there in 2015. He served on the boards of editors of several major journals in our field, as well as editor of The Behavior Analyst and Behavior and Philosophy. He also served as president of the Association for Behavior Analysis - International, in addition to holding various leadership positions with ABAI and as a faculty member at UWM. His principal interests are in the experimental analysis of behavior, and theoretical- philosophical-conceptual-historical topics. In the domain of the experimental analysis of behavior, he is interested in choice, conditioned reinforcement, and the effects of temporal distributions of reinforcement such as seen in delay discounting. In the conceptual domain, he is interested in radical behaviorism as a philosophy of science. He has published articles and chapters on experimental and conceptual topics in numerous journals and books, and is the author of two books: Conceptual Foundations of Radical Behaviorism (2008) and From a Behavioral Point of View (2015). He and his wife Betty have two adult children, David and Sarah, who both live in New York City. |
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: Jomella Watson-Thompson |
Abstract: The Uncommitted: A Behavioral-Community Approach to Advance Collaborative Action There is a plethora of societal issues that challenge our community health, development, and well-being. The application of a behavioral community approach used to advance community change through multisector collaboration is examined. The Youth Violence Prevention Center- Kansas City, a Center for Disease Control and Prevention National Center of Excellence in Youth Violence Prevention, demonstrates the use of a socially valid approach to address violence as an issue of significant societal concern. The importance of collaboration with those uncommitted to institutions and ideologies but rather working together through a common commitment to advancing change and sustained improvement with and in communities is discussed. A challenge is posed to foster broader application and adoption of our science for societal impact through a collective commitment to multisector collaboration and engagement with diverse scholars, practitioners, and communities. |
|
JOMELLA THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
|
 Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is a professor of Applied Behavioral Science and a researcher affiliated with the Center for Community Health and Development. Dr. Thompson leads the Youth Violence Prevention Research Center- Kansas City, a Center for Disease Control and Prevention National Center of Excellence in Youth Violence Prevention. Her research focuses on behavioral-community approaches to youth and community violence prevention, adolescent substance abuse prevention, and neighborhood and community development. She has examined the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson also works with community collaboratives to examine social determinants or factors, including educational attainment and access to resources and supports, that may contribute to disparities experienced particularly for racial and ethnic groups and in underserved communities. She researches and promotes community-academic partnerships through community-engaged scholarship as an approach to foster sustainable change and improvement in communities. Dr. Thompson has received numerous funding awards and co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth and neighborhood development, and adolescent substance abuse, and youth and community violence prevention. She serves on the Executive Council for the Association of Behavior Analysis International. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology, a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas, and a B.A. in Urban Studies from Jackson State University. |
|
SABA Award for International Dissemination: Dermot Barnes-Holmes |
Abstract: Stronger Together: Fostering Cooperation and Collaboration inside Behavior Analysis In reflecting upon the international dissemination of behavior analysis, and my own role in this sphere, I think it is important to recognize that we are too small a field to divide ourselves into even smaller sub-groups. Disseminating our science is rendered even more difficult if we are constantly embroiled in, what some may argue are, petty in-house conflicts. Such conflicts are perhaps in stark contrast to the tremendous overlap in the research that we are all doing, even if we often use different terms and concepts to talk about the behavior we are studying. In my own area, that of human language and cognition, we all seem to be aiming to develop a behavior-analytic, monistic, and naturalistic account of human language and thought that is devoid of mentalistic theorizing and speaks directly to practical concerns in educational, clinical, organizational, and other settings. In calling for a more collaborative or cooperative approach I are not suggesting that we all have to agree with each other in an anodyne manner and engage in empty gestures of mutual respect. Debate and disagreement should be welcome but only if it serves to bring greater clarity or progress for the field. An excellent example of the type of debate I am thinking of here may be found in the exchange between Willard Day and Murray Sidman in the series of letters between the two that Murray (1994) published in his volume, Equivalence Relations: A Research Story. In my brief presentation, I will use this exchange to highlight the advantages for all concerned in fostering a more cooperative and collaborative approach within our field. |
|
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University) |
|
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland, Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2020 he returned to his alma mater as a full professor at Ulster University. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behaviour between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, and a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis, International. He is also a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and became an Odysseus laureate in 2015 when he received an Odysseus Type 1 award from the Flemish Science Foundation in Belgium. |
|
SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions: Teachers College, Columbia University |
Abstract: Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: Teachers College, Columbia University In 1981 Doug Greer, in conjunction with his graduate students from Columbia University’s Graduate School of Arts and Science and Teachers College, developed the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model of education. CABAS® was designed to incorporate the findings in the science of behavior and its philosophy to all components of the schooling system (students, parents, organizational administration, teacher trainers, parents, and the university). CABAS® schools are driven by students’ learning that is continuously and directly measured. Application of the science involves continuous measurement as teaching tools. Student outcomes and research drive the curriculum at the university level. PhD students function as strategic scientists of teaching in their classrooms and train their MA teacher assistants. CABAS® School salaries have funded MA and PhD students for 43 years (264 PhD dissertations, more than 450 MA students). Today accredited CABAS® schools (see www.cabasschools.org) are in the USA, Korea, and England, with hundreds more CABAS® trained professionals in Ireland, Italy, Spain, Brazil, and China. Research contributions include: a strategic science of teaching and accelerated independent learning, identification and establishment of verbal developmental cusps, how ontogenetic verbal development affects instruction, conditioned reinforcement by denial, and effects of verbal cusps on learning to read and reading to learn. |
|
R. GREER (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Doug Greer is Professor Emeritus of Psychology and Education, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College of Columbia University and currently Senior Research Scientist for the Foundation for the Advancement of a Strategic Science of Teaching (FASST). He has served on the editorial boards of 12 journals, published over 200 research and theoretical articles in more than 23 journals and is the author, coauthor, or coeditor of 14 books and the ELCAR curriculum and inventory of repertoires for preschoolers. Two of his most recent books are translated into Korean, Spanish, Chinese, Italian and Portuguese. Greer has sponsored 264 doctoral dissertations, taught numerous teachers and psychologists, founded the Fred S. Keller School and the CABAS? model of schooling used in the USA, Korea, Spain, Ireland, Italy, China, and England (www.cabasschools.org). He has been involved in basic and applied experimental research for 55 years in schools with students, teachers, parents, and supervisors as well as pediatric patients in medical settings. He and his students and colleagues have identified: (a) verbal and social developmental cusps and protocols to establish them when they are missing in children, (b) conditioned reinforcement by observation and denial conditions, (c) an organizational systems science of schooling, and (d) the stimulus control for incidental bidirectional naming. Doug is the recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychology Association, a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, the ABAI award for International Contributions to Behavior Analysis, May 5 as the R. Douglas Greer Day by the Westchester County Legislature and the Jack Michael Award for Contributions to Verbal Behavior. The ABAI award for Enduring Contributions to Behavior Analysis to Teachers College Columbia University and CABAS® is scheduled for the May 2024 ABAI convention. He has served as guest professor at universities in Brazil, China, Spain, Wales, England, Japan, Korea, India, Ireland, Germany, Italy, USA, and Nigeria. |
|
Dr. Jessica Singer-Dudek is the Director of Transdisciplinary Programs in ABA at Columbia University Teachers College. She also serves as a Senior Behavior Analyst Consultant to schools implementing the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model, and serves as the CABAS® Professional Advisory Board Secretary/Treasurer. Dr. Dudek’s research interests include component analyses of successful behavior analytic models of education, teacher and supervisor training, verbally governed and verbally governing behaviors, establishment of early observing responses, verbal behavior development, conditioned reinforcement, and observational learning. |
|
SABA Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media: Stuart Vyse |
Abstract: The Happy Accidents of a Writer’s Life I will offer some reflections on how I learned be a better writer and what drew me to write about behavioral science for a general audience. The talk will describe several ways the behavior analysis community supported my development as a writer and some fortunate events outside the field of behavior analysis that also contributed. I will give particular attention to the role of editors and reading for pleasure in the life of the writer. |
|
STUART VYSE (Independent Scholar) |
|
I am a behavioral scientist, teacher, and writer. I am a contributing editor for Skeptical Inquirer magazine, for which I write the “Behavior & Belief” column, both online and in print. I have written personal and professional essays in a variety of places, including the Observer, Medium, The Atlantic, The Good Men Project, Tablet, and Time. The first edition of my book Believing in Magic: The Psychology of Superstition won the William James Book Award of the American Psychological Association and was translated into Japanese, German, and Romanian. An updated edition was published in 2014. My book Going Broke: Why Americans (Still) Can’t Hold On To Their Money is an analysis of the current epidemic of personal debt. The first edition was translated into Chinese, and the second edition was released in September of 2018 in both paperback and audiobook formats. In 2020, my book Superstition was published in the Oxford University Press Very Short Introduction series. The Spanish translation, Breve historian de la superstición, was published by Alianza editorial on January 13 (!), 2022. My latest book, The Uses of Delusion: Why It’s Not Always Rational to be Rational (Oxford, 2022), is out now in the US in hardcover, e-book, and audiobook. It will be published in the UK in August 2022. As an expert on superstition and irrational behavior, I have been quoted in many news outlets, including the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, and have appeared on CBS Sunday Morning, CNN International, the PBS NewsHour, and NPR’s Science Friday. See the In the Media page for recent quotes and appearances. I hold a PhD in psychology and BA and MA degrees in English Literature and am a Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science and the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry. The majority of my teaching career was spent at Providence College, the University of Rhode Island, and Connecticut College. My academic interests are in decision-making, behavioral economics, philosophy, behavior analysis, and belief in the paranormal. |
|
Target Audience: All convention registrants are welcome and encouraged to attend. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to:
1) Discuss how the study of contingencies is consistent with the thesis of selection by consequences in biological science, and forms the framework for the analysis and explanation of both nonverbal and verbal behavior,
2) Describe how the application of a behavioral community approach may be used to advance community change through multisector collaboration,
3) Discuss the advantages of fostering a more cooperative and collaborative approach to behavior analysis,
4) Describe how the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model of education incorporates the science of behavior and its philosophy to all components of the schooling system, and
5) Discuss the role of editors and reading for pleasure in the life of the writer. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Teaching Social, Functional Living, and Vocational Skills to Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James Maraventano (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: James Maraventano, Ed.D. |
Abstract: An often-cited barrier to independent living in adulthood for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) is the ability to procure and/or maintain gainful employment. Upon turning 21 years old, resources, support, and funding for individuals with DD are significantly reduced, resulting in what is colloquially referred to as a “services cliff”. This lack of quality supports often contributes to poorer outcomes in the realms of acquiring and maintaining employment, managing mental and physical health, maintaining social relationships, and developing skills that promote independent living (e.g., functional living, problem solving, and vocational skills). It is critical to the role of support providers in adult services to employ evidence-based procedures to better improve outcomes of independent living for adults with DD. Our three presentations intend to disseminate recent research in assessing and teaching problem solving, interviewing, social and vocational skills to promote independence for adults with DD. Guido D’Angelo’s study evaluated a training package of behavioral skills training (BST) and token reinforcement to improve job-related social skills in natural contexts. Courtney Butler’s study evaluated the effects of a BST package to teach job interview skills to adults with ASD. Erika Cruz’s study evaluated the effects of a decision-making model and a BST package to teach problem solving skills to adults with ASD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): adult autism, employment, interview skills, vocational skills |
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for behavior analytic professionals in the fields of adult service, education, and transition planning. Prerequisite skills for attendees include a knowledge of and/or experience utilizing behavior analytic assessments as teaching practices such as behavioral skills training and vocational assessments. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the utility of behavioral skills training and token reinforcement for teaching job-related social skills to adults with developmental disabilities (2) Understand and enact the use of behavioral skills training to teach interviewing skills to adults with autism (3) Utilize a written decision-making model incorporating behavioral skills training to teach problem-solving skills to adults with autism |
|
An Individualized Approach to Teaching Adults With Autism to Successfully Navigate Job Interviews |
COURTNEY BUTLER (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Despite the importance of employment, adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have a lower likelihood of being employed compared to individuals with other disabilities and may experience challenges finding and maintaining employment regardless of intellectual and vocational. Adults with ASD experience challenges securing employment, which may partially explain overall underemployment or unemployment in this population. One of the first steps to obtaining employment is participating in a job interview. However, social communication deficits may interfere with an individual's ability to participate in a job interview. Our research included two university students with ASD who participated in a university support program as well as three adults with ASD in a community-based vocational support program. The goal of the training was to improve vocal interview skills as well as improve non-vocal behaviors. Data were collected to evaluate the effects of the various interview trainings. Results showed significant improvement from both participants in vocal behaviors in asking and answering questions. Results also showed improvement in head orientation, posture, and response. The preliminary results suggest that an individualized approach to training may be an effective strategy to help adults with ASD, with various support needs, to successfully navigate job interviews. |
|
Assessing and Teaching Job-Related Social Skills to Adults With Neurodevelopmental Disorders in Italy |
GUIDO D'ANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Claudio Radogna (Cooperativa Dalla Luna, Bari), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The opportunity to find and maintain employment may be challenging for individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities (NDD) given the social challenges in the work place. Despite the importance of regular employment, just a handful of studies have focused on interventions to improve job-related social skills of individuals with NDD in countries outside of the United States. In this study, we replicated and extended prior research by evaluating the acquisition, generality, and long-term maintenance of job-related social skills with three individuals with NDD residing in Italy. The training components included a package consisting of behavioral skills training (BST) and token reinforcement. Results suggested that the intervention was effective for teaching the skills and promoting the transfer of these skills to real work contexts. Furthermore, social validity surveys indicated that the participants, caregivers of individuals with NDD, and professionals considered the skills and interventions to be acceptable. These findings have implications for improving employment outcomes for individuals with NDD across the globe. |
|
The Use of an Individualized Decision-Making Model to Teach Problem Solving Steps to an Adult With Autism |
ERIKA CRUZ (Alpine Learning Group), Isamar Becerra (Alpine Learning Group), Stefanie Levi (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Lora et al. (2020) effectively used activity schedules to teach a sequence of problem-solving responses during work tasks to adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Suarez et al., (2021) used a written flow chart to teach children with autism spectrum disorders to identify and find solutions for social problem solving. We partially replicated and extended this work by using a multiple probe design across three problem scenarios (unfamiliar task, broken items, insufficient materials) to determine the effects of a written decision-making model and components of behavioral skills training on the completion of problem-solving steps (i.e., identification of problems, identification of solutions, implementation of solutions) during vocational tasks in a young adult with autism spectrum disorder. With the implementation of the intervention, an adult with autism spectrum disorder was taught to use a written decision-making model evidenced by the percentage of problem-solving steps increased systematically across the scenarios over baseline levels to criterion performance. |
|
|
|
|
|
Self-Injurious Behavior: Decades Past, Decades Ahead (The Problem Is Not Solved) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami) |
CE Instructor: Timothy R. Vollmer, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: For the past several years, my colleagues and I have been developing models for a deeper understanding of factors related to the development and maintenance of severe behavior. The recent passing of my mentor and colleague, Brian Iwata, has set the occasion for reflection on the past decades of behavioral research specific to self-injurious behavior (SIB). I will provide some historical context of research and practice related to SIB, including some perspectives from Dr. Iwata’s lab and publications. I will summarize some of the key findings from the past several decades to date. But, in addition, I will make a case that there is a long path ahead to complete our understanding of SIB, and to continue Iwata’s work in developing effective interventions. I will suggest future research and practice in the following areas: a) a deeper understanding of negatively reinforced SIB, b) a deeper understanding of automatically reinforced SIB, c) translation of basic research on self-biting and aggression that may shed light on functional properties of SIB, d) the need for development of detailed and complex case studies, and e) the need for prevention science (and the conundrum that arises from our traditional methodology). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: behavior analysts interested in research, history of the field, and assessment/intervention for SIB. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least three variables that alter the value of escape as reinforcement; (2) describe at least two potential sources of automatic reinforcement for SIB; (3) describe at least one challenge related to evaluating the prevention of SIB. |
|
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida) |
Timothy R. Vollmer received his Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1992. From 1992 until 1996 he was on the psychology faculty at Louisiana State University. From 1996 to 1998 he was on the faculty at the University of Pennsylvania Medical School. He returned to the University of Florida in 1998, where he has been ever since, and is now a Professor and Associate Chair of Psychology. His primary area of research is applied behavior analysis, with emphases in autism, intellectual disabilities, reinforcement schedules, and parenting. He has published over 200 articles and book chapters related to behavior analysis. He was the recipient of the 1996 B.F. Skinner New Researcher award from the American Psychological Association (APA). He received another APA award in August 2004, for significant contributions to applied behavior analysis, and received the Don Hake translational research award in 2022. He served as the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 2014-2016. He is a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI), and he received the ABAI mentoring award in 2017. More recently, he received the University of Florida Dissertation Advisor Mentoring Award in 2022. |
|
|
|
|
|
Critical and Variable Attributes of Effective Instruction- Markers of Success in Online Behavior Analysis Programs |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Kristin K. Myers-Kemp, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kristin K. Myers-Kemp (ABA Technologies Inc. and FIT ABA Online) |
NICOLE M. NEIL (University of Western Ontario) |
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Simmons University) |
KRISTIN N. FOLEY (Endicott College) |
Abstract: As a result of increased knowledge regarding the effectiveness of the science of behavior analysis and new funding sources, the demand for behavior analysts in the past 10 years has exploded. Consumer demand and these new funding streams resulted in the rapid development of new companies and job opportunities. The 2023 employment demand report shows that in 2022 there was nearly one job posting for every behavior analyst in the country. This immense demand resulted in an increased need for education in behavior analysis. Thus, approximately 100 new university training programs emerged in a 10-year timeframe. Additionally, the post-Covid shutdown landscape has recently influenced the demand for accessible programs. With increased online and hybrid options, the face of behavior analytic education continues to evolve. This panel will explore the future of education in our field, consider the critical and variable attributes of quality behavior analytic instruction in an online environment, and discuss successful program elements at four institutions. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Target Audience: University faculty, instructors, supervisors, or others interested in the education of upcoming BCBAs.
Pre-requisite skills/knowledge:
• Understanding of BACB certification pathways.
• Knowledge of current (2022) and upcoming (2027 and 2032) BACB certification standards for BCBA-level certificants.
• Understanding of university systems, programs, and program requirements.
• Knowledge of accreditation at the program and university levels. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Identify critical and variable attributes of behavior-analytic education; (2) identify challenges faced by online behavior-analysis programs and possible solutions; (3) identify how online behavior-analytic education may be improved to meet the needs of students and the field at large. |
Keyword(s): Education, Instruction, online |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Project ECHO: A Successful Partnership to Support Caregivers of Children With Autism and Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities (I/DD) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: : ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Supporting the needs of caregivers of children with disabilities is one of the most socially important problems behavior analysts address. While there are multiple methods to address this priority, since 2020 the importance of meeting the needs of caregivers remotely has been emphasized. Project ECHO is a data based virtual service delivery model that has been used to train professionals and paraprofessionals around the world. In this paper we describe Project ECHO and how we are using to support caregivers of children with disabilities who demonstrate challenging behavior at home and in the community. We will also discuss why Project ECHO is a useful tool for behavior analysts to disseminate successful interventions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: General |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Project ECHO; (2) discuss the benefits of providing support for parents of children with autism and I/DD via a case-based learning model; (3) discuss why Project ECHO could be a good partner for disseminating information about successful behavioral interventions. |
|
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Dr. Ilene Schwartz earned her Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in Child and Developmental Psychology and is a Professor of Education at the University of Washington in Seattle. She is the director of the Haring Center for Inclusive Education on the UW campus, an interdisciplinary, research and training center focused on improving outcomes for children of all abilities. Dr. Schwartz has had continuous funding from the US Department of Education since 1990 to support her work in the areas of autism, developing educational interventions for young children, and preparing staff to work with people with disabilities. She is the author of 3 books and over 90 scholarly articles and book chapters.
Dr. Schwartz has spoken to audiences around the world on topics such as “Understanding Autism” and “Why Inclusion is Important for all Children”. Her TED talk, “The Power of Inclusive Education” has been viewed by thousands of people. Her recent book, “The Project DATA Model for Teaching Preschoolers with Autism” describes her 25-year ground-breaking project designed to provide state of the art services for children with autism in public school settings. The Project DATA model is used across the country and internationally and is the standard of care for young children with autism in Washington state.
Dr. Schwartz lives in Seattle with her husband and chiweenie and maintains an active research and teaching portfolio in addition to her work as an amateur gardener and avid Mariners fan. |
|
|
|
|
|
Learning to Play and Expanding Communication Skills: Important Targets for a School Setting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kate Hewett (Jigsaw School) |
CE Instructor: Kate Hewett, M.Ed. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three studies conducted in a school for autistic children and young adults with an additional learning disability. Teachers within the school are encouraged to replicate research conducted in other settings (schools and clinics) and to evaluate the results of their work. They are encouraged to conduct basic research to determine the effectiveness of different tactics in the classroom and also advanced research in terms of inducing emergent behaviour. The first two studies focus on expanding social verbal behaviour for primary aged children through play. Study one focuses on the classroom play environment and how the stimuli available can evoke language. Study two expands these findings to the playground setting. The third evaluates the emergence of verbal cusps, specifically incidental bidirectional naming and observational learning, in young adults. A school setting that encourages and reinforces research within its setting clearly results in positive outcomes for the student population and continued professional development for staff. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Naming, Observational Learning, Play, Verbal Behaviour |
Target Audience: An understanding of verbal operants and the verbal behaviour development theory |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define how environmental stimuli can be manipulated to evoke verbal behaviour in the classroom.
2. Implement strategies to encourage engagement and social interaction in the playground setting.
3. Explain how to induce observational learning and naming. |
|
The Effects of Changing the Classroom Play Environment on the Peer Interactions of Autistic Children |
HAYLEY LOUISE LOCKE (Jigsaw CABAS School
Queens University Belfast), Brian Fennell (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: Autistic children often face difficulties with early verbal development and social interaction. The science of behaviour analysis has developed procedures shown through research to help support and teach these skills. Interventions focusing solely on manipulating environmental antecedent stimuli are presented less frequently in the literature than those concerned with response consequences. This study evaluated if changes to the classroom environment would evoke prosocial behaviours during play.
A multiple treatment reversal design was used to compare the presence of anthropomorphic toys, pet animals, and toys themed upon preferred interests, introduced on a central table, within the play area. Data were collected on social behaviour to peers for six autistic children in two primary classrooms. For five of the six participants all three conditions increased social behaviour in comparison to baseline. At the time of the study social interaction opportunities were limited due to the Covid-19 Pandemic restrictions, placing greater emphasis on safely encouraging opportunities within the classroom to ensure skill maintenance. Due to reported outcomes, educators, particularly in specialised settings, should focus on evaluating their classroom environment to ensure the contents and layout support children to maintain and generalise social skills. Further research on the benefits of class pets is encouraged. |
|
A School-Wide Approach To Increasing Engagement in Play and Social Interactions in the Playground |
KATE HEWETT (Jigsaw School), Mariann Szabo (Jigsaw CABAS School) |
Abstract: It is common for autistic children and those with learning disabilities to exhibit limited pretend play skills due to delays in their social repertoire combined with the tendency to emit stereotypical and repetitive sequences. Neurotypical children learn to play and develop related verbal operants by watching and engaging with others. Autistic children may have limited observational learning skills and if attending specialist settings may not access appropriate peer models. The current study took place in a special educational school with teaching primarily based on the scientific literature applied across repertoires with a focus on generalisation and novel responding. A multiple probe design was implemented to observe the effects of these evidence-based tactics on engaged play and social interactions in the playground. Overall baseline observations suggested that although some participants demonstrated pretend play responses and related verbal operants, these were limited. The study evaluated if activity schedules, scripts and modelling led to increased play responses and verbal operants or if a more intensive protocol was required. Implications of results are discussed with alternative approaches to further develop the impacts of the intervention highlighted. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of a Peer-Yoked Contingency Procedure and a Multiple Exemplar Instruction Procedure on the Emergence of Incidental Bidirectional Naming |
RHYS JONES (Jigsaw School
Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: This study looks to ascertain if it is possible to induce incidental bidirectional naming in Autistic young adults and begin to analyse a sufficient procedure. Specifically, the paper compared the effects of a peer-yoked contingency procedure and a multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) procedure on the acquisition of incidental bidirectional naming (Inc-BiN) and observational learning. Four autistic children with learning disabilities, aged 16 to 18, participated in the study and two were allocated to each procedure. Participants attended a specialist setting for pupils aged 3-19 years old. A pre and post probe design was used across participants to identify if incidental bidirectional naming and observational learning would emerge, and which pair of participants would acquire these cusps the fastest. Results showed that both multiple exemplar instruction and the peer-yoked contingency procedure were successful in inducing the missing cusp Inc-BiN with these four participants. The peer-yoked contingency procedure was shown to be the more efficient procedure for inducing these cusps. Procedural limitations and future research are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Antecedent and Consequent Strategies to Promote Efficient Skill Acquisition |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paige O'Neill (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Paige O'Neill, M.A. |
Abstract: When providing ABA services for learners with autism spectrum disorder, it is crucial that clinicians identify not only effective, but efficient teaching procedures. Procedures that result in rapid acquisition of instructional targets or promote generative learning to untaught targets may be particularly helpful in this aim. Such procedures can involve manipulation of antecedent and/or consequent components of instructional protocols (e.g., prompts, reinforcement, or secondary stimuli). This symposium will present research that evaluates the effects of various antecedent and consequent strategies that aim to improve instructional efficiency across a range of skill domains for learners with autism spectrum disorder. Presenters will discuss extra-stimulus versus within-stimulus prompts and differential outcomes procedure to teach conditional discriminations, and antecedent and consequent instructive feedback to teach tacts and intraverbals. Presenters will discuss clinical implications of the findings, including potential benefits and barriers to using the procedures in practice, as well as areas for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment-based instruction, differential outcomes, instructive feedback, skill acquisition |
Target Audience: At least BCBA-level clinicians and researchers; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify potential antecedent and consequent strategies to enhance efficiency of teaching procedures; (2) describe how to use instructive feedback and differential outcomes procedure; (3) describe potential benefits and barriers to the described procedures |
|
An Assessment of Digital Stimulus Prompts to Teach Conditional Discriminations to Children With Autism |
HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Katherine Flores (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Isaiah Salazar (76201), Karen Rader (ALABA) |
Abstract: Effective and efficient skill-acquisition procedures must be identified to support individualized behavioral programming for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To do this, practitioners and researchers may use assessment-based instruction. Prompts are a common teaching strategy to promote skill acquisition. The purpose of this applied study was to use assessment-based instruction to evaluate the efficacy and efficiency of digital within- and extra-stimulus prompts to teach conditional discriminations to three children with ASD. We identified stimulus prompts using a survey of popular children’s games and conducted a tablet-based instruction readiness assessment. Stimulus prompts involved motion (within-stimulus) and pointing (extra-stimulus) to evoke correct responses in the presence of the discriminative stimulus. We used an adapted alternating treatments design with a no-treatment control condition to evaluate the effects of both prompt types across multiple sets of stimuli. Both stimulus prompt types were efficacious in facilitating skill acquisition for two of three participants. Little difference was observed in time to mastery with either prompt. Neither stimulus prompt was efficacious for the third participant. Assessment results were used to inform clinical programming to teach conditional discriminations to participants and contribute to research on designing and implementing assessments of skill-acquisition procedures. |
|
Teaching the Function of Auditory Stimuli Using Secondary Target Instruction |
MARYKATE MCKENNA (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY), Casey Nottingham (ABA Collective) |
Abstract: It is important for children to learn to identify safety stimuli in their environment; however, there has been limited research in the field of behavior analysis related to effective and efficient strategies for teaching these skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Although previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of using secondary targets to teach tacts of visual stimuli, little research has evaluated procedures to teach children with ASD to tact auditory stimuli. The purpose of this study was to teach individuals with ASD the function of auditory safety stimuli using secondary target instruction across two different instructional arrangements (Condition 1-Single Presentation and Condition 2-Re-presentation). Sessions to mastery and total training time were used to evaluate the efficiency of procedures. The results showed that participants learned all primary targets that were directly taught and that the secondary targets emerged in the absence of direct teaching in both conditions. Results also suggested that Condition 1-Single Presentation, resulted in more efficient learning across target sets for both participants, with one exception. |
|
Further Evaluation of Variables That Affect the Efficacy of and Preference for Instructive Feedback Delivery |
MANISH K. GOYAL (Southern Illinois University), Grace Lafo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Laurent Orozco-Barrios (Southern Illinois University), Connor Eyre (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Lesley Shawler (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the utility of instructive feedback (IF) as a method to produce emergent verbal behavior. Instructive feedback is a teaching strategy in which nontarget stimuli are presented in learning trials to increase the efficiency of instruction (Carroll & Kodak, 2015). Researchers have investigated differences in secondary target acquisition when inserting the secondary targets in different configurations of the learning trial (e.g., antecedent, consequence). Findings have shown minimal differences in efficacy irrespective of the configuration (e.g., Vladescu & Kodak, 2013). However, no studies to date have evaluated participants’ preference for feedback delivery. As such, the current study replicated previous research by comparing the efficacy and efficiency of IF when presented as antecedent or consequence feedback and included a preference measure for feedback delivery for two children with autism spectrum disorder. We included some procedural modifications such as incorporating probes throughout intervention to attempt to determine when secondary targets were acquired and measured participants’ echoic behavior to evaluate its role in the emergence of the secondary targets. Finally, we tested for the emergence of novel intraverbal responses following secondary-target acquisition. We discuss the clinical implications of our results related to past research, emergent verbal behavior, and participant choice. |
|
Evaluation of the Differential Outcomes Effect on the Acquisition of Auditory Visual Conditional Discriminations |
PAIGE O'NEILL (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Melissa Valdez-Nuguid (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Zeinab Hedroj (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Madison Judkins (University of Nebraska-Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute, Stride Autism Centers), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: The differential outcomes procedure involves correlating reinforcers with responses, in that a specific reinforcer is provided contingent on a specific response. This procedure has been shown to result in faster acquisition than standard reinforcement procedures (i.e., the differential outcomes effect). Though this is a well-established effect in both human and non-human animals, there is little research demonstrating its utility in clinical applications. This study evaluated the effect of the differential outcomes procedure on the acquisition of auditory visual conditional discrimination among children with autism spectrum disorder with a history of difficulty acquiring this skill. An adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a multiple-probe across comparisons was used to compare the differential outcomes procedure to reinforcement-as-usual (i.e., non-differential outcomes). Preliminary data reveal idiosyncratic results across participants, with evidence that the differential outcomes procedure may result in more efficient acquisition for some learners. Considerations for clinicians and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Clinical Services to Improve the Quality of Life of People With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center) |
Discussant: Hillary Laney (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Floriana Canniello, Psy.D. |
Abstract: Within the complex clinical context of neurodevelopmental disorders, there is a growing need for timely and effective rehabilitation interventions. To meet these challenges, the integration of evidence-based experimental programs and the oversight of expert behavior analysts, aided by researchers and technologists, are imperative in clinical practice. Building on these principles, our research team has undertaken projects that combine ABA methodologies and technology to enhance the well-being of individuals with autism. Our focus areas encompass challenging behaviors, selective eating, communication, personal independence, and practical skills. The first study outlines the initial findings from an applied research project that led to the development of a decision-making model for ABA interventions. This model strives to support and formulate personalized interventions based on an individual's phenotypic traits. In the second study, we explore the outcomes of incorporating assistive technologies with ABA-based procedures, highlighting their potential to significantly impact communication skills, personal autonomy, and functional abilities. The third and fourth studies represent extensions and adaptations of PFA and SBT protocols in severe cases of food refusal and severe problem behavior, respectively. The adjustments and integration with software applications have resulted in substantial reductions in problem behaviors and improved the quality of life for the family. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members should have foundational skills in the area of behavior intervention, building interventions from assessment, program design, shaping, and an understanding of functional analysis |
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss innovative methods for implementing ABA-based interventions through technology. 2. Discuss the usefulness of using technological supports to enhance the quality of ABA treatment. 3. Discuss how the application of Skill Based Treatment to address problem behaviour and food refusal supports meaningful outcomes for clients |
|
A Novel Decision-Making Model for Tailoring Autism Spectrum Disorder Treatments |
LUIGI IOVINO (Neapolisanit Center), Roberta Simeoli (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center; University of Naples Federico II, Naples, Italy.), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Nola), Mariangela Cerasuolo (AIAS NOLA), Davide D'Elia (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Anna Del prete (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Claudia Caprioli (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: The diagnostic criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), as defined by DSM-5-TR and ICD-11, strongly emphasize the two core symptoms characterizing the disorder, namely deficits in social communication and the presence of repetitive behaviors. However, ASD is a complex and heterogeneous condition, making the definition of suitable treatments a significant challenge. This work introduces an innovative decision-making model, based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) principles, with the aim of optimizing treatment choices for individuals with ASD. By harnessing the reciprocal interaction between individual behavioral traits and treatment variables, our approach has been designed to achieve the best fit between individual’s unique characteristics and treatment dimensions. Leveraging this dynamic interplay, we have developed a decision-making model capable of adapting interventions to meet each child's learning and developmental needs. In summary, our work introduces a cutting-edge decision-making model that shifts the focus from specific treatment models to a personalized and adaptable approach. This model not only will optimize treatment selection but also will pave the way for a more effective and individualized approach to addressing ASD, recognizing the dynamic nature of the condition and its associated interventions. |
|
Enhancing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Interventions for Effective Treatment of Autism People Through Technological Supports |
SALVATORE VITA (Garage94), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), Andrea MENNITTO (Garage94), Giuseppina Sangiovanni (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Valentina Iovino (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Luisa Guida (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: The role of technology in special education and rehabilitation has increased over the last 20 years. New interactive technologies, such as smart mobile devices, related applications (apps), wearable devices, and the Internet of Things (IoT), promote interaction between individuals and their environment, expanding opportunities to treat autism and other disabilities within the natural environment. Within the landscape of assistive technologies and software used for the treatment of autism, we present the Speech Platform for Autism Rehabilitation and Knowledge (SPARK), positioned within a theoretical framework that combines assistive technology with intervention strategies based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), all within an embodied approach. The current work presents the results of three multiple baseline across behavior design conducted on a total of nine patients (e.g. three each), using SPARK to teach three different intervention goals, as follows: (i) increase motivation for communication; (ii) teach self-care skills; (iii) teach functional skills. The results indicate that after 60 days of using SPARK, there is a significant improvement for all the domains. These findings suggest that the use of embodied ABA-based software, such as SPARK, can enhance the quality of life for individuals with autism and facilitate the work of clinicians. |
|
Assessment and Treatment Model to Address Malnutrition, Food Refusal and Highly Food Selectivity |
ROSARIA BENINCASA (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Floriana Canniello (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Nola), Annapia Mautone (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Rossella Apicella (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: Several forced feeding methods are often attempted with ASD children with food selectivity and food refusal. When there is a marked weight loss and malnourishment, tube feedings or intravenous therapy may be prescribed. Although alleviate temporary risk, forced or passive feeding methods do not correct the feeding problem and not increase voluntary consumption. In addition, these methods can increase the risk of generating trauma. To understand problem behaviors the Performance-based IISCA (Iovino et al. 2022) was used supported by IISCA APP. We applied a modified version of the Skill-Based Treatment (Hanley et al., 2014) in a five-week model protocol to treat food selectivity, food refusal and mealtime problem behaviors. Child with ASD, nasogastric (NG) tube, severe food selectivity, chronically refuse food was recruited for the study. This treatment was fully entirely supported by the National Health System. Parenting Stress Index was using to evaluate the magnitude of stress. Social validity was assessed using a 7-point scale. After the treatment, food repertoire increased, number of mealtime problem behaviors decreased, and the NG tube was removed. Treatment effects were successfully transferred to caregivers and other setting. Parents recognized the social validity of the protocol by reporting high satisfaction and lower stress levels. |
|
Parent-Mediated Treatment Model to Addressing Problem Behavior |
MARIA GALLUCCI (AIAS Nola), Floriana Canniello (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), MARIA ROSARIA RICCO (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Angela Granada (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Salvatore VITA (Garage94) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who exhibit problem behaviors may have experienced trauma during their lives (Darnell et al., 2019; Kerns et al., 2015). We will highlight how the core principles of TIC can be applied to improve the quality of services for assessing and treating problem behaviors, using PFA and some adaptations of SBT (Hanley et al., 2014) in a five-week protocol model. A child diagnosed with ASD and severe problem behaviors participated in this study. The treatment received full support from the Italian National Health System. To understand problem behaviors the Performance-based IISCA was used and SBT protocol was implemented by teaching communication, toleration and cooperation supported by IISCA APP. The protocol was immediately transferred and implemented by the child's parents, later extending to various settings. The Parenting Stress Index was employed to assess stress levels within the parent-child system and social validity was measured on a 7-point scale. The results indicated the protocol's effectiveness in reducing challenging behaviors while enhancing the child's communication, toleration, and cooperation and improving the quality of life of the entire family. Moreover, parents reported satisfaction and acknowledged the social validity of the treatment and reductions in stress levels after the treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nuanced Treatments for Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University ) |
Discussant: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The treatment of challenging behavior requires nuanced strategies that adequately address clients’ idiosyncratic needs. A review conducted by Schlichenmeyer et al. (2013) identified 30+ idiosyncratic variables that affected the results of functional analyses. The prevalence of idiosyncratic variables affecting functional analysis outcomes indicates a need for research on the identification of effective treatments for challenging behavior maintained by idiosyncratic variables. The following symposium focuses on three assessments that were conducted to identify effective treatments for client-specific idiosyncratic variables. The first assessment targeted challenging behavior maintained by access to ritualistic behaviors when transitioning from high-to-low preferred activities. Treatment included the use of rules, differential reinforcement, and positive practice. A changing criterion design with an embedded reversal was used to measure treatment effects. The results indicated that the treatment effectively increased successful transitions without engaging in ritualistic or challenging behavior. The second assessment targeted challenging behavior maintained by denied access to mands. Treatment options included visual alternative choice boards and/or a distractor task. A multi-element design was used to compare treatment effects. The results indicated that the treatment, which included both a visual alternative choice board as well as a distractor task, was more effective than both denial alone and the use of a visual choice board alone. The third assessment targeted the identification of the preferred escape modality for challenging behavior maintained by access to escape. Treatment options included two forms of help, as well as one form of a break. A multi-element design was used to evaluate the three requests. The results indicated that both forms of help were associated with lower levels of challenging behavior compared to a request for a break from demands. Limitations and future directions will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Denied Access, Escape-Maintained Challenging-Behavior, Ritualistic Behavior |
Target Audience: Clinicians within their first few years of clinical practice who provide services to individuals who engage in challenging behaviors maintained by idiosyncratic variables. |
Learning Objectives: (1). Understanding how to use a changing criterion design to identify the effectiveness of an intervention to reduce challenging behavior maintained by access to rituals.
(2). Identification of how to evaluate multiple treatments for treating challenging behavior maintained by denied access to mands.
(3). Identification of how to evaluate multiple functional communication requests to reduce challenging behavior maintained by access to escape from demands. |
|
Treatment for Challenging Behavior Related to Denied Access to Rituals |
JACQUELINE WILSON (Salve Regina Uinversity), Jesse Perrin (Salve Regina University
Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts provide services to a broad range of clients, including individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Restrictive or repetitive behaviors, interests, and/or activities are one of the core symptoms of ASD. Interrupting rituals can provoke challenging behavior for some individuals. Thus, there is a need for effective behavioral treatments targeting the reduction of challenging behavior maintained by access to ritualistic behaviors. The purpose of this presentation is to summarize the relevant literature and discuss a case study describing the treatment of challenging behavior maintained by access to ritualistic behaviors. The participant of the case study was a nine-year-old boy diagnosed with ASD who engaged in aggression following denied access to ritualistic behaviors when transitioning from high to low-preferred activities. The treatment package consisted of rules, differential reinforcement, and positive practice. IOA was collected during 34% of trials with an agreement score of 100%. Results of this study suggest that the treatment package plus shaping was effective at reducing aggression and decreasing the occurrence of ritualistic behaviors. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed based on findings within the study.
Keywords: ritualistic behaviors, treatment, autism, challenging behavior, changing criterions design |
|
Redirecting Following Denied Access |
JESSE PERRIN (Salve Regina University
Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Caitlyn Federico (Salve Regina University), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina Uinversity), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Tangible functions can be nuanced and controlled by idiosyncratic variables. Adult compliance with mands is one type of nuanced function related to an access to tangibles function where the client specifies an ever-changing tangible/activity they want an adult to provide. The participant of this study was a 13-year-old white male who engaged in aggression maintained by access to tangible items. A multi-element design was used to evaluate three interventions for denying a specific request from a client who engaged in challenging behavior related to adult compliance with mands that included an unavailability statement, an alternative option choice board, and a distractor task. The results of the study indicated that the distractor task with the alternative option choice board was the most effective intervention. IOA was collected for 79% of treatment analysis sessions using trial-by-trial agreement with an overall agreement of 100%.
Keywords: Adult Compliance with Mands; Tangible Function; Distractor Task; Alternative Choice Board |
|
Assessment of Multiple Functional Communication Requests for Escape Maintained Challenging Behavior |
REBECCA WARD (Salve Regina University), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina Uinversity), Jesse Perrin (Salve Regina University
Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training is a differential reinforcement procedure that involves teaching an alternative response to access the same function as challenging behavior. Schlichenmeyer et al. (2013) identify several classes of motivating operations that influence impact escape maintained challenging behavior (e.g., task difficulty, preference for tasks, work requirements, instructional tone, prompting types, prompt timing, and wording of instruction). However, there is limited guidance on determining which specific topographies of escape from demands should be utilized in treatment. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess three functional communication requests (FCRs) in the treatment of escape-maintained challenging behavior. The participant in this study was a nine-year-old Hispanic male who engaged in flopping and property destruction maintained by access to escape from demands. Two FCRs accessed assistance from the instructor, one in the form of reduction in demands and the other in the form of most-to-least prompting. The third FCR accessed a break from the demand, which lasted 30 seconds in duration. The three treatments were evaluated in a multi-element design with both FCRs for assistance having lower rates of challenging behavior compared to the FCR for break. IOA was collected for 38% of sessions, and agreement was 100%. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.
Keywords: Functional Communication Training, Escape Maintained Challenging Behavior, Request for Assistance, Request for Break. |
|
A Novel Use of a Concurrent Operant Assessment to Assess Severe Challenging Behavior |
GRACE E SYLVESTER (Western Michigan University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the use of a concurrent operant assessment to evaluate the function of severe challenging behavior presented by a female adolescent diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and visual impairment. These assessments use a choice-making paradigm and are sometimes used as an alternative to functional analyses, especially when evoking and reinforcing challenging behavior can be dangerous. Typically, this assessment involves simultaneously presenting two or more stimuli and measuring time allocation to each option. This procedure most often involves separating a room into two separate areas, visually separating the physical space, and asking the client to go to their preferred area. However, for a client with visual impairments whose problem behavior includes refusing to move, such as with this client, accommodations to a concurrent operant assessment are required. We found limited to no research describing a concurrent operant assessment to address these needs. This case example describes how we successfully adapted this assessment using vocal-verbal prompts and participant responses. Results of the assessment suggested that the challenging behaviors were likely to be maintained by access to specific types of attention and that attention was likely a competing function to escaping from demands. Implications behavior treatment planning will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bridging the Gap: Behavior Analysts' Consideration of Medical Needs in Client Care |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery) |
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
CE Instructor: Johanna F Lantz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium "Bridging the Gap: Behavior Analysts' Consideration of Medical Needs in Client Care" aims to explore the intersection of behavioral science and medical needs, showcasing the vital insights and practices that behavior analysts can contribute to improving the overall well-being of their clients. This symposium will feature a collection of presentations, each highlighting various aspects of the consideration of medical needs and collaboration between behavior analysts and the medical community. We will delve into the significance of considering medical conditions during assessment and when designing and implementing behavior intervention programs, thereby creating more comprehensive and effective strategies for individuals with diverse needs. Key topics to be discussed during the symposium include: 1. A review of existing literature on behavior analysis and the consideration of client medical needs, including common comorbid conditions, current recommendations, resources, and case examples. 2. The result of a recent survey focused on assessing the current practices of behavior analysts in the consideration of medical needs of their clients. 3. Examples of and considerations for relationships between client self-injury topography, function, and medical diagnoses. 4. Examples of and considerations for how to leverage the behavior analytic skill set to better understand possible medical influences on client behavior. 5. Ethical Considerations: Presentations will touch on the ethical obligations of behavior analysts in managing client medical needs and how to navigate potential challenges in this intersection. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Interdisciplinary Collaboration, Medical Comorbidities, Self-injury |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List resources that may be helpful when there is reason to believe that a referred behavior is influenced by a medical condition 2. Provide examples from the literature showing the relationship between challenging behavior and medical variables 3. Discuss the potential relationship between medical severity, adaptive behavior, and self-injury 4. Utilize the behavior analytic skill set including behavior measurement and data analysis to evaluate possible connections between medical conditions and interfering behaviors. |
|
Medical Considerations and Challenging Behavior: A Call to Action |
(Theory) |
KARISHA BRISTOW (Bancroft), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Johanna F Lantz (The Center for Discovery) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism and other intellectual and developmental disabilities are more likely to experience health conditions, such as neurological disorders, including epilepsy, gastrointestinal (GI) conditions, severe headaches, allergies, ear infections, metabolic disorders, and sleep disturbances (Bauman, 2010; Soke, 2018), that can be difficult to outwardly observe and thus may not be recognized by healthcare professionals prior to referral for behavior analytic treatment. Additionally, examples of correlational and causal relationships between health conditions and problem behavior have been described in the academic literature for over 20 years (May and Kennedy, 2010). Behavior analysts acknowledge that ethical practice involves ensuring medical needs are addressed if they are likely to influence behavior (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020), yet there is little guidance for behavior analysts to recognize behavioral manifestations of comorbid health issues despite literature suggesting this may be a key piece in understanding some clients’ behavior. This presentation will review the existing literature and summarize the various documented influences that health conditions have had on problem behavior as well as serve as a call for a more comprehensive perspective and interdisciplinary approach when assessing and treating challenging behavior. |
|
A Survey of Current Practices of Behavior Analysts’ Consideration of Client Medical Needs |
(Applied Research) |
JENNIFER ROEDER (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Lisa Alberts (Lasalle University) |
Abstract: This symposium will include the presentation of the results of a survey conducted with Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), Doctoral Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA-Ds), and Assistant Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs) to gather data on their current practices regarding consideration of medical needs within behavior-analytic assessment and treatment. The study aims to bring attention to and guide further practice in ruling out medical factors in intervention as well as to provide direction for the development of resources for behavior analysts to improve practices surrounding the consideration of medical needs in behavioral interventions. A variety of demographics of behavior analysts with varying primary area of behavior-analytic practice and years of experience as a credentialed behavior analysis completed the survey. The results indicated varying themes surrounding behavior analysts’ active collaboration with medical professionals, confidence in considering medical needs of clients, practices surrounding how to analyze potential underlying medical conditions, and preferences for future clinical resources on the topic. Further, the results indicate the continued need for collaboration among varying professionals within the individual’s interdisciplinary team to ensure that all contributing factors to behavior are considered to result in the best outcomes for clients. The implications of results, limitations of the study, and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Medical Conditions and Self-Injury: A Preliminary Investigation of the Relationships Between Topography, Function, and Medical Conditions |
(Service Delivery) |
VALERIE MONICA COLANTUONO (A.J. Drexel Autism Institute, St. Christopher's Hospital for Children), Autumn Austin (Drexel University), Giacomo Vivanti (Drexel University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Autistic individuals experience a higher prevalence of medical conditions and engage in self injurious behavior (SIB) more frequently compared to neurotypical peers. In the current study, we conducted a retrospective analysis of medical records for children and adults with autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities receiving day or residential services at a large non-profit organization (N = 472). Data on demographics, SIB topography and function, medical diagnoses, and adaptive behavior scores from the Adapted Behavior Scales - 3rd Edition (ABAS-3) were collected from participant’s electronic health record (EHR). An additional derived variable for medical severity was coded following (Gur et al., 2014)’s index of the overall severity of medical conditions. Preliminary results found that individuals who had lower ABAS-3 raw scores were more likely to engage in SIB, and some topographies of behavior were more likely to be displayed by individuals with a higher medical severity score. The present study will expand on these preliminary correlational analyses, and discuss relationships between specific topography and function of SIB, specific medical diagnoses, and adaptive behavior. |
|
Leveraging the Behavior Analytic Skill Set to Better Understand Medical Influences on Behavior |
(Service Delivery) |
JOHANNA F LANTZ (The Center for Discovery), Jenny Foster (The Center for Discovery), Conor Anderson (The Center for Discovery), Tania Villavicencio (The Center for Discovery) |
Abstract: The BACB Ethics Code guides behavior analysts to assess possible medical or biological factors that may influence a referred behavior. Behavior analysts have the ability to use skills such as functional behavior assessment, behavior measurement and data analysis to evaluate connections between medical conditions and interfering behaviors. Despite our ethics code and skill set, behavior analysts have not made significant contributions to the knowledge base in this area compared to other disciplines. Behavior analysts can evaluate medical variables previously demonstrated to impact behaviors such as seizures (Viscidi et al., 2014), sleep (Cohen et al., 2018), menses (Carr et al., 2003), gastrointestinal disorders (Peters et al., 2014), medications (Strzelczyk & Schubert-Bast, 2022), pain (Courtemanche, Black, & Reese, 2016) and acute illness (Carr & Owen-Deschryver, 2007) alongside of behavior data to see impacts at the individual and population levels. Such examination can inform both individual treatment and the field more broadly. During this presentation, I will share how we leverage our comprehensive data set at the Center for Discovery to better understand medical complexity and its relationship to interfering behaviors in our severely affected residential population. Examples will consist of single-subject case studies, aggregated group data, and machine learning approaches to predict the likelihood of interfering behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Practices to Consider During the Course of an Admission: A Review of Behavior Analytic Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Caitlin Fulton (Munroe Meyer Institute- University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, authors reviewed empirical based literature to give an overview of key topics for practicing clinicians to consider throughout an admission. Spinks et al. conducted a literature review on the use of latency measurements in Functional Analysis and treatment of severe problem behavior and present a summary of the literature using latency to measure target behavior. In addition, will present clinical implications, strengths, and limitations to the empirical foundations. Research has demonstrated the use of multiple formats of preference assessments in identifying a hierarchy of preferred stimuli. Bryan et al. extended a review of literature based on the preference assessment literature review published by Tullis et al. (2011) and will further discuss their findings in guiding assessment and treatment. Boyle and colleagues will provide an overview of function-based approaches for providers to consider when addressing multiply controlled problem behavior as well as presenting strengths and limitations of published treatment approaches and strategies to mitigate limitations. Lastly, Dawson et al. will present an overview of literature that explores the differences and similarities when teaching a mand in the absence of replacing undesirable behavior and teaching an alternative response such as a functional communication response (FCR) to replace undesirable behavior. Dr. Joseph Lambert will provide comments on consideration for practitioners, clinicians, and supervisors, in clinical practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional Communication, Latency measures, Literature Review, Preference assessment |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to discuss: 1. Use of multiple preference assessment formats for guiding assessment and treatment of challenging behavior 2. Strengths and limitations of the empirical foundations for latency based functional analysis 3. Approaches to addressing multiply controlled problem behavior, the associated limitations, and ways of mitigating those limitations 4. Differences and similarities when teaching a mand in the absence of undesirable behavior and teaching an alternative response, functional communication response (FCR) to replace undesirable behavior. |
|
What Do You Do? A Scoping Review of Mand and Functional Communication Training |
KYLE DAWSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katherine Flores (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Colleen McGrory (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The mand was first introduced in 1957 in B.F. Skinner’s Verbal Behavior. In his book, Skinner described the mand as a verbal operant that specifies the reinforcer for the response and is elicited by a motivating operation (MO). A person may mand for access to a tangible item, termination of an aversive stimulus, or information that may lead to further sources of reinforcement. A functional communicative response (FCR) is a type of mand in which the mand specifies a functional reinforcer that maintains undesirable behavior, typically destructive behavior. Although mands and FCRs have several of the same properties, the additional element of behavior reduction in functional communication training has led researchers and clinicians to take a different approach to teach the verbal operant than the field’s verbal behavior counterparts. This talk aims to explore the differences and similarities between teaching a mand in the absence of replacing undesirable behavior and teaching an FCR to replace undesirable behavior. Audience members will be able to reflect on their own teaching procedures and identify potential teaching modifications based on the literature on multiple specialties in behavior analysis. |
|
Review of the Preference Assessment Literature for People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
SAMANTHA BRYAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brittany Hope Loder-Lafferty (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munro-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the utility of preference assessment methodologies in a variety of settings for individuals with severe to profound intellectual and developmental disabilities (Cannella et al., 2005; Lancioni et al., 1996). This paper is an extension of the Tullis et at. (2011) paper and reviews 90 studies conducted between 2011 and 2023 that were divided into five categories: (a) effectiveness of formats in determining reinforcing stimuli, (b) underlying mechanisms of preference and factors that may influence or change preference, (c) comparison of methodologies or components between preference assessments, (d) assessment for preference of stimuli, and (e) effects of using preferred stimuli. Results from these studies support previous research supporting the utility of multiple formats of preference assessments for identifying preferred and reinforcing stimuli for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. These findings are discussed in terms of guiding services and interventions for individuals with severe to profound disabilities. Suggestions for future research are provided. |
|
Assessing and Treating Multiply Controlled Challenging Behavior: Published Approaches and Clinical Decision-Making |
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Upstate Caring Partners), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A portion of problem behavior is maintained by multiple reinforcement contingencies (e.g., problem behavior maintained by both positive and negative reinforcement; maintenance by both social and automatic reinforcement; or maintenance by multiple forms of positive reinforcement). Treating multiply controlled problem behavior may be more complex than treating problem behavior maintained by a single contingency. Practitioners need to decide whether all functions should be targeted from the outset and/or which functions to prioritize. We conducted a scoping review of behavior-analytic research to identify approaches to treating multiply controlled behavior and found several approaches have been described in the literature. The purpose of this presentation is to provide practitioners with an overview of function-based approaches for addressing multiply controlled problem behavior. Specifically, we present guidelines for functional analysis and treatment. We also describe strengths and limitations of published treatment approaches and discuss strategies for mitigating these limitations. Finally, we describe areas for future research. |
|
Latency Measurement in Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
ELISSA SPINKS (Behaviors Analysis Association of Mississippi), Stephanie Mattson (Mississippi State University), Hailey Spinks (Mississippi State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that latency is a reasonable index of response strength in the analysis and treatment of problem behavior. The literature contains numerous examples of functional analyses emphasizing latency informing effective treatment for problem behavior in various scenarios. Latency measurement can improve the versatility of functional analyses by allowing researchers and practitioners to conduct assessments in challenging environments (e.g., classrooms) and to examine behavior that is not amenable to a traditional functional analysis arrangement (e.g., elopement). Although there have been several reviews of the functional analysis literature, to date none have specifically addressed functional analyses emphasizing latency measurement. Given the unique advantages of functional analyses emphasizing latency, a systematic review could be beneficial to researchers and practitioners in behavior analysis. Therefore, we conducted a systematic literature review of research on functional analyses using latency to measure target behavior. Our review included 79 cases across 27 empirical research articles. We present a summary of the extant literature, strengths and limitations of the empirical foundations, provide clinical implications, and discuss future directions for research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compassion and Science – How and Why They Must Coexist in Autism Education Programs |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention) |
Discussant: Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Dawn B. Townsend, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent interest in compassionate care has been evident in the field of Behavior Analysis, with concerns that emphasis on technical procedural knowledge has overshadowed the delivery of compassionate care. This symposium will define how we link compassionate practices with data-based outcomes to ensure that both science and compassion are part of autism education programs. As the founders of our field noted, behavior analysis is defined by both scientific rigor and valued goals and outcomes. A review of the core dimensions of behavior analysis will be completed along with an emphasis on how those dimensions are implemented and/or assessed in a science-based intervention model employed across several education programs nationally and internationally. Staff-training practices that include a focus on both technical precision and relationship development will be described to demonstrate the importance of training both clinical and compassionate repertoires. The role of consumers in selecting intervention goals will be discussed, as well as the importance of providing a wide breadth of programming that meets the family and cultural needs of each individual student. Finally, student observational measures, including engagement, activity selection, and interaction patterns will be shared to demonstrate the utility of these measures in assessing outcomes of compassionate care. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Autism Education, Compassionate care, Data-based outcomes, Staff Training |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for an advanced audience. Audience members should have a BCBA and competencies in developing autism programs and training staff. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify staff training strategies to promote and assess clinical competence and compassionate care delivered by education program staff members; (2) identify tools and yoked contingencies of reinforcement that serve as proactive measures and prompt systems to support accountability in ensuring comprehensive programming and parental involvement; (3) identify how to use program-wide direct measures to assess synchronous engagement between instructors and students, instructor, and student affect, and to obtain a sample of daily activities for students, and clinical trainer activity. |
|
Compassionate Care is More Than Words….It’s a Responsibility |
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement) |
Abstract: A growing discussion as it relates to autism intervention has focused on compassionate care. While this is an important topic, it is not a new phenomenon. In their seminal article, Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) discussed the importance of improving human behavior and outlined the seven core dimensions of the field. Subsequently, Wolf (1978) discussed the importance of having consumers evaluate the goals, procedures, and outcomes achieved to ensure social validity. Further, in the most recent publication of the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts, the BACB explicitly states that behavior analysts should treat others with compassion, care, and dignity. In sum, when the goal is to improve one’s quality of life, it is important to do so in a caring manner, while still adhering to the core principles of the science. Throughout their careers, Drs. Krantz and McClannahan ensured compassionate care was one of the foundational values of an autism agency. Their work is exemplified within the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI). The purpose of this presentation is to provide examples of how compassionate care is at the forefront of the systems employed within, and across, the ASAI programs and to share data documenting effectiveness in this domain. |
|
Training Clinically Strong, Compassionate Staff Members |
Sue Vener (Foundry 6:1:3), ALISON GILLIS (The Graduate Center/CUNY, RISE NY) |
Abstract: To be an effective agent of change in an autism education program, there are clinical skills that all staff must acquire. Historically, there has been an emphasis on staff-training protocols that ensure clinicians demonstrate mastery of behavior analytic repertoires and effectively implement instructional strategies. These skills include, for example, delivering reinforcement, prompting effectively, delivering discrete trial teaching, and teaching language. Although adherence to behavioral procedures is necessary, it is not sufficient to produce staff members who collaborate, demonstrate compassion, and ensure instruction that leads to improved quality of life. Staff training must include the development of professional, compassionate, and culturally sensitive skills. A review of staff training practices that have been effective in promoting well-rounded, caring clinicians will be described along with data supporting effective behavior change agents that ensure consumer satisfaction and implement teaching programs to address the cultural needs and values of each consumer. In addition, strategies and procedures that promote parent trust and involvement, an understanding of individualized family life and values, and the development of action plans based upon knowledge of the consumer will be reviewed, along with data from programs that have implemented the same staff training model both nationally and internationally. |
|
Behavioral Systems to Ensure Compassionate, and Comprehensive Intervention Programming and Family Supports |
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Caldwell University), Emily E. Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: One facet of compassionate applied behavior analytic intervention is ensuring that provided services support the full breadth of a learner’s programming needs in an ongoing manner. Foundational to the operations of ASAI member organizations are multiple practices and systems designed to accomplish this. We will describe how compassionate care practices have been ever-present in our intake procedures, home programming model, and annual planning meetings. We will describe how our practices are flexible and responsive to changing consumer needs and best practices in our field. Participation in home programming services (that is, caregivers receiving coaching to effectively deliver intervention in home and community settings) as a requirement for continued enrollment, is a hallmark of our program and as we will describe, a core example of compassion fundamentally underlying our intervention approach. We will describe tools and yoked contingencies of reinforcement used across multiple levels across our organization that serve as proactive measures and prompt systems to support continued accountability in this area, with special attention to an annual home programming relationship assessment tool. Last, social validity data from parents of children served over the last 20 years will be presented. |
|
A Direct Measure to Support Efficacy and Compassionate Behavior Analytic Services |
AMANDA SAWMA FREEMAN (Princeton Child Development Institute), Christine Fry (Princeton Child Development Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are continually tasked with providing effective and compassionate services. There has been a recent call for behavior analysts to receive direct training in providing compassionate services, primarily focused on compassionate interactions with families (Rohrer & Weiss, 2022). A program-wide measure has been developed, based upon the work of Risley and McClannahan (1975) to assess efficacy and rapport-building between instructors and students in a one-to-one behavior analytic school setting, and has been replicated across several similar school settings. The data produced suggest a possible direct measure to assess instructor efficacy in maintaining learner engagement. Additional data were obtained to assess synchronous engagement between instructors and students, instructor, and student affect, and to obtain a sample of daily activities for students, and clinical trainer activity. Program-wide measures, such as these, may be particularly useful to provide program administrators with ongoing data to guide goal setting within the organization while continually striving to achieve positive and effective learning environments. |
|
|
|
|
|
Real World Effects of Psychopharmacological Intervention Discontinuation on Destructive Behavior Frequency Amidst Comprehensive Behavioral Treatment |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: BPN/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anahita Masoum (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Discussant: Rajvinder Singh (McMaster University) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Psychopharmacological interventions are widely prescribed to address severe self-injurious and aggressive behaviors. One tacit assumption regarding ongoing psychopharmacological treatment for patients with severe behaviors is that such interventions are reducing or have reduced the frequency and/or intensity of the problem behaviors. Such assumptions are supported, in many cases, by randomized controlled trials for specific indications and decades of use. However, there are reasons to doubt psychopharmacological intervention efficacy for severe destructive behaviors. First, the dependent variables utilized to assess drug efficacy are often non-specific and do not directly assess problem behaviors frequency or intensity. Second, people with severe problem behaviors are often exposed to polypharmacy obscuring individual drug effects. Third, people with severe behaviors often have fragmented treatment records complicating assessment. Finally, patients with severe behaviors often receive continuous psychopharmacological intervention. On the other hand, systematic tapering and discontinuation of all medications rarely occurs. Here, we summarize real-world effects of psychopharmacological medication tapering on problem behavior frequency of over 750 patients with severe problem behaviors across 24 years. Our data suggest that in a comprehensive behavioral treatment program, approximately 70% of individuals demonstrated a decreasing trend in aggressive and self-injurious behaviors during and after psychotropic medication tapering. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Aggression, Psychopharmacology, Self-injury, Severe behavior |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of between group and single subject research designs. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Critically analyze dependent variable used in psychopharmacological studies. 2) State the real world findings (e.g. percent of patients who tolerated medication withdrawal without increases in problem behaviors) within the described population. 3) Describe various effects of medication on problem behavior frequency across patients. |
|
23 Years of Taping Medications: The Effect on Self-Injurious and Aggressive Behavior Frequency |
JOHN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are assumed to generally reduce the frequency and/or intensity of severe aggression and self-injury. The Judge Rotenberg Center employs an approach to psychopharmacological treatment where psychotropic medications are gradually tapered (often eliminated) in the context of comprehensive behavioral treatment. We believe this approach is atypical and most patients with severe behaviors receive continuous psychopharmacological intervention. Medication increases (dose and number) and cross tapering are commonplace. Systematic tapering and discontinuation of all medications is rare. Anecdotally as an organization, we have observed rates of problem behaviors often decelerate amidst and after the discontinuation of psychotropic medications. However, the effect has never been assessed through large scale analysis. Here, we present data spanning 24 years summarizing the general effects of medication tapering on over 750 patients with severe aggression and self-injury. We summarize basic demographic information associated with the patients and describe behavior frequency and trend before, during, and after psychotropic drug discontinuation. The results suggest that in 70% of cases, the frequency of aggressive and self-injurious behaviors decreased during and after psychotropic medication tapering. |
|
Why Doubt Psychopharmacological Drug Efficacy? |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often part of multidisciplinary teams that treat patients with severe problem behaviors. Patients with severe problem behaviors are often treated concurrently with behavioral interventions and psychotropic medications. However, there are reasons to doubt the efficacy of psychotropic medications. A cursory review of literature often shows research characterized by randomized controlled trials, significant p-values, and graphs showing differences between drug and placebo groups. However, lost in the study is dependent variable. While behavior analysts often rely of problem behavior frequency, drug studies rely on subjective rating scales such as the Aberrant Behavior Checklist – Irritability Subscale (developmental disabilities), Clinical Global Impression – Improvement Scale (mental illness), Alzheimer’s Disease Assessment Scale – Cognitive (Alzheimer’s disease), and many other similar measures. The items associated with these scales are often diverse and possibly lead conclusions that overstate the effect of the drug on problem behavior frequency or other behavioral effects. Here, these dependent variables and research methodologies are contrasted with common behavior analytic methodologies. |
|
The Research Underlying Clonidine Efficacy for Aggression and Self-Injury Contrasted With Real World Efficacy |
DAWN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute) |
Abstract: Clonidine is frequently prescribed to reduce aggressive and self-injurious behavior in people with various mental disorders. An anecdotal observation by a psychiatrist noting clonidine discontinuation often led to improvements in self-injury, aggression, and other destructive behaviors inspired a literature review and retrospective analysis of clonidine tapering. The basic literature review revealed that high doses of clonidine were historically used to evoke self-injury and aggression in basic studies with mammals. Studies showing clonidine efficacy for problem behaviors utilized subjective dependent variables with diverse and numerous line items. Finally, a retrospective analysis of clonidine discontinuation was conducted using frequency of aggressive and self-injurious behavior frequency as a dependent variable. A molar analysis with 89 participants showed that across three time points (e.g. clonidine, clonidine taper, and post clonidine), the mean rates of problem behavior decreased as the drug was discontinued. A repeated measures statistical analysis will be presented. Individual celeration charts showed individual differences with clonidine discontinuation resulting in low rates with some exceptions. In addition, some patients showed temporary increases in problem behaviors following clonidine reductions. |
|
Illustrating the Efficacy of Psychopharmacological Agents Using Problem Behavior Frequency and Standard Charts |
NICHOLAS LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Thompson, Hackenberg, and Schaal (1989) summarized the efficacy of various antipsychotic agents used between 1971 and 1989 to treat destructive behaviors in people with developmental disabilities. They noted therapeutic effects had been observed but suggested “….in most cases [the therapeutic effect] was either (1) not observed, (2) observed, but at the expense of adverse side effects, (3) observed , but perhaps not to a clinically-relevant degree, (4) observed, but inferior to behavioral treatments….” Selecting from hundreds of case examples, here we show individual examples of various drug effects across 24 years of psychopharmacological treatment. In most cases, psychopharmacological treatments were discontinued without clinically significant increases in problem behaviors. However, in some cases, drug interventions were extremely effective or increased rates of problem behaviors. Taken together, the individual charts show detailed molecular analysis of how behavioral procedures can usually be substituted for psychopharmacological treatments without major increases in problem behaviors. The results are discussed in context of collaboration with multi-disciplinary teams. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Behavioral Science Towards Injury Prevention |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CE Instructor: John C. Borrero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Teaching and training procedures rooted in behavioral science have produced robust outcomes in the safety skills research literature. Performance based training, such as behavioral skills training (BST), has been implemented with individuals through the lifespan to teach skills related to firearm safety, abduction prevention, hazardous material avoidance, food allergen avoidance, and the implementation of safe infant sleep arrangements, to name just a few. This symposium will include four talks and a discussant related to using behavioral science in preventing injury of infants and children. More specifically presenters will share their research related to, training caregivers to perform infant CPR, training caregivers to identify potential choking food hazards, training caregivers to implement the American Academy of Pediatrics recommendation for tummy time with infants, and training caregivers to implement correct infant car seat installation. Audience members will learn how to implement performance-based training programs with individuals to teach a variety of safety skills for parents and stakeholders. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, Safety Skills |
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with behavior skills training and performance based training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) implement behavior skills training to teach safety skills to parents and stake holders; (2) identify goals and objectives related to infant and child safety skills; (3) design a training protocol for parents and stakeholders in infant and child safety skills. |
|
A Potential Life-Saving Skill: Teaching Caregivers to Perform Infant Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) |
JENNYLEE ACIU (Helping Hands Family), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Cardiac arrest occurs when the heart stops beating causing blood flow to vital organs to cease. Cardiac arrest occurs more commonly in infants and children due to respiratory emergencies such as drowning, choking, sudden infant death syndrome, or heart abnormalities. With approximately 5,000 infants and children experiencing out-of-hospital cardiac arrests annually, the aim of this study was to equip caregivers with the skill of performing infant CPR. Researchers extended Aciu et al. (2021) by incorporating the use of feedback technology during behavioral skills training. During training, form and performance of CPR were taught separately. That is, instructions, modeling, rehearsal, feedback, and no feedback were implemented when teaching the topography of CPR and when teaching the performance of CPR. Once participants demonstrated the criteria for both form and performance, feedback was removed to assess CPR. Results demonstrated that once BST was implemented, all participants met the mastery criteria for both form and compressions. All participants maintained responding during the post-test. During the extension phase, most participants demonstrated elevated levels of performance across longer durations of CPR. Social validity data were collected from each participant; limitations and extensions of this research will be discussed. |
|
Parents of 0- to 24-Month-Old Children Make High Rates of Dangerous Errors in Choking Hazard Detection Both Before and After Education |
ALISON RUBY (Louisiana State University), Matthew Capriotti (San Jose State University), Erica Lozy (Bridges Behavioral Wellness), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Choking is a leading cause of death in children under the age of 4. We evaluated the impact of two educational interventions on choking hazard detection in a naturalistic food preparation safety task (FPST) in parents of 0-to-24-month-olds. 66 parents completed an FPST, in which they were presented with photos of meals and asked to identify whether foods (a) were safe to feed their child as pictured, (b) could be made safe with modification, or (c) could not be made safe. Participants were randomly assigned to read a choking prevention pamphlet (n=32) or read the pamphlet and watch a brief video of parents modeling choking-safe food preparation (n=34). Afterward, parents repeated the FPST and answered questions. At baseline, parents made dangerous errors on an average of 32.2% of trials (0-33); 97.0% of parents made at least one dangerous error. Post-education, dangerous errors decreased to an average of 21.4% trials (0-29); 95.5% of parents made at least one dangerous error. More improvement was observed for the pamphlet + video group. Educational components involving video modeling appear more effective than text-only approaches, though there is a need for more effective educational approaches. |
|
Assessing the Use of a Shaping Procedure to Implement Tummy Time |
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Drexel University), Jadene Eusebio-Ronco (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College), Amber E. Mendres-Smith (University of Maryland, School of Medicine), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) recommends placing infants on their tummy during waking periods, known as tummy time. Tummy time is intended to mitigate the increased incidence of positional plagiocephaly, a flattening of the back or side of the infant’s head, and torticollis, which have increased in prevalence since the dissemination of the AAP’s recommendation to place infants on the back for all sleep periods. Many infants may not tolerate tummy time. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate a stimulus-shaping procedure to teach infants to tolerate a modified tummy time position. We extended upon a previous demonstration of the chest-to-chest position by evaluating a stimulus shaping procedure to systematically transition from the inclined chest-to-chest position to a fully prone position. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three infant-caregiver dyads to evaluate the effectiveness of a caregiver-led stimulus shaping procedure on infant behavior during tummy time. |
|
On the Effectiveness of Video Prompting With Embedded Safety Checks to Teach Correct Child Passenger Safety Restraint Installation and Harnessing |
NIRUBA RASURATNAM (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Abstract: In North America, motor vehicle collisions are the leading cause of unintended injury-related deaths among children under the age of 14. The primary cause of these deaths is the improper use of child passenger safety restraints (CPSR). Correctly installed CPSRs can decrease the risk of fatal injury by 45% to 95%. To date, no studies have used video prompting with embedded safety check to teach correct CPSR installation and harnessing in the absence of researcher implementation. We used a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effectiveness of a video-prompting procedure with embedded safety checks to teach four prospective parents and caregivers CPSR installation and harnessing skills. All participants learned to perform these skills and these effects maintained for 4 weeks. Further, this training produced an improvement on all participants’ performance of an untrained installation position, vehicle, and harnessing skill, and these effects largely maintained for 4 weeks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Family Well-Being and Engagement in Services Through Behavior Analytic Treatments |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tonya LeAnn Lambert Delp (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment) |
Discussant: Emily Callahan (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Tonya LeAnn Lambert Delp, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Families with one or more children diagnosed with autism tend to experience higher levels of stress as compared to families with neurotypical children. It is widely believed that access to services, particularly applied behavior analysis (ABA) caregiver training, aids in decreasing stressors. In fact, caregivers who are highly stressed are less likely to seek services, less able to engage in learning behavioral strategies and, instead, research indicates stress often increases as a result of caregiver training alone. Additionally, this familial stress is not limited to parents and caregivers, but siblings of diagnosed individuals also tend to report decreased life satisfaction and increased likelihood of experiencing feelings of anxiety and engaging aggressive behaviors. Throughout this symposium the presenters will demonstrate the efficacy of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) and parent-child interaction therapy (PCIT), two behaviorally based therapeutic strategies, targeting parent engagement and sibling relationships. Results from these studies indicate these interventions may benefit overall family well-being, increase access to services, and improve fidelity with behavioral interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, family supports, PCIT, service engagement |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for graduate students or BCBAs with an interest in expanding their skillsets. ACT and PCIT are reliant on in the moment modifications to practice and, ACT in particular, is most effective when clinicians have a grasp of functional analysis of verbal behavior. Individuals with emerging to fluent skills in these are most likely to benefit from this presentation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the utility of behavior analytic treatments for family members of those with a neurodiverse child. 2) Assess for family stressors and identify targets for intervention. 3) Explain the need for holistic, system-based treatment for improved child outcomes. |
|
Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Increase Parent's Value-Based Behaviors: Mindful Parenting via Group Telehealth |
TONYA LEANN LAMBERT DELP (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Shonnet R. Brand (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment) |
Abstract: A growing body of literature demonstrates the effectiveness of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) for improving parent stress and parent-child relationships. One potential use of ACT is through telehealth groups as a means to build support networks and increase accessibility. While curriculum has been developed and demonstrated effectiveness for individual intervention, in current practice we aim to determine if the same curriculum may also be effective in group intervention meeting via telehealth. To date, participants include 12 parents of neurodiverse children who participated in a 6-week virtual series to increase individually identified value-based behaviors. Outcomes measured include parent stress, mindful engagement, social validity of the intervention, and subsequent access to other evidence-based interventions and supports. Initial findings indicate an overall improvement in stress and mindfulness for most participants. Modifications to the curriculum based on social validity feedback and observed outcomes will be discussed. These results are encouraging that such interventions may aid in decreasing parent stress and ultimately increasing engagement in evidence-based practices to support the needs of themselves and their children. |
|
Exploring Virtual Group Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Format on Participation of Parents of Autistic Children |
ABIGAIL MORETTI (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is particularly suited for parents of children with autism whose children engage in challenging behavior due to poor overall well-being in this population. Virtual ACT groups have been used to reduce accessibility barriers and improve social connectedness; however, the length of intervention time may impact parents’ participation. A preliminary investigation examined the feasibility of a 6-week virtual ACT group intervention. Despite improvements in well-being, 70% of participants did not complete all study components. The current study examines the impact of intervention format on participation by randomizing parents into one of three different virtual ACT group formats: a 6-hour workshop, three 2-hour weekly sessions, or six 1-hour weekly sessions. Participants include 36 parents of autistic children with co-occurring challenging behavior who receive 6 hours of the virtual ACT group intervention and individually participate in two virtual parent training sessions to learn and practice behavioral intervention techniques. Outcomes include retention, format preference, change in well-being, and correct implementation of behavioral intervention techniques. Findings suggesting individual caregiver preferences and needs can inform future intervention models and increase access to this intervention for a wider range of parents, which can ultimately improve outcomes for both parents and children. |
|
Impact of the Opioid Crisis on Parent-Child Interaction Therapy Outcomes: A Mixed-Method Investigation |
JOCELYN STOKES (West Virginia University School of Medicine), Erinn Victory (West Virginia University), Lindsay Druskin (West Virginia University), Sharon Phillips (West Virginia University), Robin Han (West Virginia University), Anishka Jean (West Virginia University), Jennifer Kirby (Marshall University), Cheryl B. McNeil (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Families affected by opioid misuse have demonstrated higher rates of harsh parenting, attachment concerns, abuse, neglect, and exposure to violence. These effects are often compounded by opioid use during pregnancy, potentially leading to detrimental cognitive, psychomotor, and behavioral outcomes for the child. Parenting children with disruptive behaviors often leads to increased parenting stress, which may further exacerbate negative parenting behaviors and hinder caregiver substance use recovery efforts. Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is an evidence-based intervention for children ages 2 to 7 years and their caregivers that aims to improve parent-child relationships and child disruptive behaviors. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of PCIT for families impacted by the opioid crisis using a mixed-methods design. Treatment outcomes for 74 families affected by the opioid crisis and 78 families not affected by the opioid crisis were compared. Both groups demonstrated statistically significant improvements in positive parenting behavior, negative parenting behavior, and child disruptive behavior, despite most cases not completing treatment. There were no significant differences in treatment outcomes between groups, suggesting that PCIT is effective for families affected by the opioid crisis. Qualitative findings are presented detailing the experiences of the families affected by the opioid crisis. |
|
Exploring Sibling Interventions and Coaching for Children With Neurodevelopmental Disorders |
AVA SARDONI (James Madison University (alumni)), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University) |
Abstract: One of the most important predictors of success for a child with a Neurodevelopmental Disorder (NDD) is the support from the family system. Siblings of a child with an NDD are often neglected from the conversation of support and treatment; however, challenging behaviors often associated with NDDs can have a significant impact on the sibling relationship, which could result in a compromised quality of life for all siblings. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) have both shown to be efficacious in producing positive outcomes for children with NDDs and their families.The current study expanded PCIT and ABA research to the NDD population, by documenting how siblings can effectively learn and utilize the Child-Directed Interaction (CDI) skills of PCIT to help strengthen the sibling relationship with a child with an NDD. Participants included two sibling dyads in which one sibling was Autistic, and their older sibling was neurotypical. Outcomes include neurotypical sibling’s correct implementation of CDI skills during ten-minute play sessions, and parent and sibling reports of feasibility and relevance of the sibling intervention. Findings suggest that sibling’s participation in treatment, and the impact on the relationship, can inform future sibling interventions for children with NDDs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Intervention for Underserved Youth Populations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Anna Kate Edgemon, M.S. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analytic interventions have been demonstrated as effective for assessing and intervening on behavioral excesses and deficits across a variety of populations and contexts. However, many at-risk and marginalized populations, such as youth in foster care and justice-involved youth (JIY) remain underserved. This symposium will cover a variety of assessments and interventions targeting challenging behavior and skills deficits displayed by underserved youth. The first two presentations describe studies of assessment of youth behavior. In the first presentation, researchers evaluated an online training to teach case managers to use an assessment for runaway behavior among youth in foster care. The second presentation evaluates differences among non-JIY and JIY in perceptions of eye contact among peers. The latter two presentations describe group-level interventions targeting skills deficits among JIY. In the third presentation, researchers evaluated the effect of financial literacy intervention on delay discounting among JIY. In the final presentation, researchers evaluated the effect of a nutrition intervention on demand for healthier alternatives among JIY. Implications and future directions for assessment and intervention with underserved youth will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Foster care, Group intervention, Justice-involved youth |
Target Audience: This symposium covers topics many behavior analysts may not have previous experience with such as working with justice-involved youth, evaluating severe behavior that is not directly observable, implementing group interventions, and statistical analysis. Thus, we believe this symposium is advanced instruction level. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the importance of training stakeholders to complete an assessment of runaway behavior; (2) recognize negative outcomes with low eye gaze for underserved youth associated ; (3) evaluate two group interventions targeting skills deficits among justice-involved youth. |
|
Virtual Training for Caseworkers to the Use the Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) to Decrease Runaway Behavior in Foster Care |
ASHA FULLER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida), Emily Ullrich (Specialized Alternatives for Families and Youth (SAFY) of America) |
Abstract: Runaway behavior in child welfare has been associated with negative educational outcomes, a higher risk for future placement disruptions, and a higher risk for crime perpetration and crime victimization. Current interventions for youth who run from their placements repeatedly are either individual or family therapy; however, an individualized approach may better address the function for each youth’s runaway behavior. The Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) is a semi-structured interview that is to be used to develop individualized interventions for runaway behavior for youth in child welfare. The current study virtually trained case managers in two states to use the FAIR and develop individualized interventions to address the function of each youth’s runaway behavior. FAIR results and subsequently developed individualized interventions will be discussed for each youth. Additionally, any instance of runaway behavior following intervention implementation will be reviewed. Furthermore, future directions and potential adaptations to the FAIR will be explored. |
|
Exploring Adolescents’ Social Validity Ratings of Social Profiles: The Impact of Eye Contact |
ASHLEY ANDERSON (Auburn University), Helena Bush (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Attending to the eyes of another person is an adaptive behavior demonstrated early in human life. Such non-verbal transactions facilitate cognitive and social development; however, some individuals experience eye contact deficits. These deficits can lead to detrimental effects as individuals expand their social networks; however, little is known about how others perceive individuals with this deficit. Nuhu and Rapp (2020) identified three profiles during interviews with college students characterized by varying levels of eye contact, vocalizations, and body movement. They found participants typically emitted high levels of eye contact during social interactions. Subsequently, Bush et al. (2022) recreated the three social profiles with an actor and evaluated college students’ ratings of the actor in each profile. Their results indicated profiles with higher levels of eye contact received more favorable ratings than the lower eye contact profile. The current study replicated and extended their research by presenting the same profiles and assessments to two groups of adolescents, those from an urban high school and those from a secure juvenile-justice facility. Findings indicate adolescents can distinguish variations in eye contact and judge speakers differently based on their perceptions. Implications and next steps are discussed. |
|
Money Matters: Teaching Justice-Involved Adolescents Foundational Financial Literacy Skills |
DANIEL JOHN SHERIDAN (Auburn University), Ashley Anderson (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Abigail Baker (Auburn University) |
Abstract: There are approximately 423,000 adjudicated delinquency cases each year in the United States. Previous research has suggested that rates of recidivism tend to be higher among those with decreased financial knowledge. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the impact of a 9-week financial literacy intervention with fifty-two adolescent males who resided in a juvenile residential treatment facility. The intervention included nine modules. For each module, participants (a) completed a pre-and post-test, (b) watched a brief video lecture and completed guided notes, and (c) completed a module-related activity. As a secondary measure, a monetary choice questionnaire (Kirby et al., 1999; Kaplan et al., 2016) task was administered pre- and post-intervention to assess changes in delay discounting. Individual and group analyses indicated that participants’ financial knowledge increased across all nine lessons However, results from the monetary choice questionnaire task were mixed. Implications and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
Comparing and Intervening on Demand for Edibles Across Adolescents and Young Adults: A Preliminary Translational Analysis |
ANNA KATE EDGEMON (Auburn University), Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Obesity may be more prevalent among populations who are of low socioeconomic status, have limited access to nutrient-dense foods, or both. One such population is justice-involved youth. This series of translational experiments builds upon previous research on food reinforcement and behavioral demand by: (a) comparing demand for edibles across justice-involved adolescents and young adults and (b) evaluating the effect of a nutrition intervention on justice-involved adolescents’ demand for healthier alternatives. In Experiment 1, participants in two groups completed preference assessments for high- and low-energy density edibles and corresponding hypothetical purchasing tasks (HPTs). Results indicated significant differences in demand both between- and within-groups. In Experiment 2, a sample of justice-involved adolescents, who demonstrated significantly lower demand for healthier alternatives, received nutrition intervention. Following intervention, participants repeated preference assessments and HPTs. Researchers used statistical analysis to evaluate the effect of intervention. Results indicated nutrition intervention had a limited effect on demand for healthier alternatives. Implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Community Based Participatory Research in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Presentation of the Approach and Examples of Implementation |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Natalie Badgett (University of Utah ) |
Discussant: M. Kathleen Kathleen Strickland-Cohen (University of Utah) |
CE Instructor: Natalie Badgett, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Developing, implementing, and evaluating contextually relevant behavioral interventions is paramount for the sustainability of the effects of implementation in applied settings. Using community based participatory methods in behavior analytic research presents opportunities for researchers to center diverse consumer needs and perspectives throughout the research process, promoting contextual relevance and social validity of research and behavioral intervention practices. In this presentation, we will present the need for community-based research through the example of recent research in social validity, we will provide an overview of the approach and implications for applied behavior analysis, and we will present two recent examples of behavior analytic research that used participatory research methods. Incorporating person- and community-centered research approaches into behavior analytic research has potential to help the field address chronic issues of implementation, social validity, and sustainability. Through this presentation of conceptual and methodological underpinnings of community based participatory research, supported by examples of research that has used these methods to address different topics important to behavior analysis, we hope to further the discussion of incorporating participatory research methods into the methodological repertoires of behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Implementation, Participatory Research, Social Validity, Sustainability |
Target Audience: Behavior analytic researchers, behavior analysts with training in research |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current issues in behavior analytic research related to implementation, sustainability, and social validity; (2) describe community engaged and participatory research methods; (3) describe how participatory research methods can be used in behavior analytic research. |
|
Inclusion of Direct Consumers in Social Validity Assessment: A Review of Behavior Analytic Research |
(Theory) |
NATALIE BADGETT (University of Utah), Rachelle Huntington (Northern Arizona University), Roxanne Michel Bristol (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Jakob Laurence McIntosh (Ruby Beach Behavioral Pediatrics), Elizabeth Kelly (University of Washington), Alice Bravo (University of Washington), Young Hee Byun (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Social validity, or acceptability of goals, procedures, and outcomes of assessment and intervention strategies, is a core tenet of applied behavior analysis (Baer et al., 1987). Despite this, social validity measurement remains limited in behavior analytic research and concerns remain about representation of direct consumers with disabilities in social validity assessment. This presentation will include findings from a recent review of behavior analytic research, focused on methods of social validity research. Specifically, data will include an overview of the current state of social validity measurement in behavioral research, as well as an exploration of key demographics among consumers with disabilities and/or mental health disorders who are included and excluded from social validity assessment. Importantly, this presentation will provide an example of a major problem in behavior analytic research: the omission of the voice of the consumer in research. This presentation provides the foundation for the need for participatory research that include consumer perspectives throughout research as an indicator of social validity, and proposes participatory research as a methodology to address issues of social validity and implementation. |
|
Common Gaps in Conducting High-Quality Community-Engaged Research From a Diverse and Multidisciplinary Perspective |
(Theory) |
ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Community-engaged research (CEnR) presents an opportunity for behavior analytic researchers to engage in research that centers the consumer and their communities at each phase of the research process. Despite a significant amount of literature detailing best practices for community-engaged research (CEnR), there remain gaps and challenges to conducting high-quality CEnR. We conducted a scoping review of the literature on CEnR best practices and convened a group of experts with diverse backgrounds and types of experiences in CEnR, including academic researchers, community-institutional research liaisons, and community members with leadership roles on CEnR projects. Through a combination of literature review and discussion among the group, we identified three major topic areas underrepresented in the literature, which all authors considered important. We then created a set of recommendations for addressing these gaps. This commentary represents a collaborative, iterative process of co-writing across diverse disciplines, research experiences, and identities. We provide an overview of CEnR, and discuss opportunities for structural, educational, and process-related changes that will enhance the quality and impact of CEnR conducted by academic institutions and communities. |
|
Centering Stakeholder Voices in Intervention Planning: Participatory Research to Improve Tier I Behavior Supports in a Public School |
(Applied Research) |
AMANDA M BOROSH (Purdue University), Juliana Aguilar (Purdue University), John Augustine (University of Missouri - Columbia), Elisabeth Lauren Payack (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Contextual fit and implementer buy-in of behavioral interventions in schools is imperative for improving student outcomes. Using a participatory action research approach, researchers collaborated with an elementary school to conduct a program evaluation to identify strengths, needs, and future desires as it relates to use of Tier I behavioral interventions. This mixed-methods study gathered data via direct observations (n = 12), survey (n = 20), and semi-structured interviews with teachers (n = 9). Quantitative data revealed strengths in teaching behavioral expectations and weaknesses in teachers’ use of praise and opportunities to respond. Qualitative data identified several themes: a) there is no school-wide approach for preventing challenging behavior; (b) inconsistency and ineffectiveness of the current school-wide reinforcement system and office disciplinary procedures; (c) teachers perceive their autonomy for using behavioral practices as a strength and weakness. In the future teachers want more teacher involvement in decision-making around behavior planning and support for students with recurring challenging behavior. Results of the evaluation were used to guide a representative team of teachers and administrators to decide on an intervention to address an identified area of need. The importance of program evaluation and meaningful involvement of stakeholders in intervention planning will be discussed. |
|
Using Community-Engaged and Practice-Based Research to Establish Evidence for Assent Procedures in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Therapy |
(Theory) |
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (University of Nevada, Reno), Lizbeth Vega Lopez (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: a. Evidence-based practice (EBP) has been introduced as a framework to help reduce the “research to practice gap” by guiding practitioners to use research evidence, combined with client values and context and their own clinical expertise, in making clinical decisions (Contreras et al., 2021; Slocum et al., 2014). Discussions on EBP and the “research-to-practice gap” seem to focus primarily on how practice does not reflect the body of research; however, it is worth considering the extent to which the body of research reflects practice situations and how a “practice-to-research gap” might be important to examine. One area where such a “practice-to-research gap” seems to exist is in the use of assent procedures to ensure client participation in their own services (for those who are unable to give legal consent). That is, many practitioners are talking about and using assent procedures, despite an extremely limited literature base. In this presentation, we will discuss how practitioner expertise can be leveraged through community-engaged and practice-based research as a means to inform a research base on assent procedures that meets the needs of practitioners and clients. We will also discuss how community-engaged and practice-based research can be a means to address the research-to-practice gap (and practice-to-research gap) broadly. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Research on the Incidental Acquisition of Language and Other Advanced Verbal Repertoires |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Georgette Morgan (University of Georgia ) |
Discussant: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School) |
CE Instructor: Georgette Morgan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc BiN), a verbal developmental cusp present when an individual learns language through exposure, has been shown to serve as the foundation for other advanced verbal repertoires (Corwin & Greer, 2017; Frias, 2016; Greer, 2008; Greer & Speckman, 2009; Hranchuk, 2016; Morgan, 2021). The four presentations within this symposium first investigate the conditions under which Inc BiN is demonstrated and second analyze the effects of the presence of Inc BiN on word learning, reading comprehension, and the establishment of derived relations. The first presentation examined the degree of Inc BiN when stimuli were presented during simultaneous and non-simultaneous naming exposures. The second presentation analyzes the rate of learning new words under two instructional conditions for individuals who demonstrate Inc BiN. The third presentation examines the effect of the establishment of Inc BiN on reading comprehension. The fourth presentation analyzes the establishment of Inc BiN and derived relational responding to determine if one repertoire is the precursor for the other or whether both symbiotically affect each other and are thus related to other underlying stimulus control. Collectively, these studies provide further evidence regarding changes in learning that occur for individuals who demonstrate strong stimulus control for Inc BiN. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target audience members include graduate students pursuing a master's degree and board certification and/or a PhD in behavior analysis. Audience members should have a general understanding of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc BiN) or incidental language acquisition. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the effects of simultaneous versus non-simultaneous naming exposures on the demonstration of Incidental Bidirectional Naming, (2) describe how the demonstration of Incidental Bidirectional Naming changes rate of word learning acquisition and the type of teaching contingencies an individual may contact, and (3) describe advanced verbal repertoires that are correlated with the demonstration of incidental language acquisition. |
|
Simultaneous Versus Non-Simultaneous Stimuli Presentation in Naming Experiences in an Analysis of Derived Responding and Bidirectional Naming |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Fred S. Keller School), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA;), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Georgette Morgan (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Probes for the presence or absence of bidirectional naming was examined under two conditions. In one condition, participants were presented with three sets of stimuli under a naming condition in which both visual and auditory stimuli were presented simultaneously. After two hours following the naming experience, probes were conducted to test for the emergence of listener responses (point to) and speaker responses (tact and intraverbal). Three additional sets of stimuli were presented to participants in a naming experience that presented the auditory stimuli, saying the name of the picture, followed by a brief delay and then the presentation of the visual stimuli. Probes for untaught listener and speaker response were conducted after two hours. The auditory stimuli and then a delay of the visual stimuli was presented also during the probe sessions under this condition. Data were collected for 10 preschoolers with disabilities who demonstrated variability in their bidirectional naming responses but overall showed higher levels of responding under the simultaneous condition. For participants who demonstrated strong stimulus control for bidirectional naming correctly responded to untaught listener and speaker response under both conditions. |
|
Toddlers Demonstrating Incidental Bidirectional Naming Learn Tacts From Exposure Alone |
CESIRA K. FARRELL (Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Yifei Sun (Teachers College Columbia University/ Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: Young children who learn names as listener and speaker without direct instruction demonstrate stimulus control called Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc-BN), a verbal developmental cusp. After observation(s) of caretakers speaking the names of stimuli, identified as Naming Experiences, these children acquire names. Two experiments, with 11 toddlers demonstrating Inc-BiN, compared learning of names under Tact Instruction (TI) (i.e., baseline) versus NE conditions using alternating treatments designs. In Experiment 1, children mastered at least 100 words across NE and TI conditions. Mastery was two consecutive listener and speaker responses for a single operant. Mastered operants were replaced with new words until at least 100 were mastered. Participants learned verbal operants faster in NE conditions, accuracy maintained at high levels for both conditions with listener maintenance stronger. Given that TI necessitated longer duration of sessions, in Experiment 2 researchers doubled the words presented in the NE condition (16 words per session) compared to the TI sessions (8 words as in conditions in Experiment 1 for both). Children learned faster under NE even after the doubling; duration of sessions remained longer in TI, and maintenance of the stimulus control was strong for both conditions. Results suggest mechanisms for how children typically learn names as a continuum of stimulus control made possible by Inc-BiN which appears key to how children learn thousands of words without instruction. The authors speculate from existing related literature that the learned reinforcement for the phenomenon is parity or relational correspondence. |
|
First Graders With Increased Complexity in Bidirectional Naming Demonstrate Relational Responding Through Reading Comprehension |
LAUREN BALDONADO (SUNY New Paltz), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: More complex forms of Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc. BiN) can join the basic Inc. BiN capability, a continuum of stimulus control for forming word-object relations. With additional interventions or experiences, this increase in complexity sets the occasion for the acquisition of more complex language and repertoires. In a multiple probe design across dyads, this study investigated the effects of the establishment of Inc. BiN for unfamiliar stimuli on multiple measures of reading comprehension. Participants consisted of 3 dyads of first graders who textually responded at or above grade-level and demonstrated the absence of Inc-BiN stimulus control for unfamiliar stimuli. Reading comprehension measures consisted of: (1) experimenter-derived passage comprehension probes, (2) read-do probe consisting of unfamiliar stimuli, and (3) Woodcock Johnson (WJIV®) subtests. Participants acquired Inc. BiN stimulus control for unfamiliar stimuli through a Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) intervention across listener and speaker responses. WJIV® results demonstrated the greatest increases in Passage Comprehension performance, while marginal and educationally significant increases were observed across Reading Vocabulary and Reading Recall subtests. The results suggest a continuum of combinatorially entailed relational responding based on the complexity of Inc. BiN established. |
|
At the Intersection of Incidental Bidirectional Naming and Derived Relational Responding |
GEORGETTE MORGAN (University of Georgia), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Ariela Holanda (Federal Institute of Parana, Brazil), Samantha Wendy Liebowitz (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Garcia (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc BiN) and derived relational responding have been used to explain the accelerated rate of word learning that occurs within the second to third year of life. Research has demonstrated strong correlations between the establishment of arbitrary derived relations and the presence of Inc BiN. However, there remains limited research on whether the establishment of Inc BiN is the source of derived relations, the establishment of derived relations is the source of Inc BiN, or if conditioned reinforcement for observing responses and the correspondence between observing and producing responses are the source of reinforcement for Inc BiN and derived relations. This study examines the effects of the establishment of Inc BiN on the acquisition of derived relational frames as well as the effects of the establishment of derived relational frames on the acquisition of Incidental Bidirectional Naming to determine if one repertoire is the precursor for the other or whether both symbiotically affect each other and are thus related to other underlying stimulus control. Results suggest that conditioned reinforcement and the correspondence between observing and producing responses may serve as the source of reinforcement for both Inc BiN and derived relational responding. |
|
|
|
|
|
Renegades of Choice: Assessing and Changing Preference in Less-Studied Contexts |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Erich K. Grommet (The Arc of Central Alabama) |
CE Instructor: Erich K. Grommet, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Impulsive behavior is the preference of a smaller sooner (SS) reinforcer over a larger later (LL) reinforcer; the opposite is self-control behavior. Despite major advances in our understanding of factors that influence impulsive preference (e.g., fading, framing, and priming procedures to reduce delay discounting), there is a need to expand the assessment of relevant variables and procedures that affect impulsive choice to less studied contexts. The first presentation will discuss what the author calls a “peculiar” relationship between social distance and affection. Data from studies with college students that found a negative correlation between an affection rating and the positions in a social distance rank are presented. The second presentation discusses the findings of a systematic replication of Berry et al. (2014). Researchers tested if increasing observing responses to images of natural or built environments via a matching-to-sample task could further increase or attenuate the effects on monetary delay discounting. The third presentation discusses the findings of a study that tested a relationship between recently developed behavioral measures of academic procrastination (latency to turn assignments and to start working on assignments and time-to-deadline in hours) and performance during an academic discounting task (replication of Olsen et al., 2018). A fourth presentation discusses data on the relationship between behavioral patterns during an autoshaping procedure (sign-tracking, goal-tracking or indifference), and patterns of delay-discounting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autoshaping, delay discounting, procrastination, self-control |
Target Audience: Audience should be familiar with the behavior analytic approach to self-control and impulsive behavior, procrastination, delay discounting, and social discounting. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Differentiate self-control and impulsive behavior, and the experimental methodologies implemented in behavior analysis to study them. (2) Define different forms of discounting and the methodological approaches to measure them. (3) Define negative values and asymmetries in discounting. (4) Define procrastination from a behavior analytic perspective, focusing on choice behavior. (5) Define autoshaping, and the typical behavioral outcomes, namely sign-tracking and goal-tracking. |
|
Social Distance and Affection: A Peculiar Correlation |
ALVARO A. CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Abstract: Social distance has been considered an intangible quality of the relationship between an individual performing an altruistic act and possible recipients. As with the other varieties of discounting, namely delay and probabilistic, as the social distance increases, the amount of a commodity the individual is willing to forgo decreases hyperbolically. Though the physical concept of distance is a ratio measure with a zero point and values that increase infinitely in the negative and positive domains as occurs with delay, social distance is an ordinal measure of a multidimensional phenomenon. Affection is one of those dimensions. This presentation shows data from two studies that evaluated the correlation between a vague affection rating and the positions in a social distance rank. The correlation was negative. Furthermore, participants rated affection hyperbolically, as if they would have been forgoing money, and some participants gave negative ratings to distant people. As the social distance task requires that individuals put neutral people at the farther extreme, such as “an acquaintance or someone that they barely recognize,” negative affection ratings indicate that some participants might have been putting people they dislike at the farther extreme, which has implications for the social discounting research. It is also worth examining the role of people the individuals dislike in the social discounting research. |
|
Effects of Matching Images of Built and Natural Environments on Delay Discounting: A Systematic Replication of Berry et al. (2014) |
PABLO ANDRES LEDESMA CASTRO (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Julian Cifuentes (Southern Illinois University), Ellee Fillmore (Southern Illinois University), FangLei Gao (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Berry et al. (2014, 2015, 2019) found that exposure to images of natural environments reduced impulsive choice during a monetary delay discounting task, as compared to exposure to images of built environments or geometric figures. Berry et al. proposed that attention might be one of the processes responsible for such effect. We tested this hypothesis in a systematic replication of Berry et al.’s (2014) procedure. College students were exposed to a matching-to-sample task aimed at increasing their observing responses to natural and built environments throughout the delay discounting task. Matching was expected to increase the effects reported by Berry et al. As predicted, participants who matched images of built environments (matching built) displayed steeper discount rates as compared to the equivalent non-matching group (replica Berry et al. built). Conversely, matching images of nature did not produce the expected further attenuation of discounting rate. Furthermore, the rate of discounting of participants exposed to a condition that closely replicated Berry et al.’s exposure to images of nature (no matching) was considerably higher, as compared to that of their participants. Lastly, participants’ self-reports regarding the time they spent in natural and built environments weeks before the experiment took place did not predict discounting rate. It is unclear why only matching images of built environments influenced discounting rates. Previous research has shown that aversive contexts increase impulsive choice (Flora et al. 1992, 2003; Hurtado-Parrado et al., 2023). It is possible that matching images during the built condition was more difficult than in the nature condition, and thus participants failed more often to find the correct comparison stimulus. This could have resulted in higher discounting rates. Future research should control correct matching responses to test this interpretation. Lastly, the lack of reproduction of some of Berry et al.’s findings adds to analogous reports from another laboratory (Johnson et al., 2017, 2018, 2019). More research is still needed to understand the mechanisms responsible for the effects of visual stimulation related to natural or built environments on impulsive choice. |
|
Does Performance During an Academic Discounting Task Predict Behavioral Measures of Procrastination? A Systematic Replication of Olsen et al. (2018) |
CONNOR EYRE (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Julian Cifuentes (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Most of the research on academic procrastination and its impact on educational outcomes implements indirect measures (questionnaires or self-reports) with conceptual and methodological approaches not entirely cohesive with a behavior analytic approach. The present study aimed to contribute to this gap by testing the relationship between performance in a systematic replication of the academic discounting task (ADT) designed by Olsen et al. (2018) and three different behavioral measures of academic procrastination designed in our lab: (a) latency to turn assignments in hours (LTA), (b) latency of starting to work on assignments in hours (LWA), and (c) time-to-deadline of submitting assignments in hours (TTD). An association between TTD and ADT k values, as well as an association between the three behavioral measures was found. Also, a significant difference in ADT k values between students who reported being employed versus unemployed students was observed. Lastly, a positive association between TTD and ADT k values, and a negative association between TTD and ADT AUC values was found; namely, high rates of discounting during the ADT predicted less postponement of assignment submission. These findings altogether overall provide additional support for the validity of the ADT as a measure of hyperbolic discounting of academic outcomes and the relevance of the three behavioral measures of academic procrastination. However, the somewhat counterintuitive finding that participants who submitted their assignments earlier displayed higher rates of academic discounting during the ADT do not support Olsen et al.’s prediction that delayed academic rewards are the key contributor to student procrastination. Alternatively, it seems that more research is needed to explore the role of aversive factors in procrastination (e.g., effort required to complete the assignment and/or difficulty of the assignment or probability that the hypothetical assignment would produce the related reinforcers, such as a good grade). The ADT shows great potential to that aim via adapting it to be more in line with the notion that academic procrastination entails choosing an immediate appetitive activity and the delay/avoidance of an aversive outcome (i.e., impulsive option), over a more valuable but also delayed reinforcer (i.e., self-controlled option; Zentall, 2021). |
|
Behavioral Patterns of Sign-Trackers and Goal-Trackers in a Delay Discounting Task |
JULIAN CIFUENTES (Southern Illinois University), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Autoshaping procedures in rats typically produce sign-tracking (e.g., lever pressing) and goal-tracking (e.g., nose poking in the feeder) responses. Individual differences in those responses predict addiction-like behaviors. It has been suggested that sign-tracking responses are initially conditioned responses, which later become controlled by operant-reinforcement contingencies. Previous studies have shown that rats with predominant sign-tracking responding show steeper delay discounting than non-sign trackers; however, it is unclear if the same behavioral mechanisms are involved in sign-tracking and impulsive performance during a delay discounting task. The present study explored the behavioral patterns of rats during an autoshaping procedure and a delay discounting task. Results show three distinct patterns of behaviors during autoshaping: (a) sign-trackers predominantly lever-pressed towards the end of the trial, (b) goal-trackers’ predominantly nose-poked towards the end of the trial, and (c) indifferent rats (i.e., no clear preference goal- or sign-tracking) nose-poked and lever-pressed throughout the trial. Response allocation in autoshaping for sign-trackers and goal-trackers resembles fixed-interval schedule performance, were the probability of responding increases near the time of reinforcer availability. During the delay-discounting task, goal-trackers overall had higher preference for delayed reinforcers than sign-trackers and indifferent rats. The fact that behavioral patterns during autoshaping differentiate responding during the delay discounting task suggests that similar behavioral mechanisms might be responsible for individual differences across these tasks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Advances in Relational Frame Theory to Guide Analyses of Rule-Following, Prejudice, and Political Polarisation |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil) |
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University) |
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: RFT can be traced back to a 1984 conference presentation on rule-governed behavior. The study of rule-governed behavior in RFT has tended to be overshadowed by the study of relational frames. However, adequate analyses of rule-governed behavior and related complex phenomena, such as prejudice and political polarisation, arguably require the study of increasingly complex relational networks. A more intense focus in this regard has begun to emerge in recent years. This work has been underpinned, to some extent, by the emergence of a hyper-dimensional, multi-level (HDML) framework for conceptualising research in RFT generally. Specifically, the HDML has encouraged analyses of increasingly complex relational networks along four dimensions, including coherence and complexity. The four papers in this symposium will consider some of this work. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) the impact of relational coherence vs incoherence in establishing rule-following for speakers from different experimentally established groups; (2) attempts to explore the impact of relative degrees of relational coherence on rule-following and speaker preferences; (3) recent experimental analyses of prejudice as involving transformations of functions through complex hierarchical relational networks; (4) how recently offered concepts within RFT may help advance conceptual analyses of complex social behaviors relevant to political polarisation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Political polarisation, Prejudice, RFT, Rule-governed behavior |
Target Audience: A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize relatively recent developments in RFT; (2) articulate some ways in which recent developments have led to advances in the study of rule-governed behavior and speaker preference; (3) articulate of how recent developments in RFT may inform empirical and conceptual analyses in the study of prejudice and political polarisation. |
|
Exploring the Effects of Coherence on Rule-Following by Different Speakers: A Gamified Study |
(Basic Research) |
ALCEU REGAÇO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: Rule-following has long been recognized as an important area of research in behavior analysis. Several socially relevant behaviors are associated with rule-following, including those related to various psychological disorders and compliance with social rules (e.g., traffic regulations, mask usage). An important variable in this context is the coherence of the learned relations, particularly when deciding whether or not to follow a rule provided by a speaker when the rule is coherent or incoherent with previous relations. This study aimed to investigate the effects of coherence on rule-following when presented by two different speakers within a gamified procedure. The Miner Troubles software was used and adapted for this experiment. Participants were trained and tested on two three-member classes composed of different characters (A1B1C1 and A2B2C2), followed by training and testing on three three-member classes of abstract stimuli. Subsequently, the A1 character was presented with coherent abstract relations, while the A2 character was presented with incoherent abstract relations. The following phase assessed participant rule-following when instructions were provided by the C1 and C2 characters. Data thus far indicate that participants successfully learn and derive relations using the Miner Troubles software. Implications for the study of rule-following and speaker preference will be discussed. |
|
Speaker Relational Coherence and Rule-Following Behaviors: A Replication and Further Parametric Analyses |
(Basic Research) |
JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: Previous experiments have revealed that different levels of relational coherence can affect rule-following behaviors. In addition, relational coherence may be under the control of conditional discriminations. For example, different speakers may generate different rule-following responses in the same individual with the same rule by manipulating the levels of relational coherence associated with the speaker. This presentation aims to address this research topic by presenting two experiments. Experiment 1 attempts to replicate previous experimental results exploring the impact of speakers established as relatively coherent (100%, 50%, 0% coherent) on participant rule-following. Experiment 2 is designed to perform a parametric analysis of different levels of relational coherence (90%, 80%, 70%, and 60%) in three different speakers and assess how participants’ speaker preference is affected. Overall, the initial results have been replicated, and the parametrical analyses involved in Experiment 2 have so far indicated that variability in rule-following increases as relational coherence decreases. The implications of these findings for developing a more detailed perspective of the variables that affect rule-following are considered, as are some next steps for the analysis of this complex human behavior. |
|
Transformation of Functions in Hierarchical Networks: New Perspectives on the Study of Prejudice |
(Basic Research) |
Joao de Almeida (São Paulo State University), TAHCITA MIZAEL (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Carolina Coury Silveira de Almeida (Inside ABA), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Prejudice often leads to regrettable social effects, such as segregation and mistreatment. Derived verbal events underlie this phenomenon, regulating our interactions in the social environment and establishing functions to stimuli without a history of direct learning. A notable gap exists in the experimental study of more complex derived stimulus relations investigating racial bias. The present study investigated if hierarchical relations could affect biased responses. Twelve undergraduate students were trained to respond according to two contextual cues: “includes” and “belongs to.” These cues were used to form three hierarchical levels (top, middle, and bottom). Then, negative or positive functions were established, pairing adjectives to one of the middle-level category labels. The effects of the functions directly paired were inquired for all arbitrarily derived hierarchical levels, characters, and extra non-arbitrary related stimuli, checking for generalization of the responses. In the first experiment, five participants responded according to hierarchical relations, showing transitive and asymmetrical class containment and unilateral property induction. In a second experiment, with a broader testing phase, all participants responded according to hierarchical relations. Additionally, further undesirable effects of prejudice were observed on generalization based on physical traits or color. |
|
Can Recent Developments in Relational Frame Theory (RFT) Advance Analyses of Political Polarization? |
(Theory) |
JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Cesar Antonio Alves da Rocha (Universidade de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: There is a growing concern about political polarization in current societies. De Rose and Rocha (in press) suggested that RFT may provide useful elements to analyze the phenomenon of polarization. Political positions may be related in accordance with different patterns of relational responding, such as difference, hierarchy, comparison, or opposition. When positions are related in frames of opposition, transformation of functions result in highly polarized affective functions of the opposing opinions and attitudes, so that if one has positive valence the other will necessarily have negative valence. Recent developments in RFT may contribute to advancing this analysis, taking into account the orienting, evoking, and motivating functions involved in any given act of relating. As such, negative evoking functions may impair the mere contact with the arguments of opposed positions, and thus contribute to confirmation bias and motivated reasoning, to the point that political discussions and search for consensus becomes impossible. This presentation will elaborate on how current RFT developments may lead to refinements in the analysis of political polarization based on frames of opposition as derived relational networks and their differential functional properties. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Translational Research of Variables That Contribute to Resurgence |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Bloom, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of previously extinguished target response following a worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative response following differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Laboratory studies of resurgence examine the behavioral processes that contribute to relapse and provide further insight into this phenomenon. This symposium includes four presentations: First, Rodolfo Bernal-Gamboa will present data from a novel study demonstrating resurgence on domestic dogs (Canis lupus familiaris). Next, Julian Velasquez and Matias Avellaneda will present data from two different studies with rats examining the effects of parameters of alternative-response reinforcement on resurgence. These include (1) multiple alternative responses with different topography (Velasquez), and (2) different qualities of alternative reinforcement (Avellaneda). Finally, Carla Martinez-Perez will provide a quantitative examination of the effects of rapid and repeated contingency reversals on resurgence using crowdsourcing. Theoretical and clinical implications will also be discussed throughout the presentations. The symposium will close with a discussion from Dr. Sarah E. Bloom. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): human, non-human, relapse, resurgence |
Target Audience: The audience should have basic knowledge of (1) the study of resurgence, and/or (2) quantitative modeling of behavioral data. Researchers and clinicians are welcome. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify variations of resurgence in the lab; (2) describe the methods used to analyze resurgence; and (3) provide explanations of the use of quantitative modeling in resurgence research |
|
Resurgence After Extinction of an Instrumental Behavior in Dogs (Canis Lupus Familiaris) |
RODOLFO BERNAL-GAMBOA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: One well-known example of reoccurrence of extinguished responses is resurgence. Although resurgence has been studied in different laboratory animals (e. g., rats, pigeons), as far as the authors know, it has not been systematically studied with domestic animals. Thus, the main goal of the present experiment was to explore whether resurgence can be found in dogs. An experimental apparatus was built to test domestic dogs in their homes. Therefore, during the initial phase (Phase 1) one response was reinforced (target response). Then, in the following phase (Phase 2) the target response was placed in extinction while simultaneously an alternative response was reinforced. Finally, during the Test Phase no reinforcement was available for either behavior. The number of occurrences of the target response were measured as resurgence. The results of this experiment indicated an increase of the target response during testing, suggesting that resurgence can be observed in domestic dogs. Theoretical and methodological implications are discussed. |
|
Resurgence Following Higher or Lower Quality Alternative Reinforcement |
MATIAS ALEJANDRO AVELLANEDA (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Gabrielle Marie-Anne Sutton (Utah State University), Jack Van Allsburg (Utah State University), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: Resurgence is a temporary increase in a previously suppressed target behavior following a worsening in conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Previous studies have examined how higher rates or magnitudes of alternative reinforcement affect suppression of the target behavior and subsequent resurgence. However, there has been no investigation of the effects of higher versus lower qualities of alternative reinforcement on resurgence. Using a three-phase resurgence preparation with rats, the present experiments examined the effects of an alternative reinforcer that was of higher (Experiment 1) or lower (Experiment 2) quality than the reinforcer that had previously maintained the target behavior. Results of both experiments showed greater reductions in target behavior with a higher quality alternative reinforcer and more target responding when a higher quality alternative reinforcer was removed. Along with prior findings with higher rates and magnitudes of alternative reinforcement, these findings suggest that variations in reinforcer dimensions that increase the efficacy of alternative reinforcement also tend to increase resurgence when alternative reinforcement is removed. Results are discussed in terms of the Resurgence as Choice in Context model and in terms of potential clinical implications. |
|
Effects of Multiple Alternative Responses With Different Topographies on Resurgence: An Approach of Expanded-Operant Treatments |
JULIAN CAMILO VELASQUEZ (University of Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of previous reinforced behavior by the worsening of current alternative conditions (Lattal, 2017). While some studies have suggested that operant-expanded treatments might reduce resurgence, inconsistent findings warrant further investigation. Mixed results could be explained by attending to the type of training or the response topographies. In this study, we aimed to explore the effect of different types of multiple alternative training on resurgence when each response had different topographies. Following reinforcement of the target response (i.e., chain-pull), three groups of rats were exposed to different alternative-response training procedures. For the within-session training group, two alternating alternative responses (i.e., lever-press and key-push) were reinforced across each session. For the between-conditions training group, each alternative was reinforced across separate conditions. For Single training group, only one alternative was reinforced. Once alternative reinforcement was removed, Single group exhibited greater resurgence, while Between-Conditions group showed reduced resurgence. Within-session training group did not show resurgence. The results of this study shed light of the effects of training multiple alternative responses as an approach to reduce resurgence. These findings might have implications in clinical settings for the design of successful behavioral interventions for the promotion of durable outcomes despite of treatment challenges. |
|
A Quantitative Examination of the Effects of Rapid and Repeated Contingency Reversals on Resurgence |
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida), Jarrod Williams (University of Florida), Jialong Zhen (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavioral flexibility is a general term referring to adaptations that promote survival under the pressure of changes in the environment. Accordingly, one approach to evaluating behavioral flexibility is to examine operant-choice behavior under shifting consequences, such as when reinforcement contingencies reverse. A related effect demonstrating behavioral flexibility during changes in reinforcement contingencies is the resurgence of a previously reinforced behavior during extinction. We examined whether manipulations of repeated reinforcement-contingency reversals affect resurgence and whether the theoretical framework of Resurgence as Choice can account for the results. Preliminary analyses suggest greater target-response rates in groups arranging no reversals during Phase 1 (Late, Control), and faster decreases in groups arranging extinction of target reinforcement during Phase 2 (Early, Control). Furthermore, resurgence occurs across all groups, with greater resurgence observed for groups Early and Control, and less resurgence in groups that had repeated contingency reversals during Phase 2 (Late, Constant). The results of this study are discussed considering the Resurgence of Choice framework and we provide further insight into both clinical relapse and behavioral flexibility. |
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and Applied Investigations of Operant Renewal |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida) |
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Renewal is a form of relapse wherein a previously reinforced response increases when aspects of the environmental context change. Typically, target behavior is acquired in Context A, extinguished in Context B, and then reemerges in Context A (ABA renewal) or a novel Context C (ABC renewal). Renewal has been demonstrated across many species in the laboratory and is prevalent in clinically relevant behavior. Renewal examinations have highlighted advantages of translating findings from basic research to inform development of behavioral treatment and, conversely, pulling from observations in applied settings to inform laboratory research. This bidirectional, translational approach deepens our understanding of behavioral processes involved in renewal while enhancing and refining clinical practice. The first presentation evaluates the role of discriminative stimuli in extinction processes during a renewal procedure with rats (Dr. Beatriz Arroyo Antúnez). The second presentation examines the effects of multiple-context training on ABA and ABC renewal via crowdsourcing (Kyleigh Montague). The third presentation assesses the role of effort disparity between target and alternative responses in a human-operant arrangement (Haleh Amanieh). The final presentation involves a retrospective analysis, examining renewal of challenging behavior following changes in therapist, setting, and work task (Alex Pauls). Dr. William Sullivan will serve as discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Relapse, Renewal, Resurgence, Translational |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe renewal and the implications of renewal as a form of relapse in clinical practice; (2) Discuss the evidence for at least one renewal mitigation strategy; (3) Explain the effects of discrimination training on renewal; (4) Describe the potential impacts of relative response effort of target and alternative responses on renewal. |
|
Discrimination Training Reduces Resistance to Extinction in a Novel Context |
(Basic Research) |
BEATRIZ ELENA ARROYO ANTUNEZ (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kaitlyn Browning (University of Vermont), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: ABC renewal is studied by reinforcing a behavior in one context (Context A) during Phase 1, extinguishing that behavior in a second context (Context B) during Phase 2, and testing for renewal by introducing a novel context (Context C) during Phase 3. Craig et al. (2020) showed that extinction in Context B, alone, during Phase 2 produces more ABC renewal of rats’ lever pressing than does alternating between extinction in Context B and reinforcement in Context A during Phase 2. They hypothesized that Context A-B alternations may have trained rats to discriminate periods of extinction from periods of reinforcement. The current experiment followed up on this hypothesis. Groups of rats were exposed to a two-component multiple schedule wherein components were signaled by a constant or flashing light above the lever. Rats in the Nondiscriminative group received reinforcement in both components, and rats in the Discriminative group received reinforcement in one component and extinction in the other. Overall reinforcer rates were controlled between groups. Consistent with Craig et al.’s (2020) hypothesis, lever pressing was more resistant to extinction for rats in the Nondiscriminative group than for rats in the Discriminative group when extinction was conducted with no lever-light stimulus. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Multiple-Context Training on ABA and ABC Renewal |
(Basic Research) |
KYLEIGH MONTAGUE (University of Florida), Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Alexander Seijo (University of Florida), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Laboratory models of relapse (e.g., renewal, resurgence) offer techniques to assess challenges to behavioral treatments involving differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with extinction. Resurgence emerges as conditions of reinforcement for desired behavior worsen, whereas renewal occurs during transitions away from a treatment context. Traditionally, target behavior is acquired in training Context A, extinguished in treatment Context B, then reemerges in Context A (ABA renewal) or novel Context C (ABC renewal). The current study recruited adult participants through the crowdsourcing platform Prolific to investigate the effect of conducting treatment in multiple contexts on the relapse of operant behaviors. Participants engaged in an online button-pressing task to earn points exchangeable for money, and contextual changes occurred through background image changes. Experiment 1 evaluated differences in relapse among participants who experienced DRA with extinction in three contexts (B, C, D) prior to experiencing extinction for both target and alternative responding in the training context, and Experiment 2 evaluated these differences in a novel context (E). Multiple-context training did not mitigate ABA renewal; however, previous literature suggests multiple-context training does mitigate ABC renewal. Results of the present study provide insight into behavioral techniques that best attenuate relapse of operant behavior following successful treatment. |
|
An Evaluation of a Human-Operant Effort Manipulation and Effects of Effort Disparity on Renewal |
(Basic Research) |
HALEH AMANIEH (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The relative effort of target and alternative responses during treatments using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior may impact the likelihood that a previously reduced target response will reemerge following a context change (i.e., “renewal”). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the role of an effort disparity between target and alternative responses in a human-operant arrangement. Fourteen college students clicked on one (Experiment 1) or two (Experiment 2) circles moving on a computer screen for points. In Experiment 1, the speed of the circle was manipulated as an index of effort such that three circle speeds (i.e., 50, 100, 200 mm/s) were used across conditions. Nearly all participants engaged in differential response rates, depending on the speed of the available circle. In Experiment 2, a three-phase renewal arrangement was executed across three experimental conditions in which the target response was either the same, easier, or more difficult than the alternative response. The effects of the relative effort of the target response to the alternative response on the occurrence and magnitude of renewal were mixed across participants. The clinical and conceptual relevance regarding the relative effort of target and alternative responses will be discussed. |
|
Renewal of Challenging Behavior in an Intensive Outpatient Clinic: A Replication and Extension |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXANDER PAULS (University of Iowa), Ishita Aggarwal (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida), Sara R. Jeglum (Blank Children's Hospital), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Relapse of challenging behavior previously reduced during behavioral treatment is sometimes caused by changes in treatment contexts. This type of relapse, called renewal, has been studied heavily in basic and translational studies, but has only recently been the focus in applied research. Previous retrospective analyses showed renewal of challenging behavior related to therapist and setting changes occurs in many patient cases in intensive behavior clinics. To replicate and extend these studies, we conducted analyses of renewal across 59 patients in an intensive day treatment clinic for individuals with disabilities who exhibit challenging behavior. We extend the previous studies by analyzing renewal associated with a third context change (i.e., work tasks) and we compared the prevalence of renewal using liberal and stringent definitions (e.g., relapse within three sessions following a context change vs. relapse in the first session following a context change). Additionally, we calculated the prevalence of relapse not associated with one of the three identified context changes. Preliminary analyses suggest relapse frequently occurs outside of identified context changes. We compare our findings to the previously published studies and discuss the implications for future clinical and research practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis’s Application to Group Systems Within the General Education Setting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jennifer Quigley (TCS Education) |
Discussant: William L. Heward (Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium addresses the relevance of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to the general education domain. Oftentimes ABA is thought of as only applicable to those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disorders, yet the application of ABA is appropriate for any socially significant problems such as those that arise daily in the general education setting. Presented in layman’s term and including both small and large group implementation, attendees will learn about ABA applications in education and be presented with clear examples of how to bridge the gap between understanding and application. With a focus on system implementation, this symposium will discuss topics such as Direct Instruction, Precision Teaching, and Equivalence-based Instruction. The symposium will also include applicable examples of implementation within the education setting so attendees will take away applicable strategies for implementing the ABA strategies discussed. The symposium is one of two presentations regarding incorporating Applied Behavior Analysis into the General Education Classroom. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Classroom Management, General Education, Generative Learning, School ABA |
Target Audience: An understanding of the general education classroom and the applications of behavior analytic applications outside of autism. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify four behavior analytic strategies that can be applied in the general education classroom; (2) demonstrate an example of each strategy to practice implementing in the classroom; (3) create applicable exercises from shared templates across the four behavior analytic strategies. |
|
Group Contingencies Within the General Education Classroom |
BRITTANY BEAVER (The Chicago School), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: Classrooms are structured environments with carefully created rules; however, students may not always follow these rules, indicating the need for additional strategies to be implemented by the classroom teacher.Group contingencies are a type of intervention that can be particularly useful in a classroom setting as one strategy can be applied to multiple members of a group.Group contingencies are a group of strategies to change the behavior of a group and/or individual using specific sets of rules. This strategy ishighly applicablewithin a classroom of students in that only the group contingency must be learned and implemented rather than a variety of individual behavioral contingencies across students. There are three types of group contingencies, dependent, independent, and interdependent group contingencies, each of which has specific guidelines, benefits, and challenges.Overall, all three involve consistent components including organization, management, target behavior, a reinforcement system, criteria for meeting contingency, delivery of reinforcer, measurement, and a strategy to fade the contingency.The characteristics of each are summarized, how to implement each in a classroom is explained, and examples of each are provided. |
|
Teaching Language-Based Relations Within the Classroom Using Equivalence-Based Instruction |
TIM CALDWELL (TCS Education), Laura A. Kruse (First Leap LLC) |
Abstract: Teachers and schools face many challenges as they aim to deliver the most effective instruction to their students. Equivalence-based instruction (EBI; Sidman & Tailby, 1982) provides a way to promote teaching efficiency through instructional sequences that foster the learner’s ability to relate stimuli through language. EBI expands on the concept of stimulus equivalence in which specific language-based relations are taught and then other relations or skills emerge that were not directly trained. Within the classroom, the use of EBI instructional arrangements such as match-to-sample training or teaching through logic puzzles can promote the underlying skill of language-based relating. This discussion will highlight how students may benefit from the increased efficiency gained by utilizing equivalence-based instruction and how teachers can create these instructional experiences. Multiple examples of how EBI can be incorporated within differing subjects and age ranges of students will be provided to demonstrate the value of applying equivalence-based instruction within the classroom. |
|
Finding Direct Instruction's Place in the General Education Classroom |
KOZUE MATSUDA (Children Center Inc) |
Abstract: Direct Instruction (DI) is a research-based teaching system developed in the 1970s by Siegfried Engelmann (1931-2019) that employs well-developed planned courses and high student response rates. The notion of DI, which asserts that “all children can be taught”, has been effectively employed in the instruction of both children and adults throughout the world. DI's applicability to a wide variety of subjects makes it immensely useful in the field of general education, however practitioners in ABA are frequently hesitant to use and teach DI due to the lack of explicit instructions. The current symposium's goal is to explain behavior science in plain language so that ABA practitioners and instructors may both learn.
This presentation offers an overview of the five fundamental concepts of Differentiated Instruction (DI) and guidance on its implementation. Additionally, it gives examples of DI applications to support behavior analysts in effectively utilizing DI within educational settings, such as schools and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service settings. |
|
Precision Teaching’s Application to the Educational Setting |
JARED VAN (Penn State University), Jennifer Quigley (TCS Education) |
Abstract: Precision teaching is a method of data-based decision making used to evaluate current teaching strategies. Precision teaching involves the learner in graphing their own progress using a standard celeration chart so they can see their learning in real time. Precision teaching aims to bridge the gap between behavior analysis and education by helping the teacher adjust teaching based on the learner’s progress. In precision teaching, the learner knows best; if learning is not occurring, teaching should be evaluated and modified. Precision teaching prevents 5 measurement issues commonly seen in educational and behavior analytic practice and literature. These problems are using sessions as a unit of time, using operational definitions instead of pinpoint+, measuring behavioral data in percent correct, measuring behavioral data using absolute change, and using non-standard equal interval graphs. Each measurement issue will be described, followed by how precision teaching methods provide solutions. Standardization is an important part to any science and precision teaching provides standardization to behavior analysis and education in ways that help learners, practitioners, teachers, as well as the fields themselves. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Data Collection, Measurement, and Related Training Practices |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Liam McCabe (Rutgers University-Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services) |
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Dorothea C. Lerman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As the behavior analyst relies on accurate and reliable data from sessions conducted with high procedural fidelity, effective training techniques on both data collection and treatment integrity carry high importance across staff and caregivers alike. The purpose of this symposium is to present several refinements to practices such as defining and measuring responses, training treatment procedures, and the durability of these trainings in the face of treatment challenges. Yassa and colleagues examined the relation between skill mastery and durability of these skills under specific challenges to treatment in registered behavior technicians. Najafichaghabouri and Joslyn examined the correspondence between on-task behavior and its effect on the completion of work tasks in middle school students. Sigwanz and colleagues compared undergraduate students’ live collection of discontinuous data to continuous data on sociability assessments. Mery and colleagues surveyed board-certified behavior analysts on questions related to the validity of caregiver-collected data and these data collection practices. The results and further implications of these studies will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): education, measurement, training |
Target Audience: Graduate students (masters, doctoral), masters-level licensed clinicians, board certified behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Discuss maintenance of trained skills under challenges to treatment. 2) Identify new methods of data collection for more accurate and better representative data. 3) Use refined methods to train treatment procedures and data collection to staff and caregivers alike. |
|
Does Skill Mastery Predict Durability? Evaluating Trainee Implementation of Functional Communication Training |
RANA YASSA (Children's Specialized Hospital-Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Shannon Angley (Children’s Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Liam McCabe (Rutgers University-Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Omar Elwasli (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Clinics often operate on the assumption that trainees can extend their training experiences to novel clients and situations. Yet, few studies have examined the extent to which trainee skills remain durable following mastery, particularly when implementing behavior-reduction programs. In the current study, we recruited four trainees who were enrolled in a master’s program in applied behavior analysis or psychology to participate. These trainees learned to implement functional communication training (FCT) with multiple schedules at mastery levels when working with a confederate. Then, we assessed the durability of trainee skills during training challenges with (a) procedural changes to the original protocol, (b) a novel confederate with different discriminative stimuli and reinforcers, and (c) relapsed confederate problem behavior. Training effects degraded at least once for all participants and in 67% of training challenges, producing potentially critical treatment errors. Promisingly, however, brief post-session feedback resolved these issues in most cases. We discuss these findings in relation to their clinical implications and directions for future research. |
|
Toward an Understanding of Caregiver Collected Data |
Jacqueline Mery (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), KISSEL GOLDMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts rely on data to assess their clients’ progress and inform their clinical decisions. As such, the accuracy and reliability (i.e., integrity) of data obtained are vital to its utility. Caregivers may be asked to collect data to better monitor the frequency of the behavior and understand environmental causes. Further, a clinician may ask caregivers to continue collecting data to ensure that treatment has continued to be effective outside of the clinical setting. Unfortunately, behavior analysts do not always trust caregiver-reported data. The purpose of the current study was to determine variables that impact the integrity of caregiver collected data. An online survey was completed by Board-Certified Behavior Analysts who answered questions related to caregiver data collection practices and their perceptions of those data. Specifically, participants answered questions about their demographics (e.g., clinician education, populations clinician serves), caregiver data collection training, tactics used to address data collection issues, and concerns related to caregiver collected data. Outcomes and implications will be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Product and Observational Measures of Academic Engagement in Middle School Classrooms |
MILAD NAJAFICHAGHABOURI (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Educational researchers frequently target and measure student on-task behavior in academic settings. On-task behavior is typically defined based on the topography of the behavior (i.e., what it looks like to be on task). However, few studies have assessed if students being on task corresponds with students completing more work or responding more accurately. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate and compare the effects of two interdependent group contingencies on work completion, work accuracy, and on-task behavior of two middle school classrooms. On days with an on-task contingency, students were given a reward if the class met predetermined criteria for being on task. On work completion days students were given a reward if the class met a predetermined criteria for completing class assignments. Both group contingencies increased mean percentages of student on-task behavior and work completion relative to baseline. Spearman correlation showed statistically significant, weak to moderate correlation between student on-task behavior and work completion. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Feasibility of Methods of Live Recording for Assessments of Sociability |
GRACE SIGWANZ (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Sociability assessments have elucidated the function of social interaction as reinforcing, neutral, or aversive among children with autism. Data collection has typically involved reviewing video-recorded sessions and recording duration of time allocation on the social or alone side (Call et at., 2013; Morris & Vollmer, 2021). However, scoring videos following assessment sessions may be infeasible in clinical practice because of time and personnel constraints. The purpose of the current study was to compare the accuracy of discontinuous measurement systems in approximating the duration on the social side and to evaluate the feasibility of implementing assessments when collecting no, discontinuous, or continuous data. First, we reanalyzed the data of eight participants using partial interval recording, whole interval recording, and momentary time sampling (MTS). We found that MTS produced the closest approximation to duration data. Second, we taught undergraduate students how to collect data for and conduct sociability assessments and evaluated their procedural integrity and interobserver agreement when collecting no, MTS, and duration data. Overall, sessions in which the participants collected MTS data yielded relatively higher PI and IOA scores when compared to sessions for which they collected duration data. Implications of these findings for future research and clinical practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Examination of the Role of Response-Independent Schedules and Punishment |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Numerous research studies have employed response-independent schedules (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement; NCR) as control conditions or treatment for disruptive behavior. Moreover, stimulus control procedures are often employed in applied research aimed at decreasing disruptive behavior. The current symposium includes three presentations related to response-independent schedules and one examining the role of punishment on discriminated responding. The first presentation provides a brief history of the terms environmental enrichment (EE) and NCR and proposes a new conceptually neutral umbrella term. The second presentation examines the evidence from both laboratory and applied research that response-independent schedules produce adventitious reinforcement. The third presentation summarizes results of an experimental study which evaluated the effects of two procedural variations of NCR, rotating the effective competing stimuli and prompting functional engagement, on levels of automatically reinforced disruptive behavior. Finally, the fourth presentation consists of an experimental study comparing responses under the stimulus associated with the absence of punishment (hypothesized S?p) with responses under the stimulus associated with the absence of reinforcement (S?). The symposium concludes with thoughtful comments from the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): punishment, response-independent schedules |
Target Audience: Doctorate level behavior analysts Masters level behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how an A-CSA can inform treatment of automatically-reinforced SIB. Attendees will understand the history of the terms EE and NCR. Attendees will understand the role of response-independent schedules on superstitious behavior. |
|
On Terms: Environmental Enrichment and Noncontingent Reinforcement |
MARY LLINAS (University of South Florida), Elbert Blakely (Florida Tech), Thomas R. Freeman (ABA Technologies Inc. - Florida Tech) |
Abstract: The term "noncontingent reinforcement" (NCR) has long been used in both research and clinical practice. However, it is a conceptually flawed term as recognized by several authors (e.g., Poling & Normand, 1999). Nonetheless, behavior analysts have continued to use this term and in fact, another terminological issue has arisen. Currently, NCR is now serving as an umbrella term that covers both time-based schedules and response-independent continuous access to stimuli; the latter being sometimes called “environmental enrichment (EE).” That NCR is now used to describe two distinct procedures can lead to confusion and imprecise communication. Therefore, the purpose of this paper is to provide a brief history of these terms, EE and NCR, and explore some of the attendant terminological issues in relation to the mechanisms of action. We will then propose a new conceptually neutral umbrella term for these two procedures and suggest a series of actions to resolve this ongoing problem in our terminology. |
|
Bridging the Gap Between Laboratory and Applied Research on Response-Independent Schedules |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Eduardo Fernandez (The University of Adelaide) |
Abstract: In 1948, Skinner described the behavior of pigeons under response-independent schedules as “superstitious,” and proposed that the responses were reinforced by contiguous, adventitious food deliveries. Subsequently, response-independent schedules have been of interest to both basic and applied researchers, first to understand the mechanisms involved, and later, to use as treatment, known as “noncontingent reinforcement” (NCR), to reduce challenging behavior. However, the potential superstitious effects produced by these schedules have been challenged, with some researchers arguing that antecedent variables play a significant role. This paper examines the evidence for adventitious reinforcement from both laboratory and applied research, the results of which suggest that antecedent, non-operant functions may be important in fully understanding the effects of NCR. An applied-basic research synthesis will be discussed, in which attention to potential non-operant functions could provide a more complete understanding of response-independent schedules. Further, the applied implications of the non-operant functions of NCR schedules will be covered. |
|
Examination of Procedural Variations for Presenting Competing Stimuli in the Treatment of Automatically Maintained Behavior |
KIMBERLY AMBER MORRISON (Behavioral Innovations), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments serve to identify activities to replace or compete with the sensory consequences that maintain the automatically reinforced behavior. The current study evaluated methods for assessing and extending the effectiveness of various procedural modifications in presenting effective competing stimuli (ECS) that were identified through an augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) on automatically maintained problem behavior (AMPB). Two students with autism and other developmental disabilities were recommended by their clinical team to participate in this study. Levels of AMPB and functional engagement were measured and IOA data were collected for at least 33% of sessions and mean total IOA was always above 85%. Items selected for use in the A-CSA were chosen based on a questionnaire completed by the participants’ clinical team. Results for the participants demonstrated that presentation of the leisure items in the free access condition alone was effective in reducing rates in the target response by 80%. A treatment analysis was then conducted and results showed that both treatment conditions (rotating ECS and prompting functional engagement) were effective. Rotating items or prompting functional engagement is likely an effective procedure for promoting engagement with competing stimuli for AMPB. Implications of the results will be discussed. |
|
Experimental Analysis of Stimulus Control by Punishment |
SOMCHART SAKULKOO (TrueNorth Educational Cooperative 804; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University), Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School) |
Abstract: The present study attempted to experimentally compare the responses under the stimulus associated with the absence of punishment (hypothesized SΔp) with the stimulus associated with the absence of reinforcement (SΔ) on the abative effect in human participants by presenting a series of pairs of controlling stimuli on a multiple schedule of reinforcement. Preliminary phases consisted of acquisition, punisher assessment, and baseline. Comparison in the stimulus control phases consisted of two main conditions: establishing stimulus control (ESC) and reversing stimulus control (RSC) conditions. The last phase was the controlling stimulus as a consequence (SaaC). The study measured various dependent variables, including number of responses, latency, interresponse time (IRT), duration to criterion, and response rate. The results suggested that: (a) the controlling effects of the SΔ were different in ESC and RSC phases, (b) the controlling effects of the hypothesized SΔp were different in ESC and RSC phases, (c) the controlling effects of the SΔ and hypothesized SΔp were different in at least two dimensions (i.e., number of responses and latency) of the target behavior, and (d) all controlling stimuli when being delivered as consequences had different effects on the target behavior among participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancing Relational Frame Theory: Networks and Brains |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Taylor Carroll (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT; Hayes et al., 2001) proposes that (1) derived relational responding occurs across multiple frame families, (2) derived relations can transform the function of environmental stimuli, and (3) derived relational responding is a generalized operant. These assumptions are tested across a series of translational and applied studies with learners receiving ABA services and translational analyses with college student participants. The first presentation evaluates the interdependency of skills targeted in the LIFE assessment (Dixon, 2020) that incorporates relational learning, and results suggest that skills emerge within interconnected relational networks across for autistic and neurotypical learners. The second presentation isolates the emergence of relational frames using a Relational Density Theory framework embedded within play-based instruction (Dixon, 2014-2016), with results supporting the use of a selection-based multi-dimensional scaling procedure. The third presentation demonstrates the use of an experimental analysis built on Relational Density Theory to isolate relational framing patterns that participate in adaptive behavior repertoires for autistic learners in a series of clinical cases. The final presentation expands the discussion of interdependent learning to neurological activity that co-occurs with derived relational responding, highlighting the role of interdependent neural systems within relational responding. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: behavior analysts and practitioners. no prerequisite skills. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the interrelatedness of items in the LIFE Functional Model 2. Discuss the role of relational network in RFT and ACT case conceptualization 3. Discuss the role of neurological action in derived relational responding |
|
The Emergence of Relational Networks Following Play-Based Instruction Using PEAK |
MIKAYLA CAMPBELL (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Kaitlyn Hui (Missouri State University- student), Jenna Huskey (Missouri State University), Katelyn Frahm (Missouri State University), Bentley Elliott (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System (Dixon, 2014-2016) provides a framework to teach complex language skills to autistic learners informed by Relational Frame Theory. Using a Relational Density Theory approach, relational networks of can be graphed in a geometric space to show understanding of complex concepts (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). The first study evaluated the relational network of mastered PEAK symmetry programs compared to the relational network of arbitrary stimuli. Results showed more dense relational networks of responding with the mastered PEAK programs, suggesting a possible avenue to measure acquisition of complex language skills. In the second study, we taught PEAK symmetry programs more flexibly using naturalistic teaching strategies and analyzed relational networks including the stimuli from the symmetry programs before and after training. Results showed a difference in the density of relational networks, suggesting the effectiveness of using naturalistic teaching strategies to teach complex symmetry programs. Moreover, the geometric representation of relational networks for PEAK programming allows for more flexible training of the skills that can be better suited for each individual’s preferences and needs. |
|
Utilizing the Spatial Evaluation of Language Flexibility for Youth (SELF-Y) in Clinical Case Conceptualization |
KATELYN FRAHM (Missouri State University), Mikayla Campbell (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: This talk details a series of three case studies conducted over the course of two years that piloted the use of the Spatial Evaluation of Language and Flexibility for Youth (SELF-Y; Paliliunas & Belisle, 2023) as a form of relational experimental functional analysis to inform intervention approaches rooted in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. In each case, the SELF-Y was administered prior-to the intervention and co-occurred with other established behavioral and flexibility assessments. In the first two cases, relations consistent with psychological inflexibility were observed. In the third case, relations consistent with psychological flexibility were observed in the context of school; however, relations consistent with psychological inflexibility were observed in the context of social interaction. Programming combining elements of the AIM curriculum (Dixon & Paliliunas, 2016) and the LIFE Functional Module (Dixon, 2018) was developed and highly individualized to each case. The first two cases were conducted remotely and a film-analysis suggested engagement for one of the participants who also showed greater flexibility on the SELF-Y following intervention. In the third case, programming was devivered in person and targeted social engagement, where results showed improvements in social engagement and flexibile experiencing of social engagement. |
|
Evaluation of the LIFE Skills System and Comparison to Autistic Learners |
KAITLYN HUI (Missouri State University- student), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The LIFE Functional Module (Dixon, 2020) provides a comprehensive assessment and curriculum designed to teach daily living, social, leisure, and other skills to support independence and well-being for neurodivergent learners. LIFE, like the PEAK Relational Training System (Dixon, 2014-2016), is a developmental assessment that assumes more complex behavior topographies and functions build on simpler topographies that recombine in novel ways to further develop an individual’s repertoire regarding skills promoting independence. A linear regression of the normative sample should a strong, significant correlation between age and scores on the LIFE assessment, consistent with developmental assumptions and supporting the factor structure of LIFE. The same correlation was not observed for the autistic sample. Scores from both samples were combined to conduct a principal component analysis of LIFE items, revealing a high level of interdependency for individual skills. When graphed in a 3-dimensional geometric model, the emergence of skills ranged from simple to complex on the assessment. Future research should continue to evaluate the validity and reliability of LIFE with autistic learners to support behavior analytic programming that is individualized to each learner. |
|
Relational Training and Neurology: Evidence From Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) |
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a contemporary behavior analytic account of human language and cognition. Emerging evidence suggests that relational training procedures can uniquely produce changes in overall cognitive abilities as measured by IQ among both neurodivergent (Dixon et al., 2023) and neurotypical (Cassidy et al., 2011) participants, whereas conventional methods failed to produce such an effect. One potential explanation lies in the underlying neurological correlates and the functional changes produced by relational training procedures. The current study extended prior work on stimulus equivalence and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI; e.g., Hinton et al., 2010; Ogawa et al., 2010) by incorporating non-equivalent relational frames, refining parameters of the behavior task, and investigating the changes in functional connectivity among areas involved in relational responding after exposure to a relational training protocol. In study 1, a group of neurotypical participants completed a relational responding task that consisted of a set of 60 randomly selected questions, distributed across six relational frames and between two levels of difficulty. Results established a baseline of responding and the parameters to be used during the fMRI task. Results also indicated statistically significant differing response time between arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli, and among different relational frames. In study 2, a different group of neurotypical participants initially completed the same relational responding task during fMRI, and subsequently completed a week-long relational training protocol. Participants then completed the same relational responding task during fMRI as a follow-up. Implications on relational training and its neurological correlates will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Social Justice and Compassion in a Queer Context |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Kaitlynn Gokey, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MATTHEW SKINTA (Roosevelt University) |
Abstract: Through the 1970s and 1980s, behavior therapists slowly transitioned – mostly – from offering interventions intended to alter a client’s sexual orientation or gender identity. Some, with the encouragement of those within the LGBTQ community like the late Dr. Charles Silverstein, realized that continuing research and clinical practice in this direction contributed to a climate of bias. Others failed until much later to recognize that the work was harmful to individuals undergoing it – some clinicians may still be learning this lesson. Conversely, behavioral strategies were slow to be advanced in the service of mitigating the effects of anti-LGBTQ bias. Funding and institutional support in this direction has also appears to have been slow, relative to the support of historic change efforts. How do we reconcile the goals of behavioral science that advocate for social justice and improvement of the human condition with its history of neglecting the perspectives and voices of marginalized people? How must our field continue to grow and change to reduce the likelihood of causing such harm in the future? Particular attention will be paid in this exploration of the relationships between behavior therapy, sexual orientation, and gender toward how ongoing bias in the field creates a context that maintains and supports harm in a global context. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, practitioners, researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe harms to LGBTQ people due to behavioral interventions; (2) list current behavioral strategies to mitigate harms against LGBTQ people; (3) demonstrate an awareness of how anti-LGBTQ bias in the behavioral sciences fuels continued sexual orientation and gender identity change efforts in an international context. |
|
MATTHEW SKINTA (Roosevelt University) |
Dr. Matthew D. Skinta is an Assistant Professor of Psychology and affiliated faculty in the Department of Women and Gender Studies at Roosevelt University. He is board certified Clinical Health Psychology by the American Board of Professional Psychology, a peer-reviewed ACT trainer, a certified trainer of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy, and a certified teacher of Compassion Cultivation Training. Dr. Skinta’s work over the past 15 years has been to (1) engage contextual behavioral clinicians to intervene in the functional elements of minority stress experienced by sexual orientation and gender diverse people, (2) to center the relational behavioral repertoires most harmed by bias and interpersonal rejection within LGBTQ communities, and (3) to consider the global impact of anti-LGBTQ animus within the behavioral sciences. His work in these areas, specifically, has led to being made a Fellow of the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies, the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, and the American Psychological Association (Division 44). Dr. Skinta is currently serving on the APA-SSCP-ABCT Inter-organizational Scientific Task Force on the Iatrogenic Effects of Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity and Expression Change Efforts (SOGIECEs). He co-edited Mindfulness and Acceptance for Gender and Sexual Minorities: A Clinician's Guide to Fostering Compassion, Connection, and Equality Using Contextual Strategies (2016), and wrote Contextual Behavior Therapy for Sexual and Gender Minority Clients: A Practical Guide to Treatment (2020). |
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting Autistic Individuals Into Adulthood |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Adriano Barboza (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services) |
CE Instructor: Megan Robinson Joy, Ph.D. |
|
Job Supports for Autistic Individuals: Developing Self-Awareness Competencies to Improve Decision-Making Processes |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ADRIANO BARBOZA (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services), Arlene Kely Alves de Amorim (Grupo Conduzir), Josiane Mariano (Grupo Conduzir), Larissa Aguirre (Grupo Conduzir) |
|
Abstract: Accessing appropriate services and resources for individuals on the autism spectrum can be challenging as they transition into adulthood, leading to limited integration into the job market. Research has consistently shown that employment rates among autistic adults are significantly lower compared to other adults with disabilities. To address this issue, our team developed a vocational support program based on the JobTIPS program. We used videoconferencing sessions to deliver vocational support to participants. The program's initial phase focused on determining career interests and consisted of eight sessions. We evaluated the program by identifying the individual's interests, career goals, strengths, and needs, which helped us identify potential matching and non-matching job opportunities. Additionally, we provided support with job search, attainment, and continuity based on the results of our program. We also discussed the necessary components for assessing interests, career goals, strengths, and needs in individuals on the autism spectrum. Furthermore, we outlined potential future studies that can be conducted to test the external validity of this program to ensure that individuals on the autism spectrum have choices, independence, and opportunities in the job marketplace. |
|
The Development of a College Preparation Program for Autistic High Schoolers |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGAN ROBINSON JOY (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Kaitlin McCombs (Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center) |
|
Abstract: The transition to college can be uniquely difficult for autistic students. In addition to the academic demands of higher education, students are often living on their own for the first time. Autistic students may struggle with interpersonal demands, executive functioning, time management and other skills that independent living at college requires. In the current paper, we will present a description of a two-year college preparation program designed for autistic high school students. Through collaboration with an autistic consultant and current college students, best practices in transition planning were incorporated into a comprehensive curriculum designed to teach high schoolers critical skills to be successful in college. The curriculum arranges targeted skills into 6 pillars of success: self-advocacy, health, wellness and safety, interpersonal skills, community engagement, independent living, and executive functioning. Each pillar includes specific learning objectives and activities designed to enhance engagement and build sustainable skills. We will describe successes and challenges with developing lessons that are authentic, relevant, and evidence-based for autistic adolescents. Preliminary data has indicated that the program is effective and well-liked by both participants and their caregivers. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Origins of Human Cooperation |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Psy.D. |
Presenting Author: MICHAEL TOMASELLO (Duke University) |
Abstract: Humans are biologically adapted for cooperation and cultural life in ways that other primates are not. Humans have unique motivations and cognitive skills for sharing emotions, experience, and collaborative actions (shared intentionality) that emerge in human ontogeny at around one year of age. Our nearest primate relatives do not seem to have the motivations and cognitive skills necessary to engage in activities involving collaboration, shared intentionality, and, in general, things cultural. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: For Everyone |
Learning Objectives: TBD |
|
MICHAEL TOMASELLO (Duke University) |
Michael Tomasello is Professor of Psychology and Neuroscience at Duke University, and emeritus director at the Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology, Leipzig, Germany. His research interests focus on processes of cooperation, communication, and cultural learning in human children and great apes. His recent books include Origins of Human Communication (MIT Press, 2008); Why We Cooperate (MIT Press, 2009); A Natural History of Human Thinking (Harvard University Press, 2014); A Natural History of Human Morality (Harvard University Press, 2016); Becoming Human: A Theory of Ontogeny (Harvard University Press, 2019); and The Evolution of Agency (MIT Press, 2022). |
|
|
|
|
|
How Instructional Design Can Help Behavior Analysts? |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ana Carolina Sella (Aprendizagem em Pauta) |
Discussant: T. V. Joe Layng (Endicott College & Generategy, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Ana Carolina Sella, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are working in a time in which the manualization and protocolization of assessments and intervention procedures is ever intensifying. At the same time, behavior analysis courses seem to be resulting in technical, uncritical repertoires: behavior analysts seem to lack skills to assess data and explanation present in conceptual and empirical studies. The purpose of this symposium is to present how instructional design can support behavior analysts in designing, building, implementing and monitoring teaching and assessment procedures. In the first symposium, learners will describe (a) overlaps between Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis; (b) contingencies that might prevent behavior analysts from looking at procedures from different instructional design approaches and (c) possible consequences of the separation between different niches within behavior analysis. In the second symposium, a specific example on how instructional design might inform teaching procedures for children with autism spectrum disorders will be presented. The differences between concept teaching and multiple exemplar training will be presented and behavior analytic research that aimed at concept teaching for children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Areas Intersections, Behavior Analysis, Concept teaching, Instructional Design |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Pre-requisite skills. Prior to the symposium, the audience should be able to (a) define instructional design; (b) define behavior analysis; (c) define and describe contingencies |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe overlaps between Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis; (2) describe contingencies that might prevent behavior analysts from looking at procedures from different instructional design approaches; (3) describe possible consequences of the separation between different niches within behavior analysis; (4) define concept teaching and how it differs from multiple exemplar training; (5) cite and describe research on teaching concepts for children with autism. |
|
Restricted Behavior Among Applied Behavior Analysts: Why Are We Not Looking at Instructional Design? |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Aprendizagem em Pauta), Anna Beatriz Queiroz (Bá Educa e Instituto Par), Elis Maria Tuon Pereia Vaz (Instituto PAR) |
Abstract: Instructional design and behavior analysis have a long history together. Overlaps between these areas include, but are not limited to, setting measurable, observable learning objectives, analyzing what needs to be taught in order to reach the objectives, designing and implementing effective teaching procedures, choosing stimuli, monitoring and assessing results, and making data-based decisions. However, studies that bring together these areas, empirical or theoretical, are sparse. This presentation aims at presenting some of the overlaps between these areas and possible contingencies that might be responsible for a detachment between them. Financial contingencies, professional recognition within behavior analysis, increased probability of publication and funding are contingencies that could be responsible for the separation. In addition, consequences of this separation such as the creation of several verbal communities within behavior analysis, which might result in communication difficulties and probably in the misuse of several intervention packages by those who do not consume technical and scientific behavior analytic knowledge through analytic lenses, based on conceptual consistency will be discussed. Suggestions for future theoretical and empirical research that might bring the fields closer will be presented. |
|
Teaching Concepts to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Why Not Look at Instructional Design? |
ELIS MARIA TUON PEREIA VAZ (Instituto PAR), Ana Carolina Sella (Aprendizagem em Pauta), Anna Beatriz Queiroz (Bá Educa e Instituto Par) |
Abstract: Concepts can be defined as a class of stimuli that share critical, essential or “must-have” features. The members of a class also have varying or “can-have” features that can vary across the members. It is important to highlight that concepts cannot be aprioristically defined; they are dependent on the verbal community. For example, some exemplars of a class might belong to other stimulus classes in another verbal community. The boundaries of a given concept might be difficult to teach through discrimination procedures, so not only multiple exemplars are necessary; the features of each exemplar must be carefully selected to improve chances of boundary discrimination. And members of one class cannot belong to another class being taught. Based on this XXX, the purpose of this presentation is to present a literature review of behavior analytic studies that taught concepts to children with autism. Criteria for inclusion were: a) studies with people with autism spectrum disorders; b) applied empirical studies; c) that aimed at teaching concepts; d) instructional design had to be mentioned in the title or in the abstract. Six studies were found. Their analysis is presented and suggestions for future theoretical and empirical research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training Parents, Educators, and Staff to Implement Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment: Advancements in Hybrid and Distance-Learning Approaches |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Taryn Traylor (Virginia Commonwealth University Rehabilitation Research and Training Center) |
CE Instructor: Taryn Goodwin Traylor, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A rapidly growing literature supports training models with remote components, given their potential cost-effectiveness, convenience, and accessibility; however, most studies target relatively simple procedures (Gerencser et al., 2020). This symposium includes three presentations focused on remote or hybrid training, each featuring distinct methods and aims, for a more complex repertoire: implementing practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment (PFA/SBT; Hanley et al., 2014). The first presentation reports the findings of a randomized controlled component analysis of an asynchronous computer-based instruction program on the skill-based treatment integrity of behavioral service providers serving in diverse roles and contexts (n = 78), informing conclusions about efficacy at the group level, or for the “average” trainee. The second presentation features a large-scale hybrid training model for school staff implementing PFA/SBT and includes social validity and student outcomes as reported by school staff, facilitating examination of training effectiveness at the group level. The final presentation examines effectiveness at the individual level, featuring parent treatment integrity and child outcomes in a series of three applications of teleconsultation to support in-home, parent implemented PFA/SBT. Collectively, presentations demonstrate the potential of remote technology for preparing and supporting individuals responsible for implementing complex behavior intervention packages such as PFA/SBT. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): computer-based instruction, function-based intervention, Hybrid training, telehealth |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe the critical features of multiple exemplar training and treatment integrity evaluation as programmed in computer-based instruction for skill-based treatment implementation. 2. Attendees will be able to describe coaching and behavioral skills training tactics that can be implemented via telehealth to support parent implementation of PFA/SBT. 3. Attendees will be able to describe the Customized Behavior Training Application Model for training school staff to use positive behavior technologies, including PFA/SBT. |
|
Interactive Activities Programmed Within Computer-Based Instruction: Impact on Skill-Based Treatment Integrity |
(Applied Research) |
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), Marney Squires Pollack (UConn Health), Kristen Granger (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Using computer-based instruction to train intervention implementers may require substituting alternative interactive activities for direct skill rehearsal, although little is known about what activities are most efficacious (Gerencser et al., 2020). In this study, an underpowered randomized controlled trial was used to evaluate the relative impacts of two alternative activities on behavioral service providers’ integrity to and mastery of skill-based treatment procedures (Hanley et al., 2014). Implementation was assessed at two time points for a total of 78 total participants randomly assigned to a no-training control, complete computer-based instruction, or one of two partial computer-based instruction groups each characterized by a missing interactive activity (i.e., multiple exemplar training or treatment integrity evaluation) to facilitate component analysis. Mann-Whitney U and Chi-Square tests revealed significant effects on treatment integrity and mastery, respectively, for all training groups relative to the control group. Differences among training groups were not statistically significant, however descriptive data indicated greater changes in treatment integrity for the treatment integrity evaluation, complete, and multiple exemplar training groups, respectively. Findings suggest a variety of interactive activities may support treatment, warranting further research. Future directions include further examination of the contributions of interactive activities, training efficiency, and potential moderators of response. |
|
Teaching Parents to Implement Practical Functional Assessments and Skill-Based Treatments via Telehealth |
(Service Delivery) |
RACHEL METRAS (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Matthew Carbone (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Telehealth-based service provision may be the most resource-effective way for some families to access functional analytic services. If families do not live near service providers, caregivers can implement interventions themselves instead traveling long distances to a clinic. However, telehealth-based functional analyses and treatments may also increase risk to families, as caregivers have no in-person support if treatment sessions become unsafe. Extensive implementation supports, such as real-time coaching and behavioral skills training, are necessary to maintain safety and ensure accurate implementation of treatment procedures from a distance. One such example of this treatment model is Metras et al. (2023). The authors used teleconferencing technologies to coach three parents of children with autism spectrum disorder through implementing interview-informed synthesized contingency analyses (Hanley et al., 2014) and resulting skill-based treatment processes. All parents achieved differentiated functional analyses, taught their children functional replacement skills, and reduced challenging behavior relative to baseline. Treatment integrity remained at 75% or higher across all sessions despite behavioral skills training and real-time implementation support occurring entirely at a distance. The purposes of this presentation are to describe the telehealth-based training and real-time coaching parents received during Metras et al. (2023) and present descriptive treatment integrity data. |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of a Model for Training Public School Practitioners in Positive Behavior Technologies |
(Service Delivery) |
SUSAN M PALKO (Virginia Commonwealth University's Autism Center for Education), Taryn Traylor (Virginia Commonwealth University Rehabilitation Research and Training Center) |
Abstract: Public school practitioners are often untrained in using intensive, evidence-based behavioral assessments and interventions to remedy students' challenging behavior (Jury et al., 2021). The Customized Behavior Application Training model, a university and public school collaboration, is currently being implemented across 40 school divisions with positive receptivity as a useful training in increasing school staff confidence and independence in addressing problem behavior of students with disabilities in comprehensive classroom settings. This presentation will describe the preliminary investigation of the coaching and consultation model for increasing staff’s ability to reduce problem behavior effectively using student-centered, positive behavior technologies, including practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment (Hanley et al., 2012). There remains a need to examine how the model enables school practitioners to train other staff within their division without direct support from university behavior analysts. Further development and refinement of the coaching and consultation model are necessary to understand implementation fidelity for more comprehensive training packages in rural school divisions |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Technology to Promote Behavior Change in Simulated Workplaces |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Eliza Goben (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Eliza Goben, M.S. |
Abstract: Over the last decade, advances in technology have begun to change the way that we learn and work. Understanding how various technologies can be effectively used in the workplace is important to ensure that we are using these technologies to increase efficiency and reduce the use of valuable resources. This symposium will outline recent uses of technology-based interventions in simulated workplace settings. Goben will review the results of an experiment that used video-based behavioral skills training and virtual reality training to train behavior analysis graduate students in conference presentation skills. Flynn will present experimental data comparing the use of a vibratory stimulus in a tactile TAGteach™ procedure and video modeling to train medical skills to undergraduate participants. Finally, Espericueta Luna will discuss the results of an experiment that used artificial intelligence to measure ergonomic behavior and provide video feedback to improve the posture of undergraduate participants while completing an analog task. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Technology, technology-based interventions |
Target Audience: Presentations in this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should have education in behavioral interventions to maximize learning during this symposium |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to (1) discuss how technology can be used in interventions to change behavior, (2) describe how behavioral skills training and virtual reality training can be used to train conference presentation skills, (3) describe how vibratory TAGteach can be used to teach medical skills, and (4) summarize the benefits of using artificial intelligence can be used to measure behavior. |
|
The Efficacy of Virtual Reality and Video-Based Training on Professional Conference Presenting |
(Applied Research) |
ELIZA GOBEN (University of Kansas), Matthew M Laske (University of Kansas), Hanna Vance (University of Florida), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Previous public speaking research has evaluated remote video-based behavioral skills training (BST) to train targeted public speaking behaviors, and awareness training to decrease the rate of speech disfluencies. The current study evaluated the efficacy of video-based BST) and virtual reality training in teaching conference presentation skills to four graduate student participants. A concurrent multiple baseline design across presentation behaviors was used to evaluate training effects. Video-based BST and virtual reality training improved conference presentation behaviors for all participants in the virtual reality setting. Moreover, performance generalized to a live audience. Participants reported satisfaction with video-based behavioral skills training and virtual reality training and reported greater comfort, ability, and confidence during public speaking. Participants were asked to rate what target behaviors they were likely to use in future conference presentations, with most participants reporting they would likely use all behaviors. Our findings indicate that conference presentation skills can be trained using a video-based BST and virtual reality package. |
|
A Comparison of Tactile TAGteach® to Video Modeling to Train Medical Skills |
(Applied Research) |
KIRA ELIZABETH FLYNN (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelcie E McCafferty (Univerisity of Florida), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Letitia Bible (University of Florida), Rachael Ferguson (Kalamazoo Valley Community College) |
Abstract: Modern medical training largely consists of lecture-based instruction and in-vivo or video modeling of specific skills. Other instructional methods, such as teaching with acoustical guidance or TAGteach®, have rarely been evaluated. In this study, we compared tactile TAGteach®, in which a vibratory stimulus is delivered to indicate a correct response, to video modeling and self-evaluative video feedback to teach four participants two medical skills: simple interrupted suture and endotracheal intubation. We also counterbalanced the order in which the skills were taught. Typically, TAGteach® incorporates auditory stimuli; we used vibratory stimuli to reduce disruption. The results show that both instructional methods improved performance over baseline. However, three of the four participants met the mastery criterion in the tactile TAGteach® condition first. Tactile TAGteach® required more time to train the skills. We discuss the implications of these findings for training skills to medical practitioners. Based on these results, medical practitioners might consider using TAGteach for some skills. |
|
Ergonomics and Artificial Intelligence: An Analog Study |
(Basic Research) |
WILLIAMS ADOLFO ESPERICUETA LUNA (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Approximately 1.7 billion people across the world suffer from musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs). A musculoskeletal disorder is an injury of the muscles, nerves, tendons, joints, cartilage, or spinal disks that result from the performance of work. Previous interventions (e.g., recommendations in scientific literature, microbreaks) have been used to alleviate pain and promote better ergonomic positioning; however, the results have minimally effective and rely on self-reports of pain alleviation. A potential solution is to use an artificial intelligence powered app called SoterTask™ (SoterAnalytics™) to measure and analyze ergonomic behavior across six different body parts. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of video feedback on a non-neutral body part using an analog task (i.e., building lego sets). Ten undergraduate students served as participants for this study. A multiple-baseline design across participants with an embedded ABCD design was used to evaluate the effects of instructions, video feedback after every session, and then faded to every third, and fifth. The results showed improvement in all ten participants’ neck posture. Future research should evaluate the effects of VFB on a simulated surgery setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
5 Steps to Supercharge Results in Any Organization |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording not available by presenter request |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Lori Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: LORI LUDWIG (Performance Ally) |
Abstract: Vital Behaviors are the select powerhouse actions that propel groups to astonishing success when consistently practiced together. When a core percentage of a population collectively adopts the critical few Vital Behaviors, a tipping point is reached, and the culture shifts – the new habits become "just the way we do things around here." Do you need that to happen for your project, initiative, or organization? Do you want to establish Vital Behaviors as habits on a large scale across your organization or work unit, or maybe even in the populations you serve? This presentation will walk through the foundations for building a Vital Behavior Network and real life stories of how this approach has transformed organizations. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Leaders and influencers in an organization who want to increase behavioral consistency on a large scale. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the value of identifying Vital Behaviors; (2) Describe why behavioral consistency can improve organizational results; and (3) Describe the 5 steps for building a Vital Behavior Network |
|
LORI LUDWIG (Performance Ally) |
Dr. Lori Ludwig is renowned for her extraordinary skill in guiding organizations to align strategy with processes, roles, behaviors, and results. With 20+ years of consulting experience spanning diverse sectors, from Fortune 500 titans to nonprofits and local startups, Lori’s work has had a transformative impact globally. Her projects—from pioneering performance-based learning strategies to fostering collaborations around shared goals—have elevated countless organizations. Serving as Chief Performance Architect at Performance Ally, her mission is to disseminate the science of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) to create large-scale positive change. Lori simplifies its application, empowering organizations to unleash human potential, amplify impact, and navigate complexity effectively. Lori also currently serves as a Board member of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and Executive Director of the Organizational Behavior Management Network. |
|
|
|
|
|
Family Involvement is Key: Navigating Effective Collaboration Between Family Members and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Providers |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Julie Robyn Russell, M.S. |
Chair: Julie Robyn Russell (Brooklyn Autism Center) |
ANDREA DELGADO (Brooklyn Autism Center) |
JULIET GRILLO (Brooklyn Autism Center) |
FERNANDE DEGUENON (Verbal Beginnings) |
Abstract: It is clear that collaboration between family members and ABA providers is essential as it can help maximize the effectiveness of treatment and improve client outcomes. Without meaningful family collaboration, intervention plans may be more difficult to implement effectively. This panel presentation will outline best practices in building strong family involvement and use of compassionate care to best support all family members. Panelists will share strategies about how to effectively build trust and rapport. Strategies will also be shared on how to increase family buy in of ABA strategies to facilitate greater generality of practices outside of ABA sessions. Topics related to the navigation of dealing with more difficult family concerns and how to support family members struggling to support their child will be discussed. This presentation is applicable and beneficial for any providers in collaboration with families. Family collaboration across home service and center based programming will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the most effective strategies in building collaboration between family members and ABA providers (2) Explain how to navigate parent preferences and requests while keeping the program client centered (3) Describe how to lead with compassion when supporting families who are struggling to support their child |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Compassionate Care, Family Involvement, Parent Support |
|
|
|
|
|
Foundational Skills Throughout the Lifespan of Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Randi A. Sarokoff (Kean University) |
CE Instructor: Randi A. Sarokoff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities display deficits in social, academic, and other functional skills throughout their lifespan. Participants included in this symposium had developmental disabilities and ranged in age from preschooler to adult. Skills targeted across the three studies included attending and accuracy during academic tasks, identifying sensations that could be indicative of a medical problem, and memorizing a script for a theatrical performance. To increase eye contact and accuracy during academic skills, a high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence was compared to presentations of only low-probability (low-p) tasks. To mimic potential medical problems, stimuli were applied with verbal prompting and a time-delay procedure to teach reporting of those sensations. A script fading procedure was used to teach memorization of a theatrical script. Experimental control was demonstrated. Two studies used a multiple-baseline design and one study used an alternating-treatments design. Graphs will be presented to demonstrate that the procedures used were responsible for teaching the target behaviors. These studies extended the literature by providing novel applications of procedures previously shown to be effective. Given the success of these teaching procedures, the impact of presenting these data will be relevant to service providers who may want to incorporate them for individuals with similar needs. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Attending, Autism, Developmental Disabilities, Social Skills |
Target Audience: Pre-requisite skills and competencies: Distinguish between dependent and independent variables. Identify and distinguish among single-case experimental designs (e.g., multiple-baseline, and alternating-treatments design) Critique and interpret data from single-case experimental designs (i.e., graphs) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. To identify and distinguish between high-probability and low-probability tasks 2. Identify and describe the procedure used in the presentation for teaching expressive identification and reporting of sensations 3. Identify and describe the script fading procedure and the target behavior addressed in the study |
|
High-Probability Instructional Sequence: Is It Just Effective for Compliance? |
MEGAN MAHONEY (Kean University), Randi A. Sarokoff (Kean University), Daphna El-Roy (Kean University), Jilian Planer (Kean University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have difficulty with attending skills such as making or sustaining eye contact (Chukoskie et al., 2018). Poor eye contact may adversely affect the educational gains of children with autism, due to the relationship between eye contact and attending to the teacher, and instructional demands (Greer & Ross, 2007). The purpose of this study was to investigate whether a high-probability (high-p) request sequence can be an effective procedure for increasing attending skills, such as eye contact, during discrete trial teaching. Additionally, this study investigated if increases in attending would result in higher accuracy in responding. To date, no study has investigated the use of the high-p instructional sequence to increase attending in individuals with autism. An alternating-treatments design was used to compare the effects of a high-p instructional sequence to the presentation of only low-probability (low-p) tasks on attending, defined as eye contact, of a 3-year-old with autism. In the high-p condition, eye contact was measured when three high-p tasks were presented, prior to delivery of a low-p instruction. In the low-p condition, eye contact was measured with only low-p tasks presented. Results showed that the high-p condition increased eye contact and accuracy more than the low-p condition. |
|
Teaching an Adult With Disabilities to Self-Report Potential Health Concerns |
DAPHNA EL-ROY (Kean University), Randi A. Sarokoff (Kean University), Regina Murphy (Lakeview School) |
Abstract: Teaching individuals with disabilities to express private events is important for independence and safety (Devine et al., 2021). Perceptions of health-related issues may vary, therefore teaching descriptions of sensations may be more accurate. This study aimed to enhance the expressive repertoire of reporting sensations that could be indicative of a medical problem. A 20-year-old woman with multiple disabilities participated. A multiple-baseline-across-sensations design was used to evaluate the effects of applying sensations, and verbally prompting using a time-delay procedure. She was taught to expressively label, and then verbally initiate the labels for three novel sensations. Initiations also included expressive labeling of body parts to which the sensations were applied, using multiple stimuli. The target sensations were mastered. Two of the sensations generalized across a novel stimulus and a novel setting, and were maintained. For the third sensation, responding to a novel stimulus and in a novel setting needed to be taught. Responding to a novel body part did not generalize, and needed to be taught for all three sensations. This research extends the private events literature teaching children to report arbitrary private events. |
|
Script Fading to Teach an Adult With Autism to Memorize Dramatic Scripts |
RANDI A. SAROKOFF (Kean University), Jason K. Gillis (Kean University) |
Abstract: A script fading procedure (SFP) was used to teach a performing arts social/leisure skill to an adult woman with autism. The participant had previously demonstrated a skill deficit for memorizing lines of a theatrical script. Although the SFP has been effectively used to teach a variety of skills, previous research did not use dramatic scripts, defined in this study as contrived conversational exchanges between two or more individuals that are performed for an audience. Using a multiple-baseline-across-scripts design, the words of three scripts were taught and systematically faded. Following the SFP, the physical scripts were faded entirely. The participant maintained her ability to recite her lines in all three scripts after the SFP was concluded. She was also able to generalize her performance to novel settings and theatrical partners. Through all steps of script fading, generalization, and maintenance, the participant successfully recited the script correctly with nearly 100% accuracy. This suggests that the SFP was effective in teaching the skill of memorizing lines. This study was the first to examine the effect of a behavior analytic approach on teaching a performing arts skill. |
|
|
|
|
|
Functional and Practical Applications of the Picture Exchange Communication System |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System- PECS- protocol has been described in the behavioral literature for over 30 years. A variety of review bodies has viewed the protocol as an evidence-based strategy. Early research involved highly training practitioners in controlled setting. Research continues to demonstrate the range of settings in which the protocol can be faithfully implemented by a wide range of trainers, including caregivers and special educators. Research on PECS also continues to reflect its international appeal. The first talk will describe a brief- one week- introduction of PECS in a camp setting by caregivers in Canada, indicating both temporal and setting generalization. The second talk, using a multiple baseline across learners, examines the introduction of the first 4 Phases of PECS within home settings, measuring fidelity of implementation and generalization. The final talk will describe expansions of PECS use beyond common mands, including attributes, tacts, and a variety of sentence starters within a school program in Delaware as well as a preschool program in Poland. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Language Expansion, PECS |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to 1) Describe how brief training can lead to fidelity implementation of PECS in a Camp environment 2) Describe how parents can be taught to implement PECS in a home environment with fidelity 3) Describe a variety of sentence starters and attributes used by learners with ASD using PECS |
|
Exploring Child and Caregiver Outcomes Following Participation in a Picture Exchange Communication System Summer Camp |
QUINLAN STAMP (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Melissa Ann Elliott (Bethesda Services), Taylor Elizabeth McNeely (Brock University) |
Abstract: Although substantial evidence supports child PECS use, and emerging evidence supports caregiver PECS training, no research specifically explores brief PECS training models. Therefore, little is known about how to effectively train caregivers and children in a time and cost-efficient manner. Similarly, few published studies explore PECS use within recreational settings, such as camp. The present study explored child PECS accuracy and caregiver PECS treatment integrity following participation in a brief, one-week PECS camp that included structured caregiver training and direct child coaching. Eight autistic children and their caregivers participated. A pre-post group design was implemented to assess caregiver and child performance. Results of non-parametric statistical analyses indicate that average caregiver PECS treatment fidelity and child PECS accuracy significantly increased post-intervention. Improvements were observed in both training and generalization settings. Results were maintained at one week, one month, and three-month follow-ups. Common caregiver and child error patterns were identified, as well as caregiver approaches to setting and reinforcer generalization. |
|
Examining the Effectiveness of Caregiver Implementation on Phases 1-4 of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
CAITLIN GALE MCLAIN (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: One of the three diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) includes delayed or disordered development in the areas of social communication and social interaction. Children with ASD often have deficits with functional communication, behavior that is directed towards another individual who provides direct or social rewards. One widely used communication system for children with communication deficits is the Picture Exchange Communication System. PECS is a communication system that utilizes the power of picture exchange for a child to communicate what they want, what they feel, or add descriptions. The purpose of this study was to expand on previous research and assess whether caregivers can learn to effectively implement phases 1-4 of PECS to their child with ASD in their home environment. This study used a multiple baseline design across participants and a changing criterion design across PECS phases within each caregiver. Results indicated that the caregivers were able to efficiently and effectively learn and teach their children the first four phases of PECS with their child demonstrating high levels of PECS acquisition. Results were discussed in terms of effectiveness of home-based training and the extent which generalization occurs with picture exchange systems. |
|
Using the Pyramid Approach to Education to Teach and Expand Functional Communication in the School Setting |
MOLLY LINGO (Pyramid Educational Consultants), Magdalena Kazmierczak (Pyramid Ed. Consultants, Poland), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: A common concern in the public-school settings for children diagnosed with ASD and other developmental delays involves challenges in the development of communication. This presentation will describe and show evidence of the effectiveness of the Pyramid Approach to Education (PAE), specifically the base element of functional communication and social skills, in assisting with the teaching and expansion of communication. Communication training and expansion was implemented throughout the school environment and in community-based settings. Data were collected on daily use of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) phases. Two elementary aged students used PECS alone, two other elementary students used PECS to augment their spoken repertoire, and one student began the school year ineffectively using a Speech Generating Device (SGD). Results included that of the 13450 exchanges, 18.3% involved tacts, and 11.6% use of attributes for all sentences.. Data on PECS use of attributes and distinct sentence starters (I want, I see, I see, I have, etc.) within a private preschool program in Poland were collected for 14 preschool children with ASD. Results indicted that of the average 157 pictures per student, 11% involved attributes across an average of 7.9 different sentence starters per learner. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancing and Refining Skill Acquisition Procedures for Young Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology ) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The proposed symposium will include three empirical papers to refine skill acquisition outcomes for children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnosis. In the first paper, Kacie McGarry will first describe a method to assess prerequisite skills (i.e., scanning, auditory conditional discrimination) and then present a comparison of differential observing responses (DOR) on skill acquisition of receptive identification tasks for three participants. Results showed differences in effectiveness between the DOR types and that the pre-assessment can be used to inform the most effective DOR. In the second paper, Skye Nelson will present a study on the effects of automated speech output on the acquisition of listener and speaker skills. Results showed faster acquisition when speech output was provided. In the third paper, Jennifer Stracquadanio will present a study on the effects of a novel representation and modeling error correction procedure on the acquisition of matching skills in children with ASD. All participants acquired the matching task using the novel error correction procedure. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Error Correction, Observing Response, Skill Acquisition, Speech Output |
Target Audience: BCBAs who program skill acquisition for learners with autism and other developmental disabilities |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the unique contributions of automated speech output on skill acquisition including effects on listener and speaker trained and untrained targets. 2) Participants will be able to differentiate between general and differential observing responses (DORs) as well as describe pre-requisite skills for using specific DORs 3) Participants will describe advantages and disadvantages of different error correction procedures as well as the effects of re-presentation and model as error correction in skill acquisition. |
|
Effects of Speech Output Technology on Skill Acquisition in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
AMELIA SKYE NELSON (Florida Institute of Technology and The Scott Center), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Mariana Torres-Viso (Yale University), Julianne I Fernandez (Florida Institute of Technology and The Scott Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that speech output technology is beneficial at increasing communication skills in individuals with developmental disabilities (Chavers et al., 2022). Fewer studies have evaluated the role of speech output technology on acquisition of receptive identification skills, specifically in individuals with ASD. In a preliminary investigation, we employed a single-case, multielement design with multiple baseline probes to evaluate differences in teaching receptive identification with a speech output (SO) versus no speech output (NSO) condition across three sets of stimuli for two participants. Results showed faster acquisition and maintenance for the SO condition. Additionally, we conducted pre and post tact probes and found that more untrained tacts were observed in the SO condition. Furthermore, we conducted a treatment preference assessment and both participants preferred to SO condition. Next, we will compare synthesize SO to therapist feedback to better isolate the unique contributions of the SO condition. Results will be discussed in terms of potential consequent effects of the SO condition. |
|
Correspondence Between Prerequisite Assessments and Effective Differential Observing Responses in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
KACIE MCGARRY (University of Florida), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), Amelia Skye Nelson (Florida Institute of Technology and The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: Observing responses have been used in skill acquisition programs to promote attending to relevant aspects of a task. For example, in receptive identification (e.g., matching a vocal stimulus to a picture), an instructor may prompt an individual to engage in general observing responses (orienting) or differential observing responses (DOR) to highlight a specific stimulus or instruction. Two types of DORs are identity matching and repeating instructions. While both types of DORs may be effective, responding may be idiosyncratic. To date, no assessment exists to guide selection of DORs. The purpose of the present investigation is to conduct an assessment to identify prerequisite skills for certain DORs. Three individuals with autism participated. We assessed participants’ ability to scan and track visual stimuli as well as conditionally respond to auditory stimuli. Next, we compared the effectiveness of two different DORs using a multi element design on acquisition of receptive identification tasks. Overall, results showed correspondence between the prerequisite assessment and effective DOR for all participants. That is, participants who engaged in correct responses in the visual assessment acquired the skill fastest in the visual DOR condition. |
|
Increasing Matching Using Re-Presentation and Model-Based Error Correction With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
JENNIFER STRACQUADANIO (Millburn Public School District), Mary Gabrielle Saydah (Millburn Township Public Schools), Daphna El-Roy (Kean University) |
Abstract: In the current study, we analyzed the effects of re-presentation and model-based error correction with differential reinforcement across blocked trials in a matching task. The study included three students diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) aged 7 to 11 years old in a self-contained Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) classroom in a public school setting. Each student had a history of slow progress on individualized programming as well as inconsistent maintenance and generalization of skills. Students were taught to match three different stimuli to sample using an error correction procedure where upon incorrectly touching the matching stimuli, the materials were re-presented up to three times or until the student selected the correct answer independently, whichever came first. When the student did not correctly select the matching stimuli, the correct answer was modeled for the student. Responses were differentially reinforced. The sessions were run in nine blocked trials. All three participants acquired the match-to-sample task in the intervention set. |
|
|
|
|
|
Wearable Biosensing to Predict Imminent Aggressive Behavior in Psychiatric Inpatient Youths With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MATTHEW S GOODWIN (Northeastern University) |
Abstract: Aggressive behavior is a prevalent and challenging issue in individuals with autism, especially for those who have limited verbal ability or intellectual challenges. This presentation investigates whether changes in peripheral physiology recorded by a wearable biosensor and machine learning can be used to predict imminent aggressive behavior before it occurs in inpatient youths with autism from 4 primary care psychiatric inpatient hospitals. Research staff performed live behavioral coding of aggressive behavior while 70 inpatient study participants wore a commercially available biosensor that recorded peripheral physiological signals (cardiovascular activity, electrodermal activity, and motion). Logistic regression, support vector machines, neural networks, and domain adaptation were used to analyze time-series features extracted from biosensor data. Area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (AUROC) values were used to evaluate the performance of population- and person-dependent models. A total of 429 naturalistic observational coding sessions were recorded, totaling 497 hours, wherein 6665 aggressive behaviors were documented, including self-injury (3983 behaviors [59.8%]), emotion dysregulation (2063 behaviors [31.0%]), and aggression toward others (619 behaviors [9.3%]). Logistic regression was the best-performing overall classifier across all experiments; for example, it predicted aggressive behavior 3 minutes before onset with a mean AUROC of 0.80 (95% CI, 0.79-0.81). Further research will explore clinical implications and the potential for personalized interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Individuals with autism, caregivers of individuals with autism, health care providers, researchers, insurers, and policymakers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) decscribe profound autism; (2) discuss aggressive behavior in autism; (3) discuss the ways wearable autonomic nervous system sensing technology may be used to assess physiological indicators of stress and arousal in individuals with autism; (4) discuss machine learning classifiers to predict aggressive behavior in individuals with autism. |
|
MATTHEW S GOODWIN (Northeastern University) |
Dr. Matthew S. Goodwin is an Interdisciplinary Professor with tenure at Northeastern University, jointly appointed in the Bouvé College of Health Sciences and the Khoury College of Computer Sciences, where he is a founding member of a new doctoral program in Personal Health Informatics and Directs the Computational Behavioral Science Laboratory. Goodwin has held appointments at Harvard Medical School as a Visiting Associate Professor in the Department of Biomedical Informatics (2018-2020), Brown University as an Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior (2008-2018), and the MIT Media Lab as Director of Clinical Research (2008-2011). He has served on the Executive Board of the International Society for Autism Research (2005-2008), the Scientific Advisory Board for Autism Speaks (2014-2017), and helped write the bill establishing the Advanced Research Projects Agency for Health (ARPA-H) – a congressionally adopted research funding agency that supports transformative biomedical and health breakthroughs. He has over 25 years of research and clinical experience working with children and adults on the autism spectrum and developing and evaluating innovative behavioral assessment and intervention technologies, including video and audio capture, telemetric physiological monitors, accelerometry sensors, and digital video/facial recognition systems. Goodwin has received several honors, including a dissertation award from the Society of Multivariate Experimental Psychology, Peter Merenda Prize in Statistics and Research Methodology, Hariri Award for Transformative Computational Science, a career contribution award from the Princeton Autism Lecture Series, and named an Aspen Ideas Scholar by the Aspen Institute and Matilda White Riley Early-Stage Investigator by the National Institutes of Health. He has obtained research funding from various sources, including the National Institutes of Health, National Science Foundation, National Endowment for the Arts, Defense Advanced Research Project Agency, Department of Defense, Simons Foundation, Nancy Lurie Marks Family Foundation, and Autism Speaks. Goodwin received his B.A. in psychology from St. Clare’s in Oxford and Wheaton College and his MA and Ph.D. in experimental psychology and behavioral science from the University of Rhode Island. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship in Affective Computing at the MIT Media Lab in 2010. |
|
|
|
|
|
What Skinner Could Have Learned From Freud: Psychology Essentials for the Practicing Behavior Analyst |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lauryn Toby (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town; University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Patrick C. Friman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent criticisms of those providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy have shed light on areas where behavior analysts may be lacking when it comes to training and service delivery. For example, there has been an increased focus on the development of a “compassionate care” repertoire of skills for behavior analysts working with patients and families (e.g., Taylor et al., 2018). Survey data has suggested that behavior analysts may not be receiving adequate training in essential relationship-building skills that may enhance the level of care they are providing (i.e., Leblanc, Taylor, & Marchese, 2020). Similarly, behavior analysts are often criticized for poor collaborative and consultative skills, particularly when working with those in other professions (e.g., Critchfield et al., 2017). While these skills have not historically been emphasized in behavior analysis, they are prominent in the field of psychology. Thus, this symposium will acknowledge our historical and theoretical roots in the field of psychology and discuss the relevant and necessary skills from psychology that can serve to enhance our practice as behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Consultation, Psychology, Therapeutic techniques |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, practitioners, supervisors, and senior leaders. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the common criticisms of behavior analytic practice that can be remedied with increased knowledge of psychological techniques; (2) Outline 2-3 therapeutic strategies that can increase rapport building and treatment adherence with patients and families; (3) List 2 ways to promote more effective communication among various professional with whom behavior analysts might collaborate |
|
Behavior Analytic Bedside Manner: What Behavior Analysts Can Learn From Psychological Therapeutic Techniques |
ERICA RANADE (University of Louisville), Lauryn Toby (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are often required to work with a variety of individuals: clients, caregivers, and relevant stakeholders; however, very few behavior analysts receive training in basic therapeutic techniques from the field of psychology. According to the 2022 Annual Accreditation Report conducted by ABAI, only two of the nine accredited PhD programs in Behavior Analysis included practical training opportunities in mental health (ABAI, 2022). Similarly, of the 30 accredited Masters programs, only two included practical training opportunities in mental health or psychology. Therapeutic techniques can be used to establish and maintain therapeutic relationships and improve patient outcomes (Bachelor et al., 2010). These techniques can supplement and elevate traditional behavior analytic techniques, allowing practitioners to better conceptualize and plan for client intervention. A brief historical review of therapeutic techniques and their evidence base, including person-centered therapy, cognitive behavioral therapy, solution focused therapy, motivational interviewing, transtheoretical model of behavioral change, group therapy, and family therapy will be discussed. Finally, specific psychological therapeutic techniques that behavior analysts can use that combine the psychological and behavior analytic perspective will be provided, including methods for establishing therapeutic alliance, basic cognitive behavioral therapy skills, solution-focused therapy questions, motivational interviewing, and behavioral family therapy will be provided. |
|
Better Together: Socially Valid Consultation and Collaboration Within Behavior Analysis |
LAUREN LESTREMAU ALLEN (SUNY Empire State), Katherine Bellone (UT Southwestern Medical Center/Children's Health) |
Abstract: The dimension of “applied” requires behavior analysts to utilize the principles of behavior to effect socially important behavior change (Baer et al., 1968; 1987) that improve client quality of life. Effective dissemination of ABA is limited less by our ability in the field to assess or intervene using the principles of behavior and more by our difficulty in effectively involving others to promote a socially valid assessment and intervention process. Collaboration and consultation represent the bridge between our science of behavior analysis and its socially valid application with consumers – we are better when we work together. Yet, behavior analytic training and supervision often fail to adequately prepare behavior analysts to develop and sustain therapeutic relationships, engage collaboratively with others (Taylor et al., 2018), and explicitly teach consultation repertoires, and disciplinary centrism (Kirby et al., 2022) often alienates us from our prospective collaborators and partners within service delivery. Barriers relevant to effective consultation and collaboration including power and historical harms will be discussed. Guidance to foster relationships, promote effective communication, and engage in reflective, culturally humble behavior analysis will be discussed and Models of collaboration and consultation that can be applied with our clients, consultees, and other professionals will be outlined. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Healthcare |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: J. Chris McGinnis (Institute for Behavioral Pediatrics) |
CE Instructor: J. Chris McGinnis, Ph.D. |
|
Behavior Analysis as a Healthcare Discipline: Evolving Our Profession Innovatively to Engage a Broader Audience |
Domain: Theory |
BREANNE K. HARTLEY (UNIFI Autism Care) |
|
Abstract: Considering behavior analysis as a healthcare discipline will be a critical factor for the success of our profession. Although our science has contributed tremendously to the treatment of individuals with developmental disabilities, it is imperative to embrace the role of behavior analysis in the healthcare ecosystem in order to achieve genuine behavioral health integration and to establish models of care that lead to positive patient outcomes. Categorizing behavior analysis as a healthcare discipline will innovate our practices and evolve our profession into one that is more widely known and respected by the public. Public health authorities attribute almost half of an individual’s quality of health to behavioral determinants. However, mainstream medicine does not have a true basic science foundation upon which to rest an integrated approach to understanding and treating behavioral conditions. As professionals who work within the profession of behavior analysis, it is our obligation to partner with our healthcare colleagues in a collaborative way and to productively engage with one another with the interest in those we serve at the forefront. |
|
Overview of Primary Care Behavioral Pediatrics: A Nontraditional Career Path for Behavior Analysts |
Domain: Service Delivery |
J. CHRIS MCGINNIS (Institute for Behavioral Pediatrics) |
|
Abstract: The applied behavior analysis subspecialty of primary care behavioral pediatrics, despite being well-established scientifically, currently represents but a nascent career path for behavior analysts. This presentation offers an introduction and overview of this exciting area of practice serving predominantly neurotypical children and their families, covering its early development, its current niche within the helping professions, the clinical problems typically addressed, and pathways to training and practice. Dr. Chris McGinnis will also describe his treatment model outlined in his new book, Introduction to Primary Care Behavioral Pediatrics: A Guide for Behavior Analysts, geared to making outpatient behavioral treatment of common problem behaviors of childhood effective, efficient, durable, and socially valid. This model features behavior-analytic problem conceptualization and a case formulation process based on the prioritized treatment of sleep problems, behavioral noncompliance, poor toleration of denial and delay, and weak functional communication skills. Treatment adherence considerations and multidisciplinary collaboration will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Tele-Delivered Parent Coaching Interventions |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Discussant: Rachel Garcia (The Chicago School) |
CE Instructor: Megan G. Kunze, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Parents of children with developmental disabilities often require support to teach critical skills, including communication, social interaction, and daily living skills. However, barriers to service often leave many parents without adequate support to teach their children foundational skills. Telehealth has emerged as a promising mode for providing training and coaching to parents of children with developmental disabilities across various skill domains. Previous research has shown that tele-delivered parent coaching can lead to improvements in both parent and child behavior. This symposium will present data related to two single-case experimental studies that examined telehealth parent coaching programs to teach parents to enhance their children's communication and daily living skills. Both studies showed that tele-parent coaching positively affected parent and child behavior. The results provide additional support for telehealth as an effective mode for providing training and coaching to parents and caregivers. Major findings and implications for research and practice are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): parents, telehealth |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Prerequisite skills include: knowledge of applied behavior analysis intervention across populations, knowledge of single-case experimental design and methodology, knowledge of conducting or consuming clinical research |
Learning Objectives:
-
- At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
- Identify 2 or more approaches to recruiting diverse participants in research. For example:
- Recruitment through social media
- Diversifying research team
- List key components in SCED using MBL to analyze behavior change. For example:
- Minimum baseline data points
- Use of Tau-U
- Importance of visual analysis
- Define at least 5 intervention approaches. For example:
- Modeling
- Prompting
- Time Delay
- Response Interruption and Redirection
- Reinforcement
|
|
Promoting Reciprocal Relationships With Flexibility, Coaching, and Teaching (PRRFCT Match): A Virtual Parent-Mediated Intervention Package for Young Children With Developmental Disabilities |
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon), Qi Wei (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater
) |
Abstract: Despite a wealth of evidence-based intervention research, many families do not receive any support for their children with and at-risk for developmental disabilities (DD). When services are available, they can be limited by lengthy wait-lists, require high effort on the part of the family, or be ignorant of cultural adaptations. Promoting Reciprocal Relationships with Flexibility, Coaching and Teaching (PRRFCT Match) intervention package incorporates a virtual coaching protocol to teach parents how to implement evidence-based, applied behavior analytic (ABA) techniques to increase engagement with their child experiencing DD. Using a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants, parent-child dyads (N=10), were paired with graduate student clinicians and coached to use ABA technologies to increase child engagement during play. Results include visual analysis, with Tau-U, distal and non-experimental (pre-, post-test) outcomes for parents (stress, parent self-efficacy) and children (inflexible behaviors, adaptive behavior). Implications for science and practice in early intervention will be discussed. |
|
Parent-Developed and Delivered Video Modeling to Teach Daily Living Skills in the Home |
JULIA M HRABAL (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Daily living skills (DLS) are a critical domain of adaptive behavior necessary for age-appropriate independent functioning and transitioning into adulthood (Baker et al., 2021; Smith et al., 2012). Many individuals with IDD continue to live at home after high school, making parents the primary individuals teaching independent living skills. The purpose of the current study is to examine the effects of parent-created and parent-implemented video prompting instruction with error correction on DLS with adolescents and adults with IDD. Two individuals with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder and ID and their mothers participated in the study. The mother-child dyads parents selected three DLS goals (e.g., wash laundry). The researchers created an online tutorial to teach mothers how to develop video models on an iPad application. Pre- and post-evaluation demonstrated the online tutorial was successful in teaching both mothers how to create video models for their children. After developing the video models, a BCBA provided ongoing coaching to support mothers in implementing the teaching package in their homes. The teaching package included the use of video modeling and subsequent least-to-most prompting, when necessary. Results indicate that parent-created and parent-delivered video modeling is a viable model for teaching DLS to increase independence. Limitations and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Broad Applications of Artificial Intelligence (AI) Technology to the Recording of Animal and Human Social Behavior and Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc) |
CE Instructor: Mary Katherine Carey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Computer technology, artificial intelligence, and machine-learning are not new tools to behavior analysis, especially in the experimental realm. However, there is incredible untapped potential for these tools to aid both basic and applied scientists in their understanding and treatment of behavior. One primary area of interest to incorporate computers and artificial-intelligence is in data-recording. In the basic realm, programming technology to provide continuous streams of data allows for a finer-grain analysis of the impact of different schedules of reinforcement on animal and human behavior. In the applied realm, relinquishing data recording of problem behavior to a computer or artificial intelligence allows for direct-support staff to focus more on treatment implementation. This symposium describes three studies that either create or extend computer programming and artificial-intelligence as tools to record animal or human behavior. The first two studies describe the creation and application of computer programming to investigate human relational behavior during a transposition task and interindividual spatial behavior with rats. The second study attempts to reverse engineer existing technology (anomaly-detection cameras) and extend it to the detection and recording of problem behavior in children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members who are interested in artificial-intelligence applications to the science of behavior will benefit from a basic understanding of computer-related terminology. Audience members with a basic understanding of transposition tasks and methods to study relational behavior will enjoy this talk. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the role of inspection patters when studying relational behavior; (2) describe the impact of interindividual spatial dynamics to establish interindividual behavior; (3) discuss the potential motion-detection software can have in recording instances of self-injury |
|
Studying Interindividual Spatial Dynamics of Behavior Through Schedules of Reinforcement Based on Continuous Tracking of Organisms |
(Basic Research) |
FRYDA ABRIL DIAZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz) |
Abstract: Operant studies of interactions between individuals have focused on evaluating the effects of reinforcement schedules based on discrete responses, with little attention to the impacts on interindividual spatial dynamics or the use of spatial responses relevant to establishing interindividual behavior. Using real time recording of organisms’ movement, our lab has reported that individual spatial dynamics are sensitive to reinforcement schedules based on spatial features, such as travel distance, which suggests that interindividual spatial dynamics may also be affected by reinforcement schedules based on spatial features, such as distance between subjects. The purpose of this experiment was to determine if a schedule of reinforcement, based on distance between conspecifics, would affect interindividual spatial behavior. Using a real-time sensing system, water reinforcement was delivered under a Fixed Distance (FD) 15 cm between subjects schedule, for six Wistar water-deprived rats. The results indicated an increase in approach responses between subjects during the FD15cm schedule, whereas it decreased when food was absent or presented independently of distance. We discuss our findings in terms of their contributions to advancing the study of inter-individual behavior, the utilization of new technologies for continuous sensing and response recording, and the translational implications for the field of social behavior. |
|
Analyzing Inspection Patterns in a Multidimensional Transposition Task for Studying Human Relational Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
JOAO ALEXIS SANTIBÁÑEZ ARMENTA (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz), Isiris Guzmán (Universidad Veracruzana), Esteban Escamilla (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: The standard transposition task has been widely used for studying relational behaviour, typically involving discrete responses (mouse clicks) and response latencies within a unidimensional stimuli array displayed on a computer screen. However, little attention has been given to the role of inspection patterns (´scanning´ movement patterns on the screen) and the use of multidimensional stimuli arrays. Our previous work with such arrays revealed that tracking and recording mouse movements led to distinct inspection patterns under different conditions, particularly for saturation and size dimensions. The present study delves into the emergence of inspection patterns in a multidimensional array scenario, featuring one irrelevant dimension (circle saturation) and two key relational criteria: 'bigger than/farther than' and 'darker than/farther than,' with continuous mouse movement recording. Two groups, each comprising eight participants, were trained on one of these relational criteria, involving six sessions of 18 trials followed by a test session of 18 trials. Correct responses, latencies, corrections made, travelled distance, entropy, and straightness index showed robust differences under the two experimental conditions. The relevance of the dimensional intersection and the inspection patterns in the establishing of relational behaviour, as well as their translational implications for the field of complex behavior, are discussed. |
|
Programing Discrimination of Movements by an Artificial-Intelligence Camera to Facilitate Automated Behavior-Data Collection |
(Applied Research) |
CORY EVAN JOHNSON (Glenwood, Inc.), Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc) |
Abstract: Behavior frequency data is collected for individuals with autism to monitor progress and inform decision making by behavior analysts. This data impacts important life decisions, such as restrictive procedures fading, psychotropic medication prescribing, and residential placement (Vollmer et al. 2008). Studies have demonstrated exorbitant training and monitoring hours are required from a behavior analyst to ensure this data collected by direct care staff is accurate (Mozingo et al. 2006; Reis et al. 2013). If an artificial intelligence (AI) camera software can be programmed to detect the rate of target behaviors from individuals served, this will likely increase the accuracy of behavior data and inform better treatment, while also reducing the workload of direct care staff. This project will extend Lesser, Luczynski, & Hood’s 2019 study which used an AI camera to detect sleep disturbances in learners with autism. In that study, all movements exhibited by the participants were recorded by the camera. This extension aims to program the camera to discriminate successive approximations of analog topographies of gross motor movements such that the camera will calculate instances of head directed self-injury but will ignore other topographically similar movements, such as hand waving. |
|
|
|
|
|
Credentialing and Accreditation in the Field of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Michael Weinberg, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas Philip McCool (TMC Educational Consulting) |
VICKY MOELLER (MeasurePM) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Amego Inc.) |
MICHAEL REID (MeasurePM) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), has witnessed significant changes in the licensure and credentialing of professionals. This transformation is crucial for being able to address the growing demand for effective, evidence-based behavioral services for individuals affected by autism and related disorders. How can we be certain that a behavioral services provider possesses the knowledge and experience required for effective, evidence-based services? The historical development of behavior analysis credentials reflects the need for standardized qualifications. Credentialing emerges as a critical process that verifies these qualifications and establishes a standard against which professionals in the field can be evaluated. Accreditation provides a third-party verification that specific, relevant standards have been met. This shift in the field has led to some confusion regarding credential and job title, which has significant consequences, impacting legislators, insurance funders, service providers, and the individuals and families affected by autism. In conclusion, accreditation plays a crucial role in ensuring that qualified professionals can provide ABA services to those in need. Access to these services is a right that families deserve, and by addressing these challenges, we can work towards a more inclusive and effective system of care for individuals affected by autism and related disorders. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: ABA therapists ABA service organization leaders |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the process for devleoping an ABA credential 2. Describe the process of having ABA credentials receive national and/or international accreditation. Explain the need to promote all appropriately accredited ABA credentials |
|
|
|
|
|
Empowering Public School Students: Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment for Advanced Repertoires and Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mara Vanderzell (Upstate Caring Partners) |
CE Instructor: Mara Vanderzell, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium comprises a series of presentations offering a comprehensive exploration of the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) model. These interventions are discussed within the context of public schools that face limitations in behavior analytic services. While existing literature predominantly supports the application of this assessment and treatment model for individuals with developmental disabilities, this symposium underscores its adaptability for students both with and without formal diagnoses, including those with Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), Oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), and neurobehavioral disorders associated with prenatal alcohol exposure (FASD) who exhibit challenging and potentially hazardous behaviors within the public school system. Central to this approach is a commitment to safety, televisibility, dignity, and rapport, with a focus on skill enhancement in communication, toleration of denials, and cooperation with adult-led instruction, particularly in contexts historically linked with severe problem behavior. The presenters will not only illuminate the theoretical underpinnings of the PFA-SBT process but also provide real-world insights into its practical application in public school settings, showcasing how it effectively mitigates problem behavior and fosters cooperation within the educational environment. This symposium offers valuable knowledge for educators, practitioners, and professionals seeking to empower students and enhance their educational experiences. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Problem behavior, Public schools |
|
Improving Classroom Safety and Student Well-Being: Applying Functional Assessment and Skills-Based Treatment for Challenging Behaviors |
KELLY MCCLOSKEY (Hawai'i Department of Education), Dodi Pritchett (Hawaiʻi Department of Education) |
Abstract: This presentation provides an in-depth examination of the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills-Based Treatment (SBT) Model. The focus is on a 5-year-old male student diagnosed with Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and Neurobehavioral disorder associated with prenatal alcohol exposure (FASD) who exhibits challenging and potentially hazardous behaviors within the public school environment. This approach places a premium on the safety, televisibility, dignity and rapport building in the therapeutic process. The fundamental principle of this approach is to mitigate problem behavior by explicitly teaching essential skills to students, including communication, tolerance, and contextually appropriate behaviors. The treatment was administered by two Behavior Analyst Teachers, involving over 550 trials conducted over a 13-week period. The acquired skills were then generalized across different instructors and settings, resulting in the student consistently demonstrating success in the general education classroom. Throughout this presentation, experts in this functional model will illustrate how the PFA-SBT framework can be effectively implemented in public school settings to provide support for all students grappling with challenging behavioral issues. This innovative approach holds the potential to enhance classroom safety, foster student well-being, and offer valuable insights to educators and professionals seeking effective strategies for behavior management and skill development. |
|
Fostering Cooperative Play and Task Tolerance: Skill-Based Teaching for Neurotypical Learners Without Developmental or Psychiatric Diagnoses |
EMILY TIEMANN (Upstate Caring Partners) |
Abstract: Hanley et al. (2014) described a skill-based treatment to treat challenging behavior in learners with autism spectrum disorder. Since then, there have been several studies focused on skill-based treatment applications with learners with developmental disabilities; however, individuals without formal diagnoses are less represented in the literature (e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014; Jessel, Ingvarsson, Metras, Kirk, & Whipple, 2018). The current study replicates the treatment model described in Hanley et al. (2014) for a learner placed in a general education, first grade classroom within a public school, without any formal developmental disability or an individualized education plan. The learner was referred to treatment due to unsafe and disruptive behaviors that were reported to occur when demands were placed and when the student was faced with perceived social injustices. This hypothesis was confirmed with a functional analysis. The contextually appropriate behaviors targeted in treatment included completion of academic tasks, tolerating correction, and cooperative play (e.g., losing a game). Treatment was conducted by a BCBA consultant, and lasted a little over one-month. Throughout the 220 trials of treatment, the student engaged in low levels of challenging behaviors and was able to participate in contextually appropriate behaviors for 10 minutes. |
|
Implementing Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) for Non-Autism-Spectrum-Disorder (ASD) Individuals in Public Schools |
TABITHA KANE (Upstate Caring Partners) |
Abstract: There is a breadth of research describing the effectiveness of the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skill based treatment (SBT) to assess and treat challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with autism and related disorders (Hanley et al., 2014). This study extends the research by examining the application of the PFA and SBT within a public school setting and with a student without a formal diagnosis. This student was referred for assessment due to significant rates of unsafe behavior that disrupted the learning environment. A PFA was conducted and following the analysis, SBT was immediately implemented. Treatment included teaching appropriate communication, acceptance of delays or denials, and engaging in contextually appropriate behavior. This student worked on taking turns while playing a game, engaging in independent activities, and following an adult’s instructions within an academic context. Treatment consisted of 225 trials across seven months. This student exhibited zero instances of unsafe behavior and low rates of warning signs in the form of a raised voice, resistance to an instruction, and/or complaints. At the conclusion of the school year this student appropriately took turns during a game, quietly engaged in independent work and followed academic instructions for up to 5 minutes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using a Behavior-Analytic Lens to Identify and Address Workplace Systems That Maintain and Perpetuate Provider Burnout |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Summer Bottini, Ph.D. |
Chair: Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center) |
BECCA TAGG (Delmar Behavioral Health) |
MICHAEL KRANAK (Oakland University) |
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts demonstrate some of the highest rates of employee burnout within clinical settings (up to 72%; Slowiak & DeLongChamp, 2022). This is problematic as burnout negatively affects provider well being, reduces the quality of services, and can harm organizational health (e.g., via provider absenteeism, tardiness). Other fields take a syndromal approach wherein mentalistic burnout symptoms are measured on an individual basis and then person-centered approaches are applied (e.g., stress management training; therapy). A behavioral framework, informed by OBM, has promise for informing novel ways to identify and mitigate burnout in a manner that addresses the actual workplace variables maintaining burnout. In this panel, we discuss burnout across the perspectives of experts in OBM, supervision within clinical care, and burnout research. Panelists will discuss how burnout may be understood through a behavioral framework and how supervisors and administrators may modify the workplace environment to optimally support highly engaged staff and high quality service delivery. This panel will also provide opportunities for the audience to engage with panelists to drive meaningful conversations surrounding how to combat burnout in clinical settings. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) State how burnout may be conceptualized from a behavioral (OBM) perspective (2) Identify at least three environmental events that may evoke burnout consistent behavior (3) List at least two actionable ways supervisors and/or administrators may alter the workplace environment to minimize burnout-related behavior |
Keyword(s): Burnout, OBM, staff training, supervision |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research from the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Laboratory |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management involves the application of behavioral principles in the workplace in order to change employee behavior and achieve sustained improved business outcomes. This symposium focusses on research aimed at advancing our knowledge and understanding of the basic behavioral principles involved when implementing interventions commonly used in the workplace, such as feedback, incentives, and group contingencies. Toussaint Bernard-Pantin will present the results from a study that assessed the efficacy of and preference for corrective feedback and a combination of positive and corrective feedback. Wine will detail a study that was conducted to determine effective magnitudes of incentives when administrative staff completed a filing task. Newcomb will describe research that involved comparing the effectiveness of identified and anonymous preparations of dependent group contingencies when applied to direct care staff responsible for graphing data at the end of the workday. The results from each study allows for preliminary recommendations regarding best practice within organizational settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Feedback, Group contingencies, Incentive magnitudes, Preference |
Target Audience: Intermediate (Background and/or education in ABA/OBM, familiar with single-subject research methodology, understanding of group contingencies and incentive magnitudes) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe procedures for assessing preference for different types of feedback; (2); describe the role of incentive magnitudes with respect to improving performance; and (3) describe the effectiveness of identified and anonymous preparations when using dependent group contingencies. |
|
Determining the Efficacy of and Preference for Corrective Versus Positive Plus Corrective Feedback |
(Basic Research) |
TWIXT TOUSSAINT BERNARD-PANTIN (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Joshua Bensemann (The University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Worker preferences are of interest to researchers in the field of Organizational Behavior Management since access to preferred stimuli and activities may increase intervention effectiveness. Delivering preferred feedback (i.e., information about performance) is an example of this. One characteristic of feedback is its nature, which can be either positive or corrective. Previous studies comparing preferences for positive and corrective feedback using direct-choice measures showed that participants preferred corrective feedback when learning new tasks. However, current best-practice indicates the use mixed feedback (positive and corrective) in applied settings. The purpose of this study was to assess the efficacy of and preference for corrective versus mixed feedback on a direct-choice measure. College students learned to play novel computerized dice games associated with either corrective, positive plus corrective, or no feedback. Some participants completed a preference phase in which they chose the type of feedback they wanted to receive immediately following each trial, while others completed a best-treatment phase. Our initial results indicate preference for mixed feedback. The best-treatment phase data show that all stimuli sets were mastered once the most efficacious form of feedback was given. Suggestions and recommendation for practice are included. |
|
An Evaluation of Magnitude in Monetary Incentives |
(Basic Research) |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
Abstract: The present studies were conducted to determine effective magnitudes of incentives for administrative employees. In study 1, five employees were exposed first to a baseline condition where no incentives were available for completing a filing task. Then, each participant was exposed to a magnitude evaluation condition where work completed in each session resulted in a systematically decreasing amount of money earned until the employees declined to continue responding. In the evaluation condition, the performance goals required to earn the incentives were set by increasing baseline responding by 10%. Results of the first study suggested that participants did not reliably meet filing goals when offered less than $2.11. The results of study 1 were then used to create a second study where, using a multiple baseline across participants design, three participants from the same organization were exposed to an incentive condition where $2.11 was available for meeting goals set at 20% above mean baseline responding. Results indicated that $2.11 consistently increased responding relative to a non-incentive baseline. |
|
Variations of the Dependent Group Contingency and Effects on Direct Care Staff Meeting Weekly Goals |
(Basic Research) |
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Shantel Pugliese (The Faison Center), Gina Graf (The Faison Center), Jody E. Liesfeld (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Dependent Group Contingencies (DGC) have been applied to address multiple acquisition and performance problems and across several segments of the population, however, little work has been carried out with employees (see Page, Zimmerman, & Pinkelman, 2023). To date, only one prior study (Speltz, Shimamura, & McReynolds, 1982) arranged experimental conditions to examine potential differences in DGCs within which the target responder was identified versus kept anonymous. The purpose of this study was two-fold: (1) test the effects of a DGC with direct care staff working with adolescents with autism and who were responsible for graphing specific data at the end of each workday; and (2) compare the effectiveness of identified and anonymous preparations of the DGC. Results indicated that the group’s completion of daily graphing assignments nearly doubled in the identified preparation as compared to baseline, and approximately tripled in the anonymous preparation of the DGC. Results will also be discussed in the context of social validity measures, including recommendations on how to couple this approach with appropriate target behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applying Biodiversity Measures to the Analysis of Human Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lee Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System) |
CE Instructor: Lee Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While the parallels between the science of life and the science of behavior are abundant, each field has developed unique systems for observing and recording data. Whereas ecologists focus on the richness and evenness of taxonomic relations, behavior analysts examine the frequency and duration of functional relations. Yet the scientific underpinnings and similarity in subject matter may allow for metrics to be applied across fields. Here we utilize common measures from the field of community ecology for the analysis of human behavior. Different environments support a range of distinct biological communities, and quantifying such biodiversity provides an understanding of how and why different biological communities are distributed. Ecologists define beta diversity as a measure of the degree of community differentiation in relation to environment gradients. The ratio between gamma and alpha diversities, beta diversity quantifies the effective number of distinct ecological communities within a region. In this symposium, we extend the concept of beta diversity to the field of behavior-analytic intervention for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Across three papers, we show how beta diversity can be used to sample the frequency and variety of destructive behavior, stimulus preference, and verbal behavior. We demonstrate the utility of beta diversity for measuring behavior change over time, and discuss the implications of calculating beta diversity as a measure of efficacy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): beta diversity, preference assessment, problem behavior, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (Doctoral) and researchers who are interested in studying complex behavior-environment interactions. Attendees should have working knowledge of different types of functional analyses and stimulus preference assessments. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Name common measures of biodiversity; (2) Explain how biodiversity measures can be applied to human behavior; and, (3) Describe the advantages and limitations of using biodiversity measure for behavior analysis. |
|
Biodiversity Measures of Problem Behavior |
MELINDA ROBISON (Cook Children's- Child Study Center) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorder demonstrate challenging behavior, for which reinforcement is either automatic or socially mediated. In lieu of a more socially acceptable, functionally equivalent alternative, individuals with autism may engage in a broad range of functionally and topographically diverse problem behavior. In this presentation, we introduce beta diversity as a measure of the complex interaction between the form and function, and illustrate how beta diversity may be used to quantify the diversity of an individual’s challenging behavior repertoire. As in ecology, beta diversity is useful to behavior analysts as a measure of stability. It can be used to quantify environmental changes and identify local contributions of specific environmental influences to the overall repertoire of challenging behavior. Beta diversity of problem behavior can also be used to evaluate the impact of a behavior reduction program. Using archival data from comprehensive and focused behavior-analytic intervention programs for children with autism, we demonstrate the utility of beta diversity as a measure of challenging behavior. |
|
Biodiversity Measures of Stimulus Preference |
GABRIEL LUKE ARMSHAW (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, or activities are a core deficit of autism spectrum disorder. Stimulus overselectivity has been observed across all exteroceptors, and may result in a lack of sufficient reinforcers to maintain socially valid skills. For example, stereotypic behavior may prohibit the development of other play skills, and impedes the opportunity for social interactions with other children. Yet heretofore we have not had a rigorous methodology for quantifying circumscribed behavior. In this presentation, we introduce beta diversity as a measure of restricted interests, and demonstrate how beta diversity may be used to quantify the diversity of an individual’s stimulus preference. As in ecology, beta diversity is useful to behavior analysts as a measure of resistance to extinction and other disturbances. It can be used to quantify environmental changes, and identify local contributions of specific environmental influences to the overall array of preferred stimuli. Beta diversity of stimulus preference can also be used to evaluate the impact of interventions designed to increase functional play. Using archival data from comprehensive and focused behavior-analytic intervention programs for children with autism, we demonstrate the utility of beta diversity as a measure of stimulus preference. |
|
Biodiversity Measures of Verbal Behavior |
MARIA JOSE OTERO (Child Study Center, Cook Children's Hospital, University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder has been described as a contingency-shaped disorder of verbal behavior. Many individuals with autism exhibit a disproportionate speaking repertoire in which certain operants (e.g., echoic and tact) are significantly stronger than others (e.g., mand and intraverbal). The ability to identify different environmental variables that control the verbal repertoire of a speaker with autism lends itself to measurements of biodiversity. In this presentation, we introduce beta diversity as a measure of verbal behavior, and show how beta diversity may be used to quantify the diversity of an individual’s verbal repertoire. As in ecology, beta diversity is useful to behavior analysts as a measure of productivity. It can be used to quantify environmental changes and identify local contributions of specific environmental influences to the verbal repertoire. Beta diversity of verbal behavior can also be used to evaluate the impact of interventions designed to increase language skills. Using archival data from comprehensive and focused behavior-analytic intervention programs for children with autism, we demonstrate the utility of beta diversity as a measure of verbal behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Living on the Edge: Respondent-Operant Distinctions, Interactions, and Analyses |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Abbey Warren, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Learning processes, behaviors, and contingencies have all been functionally distinguished in terms of whether they are respondent or operant. For example, learning processes are described in terms of respondent or operant conditioning, behaviors are characterized as respondent or operant behaviors, and respondent contingencies are contrasted with operant contingencies. These respondent-operant distinctions are typically presented as fundamental to behaviorism as a theoretical orientation. In addition, they are rarely questioned. This has significant implications for behavior analytic research and practice, where analysis, assessment, and intervention typically focus on either respondent or operant contingencies (typically operant), and almost never both. When a behavioral analysis includes both respondent and operant contingencies, however, unique effects emerge. This symposium will explore the conceptual and practical distinctions between operant and respondent processes, behaviors, and contingencies. The first paper will provide an overview of respondent-operant distinctions, with a special emphasis on contexts in which they dissolve and contexts in which they add utility. The second paper will question the frequent categorization of cognition as operant behavior, and unpack it as respondent. The third paper will explore the importance of operant-respondent interactions in the analysis of complex behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cognition, Functional analysis, Operant, Respondent |
Target Audience: Prerequisite competencies: Understanding of the application of behavioral principles of operant and respondent learning, the distinction between operant and respondent behavior, and the processes involved in operant and respondent contingencies.
Target Audience: Students, Behavior analysts in training, Clinical behavior analysts, Applied behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Describe conditions under which respondent-operant distinctions fall apart
(2) Identify one practical implication of treating thinking as respondent behavior
(3)Explain the role of respondent-operant interactions in applied practice |
|
The Blurry Edges: Contextualizing Respondent-Operant Distinctions and Interactions |
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Respondent and operant behavior are distinguished functionally in terms of what aspects of context they are sensitive to. Respondent behaviors are primarily sensitive to antecedent stimuli. This functional relationship between context and behavior (i.e., process) is specifically referred to as elicitation, and the change in that relationship as respondent conditioning. Operant behaviors are sensitive to both consequential and antecedent stimuli. These functional relationships between context and behavior (i.e., processes) are specifically referred to as motivation, discrimination, and consequation. The change in these relationships are all considered under the umbrella of operant conditioning. These distinctions are trained as fundamental to behavior analysis. And yet, their distinctions may be in part an artifact of our conceptual analyses and assessment practices, particularly to the extent that behaviors participate in multiple functional relationships with different aspects of context and with one another. This paper will (1) review conditions under which the respondent-operant distinctions fall away and the relationships among these processes become apparent, (2) explore conceptual analyses that account for these observations, and (3) discuss the conditions under which these distinctions remain useful. |
|
Elicitation of Mind: A Conceptual Analysis of Cognition as Respondent Behavior |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; University of Louisiana Lafayette), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Thinking is an odd behavior. In every moment, of every day, we are thinking. And yet - thinking has long presented a conceptual and practical challenge for behavior analysts. While explicitly rejecting mentalism, our alternative behavioral approach to understanding thinking is unclear at best, and often - problematic. First, classifying thinking as private behavior suggests that thinking is unobservable to anyone except the thinking person, and thus, difficult to assess or intervene upon. Second, thinking has been analyzed inconsistently as both private behavior (i.e., the act of thinking) and private physiological stimuli (i.e., thoughts as stimulus products) - at times, in the same analysis. Applications of these analyses are similarly inconsistent. Third, thinking behavior is typically assumed to be operant, and thus sensitive to consequential control, which requires characterizing either thoughts or other behaviors as the consequences for thinking, landing us squarely in mentalism. This presentation will explore thinking as subtle, elicited behavior, emphasizing the practical power of this account. |
|
Applying Respondent-Operant Analyses to Further Contextualize Complex Behaviors |
VICTORIA DIANE HUTCHINSON (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services), Mary McCarley (Irby Psychological Services) |
Abstract: While operant and respondent conditioning have been described as distinctive mechanisms, operant-respondent interactions have been theorized throughout behavior analytic history, and research has demonstrated the evidence of these interactions in nonhuman and human examples (Brewer, et al., 2018). Some research includes the use of respondent conditioning in aversive control of stimuli that can impede operant learning in the same context. Further research and conceptualization of the interactions has yielded the consideration of human language and cognition as additional controlling factors related to responding to stimuli with avoidance behaviors, thus no longer contacting the operant contingencies of the environment (Schlund, et al., 2017). This creates a problem in the clinical context in which primarily operant procedures are being used to teach new skills and responses. The current presentation describes factors of operant-respondent interactions in analyzing complex behaviors with dual or multiple functions. Clinically relevant examples are provided and functionally assessed with potential strategies outlined to address functional relationships within context. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Present and Future of Do-It-Yourself Instrumentation for Operant Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom A |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Rogelio Escobar, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Presenting Authors: : ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The availability of inexpensive do-it-yourself electronics and 3D printing has been the catalyst for the maker movement, often defined as the involvement of individuals in the construction of objects, tools, and electronic devices that include a variety of sensors and actuators. This tutorial will describe how, for over a decade, my research group has focused on using and teaching how to use these new technologies to build inexpensive equipment to record and control behavior in operant research. One of our first objectives was to construct an operant conditioning chamber for rats that could be controlled with an inexpensive but reliable interface capable of recording responses with high accuracy under different schedules of reinforcement. Over the years, we have improved the designs and created new devices to include fixed and retractable levers, nose-poke sensors, food and water dispensers, as well as light and tone generators. Adhering to an open-source policy, we have made our designs, files, and programs freely available to those interested in building custom-made operant chambers. The possibility of building custom equipment could inspire researchers to ask questions involving complex settings and eliminate the restrictions frequently stimulated by available commercial equipment. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The tutorial is intended for graduate students and new researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list the components that are used in a fully automatic operant-conditioning chamber; (2) explain the rationale of replacing the components with do-it-yourself electronic components and 3D printing; (3) explain how to utilize the diagrams, instructions, and programs to build custom-made equipment for operant research. |
|
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
I earned a degree in Psychology in 2001 and a doctoral
degree in behavior analysis in 2007 at the National Autonomous University of Mexico. I
was a postdoctoral fellow at West Virginia University from 2008 to 2010. I am a
Professor in the School of Psychology at the National Autonomous University of México
(UNAM), where I have been teaching graduate and undergraduate courses since 2010.
I served as the Editor of the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis and have served in
the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and
Perspectives on Behavior Science. Additionally, I have acted as an ad hoc reviewer for
multiple behavior analysis and psychology journals. I have an interest in applying new
technologies, such as DIY electronics and 3D printing, to develop custom-made
operant-conditioning chambers. My research topics include response variability,
conditioned reinforcement, and response recurrence. I have also dedicated my efforts to
exploring and documenting the history of precision instruments in experimental
psychology and have been the curator for early XX-century precision instruments that
are part of the collection at the School of Psychology at UNAM. In 2012, I received the
SABA International Development Grant for a project aimed at teaching how to use new
technologies to construct inexpensive equipment for operant research and classroom
demonstrations. In 2014, I coedited a Special Issue of the Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis on Behavior Analysis and Technology. I served as chair of the Cognitive and
Behavioral Sciences department from 2019 to 2023 and recently achieved recognition
as National Researcher Level 2 by the Mexican Council of Humanities, Science, and
Technology. |
Keyword(s): 3D printing, electronics, instrumentation, technology |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Science in Higher Education: Empirical Investigations on Teaching at the University Level |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral science investigates the variables that influence behavior. Our field has positively impacted many areas of human endeavor, including clinical treatment, behavioral pediatrics, health, and counseling. In addition, our conceptualization of education has benefited that field. Behavioral science has positively impacted the field of education. From Keller’s Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) to Lindsley's Precision Teaching, to Englemann and Carnine's Direct Instruction, and including Boyce and Hineline's InterTeach system, our field has defined many variables that positively influence learning at all levels, from early childhood through adulthood. The presentations in this proposed symposium continual empirical investigations into the creation of learning environments to promote student learning. All 3 presentations in this symposium focus on higher education and some aspect of teaching evaluations. One will review the extent to which InterTeach has been replicated across various college classes and content. Another presentation will compare the influence of InterTeach and Discussion boards in online university classes. A third presentation will examine the influence of SAFMEDS in a university course. The application of behavioral science to education is the best way to understand the most effective way of educating higher education learners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): higher education, teaching |
Target Audience: behavior analysts who are teachers at the university. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) orally describe at least 3 behaviorally oriented teaching strategies;
(2) describe the extent to which InterTeach has been replicated in higher education classrooms;
(3) Describe the impact that SAFMEDS instruction had on learning behavior analytic terminology. |
|
Comparing Interteaching and Discussion Forums in an Asynchronous Online Classroom |
Sacha Shaw (Endicott College), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Boyce and Hineline created an in-classroom methodology called “InterTeaching,” originally for the purpose of getting students to interact more in class. Since then, it has been investigated across many different settings, learners, and content areas. Since Interteaching is an educational intervention derived from behavior analytic technologies, it is important to continue to evaluate not only its impact on learning, but to learn what components of the InterTeach methodology is most impactful. The current study compared the effects of interteaching and discussion forum activities on quiz performance in an asynchronous master's level course using an alternating treatments design. Six participants engaged in interteaching in half of the weeks and contacted the discussion forum in the alternate weeks. Participants generally scored higher on quizzes in the interteaching condition (M = 96.9%) than in the discussion forum condition (M = 75.95%). The mean difference between conditions was -20.95 ± 3.4. Results of this analysis indicate statistically significant differences between the two conditions at P < .0003. The efficacy of various instructional strategies in online learning environments is discussed. |
|
Interteaching in Higher Education: A Review of the Fidelity to the Original Boyce and Hineline Procedure |
JENNIFER LYNN HILTON (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavioral science has revealed the principles and strategies that are causally related to effective instruction. One behavioral instructional package is Interteach, a set of procedures employed to promote student interaction, exposure to the material, and cooperative learning. This strategy has been used at the undergraduate and graduate level, and across content areas. Robust research literature exists showing Interteach causally related to improved learning outcomes. The purpose of this presentation is to review the literature published using Interteach in face to face and remote college-level courses to evaluate the extent to which the application of Interteach met the components of the Interteach method originally described by Boyce and Hineline (2002). A literature search was conducted to identify studies in peer reviewed journals. Only experimental studies were reviewed and rated against the list of components of the original Interteach method. Results showed that the original Interteach methodology in its entirety has rarely been used by researchers evaluating the Interteach approach. Results will be discussed in terms of the validity of the Interteach method, the potential flexibility of this approach, and recommendations for researching Interteach in the future. Without fidelity to the original components, the effectiveness of Interteach as a procedure cannot be truly known. |
|
Evaluation of a Multiple Exemplar SAFMEDS Procedure to Promote Generalization and Accessibility of Behavior Analytic Terms |
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (University of Oregon), Menaka Kumari De Alwis (University of Oregon), David William Cosottile (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: While standard procedures for SAFMEDS are widely accepted for improving fluency, procedural variations have emerged over time. For example, multiple practice drills per day have been shown to improve fluency and multiple exemplar training has emerged as a potentially advantageous variation for improving generalization. The purpose of the present study was twofold. First, an alternating treatments design was used to replicate previous studies evaluating the impact of multiple exemplar training within a SAFMEDS procedure on graduate students’ fluency, retention, and generalization of behavior analysis terms. Second, the study extended from the previous literature by including technical and precise everyday language definitions within the multiple exemplar procedure and evaluating participants generalization by asking students to create novel, everyday definitions that could be used to explain behavior analysis terms to stakeholders. Findings will be discussed in reference to best practices for training future behavior analysts to fluently identify behavior analysis terms and to translate those terms into user friendly explanations accessible to clients and stakeholders. |
|
|
|
|
|
Optimal Procedures to Learn a Foreign Language |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CE Instructor: Mirela Cengher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Forty-three percent of the world’s population is bilingual, and yet research focused on the identification of optimal procedures to teach one or more foreign languages is limited. Such research can benefit children with developmental disabilities, who generally have language deficits that require effective and efficient teaching procedures. This symposium describes research aimed to determine (a) whether learning tacts in one language is better than learning tacts in two languages, (b) whether learning tacts and listener responses in two languages simultaneously is better than sequentially, and (c) what role preference plays in the acquisition of tacts in a foreign language. Across studies, we examined and compared multiple learning outcomes (e.g., effectiveness, efficiency, and the emergence of other verbal operants). Child participants learned tacts in one language more efficiently than in two languages. Child participants learned tacts simultaneously more efficiently than sequentially; the sequential condition was more efficient for adults learning listener responses. The simultaneous procedures produced higher levels of emergent bidirectional intraverbal compared to sequential procedures. Finally, child participants learned tacts of preferred items more efficiently than tacts of nonpreferred items. The preferred condition also produced higher levels of emergent bidirectional intraverbals. These findings can inform foreign language instructional design. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): bilingualism, foreign language, preference, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Basic knowledge of verbal behavior and stimulus control. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe optimal procedures to teach a foreign language. 2. Determine the optimal order of teaching languages. 3. Determine how to use child preferences when designing interventions to teach a foreign language. |
|
The Use of the Go/No-Go Successive Matching-to-Sample Procedure to Compare Sequential and Simultaneous Bilingualism |
(Basic Research) |
ARMANDO ANGULO (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University) |
Abstract: Despite the growing literature on second language acquisition, there has not been a focus on the difference between simultaneous and the sequential acquisition of a second language. In typically developing children, bilingualism can emerge concurrently when they are exposed to multiple languages within a verbal community (i.e., simultaneous bilingualism). Or they can learn one language first, then learn a second language later in life, typically when entering school (i.e., sequential bilingualism; Lund et al., 2017). To compare simultaneous and sequential bilingualism, researchers taught words from two languages (Korean and Mandarin Chinese) to college students from a large public university using the Go/No-Go Successive Matching-to-Sample Procedures developed by Zhelezoglo et al. (2021). To simulate simultaneous bilingualism, AC and BC relations were taught simultaneously through AC/BC mixed training to simulate the bilingual who learns both languages at the same time. For sequential bilingualism AC and BC relations were taught separately to simulate the bilingual who learns one language to mastery first and then learns a second language. The results may provide more information on which order is more efficient and produces the most emergent behavior. |
|
Identifying the Optimal Procedures to Teach Two Languages to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
XUEHUA ZHAO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Tianjiao Li (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The population of the United States is becoming more diversified culturally and linguistically. Bilingualism has been shown to have positive effects in neurotypical children’s development (e.g., Bialystok, 2010). However, there are little known on how to best teach and support children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to learn a second language and if teaching a second language might hinder and confuse their language acquisition. Previous studies examined the effect of tact and listener responses on the emergence of bidirectional intraverbal relations with six neurotypical Brazilian children and found that tact training was more effective in producing bidirectional intraverbal responding. The present study examined the optimal procedures for teaching two languages using tact training to children with ASD. We compare the effectiveness of acquiring a small set of tacts when (a) teaching two languages simultaneously, (b) teaching two languages sequentially, and (c) teaching one language only (i.e., control). Results showed that simultaneous procedures were more efficient in teaching two languages and effective in promoting conditional discrimination. All participants acquired one language much more efficiently than two languages. However, all participants acquired a small tact vocabulary in two languages. Overall, simultaneous procedures produced higher levels of emergent intraverbal compared to sequential procedures. |
|
Effects of the Order of Exposure to High and Low Preferred Stimulus Sets on Learning a Small Vocabulary in a Second Language |
(Applied Research) |
MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Paola Martins Pedroso de Lima (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study evaluated whether the order of exposure to high and low preferred stimulus sets during tact instruction in a foreign language would affect the acceleration of the tact learning curve and the emergence and of native-to-foreign and foreign-to-native intraverbals. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design with intermittent probes. Six Brazilian children aged seven to eight years old were taught to tact in a foreign language using a progressive prompt delay with differential reinforcement. Before tact instruction, a preference assessment was conducted to select the stimuli assigned to the high and low preferred sets. Three children were first taught to tact in a foreign language the high preferred stimulus set and then the low preferred stimulus set. The remaining children were exposed to the opposite order. Results showed that four out of six participants met the mastery and emergence criteria for the high-preferred stimulus set in fewer trial blocks than for the low-preferred stimulus set regardless the order of exposure. For both stimulus sets, tact instruction consistently produced high levels of emergent intraverbal responding, replicating previous studies. Our data suggest that stimulus preference as an important variable to ensure optimal foreign language learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Imitation Skills and Choice-Making in Home-Based Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kelley Henry (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Alicen Cutting, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Young toddlers diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder often demonstrate skill deficits across multiple domains including communication, social interactions and play. However, there has been minimal research conducted on how to effectively provide effective behavioral treatment to this young population. Three studies were conducted with young toddlers diagnosed with autism which investigated skill acquisition programming, specifically imiation of actions with objects which included allowing the participants to choose their own stimuli, preference assessments to identify preferred stimuli and the stability of preferences across assessment types and time, and skill generalization of learned skills across novel people, including therapists and parents. Participants in the three studies were under the age of three and enrolled in early intensive behavioral intervention services with teaching sessions being conducted in their home settings. Two studies implemented an alternating treatment design, and one study implemented a repeated measures design. Results illustrate the importance of studying this young population. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium are clinicians who have 1-3 years of experience providing behavior analytic services to individuals diagnosed with autism or clinicians who would like to learn about services to young children receiving early intensive behavior interventions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define interventions used within early intensive behavioral interventions (2) define types of preference assessments and implementation with young toddlers with autism (3) define generalization across persons and implement with young toddlers with autism. |
|
Does Choice Positively Impact Language Development and Skill Generalization in Young Toddlers With Autism |
ALICEN CUTTING (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Imitation is often a skill deficit for toddlers diagnosed with autism. These deficits often lead to delays in language development and play skills. and are correlated with underdeveloped joint attention abilities; therefore, it is crucial that young children diagnosed with autism learn basic imitation so that other critical developmental skills can emerge. This current study explored the impact of stimuli choice when teaching imitation skills to toddlers diagnosed with autism to determine if it improved their imitative repertoire, increased language production and led to skill generalization. Three newly diagnosed children with autism spectrum disorder, between the ages of 2.3 years and 2.9 years, participated in this study. An alternating treatment design was utilized, and data was collected on the acquisition of imitation skills using child-selected stimuli and stimuli selected by the experimenter. Upon completion of the study, the participants acquired the imitation of three actions using a variety of stimuli; however, there was no clear difference when the participant’s choice of stimuli was present therefore demonstrating that choice of stimuli did not increase imitative skill acquisition. Study results continue to support the importance and effectiveness of ABA principles and methodologies to successfully teach skills to toddlers with autism. |
|
Stability of Rank Order Selections Across Preference Assessments With Toddlers Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JEFFREY FOSSA (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Despite an emphasis on early intervention in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder and the need to try to determine potential reinforcers for young learners, there is little research on preference assessment results with toddlers. The present study examined the stability of rank-ordered selections from four different preference assessments (paired choice, multiple stimulus without replacement, free operant, and response restriction) across seven administrations of each assessment using a repeated measures design. Three children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder who were under the age of 3 upon the onset participated in this research. Consecutive ranked hierarchies were tested for statistical significance for each of the four preference assessments. Results were not found to be statistically significant, indicating that ordered selections made over time were not stable. These findings may suggest that results from formalized preference assessments have limited applicability when carried over across sessions for young children with autism. |
|
Generalization Across Persons: A Look at Training Schedules and Generalization to Novel Persons |
JULIE MARSHALL (BEACON Services of Connecticut) |
Abstract: Generalization of skills to novel persons is an important skill for children with Autism. An alternative alternating treatments design was used to teach participants three imitation skills to assess how the trainer schedule affects generalization when probed by a novel person and the participant’s parent. Baseline probe data was collected for each of the three imitation skills as well as a control skill. One probe occurred with a parent, novel person and the two trainers. In the acquisition phase, the first skill was taught by one trainer alone and the remaining two were taught by two trainers with varying schedules. Once mastery was observed, final probes occurred with each trainer, the novel person and the same parent that conducted the baseline probe. Participants were between the ages of 24 to 36 months old, had a diagnosis of Autism and were receiving in-home early intervention services. At baseline, very low levels of imitation were observed. When probed by novel persons after mastery, all skills were exhibited at higher levels than baseline. Preliminary data show higher rates of independent responding for the skill taught by one trainer alone. These findings contribute to our understanding of how to promote generalization across different people. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in Pain Management and Pain Communication for Autistic Individuals |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway) |
CE Instructor: Helena Lydon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pain research in autistic individuals is largely unexplored and insufficient. Self-report is considered the gold standard in the assessment of pain, however self-report measures are not always accessible or feasible for use when communication difficulties are present. Furthermore, autistic individuals are often reported to express their pain in “atypical” ways such as through self-injurious behaviour ,aggression and changes in behaviour such as irritability, low mood, reduced activity, appetite change, changes in sleep, or crying. Consequently, pain is frequently unidentified and ineffectively managed among individuals with communication impairments. Pain management and effective communication about pain experiences are essential components of quality healthcare. This symposium will discuss the recent developments in pain management and pain communication for autistic individuals. Topics will include 1. Improving pain-related communication in children with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability. 2. Evaluation of The Feeling Better ASD Pain Management Pain Management Programme for Autistic Children: Pilot and Feasibility Study. 3. Virtual Reality distraction for needle-related pain and distress in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder with or without a comorbid intellectual disability: a feasibility study. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Pain Communication, Pain Management, Venipuncture, Virtual Reality |
Target Audience: Behaviour Analysts working with Autistic individuals who may experience pain and have difficulty communicating pain. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify common behaviors that may indicate pain in autistic individuals, (2) Discuss the significance of teaching pain communication skills to autistic individuals and (3) Explain how to effectively implement VR distraction protocols in clinical and healthcare settings for autistic individuals. |
|
Improving Pain-Related Communication in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability |
HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Rachel Fitzpatrick (Univeristy of Galway, Ireland), Conor O'Neill (University of Galway, Ireland) |
Abstract: The communication of pain in individuals with co-morbid Autism Spectrum Disorder and intellectual disability (ASD-ID) is largely unexplored. The communication deficits associated with ASD-ID can result in nonverbal behaviour such as self-injurious behaviour, aggression, irritability, and reduced activity as a means to communicate that pain is present. The objective of this study was to determine whether a behavioral- based educational intervention could increase the pain-related communication of children with ASD-ID who experience pain frequently. Specifically, the study aimed to determine if children with ASD-ID can label the location of their pain or quantify pain severity and request pain relief. The sample included three children with ASD-ID who experienced pain frequently. The intervention utilized educational materials and behavioral reinforcements and the intervention was conducted using a series of case studies. Pain was assessed daily by caregivers using the Non-Communicating Children's Pain Checklist—Postoperative (NCCPC-PV) and the ability of the individual to identify and express pain was recorded using the Wong Baker FACES Pain (WBFPS) Scale. Challenging behavior was recorded based on frequency count. The results indicated that all participants displayed the ability to independently respond to a question about how they were feeling by vocalising the location of pain or indicating their level of pain on the WBFPS and requesting pain relief. The results suggest a role for behavioral-based educational interventions to promote communication of pain in people with ASD-ID. |
|
Evaluation of the Feeling Better Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Pain Management Pain Management Programme for Autistic Children: Pilot and Feasibility Study |
RACHEL FITZPATRICK (Univeristy of Galway, Ireland), Brian McGuire (University of Galway, Ireland), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway) |
Abstract: Self-report is considered the gold standard in the assessment of pain, however self report measures are not always accessible or feasible for use when communication difficulties are present. As a result pain is often unrecognised and untreated in autistic children. Feeling Better pain management programme is a cognitive behaviour therapy-based pain management manual which was developed for carers of individual with chronic pain and intellectual disabilities (McManus & McGuire 2010). Feeling Better has been developed into an internet-delivered pain management programme for children and their parents. This research has used public/patient involvement (autistic children and their parents) in the evaluation and modification of the existing computerized ‘Feeling Better’ programme to make an adapted version suitable for autistic children. The adapted version is called Feeling Better ASD. The aim of this research was to examine the effectiveness of the Feeling Better ASD as a pain management intervention for autistic children who have difficulties with pain. There is currently no evidence based online programme designed to increase the communication of pain in autistic children or teach skills to cope with pain. Feeling Better ASD provides inclusive education for autistic children and their parents by teaching the skill of communicating pain (location and severity) and also learning skills and techniques such as relaxation, activity pacing, distraction skills to help them cope with pain. |
|
Virtual Reality Distraction for Needle-Related Pain and Distress in Children and Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder With or Without a Comorbid Intellectual Disability: A Feasibility Study |
Brian McGuire (University of Galway, Ireland), CONOR O'NEILL (University of Galway, Ireland), Orla Flanagan (Paediatric Department/St Bernadette’s Children’s Unit, University Hospital Galway (UHG), Ireland), Aisling Lyons (Paediatric Department/St Bernadette’s Children’s Unit, University Hospital Galway (UHG), Ireland.), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway), Michelle Dillon (Paediatric Department/St Bernadette’s Children’s Unit, University Hospital Galway (UHG), Ireland.) |
Abstract: Available clinical research literature focusing on VR distraction methods for needle-related procedures in ASD populations, is at present, sparse. The current study aimed to examine the feasibility and preliminary effectiveness of virtual reality (VR) distraction to reduce needle-related pain and distress in children and adolescents with ASD and ASD-ID during a blood draw. A randomised controlled trial with a sample of 20 participants with ASD/ASD-ID aged 4 to 16 years attending a routine blood draw were randomly allocated to one of two groups: VR distraction or treatment as usual (control group). Participants in the VR distraction group reported significantly lower pain scores and incurred significantly less avoidant behaviours (as measured by the venipuncture task analysis) when compared to participants in the treatment as usual group, showing large and moderate effect sizes, respectively. High levels of satisfaction with VR distraction were reported by parents/caregivers and nurses/phlebotomists. Results of the feasibility data revealed that VR was feasible, tolerable, and applicable to use with ASD/ASD-ID children and adolescents within a busy clinical environment to facilitate safer blood draw procedures. Finding suggest VR distraction is effective at reducing needle-related pain and anxiety in children and adolescents with ASD/ASD-ID undergoing a venous blood draw procedure. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) 2.0: Innovation, Tools, and Tech Driven Service Delivery Evolution |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jessica Naomi Cadette Dunn (Orlando Health) |
CE Instructor: Edward Justin Page, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is experiencing a transformative shift towards innovation, technology, and enhanced service delivery. This symposium explores the convergence of these elements to usher in ABA 2.0. Collaborating with a transformational game company, behavior analysts are pioneering the creation of skill-building transformational games and tools. These transformational games offer an engaging and effective means of intervention, making learning enjoyable for individuals on and off the autism spectrum. This symposium will showcase the development and potential impact of these tools, shedding light on the ways technology can revolutionize behavior analytic practice. Further, we will delve into the successful deployment of these tools in clinical settings and special education classrooms. Our pilot data will begin to illustrate the practicality and effectiveness of integrating these innovations into established programs. Additionally, the symposium will explore the utilization of AI language models, such as ChatGPT, to assist behavior analysts in goal development and assessment writing. These tools are poised to enhance precision and efficiency in developing goals, and reporting, thereby optimizing the overall ABA service delivery process. Join us to witness the evolution of ABA, where technology, innovation, and collaboration converge to drive positive outcomes for individuals and professionals alike. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Gamification, Generative AI, Technology, Transformational Games |
Target Audience: Audience needs familiarity with the VB-MAPP assessment or other skill assessments, goal writing, delivering services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and developmental delays. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to implement a dissemination strategy to increase awareness and understanding of behavior analytic principles in non-ABA fields. 2.Identify at least 3 benefits of implementing innovative technology within service delivery 3. Identify critical components of a quality behavioral goal |
|
Collaborating With Tech Innovators: Building Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Tools for Tomorrow |
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (StepOne Neurodiversity Services) |
Abstract: This symposium presents a groundbreaking collaboration between a StepOne Neurodiversity Services and an established transformational game production company, Simcoach Games, in the creation of innovative digital tools for behavior analysts. The partnership, fostered by StepOne Neurodiversity Services, embodies a vision to disseminate the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) through engaging and transformative video games. This symposium will showcase the journey from identifying target skills to the development of prototype transformational games, ready for deployment in clinical and special education settings. Furthermore, the symposium will discuss ongoing and future research efforts to validate the impact of these games in real-world applications. A discussion and demonstration of the use of gamification of skill building interventions and creating a strategy of building transformational games across platforms (i.e., tablet, pc, virtual reality) to address different skill sets. These digital tools and games stand as a testament to the potential of technology to enhance ABA interventions, ultimately leading to more enriched learning experiences for behavior analysts and our clients. |
|
From Concept to Classroom: Implementing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Games and Tools in Clinical and School Environments |
KACEY RENEE FINCH (StepOne Neurodiversity Services) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is commonly administered in clinical settings to evaluate clients’ current skill levels and progress throughout service provision (Sundberg, 2008). Administration of the VB-MAPP requires the arrangement and presentation of a variety of physical stimuli by the clinician. This process is often effortful and requires physical materials that need to be purchased or developed by the behavior analyst. StepOne Neurodiversity Services and software developers at Simcoach Games collaborated to design a digital card deck and an accompanying game that align with the VB-MAPP framework. The Card Deck is a customizable digital tool that functions as a replacement for a physical deck of stimulus cards. The corresponding transformational game includes an interactive game design that tasks learners with demonstrating matching-to-sample skills by retrieving correct target items while playing the role of a ghost. Through video demonstrations and single-subject data, we highlight benefits of using technology to enhance assessment and teaching of target skills, and analyze data produced by learner behavior. Attendees will gain a deeper understanding of how these innovative resources can streamline assessment and teaching while providing engaging and data-driven experiences for learners in different settings. |
|
The Power of Artificial Intelligence (AI): Enhancing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Goal Setting and Reporting With Generative AI |
CLARISSA NEPERENY (StepOne Neurodiversity Services) |
Abstract: Generative AI is a type of artificial intelligence that creates new content, such as text, images, code, and music by applying information learned from large datasets of existing content to generate new and original outputs. Generative AI is still in its early stages of development, but it has the potential to revolutionize many industries by generating text and content related to targeted topic areas. StepOne Neurodiversity Services is developing a GAI assistant to guide clinicians through writing observable and measurable treatment goals. The assistant will generate goal ideas, identify goals, and personalize goals to meet the needs of individual clients. The assistant will serve as a collaborative tool to support clinicians, not replace them; clinicians will have autonomy with goal selection. We believe that GAI is particularly well-suited for generating goals because it can: (1) generate a high volume of simple, complex, short-term, and long-term goals, (2) develop goals that include all critical components of a quality behavioral goal, including conditionality, observable behavior, quantitative criteria, and target timeframe, (3) generate goals quickly and easily, and (4) help to personalize goals for individual clients. Overall, the use of this tool can reduce the time spent writing and reviewing treatment reports. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in the Treatment of Severe Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew Louis Lucciola (Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew Louis Lucciola, M.A. |
Abstract: Treatment strategies for severe challenging behavior have evolved in recent years, giving way to more advanced tools clinicians can use to meet treatment goals. The current symposium will explore three distinct studies related to the treatment of severe problem behavior. The first study discusses the results of an updated literature review regarding the use of reinforcement- and punishment-based interventions for self-injurious and aggressive behavior. Findings reveal the number of articles published related to punishment-based interventions decreased and remained low in recent years while the number of articles exploring reinforcement-based procedures continued to be higher than punishment-based interventions. The second study explores the use of multiple schedules to teach “flexibility” skills to decrease severe challenging behavior. Results indicate that signaling the availability of an alternative reinforcer for the emittance of a tolerance response without challenging behavior (the flexibility skill) effectively decreased challenging behavior when extinction was in place for a functional communication response for two autistic adults. Lastly, the third study will discuss the use of multiple schedules to transfer lean schedules of reinforcer availability across contexts during the treatment of problem behavior. Findings indicate the effectiveness of multiple schedules to sustain treatment effects as schedules of reinforcement are thinned. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aggression, differential reinforcement, multiple schedules, self-injurious behavior |
Target Audience: Participants should have a basic understanding of the theory of reinforcement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify current trends in the literature regarding publication of reinforcement-based and punishment-based interventions to treat problem behavior, (2) describe a method to use multiple schedules to teach flexibility skills and decrease problem behavior, and (3) discuss a procedure using multiple schedules to thin schedules of reinforcement in the treatment of problem behavior. |
|
The Influence of Functional Analysis Methodology on Publication of Treatments for Self-Injury and Aggression in Individuals With Intellectual or Developmental Disabilities (IDD): An Extension of Pelios et al. (1999) |
Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), GARRET HACK (University of Florida), Maxime Korner (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Pelios et al. (1999) examined the impact of functional-analysis methodology, specifically the publication of Iwata et al., (1982/1994), on the publication of reinforcement- and punishment-based treatment for self-injurious behavior (SIB) and aggression in individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We extended the analysis conducted by Pelios et al. to include the years between 1998 and 2022 and analyzed individual participants in terms of demographics, topographies displayed, and assessment and treatment types used. We found that publication of reinforcement-based treatments for SIB and aggression has decreased from a peak in 1997 but remained elevated since Pelios et al. completed their review. The number of publications including punishment-based treatments has decreased more recently but remained low, averaging between one and two articles published yearly since 1968. Regarding individual datasets, we found that specific topographies of behavior were differentially associated with particular behavioral functions. Similarly, we also observed that treatment type was differentially associated with particular topographies, assessment types, and functions. We discuss these outcomes in terms of variables affecting publication, research on punishment-based treatments, and potential areas for further research. |
|
Teaching Flexibility Skills to Treat Severe Problem Behavior in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JULIA IANNACCONE (Rutgers University), Matthew Louis Lucciola (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules of reinforcement have a history of effectiveness in treating severe challenging behavior demonstrated by individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and related disabilities (Saini et al., 2016). The literature demonstrating this efficacy, however, is limited within the adult population. The present study evaluated the utility of multiples schedules to teach “flexibility” skills to two autistic adults demonstrating severe challenging behavior. More specifically, functional analyses were conducted to determine the reinforcing variables maintaining the challenging behavior, then a multiple schedule treatment was evaluated. The multiple schedule was comprised of two signaled component schedules. One schedule involved continuous differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA; e.g., appropriate mands for the functional reinforcer). The second schedule, called “Flexible Time”, involved extinction for the first alternative behavior (e.g., mands) as well as additional DRA for another behavior, a tolerance response, and the absence of problem behavior (differential reinforcement of other behavior; DRO). The present procedures successfully reduced challenging behavior for both participants and provide a model to clinicians to teach flexibility skills while decreasing severe challenging behavior. |
|
Transfer of Schedule Thinning Effects Across Contexts During Treatment With Functional Communication Training |
JASMINE SORRELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: After reducing problem behavior and establishing an appropriate alternative behavior, schedule thinning is necessary to create feasible treatment plans for implementation in naturalistic environments. Multiple schedules are effective at creating lean schedules of reinforcement for alternative behavior while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. When problem behavior is multiply maintained, or requires treatment extension across multiple contexts, schedule thinning with multiple schedules may be required across several treatment contexts. Few studies to date describe the transfer of treatment effects with multiple schedules across treatment contexts. In the current investigation, we implemented a terminal probe procedure in one context to derive initial schedule thinning starting points and subsequent schedule thinning progressions. Once we achieved a lean, feasible schedule in one treatment context, we transferred the treatment effects across contexts at the terminal schedule value. Treatment effects were maintained across contexts with the lean schedule of reinforcement. Results across participants suggested that these procedures yielded an efficient schedule thinning process when treating problem behavior across contexts. In addition to a review of treatment outcomes, we review the terminal probe method process, further strategies for transferring lean schedules across contexts, and implications for clinical practice and future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluations of Competing Stimulus Assessments and the Effects of Competition on On-Task Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kacie McGarry (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kacie McGarry, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder can exhibit behaviors that are harmful or disruptive to learning or the environment. These behaviors can be automatically reinforced. A common intervention component for automatically reinforced behavior involves the presence of competing stimuli, identified through competing stimulus assessments. The present symposium encompasses three studies that each seek to evaluate a different aspect of the assessment or treatment process involving competing stimuli. The first project investigates the influence of individual preference on competing stimulus assessment outcomes, aiming to enhance our understanding of the factors impacting problem behavior reduction. In the second project, an augmented competing stimulus assessment with prompted engagement components is utilized to identify competing items for reducing stereotypy. The final project focuses on vocal stereotypy in individuals with autism and evaluates the effectiveness of using music as matched stimulation to reduce vocal stereotypy and enhance on-task behavior. Collectively, these research projects contribute to the field of behavior assessment and intervention, shedding light on individual preferences, the use of matched stimulation, and the efficacy of augmented competing stimulus assessment in addressing problem behaviors and enhancing treatment approaches. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assessment, automatically reinforcement, behavior reduction, competing stimulus |
Target Audience: Education of reinforcement and behavior reduction practices |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to state 1) the correspondence between preference and competition, 2) the effectiveness and benefits of adding prompting into competing stimulus assessments, and 3) the effects of auditory stimuli on stereotypy and on-task behavior. |
|
The Effects of Stimulus Preference on Competing Stimulus Assessment Outcomes |
KIERSTEN STRICKLAND (Florida Autism Center; University of South Florida), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Janae' A. Pendergrass (University of Florida), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The present research project aims to investigate the influence of preference on competing stimulus assessments outcomes. Competing stimulus assessments are pre-treatment evaluations aimed at identifying stimuli that, when provided as available options, are linked to decreases in problem behavior. These reductions are hypothesized to result from the competition or substitution of reinforcers (Ahearn et al., 2005; Fisher et al., 2000; Hagopian et al., 2005; Shore et al., 1997). Multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement is a widely used assessment procedure that involves presenting individuals with an array of stimuli and determining their preferences through selection. While multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement has proven effective in identifying preferred stimuli, the potential impact of individual preference on competing stimulus assessments outcomes remains unclear. This study seeks to continue to add to the literature on preference in relation to competing stimulus assessments outcomes (Laureano et al., 2023) by examining relation between the presence of ranked preference stimuli and behavior reduction. Through a systematic evaluation involving participants who engaged in destructive behavior, the findings from this research project will contribute to our understanding of the factors influencing CSA outcomes and inform future practices in behavior assessment and intervention planning, ultimately enhancing individualized treatment approaches and promoting optimal outcomes for individuals with diverse needs. |
|
Brief and Extended Effects of Modified Competing Stimulus Assessments |
SORAY CASTRO (Florida Institute of Technology Alum), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Skye Nelson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSA) are pre-assessment tools that systematically identify stimuli associated with a reduction in a target behavior such as stereotypy or self-injury. The current study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of a competing stimulus assessment with the goal to identify items that compete with stereotypy. If a competing stimulus was not identified in the initial assessment we moved to prompting engagement (i.e., augmented-competing stimulus assessment). For one participant, exposure to items effectively reduced stereotypy without prompted engagement. Therefore, an augmented competing stimulus assessment was not warranted for this participant. For the other two participants, results indicated the augmented competing stimulus assessments effectively identified two additional competing items following prompted engagement. We also evaluated the extended effects of the competing stimuli on item engagement and stereotypy for two participants. Reductive effects were maintained for one of the four competing stimuli for Participant 2 and two of the six items for Participant 3. |
|
Further Evaluation of Effects of Auditory Stimuli on Vocal Stereotypy and Task Completion |
KEITH HAPPEL (Florida Tech), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Skye Nelson (Florida Institute of Technology), Julianne I Fernandez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy (VS), or vocalizations that are noncontexual or nonfunctional, is commonly exhibited in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The nature of vocal stereotypy may pose an issue for some individuals when it competes with the ability perform daily tasks or leads to reduced independence. Previous research has shown that access to matched stimulation (e.g., music) is effective at reducing vocal stereotypy. However, this treatment is typically evaluated during play or low stimulation conditions and thus, its effectiveness and compatibility with daily tasks are less known. Therefore, we tested wearing headphones that played music as matched stimulation to decrease vocal stereotypy and increase on-task duration. The data indicate that music as matched stimulation significantly decreased vocal stereotypy for all participants and marginal increases in on-task behavior were observed. Additionally, effects generalized to classroom settings and activities. Treatment preference assessments indicated that all participants preferred to work while accessing music. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Health, Sports, and Fitness |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emma Jean Walker (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Emma Jean Walker, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis within health, sports, and fitness is a fast-growing specialty area in the field. There is a continued need to evaluate behavioral principles and interventions to help guide research and practice within this area. This symposium provides a variety of applications of behavior analysis across different participant populations, settings, and behaviors. This symposium will include three research projects covering interventions to improve physical activity, sports performance, and health outcomes. In the first presentation, Shreeya Deshmukh will present a study where token reinforcement was evaluated to increase physical activity in two young adults with autism spectrum disorder. Next, Jason Wiley will present a study evaluating behavioral skills training to improve the performance of offensive line blocking skills in high school football players. Lastly, Emma Walker will present a translational research study evaluating the effects of music on pace while using a treadmill in undergraduate students. Future directions for research and clinical implications will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Skills training, Synchronous schedules, Token reinforcement |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavioral principles applied to health, sports, and fitness. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe a token reinforcement intervention for increasing muscle strengthening physical activity in individuals with ASD.
At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe behavioral skills training for promoting an important skill for offensive line football players and promoting generalization to game situations.
At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe a synchronous schedule of reinforcement applied to movement on a treadmill. |
|
Using Goal Setting and Token Reinforcement to Increase Exercises by Two Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SHREEYA DESHMUKH (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Engaging in regular moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) can result in improvements in physical health in many children and adults. The United States Department of Health and Human Services recommends that adults engage in 75-150 min of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity and two days of muscle strengthening activities every week. Yet, many adults do not meet this recommendation and even fewer adults with disabilities meet this recommendation. Several behavioral interventions are effective in increasing MVPA, but few have targeted muscle-strengthening activities. The purpose of this study was to evaluate goal setting and token reinforcement to increase the frequency of exercises in adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Two adults diagnosed with ASD participated in this study at a local dance studio. Using a multiple baseline design across exercises with a changing criterion design, we used goal setting and token reinforcement to systematically increase the frequency of muscle-strengthening exercises (e.g., pushups, bicep curls, modified squats, etc.). Both participants increased the frequency of the exercises according to the criteria changes until they met the terminal criterion for each exercise. Future directions for research and implications for practitioners were discussed. |
|
Evaluating Behavioral Skills Training for the Acquisition and Generalization of Run Blocking Skills of High School Football Players |
JASON CALEB WILEY (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) has been proven to be effective in a wide variety of settings to enhance sport performance, however, there is limited research of utilizing BST specifically with football. Behavioral skills training has been used to increase football player’s performance in one prior study, but there were limited data collected on how the skill generalized from the training environment to the natural environment. The purpose of this study was to further evaluate the effects of BST in enhancing football player’s performance while also evaluating the generalization of a skill taught in a training environment (i.e., practice) to the natural environment (i.e., game simulated scrimmage). This study included five high school offensive line football players and recorded their run blocking skills in the training context and a game context in baseline and following BST. We found that BST was effective in increasing run blocking skills in the training environment, however, the skills did not fully generalize, and additional training was needed to increase skills in the game environment. |
|
Moving With the Music: Evaluation of Synchronous Schedules of Reinforcement on Treadmill Use |
EMMA JEAN WALKER (University of South Florida), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas), Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba), Rasha Baruni (University of Manitoba), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The prevalence of obesity in the United States is predicted to continue rising to roughly 51% by the year 2030. Adults are recommended to engage in 75 to 150 min of vigorous-intensity physical activity or 150 to 300 min of moderate-intensity physical activity each week to sustain health benefits such as promoting a healthy cardiorespiratory system, muscle fitness, and body weight. Music may serve as a reinforcer that could increase and maintain appropriate levels of physical activity that can promote healthy living and prevent health concerns. Therefore, this study utilized a conjugate schedule of reinforcement to evaluate music preference across 50 participants. Then, participants were assigned to listen to high preferred or low preferred music while using a treadmill. Music was provided on a synchronous schedule of reinforcement where participants’ pace on the treadmill had to meet specific criteria to access the music. The results of this study found that participants assigned to high preferred music remained within the reinforcement criteria to access music more closely than the participants assigned to the low preferred music. These results preliminarily suggest an effective method at controlling pace while using a treadmill by manipulating the criteria for reinforcement when listening to preferred music. |
|
|
|
|
|
Impacts of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Clinical Engagement and Cultural Humility in Standardized Patient Interactions: Adding Behavioral Observation to Assessments in Medical Education |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute; Values to Action) |
CE Instructor: Alison Szarko, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Like behavior analysts, medical professionals have an ethical obligation to provide their patients with patient-centered and culturally humble care. Therefore, medical schools are required to teach Patient Centered Care (PCC) and Cultural Humility (CH) skills along with how to manage burnout and implicit bias given the deleterious effects of leaving these neglected. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is an empirical approach to increase psychological flexibility (PF). ACTraining studies have demonstrated positive outcomes in a variety of settings and with a wide variety of populations including: mental health and innovation, stigma, stress, burnout, sick leave, physical and psychological well-being, absenteeism, college performance, and worksite distress. A majority of this literature has utilized self-report metrics (Newsome et al., 2019), however. Studies presented in this symposium examined the effects of ACT on medical students’ repertoires in a standardized patient encounter, wherein target behaviors related to implicit bias, PCC, and CH were operationally defined and objectively measured. Results and implications for future research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, Cultural Humility, Patient-Centered Care, Psychological Flexibility |
Target Audience: Graduate Students, Faculty, BCaBAs, BCBAs, Professionals Audience members may benefit from having some familiarity with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Desribe how Acceptance and Committment Training (ACT) can Facilitate Patient-Centered Care and Cultural Humility in their Practice; (2) Describe historical measurement with respect to these Patient Centered Care and Cultural Humility; (3) Create behavioral measurement systems related to ACT goals of interest. |
|
Effects of Psychological Flexibility and Implicit Bias on Medical Student Clinical Engagement and Academic Performance |
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Neda Etezadi-Amoli (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton; University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)) |
Abstract: Medical schools are required to teach burnout management, implicit bias management, and patient-centered care (PCC). Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is an empirical approach to increase psychological flexibility (PF). Increases in PF have been correlated with reductions in burnout, improvements in managing implicit biases, and improvements in academic performance. However, less is known about relationships between ACT, PF, implicit bias, PCC, and academic performance. The purpose of this study was to examine relationships between ACT, PF, clinically relevant implicit bias, academic performance, rates of clinical verbal responding, and PCC skills with two cohorts of medical students. Cohort One (n = 43) were exposed to ACT one time and Cohort Two (n = 48) were exposed to ACT twice. All participated in an Objective Structured Clinical Exam with a Standardized Patient during their third-year OB/GYN clerkship rotation and completed standardized medical knowledge competency exams. Independent samples t-tests between cohorts were conducted as well as multiple linear regressions. Results found exposure to ACT, experience with clinical encounters, and weight bias all had an impact on clinical engagement and rate of clinical verbal responding. Levels of PF were also correlated with academic performance. Limitations and implications will be discussed. |
|
Exploring the Behavioral Measurement and Impact of Acceptance and Commitment Based Cultural Humility Training on Standardized Patient Interactions |
Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), DONNA WEST (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Anayansi Lombardero (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton; University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Irene Le (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno (School of Medicine)) |
Abstract: Several researchers have highlighted the importance of training healthcare professionals to interact in a culturally humble manner with their patients (Nadal et al., 2014; Pascoe & Smart Richman, 2009; Sirois & Burg, 2003; Williams & Mohammed, 2009). A critical component of the development of an effective training process is the systematic assessment of cultural humility. As an extension of previous research (Kanter et al., 2020; Lombardero et al., 2023), this study implemented an evidence-based cultural humility intervention (Acceptance and Commitment Training-based) to improve medical students’ interactions with Standardized Patients (SPs) which was assessed via direct behavioral observation. Specifically, the observational measurement system was created which focused on culturally humble responses to patients reporting microaggressions to the medical professional. A pre-post comparison of the results demonstrated statistically significant improvements pertaining to participants’ culturally humble responses to SPs’ reports of microaggressions. These results and implications for future research across behavior analysis and medicine will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Juvenile Justice and Human Trafficking |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Asha Fuller (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Asha Fuller, M.S. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been demonstrated to be effective at assessing and developing interventions for socially significant behaviors with a variety of populations and settings. However, many marginalized populations such as juvenile justice and human trafficking lack substantial behavior analytic research and service provision. This symposium will include three presentations focusing on behavior analytic approaches within juvenile justice and human trafficking. The first presentation will discuss successes and barriers to providing behavior analytic services to youth with autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in juvenile justice settings. The second presentation will describe the statewide implementation and outcomes of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) within juvenile justice facilities. Lastly, the third presentation will describe the findings of a scoping review conducted on the environmental conditions, risk factors, and lures used within human trafficking. Implications for practice, advocacy, and future directions within juvenile justice and human trafficking will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): advocacy, human trafficking, interprofessional collaboration, juvenile justice |
Target Audience: Necessary prerequisite skills for this symposium include an understanding of assessment and intervention development, competing contingencies, staff training, and Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the barriers in service provision within juvenile justice settings; (2) describe the implementation and outcomes of PBIS within juvenile justice settings; (3) describe the lures, risk factors, and environmental variables involved in human trafficking. |
|
A Behavior Analyst Working With Incarcerated Youth: Successes and Barriers |
DEBORAH A. NAPOLITANO (Daemen University) |
Abstract: According to Rava et al. (2107), by the age of 21 approximately 20% of their sample of teenagers with Autism had some contact with law enforcement, with approximately 5% having been arrested. Due to systemic problems with the services for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in the criminal justice system in New York it is highly likely that this statistic is at least indicative of this overrepresentation of persons with autism and/or IDD served by the Division of Juvenile Justice System programs (DJJOY) in New York State. There are many systemic barriers that likely contribute, including poor services for individuals with IDD, lack of availability of diagnostic services, and a lack of services and advocacy in schools particularly for individuals from historically marginalized communities (e.g., persons of color). This significant problem creates a need for behavior-analytic services, interprofessional collaboration, and advocacy directly with teams working in the Juvenile Justice, Child Welfare, and Developmental Disability systems as well as at the systems and legislative levels. The purpose of this presentation is to describe some of the successes and barriers to providing behavior-analytic services and advocacy within the juvenile-justice system in New York. Additionally, tips on how to respecialize in one’s scope of practice and competence to provide services to this much needed population will be discussed. |
|
Building Constructive Prison Environments: 50 Years After Skinner’s Call for Positive Action |
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice), James Santoyo (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice), Michael Ito (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice) |
Abstract: Token economy effectiveness with prison populations and adjudicated youth has been established within the behavior analytic literature over the past 50 years. An increase in their implementation within juvenile justice facilities through the use of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) has occurred over the past 20 years. More recently, an increase has also occurred in legislation being passed requiring the use of PBIS to offset policies and procedures that are punitive, developmentally inappropriate, and unequitable. Following a significant transformation focused on diversionary practices, the Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice now operates one maximum security facility. Youth served are historically under resourced and cross multiple systems. Over the past five years, Virginia DJJ has implemented PBIS within their Division of Education. The results demonstrated a significant decrease in the total occurrence of disruptive behavior, and the duration of time students spent out of class due to school disciplinary removals, allowing increased instructional opportunities. This success and recommendations from a state auditory investigation for an evidence-based behavior management program has led to the expansion of PBIS facility-wide. This presentation will explore the opportunity for increased behavior analytic applications to a large-scale implementation covering all systems within a state government agency. |
|
Scoping Review of Commonly Used Lures in Human Trafficking |
ARTURO GARCIA (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Cecilia Pannone (University of South Florida), Andrea Babb (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Traffickers lure an individual into a situation or engage in a behavior that will likely result in their entrapment and exploitation. An individual’s propensity to victimization by responding to lures may be influenced by certain environmental conditions (e.g., history of abuse) and instances of high-risk behaviors (e.g., running away). By identifying environmental conditions surrounding abuse instances, it may be possible to construct a functional relationship between the altering value of trafficker-used lures and cumulative risk factors. A scoping review of the current literature was conducted, following the guidelines of the PRISMA-ScR, to identify trends and patterns of lures and grooming strategies used by traffickers. The review was conducted across four databases: PubMed, SAGE Journals Online, ScienceDirect, and Web of Science. Articles were categorized by their methodological approach. The database search identified 206 articles, of which 50 were categorized as mixed-method research. Extrapolated data were analyzed for correlations between (a) risk factors, (b) environmental conditions, and (c) high-risk behaviors. This paper will discuss a theoretical framework, based on behavior analytical principles, for the functional relationship of the cumulative risk factors that precede and increase the likelihood of vulnerability and victimization to sexual exploitation in relation to a trafficker’s commonly used lures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluations of Compound Reinforcement Schedules Related to the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Discussant: Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University) |
CE Instructor: Kayla Randall, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners have recognized the utility and success of compound reinforcement schedules, such as multiple and concurrent schedules, in the treatment of challenging behavior. This symposium provides evaluations of clinically relevant procedures conducted and/or evaluated within the context of compound reinforcement schedules. Specifically, in the first study, stimulus transfer procedures were evaluated within a multiple schedule arrangement as they related to schedule thinning during FCT-based intervention. In the second study, reinforcer dimensions were evaluated within the context of concurrent schedule arrangements to identify how concurrent-schedule based interventions (i.e., non extinction-based interventions) could be designed and to determine if differences existed across responses (arbitrary and clinically relevant) targeted. Results are discussed in the context of (a) what strategies allow for greater practicality of intervention implementation, and (b) how concurrent schedules can be utilized to guide intervention design. Dr. Kayla Randall will provide discussion of the projects and suggestions for future directions this and similar research can pursue. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, Concurrent schedule, developmental disabilities, multiple schedule |
Target Audience: intermediate practitioners and researcher |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the utility of compound schedules as a basis for evaluation of intervention and assessment variables. 2. Compare the effects of assessments conducted with target behavior and challenging behavior. 3. Differentiate between the use of arbitrary and naturally occurring stimuli in the process of schedule thinning. |
|
Incorporating Naturally Occurring Discriminative Stimuli Within Multiple Schedule Arrangements: An Evaluation of Two Instructional Methods |
JORDAN DEBRINE (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Seth Walker (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: We evaluated two methods to increase the generality of functional communication training (FCT) by incorporating naturally occurring stimuli within a multiple schedule thinning arrangement. In the present study, we used a stimulus control transfer procedure to determine the degree to which discriminated responding can be transferred from arbitrary to naturally occurring stimuli while maintaining high levels of functional communication and low rates of destructive behavior. Following the acquisition of discriminative control in the presence of an arbitrary stimulus, we transferred discriminative properties to naturally occurring activities that signal the unavailability of reinforcement. We compared rates of acquisition of discriminated functional communication responses and rates of destructive behavior using the stimulus control transfer procedure to direct discrimination training of naturally occurring stimuli. Results of the evaluation support the efficacy of both teaching strategies; however, directly teaching discrimination resulted in higher levels of discriminated responding, lower rates of destructive behavior, and fewer sessions to reach mastery criteria relative to stimulus fading. |
|
Comparison of Reinforcement Paramater Heirarchy Assessments With Arbitary and Clinically Relevant Behavior |
ROSE MORLINO (May Institute), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Although extinction is a common and effective treatment component included in behavior reduction procedures, adverse side effects may make its inclusion impractical to implement. Treatments that include concurrent schedule arrangements may provide an alternative to extinction. A review by Trump et al. (2020) found that concurrent schedules without extinction interventions were successful in reducing challenging behavior, but the results were idiosyncratic. These results might be due to different parameter sensitivities across participants. Kunnavatana et al. (2018) assessed individual and relative sensitivity to the reinforcement parameters used in concurrent schedule-based interventions to determine a parameter hierarchy prior to developing an intervention for challenging behavior. However, they used arbitrary behaviors during the assessment instead of clinically relevant behaviors. Thus, the current study compared the results of a parameter hierarchy assessment with arbitrary behaviors (i.e., button pressing) to a parameter hierarchy assessment with clinically relevant behaviors (i.e., communication and challenging behavior) to determine if the results would align. Three elementary-aged children with special education eligibilities for autism or significant developmental delay participated in this study. Results show no alignment between the two assessments across participants. Despite the lack of alignment, an effective intervention to reduce challenging behavior was identified for two participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
When One’s Listener and Speaker Behaviors Join – The Effects of a Rotated Protocol on Verbal Behavior Development Cusps |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Francis Hwang (Touchstone ABA) |
Discussant: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone) |
CE Instructor: Francis Hwang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) posited the joining of the listener- and speaker-within-the-skin to refer to when one talks to oneself overtly or covertly. Expanding on this notion, verbal behavior development theorists identified specific verbal behavior development cusps that lead to joining of the listener and speaker. These cusps allow one to be fully verbal as one functions as both a listener and a speaker (Pohl et al., 2020). Researchers also found protocols that showed positive effects on inducing these cusps, if missing in one’s repertoires. We conducted 2 studies to further investigate the joining of listener and speaker cusps. In the first study, we sought to identify a significant relation among the presence of specific joining of the listener and speaker cusps. In the second experiment, we tested the effects of a rotated protocol package on the emergence of cusps that join listener and speaker behaviors. The rotated protocol consisted of components from social listener reinforcement (Reilly-Lawson & Walsh, 2007), self-talk immersion protocol (Farrell et al., in revision), and multiple exemplar instruction (Gilic & Greer, 2012). Results are discussed in terms of the change one’s interaction with the environment following the acquisition of joining of the listener and speaker verbal behavior cusps. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): developmental protocol, Inc-BiN, social communication, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Target audience should have basic knowledge of Skinner's verbal behavior and verbal behavior development theory. The symposium is designed for practitioners to expand their learners' verbal behavior development through protocols and interventions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify verbal developmental cusps that are prerequisites to development of verbal developmental cusps that joins one's listener and speaker behaviors; (2) describe probe procedures to assess targeted verbal developmental cusps |
|
Identifying Necessary Skills to Support the Joining of the Listener and Speaker Repertoires |
TRICIA CLEMENT-JAMES (LaBAA), Francis Hwang (Touchstone ABA) |
Abstract: Expanding on Skinner (1957)’s verbal behavior, researchers identified verbal developmental cusps and protocols that induce certain cusps when missing in one’s repertoires. Verbal behavior cusps allow one to access new reinforcers that did not have reinforcing properties prior to acquiring the verbal behavior cusp. Previous research found that verbal developmental cusps accelerate one’s learning, make new learning possible, and lead to social learning. Based on the preliminary study that showed Incidental Bidirectional Naming as the most predominantly missing repertoires across 15 participants, we expanded the research question in the current study. In this study, we conducted probes for listener, speaker, and joining of listener and speaker verbal developmental cusps to identify skills that may be necessary for the joining of the listener and speaker repertoires to emerge. We sought to identify significant correlation among the presence of verbal developmental cusps. The study is currently on going. The result of the study is discussed in terms of future directions for participants who did not have certain verbal developmental cusps in their repertoires. |
|
The Effects of a Rotated Protocol Package on Joining of Listener and Speaker Verbal Behavior Cusps |
FRANCIS HWANG (Touchstone ABA), Tricia Clement-James (LaBAA), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone) |
Abstract: Expanding one’s verbal community, accelerating learning, and social learning are some key goals for all learners. These critical skills are closely tied to the development of verbal behavior developmental cusps (Pohl et al., 2020). Researchers’ identified protocols that induce the missing verbal developmental cusps. However, implementation of a protocol for each missing cusp is time consuming. Previous research investigated a rotated protocol package designed to induce preverbal foundation cusps (Keohane et al. 2008). The results showed increases in capabilities associated with the preverbal foundation cusps for the protocol’s implemented.
In the current study, we utilized a multiple probe design to test the effects of a rotated protocol package on the joining of listener and speaker cusps. The rotated protocol package in this study included the implementation of research-based protocols to induce joining of the listener and speaker cusps. We targeted acquisition of multiple cusps that lead to joining of one’s listener and speaker behaviors. The study is currently ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Research in Precision Teaching: Theoretical Implications and Practical Applications in Clinical and Educational Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Martin Kozloff (NCABA) |
CE Instructor: James Stocker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Precision Teaching represents a measurement and decision-making system that maximizes the development of academic, functional, and socially significant behaviors. The standard celeration chart serves as the primary tool for visual analysis and yields quantifiable outcomes to evaluate behavioral fluency. The present symposium examines current research in precision teaching with an emphasis on the theoretical implications and practical applications that carry a significant impact in clinical and educational settings. The individual presentations cover topics such as assessing how graph type influences behavior analysts' evaluations and decision-making, identifying frequency aims for daily living skills that signify behavioral fluency in autistic individuals and individuals with developmental disabilities, and the application of a packaged reading intervention using a dosage approach to optimize instructional efficiency and efficacy in an urban school setting. Attendees of the symposium can expect a concise review of the methodology and results associated with each research contribution as well as recommendations for future research and implications for practitioners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Pre-requisite skills include having a basic understanding of measurement, data display, and interpretation as outlined in the BCBA Task List (5th edition). |
Learning Objectives: 1. Given simulated data in various graph formats, behavior analysts will evaluate trend magnitude with at least 90% agreement compared to expert consensus, demonstrating the ability to interpret trends based on graph type accurately; 2. After reviewing standard rules for interpreting trends using linear versus ratio graphs, behavior analysts will select appropriate treatment changes with 95% accuracy according to graph-based decision rules, demonstrating skill in using visual data to guide clinical decision-making; 3. Given a visual display and associated table depicting data from a multiple probe design study, behavior analysts will identify the level and level multiplier with 90% accuracy; 4. Given a visual display and associated table depicting data from a multiple probe design study, behavior analysts will identify celeration and celeration multiplier with 90% accuracy; 5. Describe critical learning outcomes associated with behavioral fluency; 6. Describe the difference between accuracy and behavioral fluency; 7. Explain the use of frequency aims and the importance to determine aims for daily living skills.. |
|
Slope Identification and Decision Making: A Comparison of Linear and Ratio Graphs |
(Theory) |
JAMES STOCKER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rick M. Kubina (Penn State) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts have traditionally used visual analysis of graphic data displays to determine functional relations between variables and guide treatment implementation. This study assessed how graph type influences behavior analysts' evaluations of trend magnitude, treatment decisions based on trend changes, and confidence in decision-making. Fifty-one behavior analysts examined simulated data presented on linear graphs with equal-interval scales and ratio-scaled graphs (i.e., multiply/divide or logarithmic vertical axis) with numeric celeration indicators. Standard rules for interpreting trends accompanied each graph. Results showed significantly higher agreement on trend magnitude evaluations and treatment decisions and higher confidence levels when using ratio graphs. Moreover, decision-making was most efficient with ratio charts and a celeration value. These findings have implications for research and practice regarding the influence of graph type on data interpretation and decision-making.Given simulated data in various graph formats, behavior analysts will evaluate trend magnitude with at least 90% agreement compared to expert consensus, demonstrating the ability to interpret trends based on graph type accurately. |
|
An Exploration of Frequency Aims for Daily Living Skills |
(Applied Research) |
Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Leah Yakabovits (Georgia Southern University), MADISEN DUKE (Georgia Southern University) |
Abstract: For autistic individuals and individuals with developmental disabilities, acquiring daily living skills (DLS) represents a critical component in establishing independence as they transition into adulthood. Researchers have suggested that designing instructional programming towards behavioral fluency, can help increase and maintain skills for individuals in these populations beyond traditional accuracy criteria. A frequency aim constitutes a level of performance that reliably predicts critical outcomes (e.g., retention, application) associated with behavioral fluency. Although frequency aims exist for academic skills, no research has identified the frequency aims needed to reach behavioral fluency for DLS. The present project sought to explore the frequency aims needed to reach behavioral fluency for a variety of DLS. Sixty college-aged participants performed 12 different tasks while researchers collected data on the movement cycles observed and the amount of time required to complete each task. We will present results from the project as well as discuss implications for practice. |
|
Effects of Explicit Decoding Plus Frequency Building for Consonant-Vowel-Consonant Word Reading in a Tier 3 Urban Elementary Setting |
(Applied Research) |
MARY ASHLEY BURCH (University of North Carolina Wilmington), James Stocker (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Martin Kozloff (NCABA) |
Abstract: A number of challenges exist when a disproportionate number of students concentrated in urban schools require the highest levels of academic support yet have inequitable access to evidence based interventions within multi tiered systems of support. The present investigation examined the effects of an explicit decoding plus frequency building intervention on consonant vowel consonant word reading fluency. Participants included three second-grade students receiving Tier 3 academic support at an urban public school in the southeastern United States. Using a dosage approach, the interventionists applied the intervention 5 to 8 minutes per day, over 8 to 9 days per word list. Results indicate a significant increase in words correct per minute and decrease in words incorrect per minute on the three words lists, curriculum-based assessments, and curriculum-based measurements. The session will include a statistical analysis using the standard celeration chart, implications for research and practice, and shared protocols for participant application in the field. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Research in K-12 Public Special Education Settings: Successes and Challenges |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: MaryAnn Demchak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is important to demonstrate that behavioral strategies can be systematically investigated in real-life settings; not just clinical or university settings. One such real-life setting is K-12 public school special education settings. Conducting behavioral research in these settings presents challenges and successes. The studies presented in this symposium demonstrate that special education teachers and paraprofessionals can implement systematic instruction, including response prompting procedures (e.g., prompt hierarchy; constant time delay). These results also provide strong evidence of social validity with typical interventionists implementing procedures in typical settings. However, real-life behavioral research also presents challenges. These challenges can include a greater number of extraneous variables that must be controlled, conflicting school activities that occur, inconsistent school attendance, and finding teacher and paraprofessional participants who are willing to do the extra work often related to participating in research. Additionally, demonstrated improvements may not be supported by natural contingencies present in the real-life setting (e.g., a lack of administrator support and reinforcement of new staff behaviors). Even though these challenges exist, successes are evident and school settings are great sources of participants and interventionists. This symposium focuses on three studies conducted in K-12 public school special education settings and addresses successes and challenges. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, Data-based Decision-making, IDD, Systematic instruction |
Target Audience: Intermediate - Understanding of single case research design methodologies, response prompting, and data-based decision-making |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) State benefits of and successes linked to conducting behavioral research in K-12 public school special education settings
(2) State challenges, and strategies to address those challenges, linked to conducting behavioral research in K-12 public school special education settings
(3) Describe the results of three studies focusing on response prompting and self-monitoring of data-based decision-making |
|
Functional Digital Literacy: Improving Email Skills of Adolescents With Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities Using Response Prompting Delivered Remotely |
ANDREA FORSYTH (Inclusive ABA) |
Abstract: Technology continues to permeate many areas of daily life. The importance of technology became more apparent during the recent pandemic. Many services innovatively moved to hybrid or technology-based methods of service. However, not all individuals accessed technology with the same opportunities. Persistent inequities remain for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), stemming from several variables, but most noticeably a lack of goal planning that includes digital literacy skills required to access technology necessary to improve post-secondary outcomes and opportunities. In the present study a multiple probe design across three behaviors (i.e., composing email, replying to email, including attachments in an email) was replicated across six participants. Intervention procedures employed direct instruction and the use of a systematic prompt hierarchy, delivered remotely using Zoom due to the pandemic, to increase basic email skills in adolescents with IDD. Results showed a functional relation between the intervention and improved emailing skills (composing, replying, and attachments) across all participants. |
|
Using a Pyramid Model and Behavioral Skills Training: Training Paraprofessionals to Implement Constant Time Delay Response Prompting |
JODEE PRUDENTE (Washoe County School District) |
Abstract: Teaching students with intellectual and development disabilities (IDD) can be complex. Teachers frequently rely on paraprofessionals to assist in the classroom in various ways. However, paraprofessionals are unlikely to have the knowledge and skills needed to perform all requested duties. Paraprofessionals require on-the-job training and support to meet students’ needs. Teachers are unlikely to have had preparation on how to train paraprofessionals. This study used behavioral skills training (BST) within a pyramidal approach to train paraprofessionals. The researcher trained teachers and teachers then trained paraprofessionals to implement systematic instructional plans using a constant time delay (CTD) response prompting procedure with students with severe IDD. Using a multiple probe design across participant triads (teachers, paraprofessionals, and students), effects of the intervention package on accuracy of paraprofessional implementation of systematic instructional plans and student progress were examined. A functional relation was demonstrated between the intervention package and improvements in paraprofessional behavior, with related improvements in student performance. This study successfully demonstrated the efficiency, feasibility, and acceptability of a pyramidal approach in training teachers to train five paraprofessionals to implement systematic instructional plans using CTD with students with significant IDD in a public school classroom, with data supporting generalization and maintenance. |
|
Effect of Self-Monitoring on Teacher Procedural Integrity of a Data-Based Decision-Making Process |
CHEVONNE SUTTER (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is one strategy used to increase procedural integrity (PI) of instructional practices. Self-monitoring, evaluating one’s own behaviors in relation to performance criteria, is documented by self-recording occurrence or accuracy of planned behaviors (Bishop et al., 2015). Some evidence indicates self-monitoring results in increased PI; however, many studies have not separated self-monitoring effects from those of performance feedback and other intervention components. Additionally, there is little evidence that self-monitoring, or its effects on PI, is maintained (Bishop et al., 2015; Mouzakitis et al., 2015).
The current study evaluated the effect of a self-monitoring checklist on PI of data-based decision-making (DBDM) by teachers of students with severe disabilities and to determine if effects were maintained and generalization was observed for untrained instructional plans. We identified additional intervention components needed to stabilize teacher performance at set criterion levels. A combined changing criterion and multi-component design was replicated across three participants with a fourth control participant. Results indicated self-monitoring alone was insufficient to yield high PI of DBDM. All teachers, including the control, needed additional intervention to maintain high levels of PI after initial intervention, despite having previously demonstrated competence in DBDM in graduate coursework and stating they used DBDM in their classrooms. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empirical Investigations Into Issues of Assent and Dissent When Delivering Behavioral Services |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Britany Melton (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Britany Melton, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior science's core principles involve compassion towards recipients of our services, with the goal to prevent human suffering and maximize the quality of life for those we serve. Over the past several years, there has been an increasing number of behavioral researchers advocating for more discussion of assent-based procedures, where clinical interventionists provide frequent opportunities for the recipients of our services to indicate their 'willingness' or 'dissent' from participating in the activities requested of them. This increased focus is laudable. However, up to this point, there have been only conceptual and advocacy papers written supporting this more enlightened view. The conceptual importance of using more assent-based procedures has been determined. However, now we must begin to explore aspeccts of assent and dissent using our research approaches inherent in the behavioral sciences. This symposium will consist of three research studies that empirically investigated aspects of assent and dissent. The researchers will present data-based results from systematic research studies exploring what are the behavioral components of assent and dissent, how to maximize assent and minimize dissent in clinical behavioral intervention, and how to train staff to deliver services in line with this new approach to treatment. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assent, ethics |
Target Audience: clinical interventionists; beginners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) orally describe the importance of assent opportunities for learners; (2) orally describe behaviors that might make up assent and dissent; (3) orally describe potential empirical research studies to expand our understanding of assent procedures. |
|
Enhancing Assent and Treatment Outcomes: A Case Study on Responding to Aversive Ambient Auditory Stimuli for an Autistic Adult |
FARIS R KRONFLI (University of Florida), Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of Florida), Malchijah Williams (Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The discussion of importance of assent and dissent procedures has moved from the conceptual argument for assent-based procedures, to exploring the variables related to identifying the components of assent-based procedures, so those procedures can be taught to clinical interventionists. The current study investigated the issue of teaching assent procedures to a recipient of services. We explored assent procedures to promote assent and treatment effectiveness for an autistic adult. The objective, at the request of the participant, was to evaluate an innovative approach to a) identify aversive auditory stimuli and b) teach Steven, a 19-year-old male, appropriate responses in the presence of these stimuli without directly exposing him to the stimuli. The results suggest that the procedures effectively identified auditory stimuli for assessment and taught the participant to avoid the aversive stimuli appropriately (that is, in ways that were not dangerous). Through the implementation of this novel approach, assent and treatment effectiveness were enhanced for the autistic individual |
|
Staff Training in Assent and Assent Withdrawal Behavior in Children With Disabilities |
JACQUELINE J. WEBER (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In recent years, there have been calls to action regarding the integration of compassionate care and assent into behavior analytic practice. Assent, in medical and educational interventions, is associated with an absence of coercion and with a willingness to engage. It is a core foundational value of humane and compassionate intervention across human service professions. A recent review of the research literature (Morris et al., 2021) revealed that attention to assent in Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) research is scarce. Critiques of the field have implied an inadequate focus on assent in clinical practice as well. There are definitional and measurement challenges associated with assent that are barriers to the integration of it into clinical work. In this study, instructors were trained to identify individualized indices of assent and withdrawal of assent for learners in their care. The focus on individualized indices represents an advance and reflects the highly tailored nature of behavior analytic intervention. Staff members were also taught to shift instructional strategies when assent was withdrawn. The study represents an empirical successful demonstration in training staff to identify and to honor both assent and withdrawals of assent. Limitations and future directions are discussed, in terms of measurement, training, and clinical practice. Implications for clinical practice and practitioner training are reviewed. |
|
Assessing Behaviors Related to Assent and Dissent |
ANDREA LOUISE EADS (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: The field of behavioral science has come increasingly concerned about issues related to consent and assent in both research and clinical situations. While consent has been more clearly defined legally, assent can be more difficult to determine, especially among individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or other intellectual or developmental disabilities. Determining assent and dissent of persons who do not effectively communicate is of particular interest. Thus, the purposes of this study are to operationally define responses that comprise the response classes of assent and dissent, accurately measure those behaviors across preferred and nonpreferred activities, and attempt to increase rates of assent and decrease rates of dissent using environmental manipulations, with children diagnosed with autism who do not communicate effectively. The results of this study should deepen understanding of the extent to which nonvocal behaviors could indicate the willingness of individuals to participate (or not) in activities, and could lead to proactive strategies to increase the willingness of individuals to participate in research and clinical activities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Kantor's Contributions to the Science of Behavior - Back and Forth |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over many decades, J. R. Kantor has made great contributions to the development of the science of behavior. These contributions have involved an impressive range of areas - including cultural behavior, physiological psychology, linguistics, the logic and philosophy of science, and many more. Considering the 50th anniversary of ABAI, the present symposium aims to reflect upon some of Kantor's most provocative writings, including commentaries on behaviorism and behavior analysis, the accumulation of scientific knowledge and how this facilitates and hinders progress over time, and, importantly, on the role of biology in the psychological domain. While reflecting upon these themes will comprise one part of the symposium presentations, a secondary aim is to consider how these topics relate to present day behavior science, including the philosophy of behavior science, research, and application. In summary, the symposium involves both looking back and also forward, to the future of the science of behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): interbehaviorism |
Target Audience: It is assumed that audience members will have a general understanding of behavioral principles, operant conditioning, and broad behavioral philosophy. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the difference between behaviorism and operant conditioning; 2) Discuss immense learning and it's implications for progress in scientific disciplines; 3) List two problems of biopsychology in interbehavioral perspective |
|
Behaviorism and Behavior Analysis: Then and Now |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The present presentation reviews some of Kantor's writings on behaviorism and behavior analysis. These writings address many topics, including various anti-behavioral positions. These previous anti-behavioral positions are reviewed, and their validity and significance is reconsidered in the current context of the field. Among other things, the relationship of behaviorism to behavior analysis is addressed, as some of these historical critiques and discussions pertain to operant conditioning more specifically. For example, Kantor asks "Is the condemnation of operantism a blow to behaviorism?", "Is anti-behaviorism reversionary mentalism?" and more. It is suggested that operant conditioning may be best conceptualized as a part or aspect of behaviorism, a particular methodological approach to studying learning. The possibility that some of the critiques of behaviorism are a consequence of semantic confusion is explored, and the implications of this confusion are considered. Consistent with the overarching theme of the symposium, the extent to which these historical writings pertain to present day behavior science, as well as its possible future, are considered. |
|
The Problem of Immense Learning |
GENEVIEVE M DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Kantor proposes that as particular schools of thought develop within scientific disciplines, there is an accumulation of knowledge that often becomes increasingly specific and focused over time. While this may be considered a good thing, in the sense that knowledge is indeed progressing over time, Kantor highlights that there may also be problematic consequences of immense knowledge. Most prominently, developing highly specialized knowledge in this way may circumvent or thwart the adoption of newer ways of thinking - ways of thinking that may result in more profound progress being made in the discipline. In Kantor's words, "Extensive conventional knowledge results in the resistance to more recent developments of improved information". The present paper reviews examples of this, as described in Kantor's writings. After reflecting on these examples, largely from within the field of psychology, the implications of the circumstance of immense knowledge for behavior science are discussed. Among other things, the presentation considers the extent to which behavior science has accumulated immense knowledge in some areas, and how this may or may not be preventing progress in different ways. |
|
Problems of Biopsychology Revisited |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper reviews Kantor’s contributions to biopsychology, as appear in his works of some 7 to 8 decades past. Addressed are Kantor’s assessment of two interrelated problems in this field, the first of which has to do with the conception of causality promoted in this context. He argues that while the brain has an inevitable place in every psychological event, neither it nor any functions localized within it cause the event of which it was itself a part. The second problem has to do with the nature of the factor isolated as the cause. Kantor argues that the relationship between the biological and psychological factors in behavioral events has been interpreted on the basis of psychophysiological dualism, wherein psychological factors are held to be caused by physiological processes having transcendental origins. The aim of this paper is to determine if these obstructions to progress in biopsychology have been overcome, in both psychology and behavior science specifically. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Choice, Time, and Evolution: Dynamics in Self-Injurious Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom A |
Area: SCI; Domain: Translational |
BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: John Falligant, Ph.D. |
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Presenting Authors: : JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: In physics, the study of dynamics is concerned with how forces act on bodies to change their movement—from this stems concepts involving Newton’s laws of motion, mass, inertia, momentum, kinetic energy and more. In behavior analysis, the study of dynamics is concerned with how consequences act on behavior via contingencies of selection over time. In this paradigm, behavior participates in a dynamic system with operant contingencies to produce emergent outcomes that are analyzed across multiple response dimensions, time scales, and units of analysis. Behavior dynamics provides a framework for investigating how operant behavior changes due to variation in the environment, yielding insights into the variables that underlie complex patterns of behavior—it embraces the idea that behavior is not static, but constantly evolving. This tutorial will explore the emerging application of behavior dynamics to the study of self-injury among individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities. This discussion will center on dynamics of response competition, time, and evolution. Throughout, my emphasis will be on making these concepts, along with selected analytic techniques, approachable for applied researchers. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: This tutorial is geared towards board certified behavior analysts, psychologists, and graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) understand how the study of behavior dynamics compliments the analysis of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior, (2) use multiple analytic approaches to examine the temporal dynamics of behavior, and (3) apply principles of Darwinian evolutionary theory to behavior maintenance and change. |
|
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Dr. Falligant is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and a Senior Behavior Analyst in the Neurobehavioral Unit at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. The Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute serve individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who suffer from severe behavioral dysfunction, including self- injury. His clinical work is focused on the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior in individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. His research coalesces around the analysis of transdiagnostic neurobehavioral variables underlying behavioral dysfunction, persistence and relapse, as well as the identification of functional behavioral phenotypes pertinent to treatment- resistant behavior. A unifying theme across these areas is the fine-grained analysis of behavioral events, including the microstructural analysis of behavior and its dynamics.
Dr. Falligant is a clinical psychologist and Board-Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). He received his Ph.D. from Auburn University. He completed his Doctoral Internship and a Postdoctoral Research Fellowship at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. |
|
|
|
|
|
Developing Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis That Balance Quality and Changing Stakeholder Expectations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Amanda Guld Fisher, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amanda Guld Fisher (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
JESSICA KENDORSKI (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
RICHARD GREGORY ALLEN (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
BARRY L. MCCURDY (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine) |
Abstract: Higher education in 2024 is irrefutably different than it was ten years ago. The landscape of graduate programming has changed in many ways including, but not limited to: decreases in admissions and enrollment, changes in admissions practices, changing accreditation requirements, increased awareness of inequity issues, responsiveness to service delivery issues, increased use of technology and remote teaching strategies, changes in administration and organizational structure, issues of appeals and litigation, etc. Some of these changes were initiated or exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. It seems that student, administration, accreditor, and public expectations of higher education processes are changing in ways that often manifest in decreased consumer satisfaction. It is often difficult to maintain a financially viable and socially valid graduate program that balances quality educational methods and competency-based training, with these changing stakeholder expectations. The curriculum, requirements, and instructional procedures are often at odds with the social validity from the viewpoint of students and may need to be more in balanca in order to grow the field with competent practitioners. This panel discussion will discuss various concerns along these areas as well as potential behavior analytic solutions that graduate programs can consider. The audience will be encouraged to brainstorm additional concerns and solutions for discussion. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Faculty, students, administrators related to higher education in behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: 1. list several concerns regarding the balance of quality higher education and social validity of students. 2. list several concerns regarding the balance of quality higher education and stakeholder expectations 3. list at least one example with a possible solution to a concern discussed. |
Keyword(s): accreditation, graduate program, higher education |
|
|
|
|
|
The Evaluation of Novel Procedures to Establish Equivalence Classes With Typical Adults |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University) |
Discussant: Ron F. Allen (Simmons University) |
CE Instructor: Ron F. Allen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium was to evaluate two new procedural applications to teach conditional discriminations and form equivalence classes with adult participants. The current methods to establish new conditioned reinforcers may be unreliable and the typical approach to establishing equivalence classes, matching-to-sample training and testing, can be labor intensive and time consuming. The first presentation, entitled “Transfer of Reinforcing Function Facilitated by Differential vs. Common Outcomes” sought to establish new conditional reinforcers via equivalence class formation and differential outcomes. The results indicated that stimuli from an equivalence class containing other, reinforcing stimuli, acquired reinforcing properties and was effective as a reinforcer to establish new classes. The second presentation, entitled “Establishing Equivalence Relations Utilizing a Sorting Procedure” used a stimulus sorting protocol to teach and test for the emergence of new conditional discriminations, indicative of equivalence class formation. The results indicated that teaching via a sorting protocol not only established new equivalence classes but did while substantially decreasing the teaching and testing trials necessary. The results of this symposium are discussed in terms of efficacy of instructional protocols used in more applied settings (e.g., classrooms, etc.). |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, conditioned reinforcement, sorting, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: Advanced. Participants should at least a working knowledge of stimulus equivalence and conditional discrimination training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the benefits and limitations of traditional stimulus equivalence research; (2 )identify the advantages of sorting as another method to assess the formation of stimulus classes; (3) explain the advantages of equivalence based instruction over more typical forms of instruction (e.g., differential reinforcement of correct response) |
|
Transfer of Reinforcing Function Facilitated by Differential Versus Common Outcomes |
(Basic Research) |
COLLEEN YORLETS (Simmons University), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University), Ron F. Allen (Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Several primary methods for establishing new reinforcers have yielded varied results. Stimulus equivalence procedures, while not traditionally used for such purposes, may prove beneficial. In the present study, two groups (Condition A & B) of three adults completed a series of match-to-complex sample trainings. Condition A participants completed a match-to-complex sample training in which unique reinforcers were utilized for each stimulus class. Following initial training, participants completed an additional training in which stimuli that functioned as discriminative stimuli in the first training were tested for a reinforcing function. Tests for equivalence class formation were conducted via sorting tests. Procedures for Condition B participants were identical to those for Condition A participants except for the reinforcers used. For Condition B participants, across all trainings a common reinforcer was used across stimulus classes. Results for one participant demonstrated via a reinforcer assessment that three different tokens functioned as reinforcers prior to training. Preliminary training data collected suggested that the first match-to-sample training will be successfully completed with the use of unique reinforcers. It is expected that participants trained using differential outcomes will demonstrate greater accuracy across phases, compared to those trained using common outcomes. |
|
Establishing Equivalence Relations Utilizing a Sorting Procedure |
(Basic Research) |
MEGAN BREAULT (Centria Autism), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample, MTS, procedures are most often utilized in equivalence research when teaching conditional discriminations and then testing for the formation of equivalence classes. The labor intensiveness and excessive time requirements of MTS procedures in the training and testing of equivalence classes has led experimenters to investigate alternative methodologies. Thus, researchers have investigated other methods to lessen the time commitment and the number of training and test trials. Sorting has been utilized in recent equivalence research to demonstrate class consistent responding during testing but has rarely been utilized as a training protocol to establish the baseline conditional discriminations necessary for the subsequent emergence of equivalence relations. The current study evaluated the efficacy of utilizing a sorting protocol for training conditional discriminations and testing for equivalence relations and compared the results of MTS versus sorting tasks with 4 typically developing adults. The results are discussed in terms increasing the probability of using of equivalence class instruction in applied settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Humans Learn Language Through Observation: A Verbal Behavior Development Account of Language Acquisition |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D. |
Presenting Authors: : JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Recent research developments in the identification and establishment of crucial verbal developmental cusps related to learning by observation provides a clearer picture of the trajectory of language development leading to incidental language learning (Incidental Bidirectional Naming or Inc-BiN). These findings suggest that a new account of Observational Learning (OL) is warranted, with particular attention to the role that it plays in language development. This reconceptualization of verbal behavior development includes cusps that encompass the following: a) imitating (see-do responding); b) emulating (duplication of outcomes); c) changing existing behavior; d) acquiring new respondents, operants, and higher-order operants; e) acquiring new reinforcers under denial conditions; f) learning listener and speaker responses from exposure alone; and g) learning multiple responses or arbitrarily applicable relations, all as a function of observation. This presentation will focus on the establishment of observational stimulus control that makes language learning possible. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practitioners; researchers; theorists; students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) be familiar with the verbal behavior development theory; (2) be familiar with an updated account of the observational stimulus control cusps involved in language development; (3) be familiar with the role that observational learning plays in language development |
|
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Dr. Jessica Singer-Dudek is the Director of Transdisciplinary Programs in ABA at Columbia University Teachers College. She also serves as a Senior Behavior Analyst Consultant to schools implementing the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model, and serves as the CABAS® Professional Advisory Board Secretary/Treasurer. Dr. Dudek’s research interests include component analyses of successful behavior analytic models of education, teacher and supervisor training, verbally governed and verbally governing behaviors, establishment of early observing responses, verbal behavior development, conditioned reinforcement, and observational learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Functional Analysis Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Pham Tran (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Pham Tran, M.S. |
Abstract: Functional Analyses (FAs) have been widely used in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis to determine the underlying function(s) of problem behavior. Advancements in functional analysis research suggest that functions of behaviors may change for a multitude of reasons (e.g., time, settings). The current symposium includes four papers focusing on findings from functional analyses evaluations. The first talk presents a study on the analysis of individuals who have had 2 FAs conducted. The second talk presents a study on a comparison between first admission and second admission FAs. The third talk presents a study on the investigation of the extent to which interaction effects occur with participants from a university based early childhood center. The final talk presents a study on the comparison of documented FA outcomes to retrospective ongoing visual inspection (OVI) results. All four studies will be discussed by Dr. Amanda Zangrillo who has extensive experience in implementation as well as research regarding FAs. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): function stability, functional analysis, problem behavior, visual inspection |
Target Audience: Submitted in the Basic level. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe potential implications of changing functions of problem behavior; (2) describe potential interaction effects in different settings; (3) describe potential differences in using OVI versus not using OVI to identify functions of behavior. |
|
Evaluating the Stability of the Function of Challenging Behavior Over Time |
ANNETTA C. LYNCH (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Jonathon C. Metz (Bancroft), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Few studies have reported the outcomes of functional analyses (FAs) completed at different points in time to evaluate the stability of behavioral function (Lerman et al., 1994). In the current study, we analyzed archival FA data from electronic health records (EHRs) in a large nonprofit behavioral health provider in order to evaluate whether documented functions of behavior remained stable over time. A search of the EHR produced 207 distinct FAs documented between 2018 and 2023. A review of these records identified 21 individuals who had at least 2 FAs completed for the same target behavior at least 6 months apart. Five more individuals with at least 2 FAs were identified through a review of additional clinical records. Of the 26 total individuals identified, FA results had exact agreement for 14 individuals, partial agreement for 8 individuals, and no agreement for 4 individuals. For the individuals whose FA results did not match, 3 out of 4 of the data sets included at least one inconclusive FA result. Variables that may account for the different outcomes (e.g., protocol differences) will be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Functional Analysis Results From First to Second Admissions in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
JESSICA PHAM TRAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alexandra Cicero (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe Meyer Institute), Colleen McGrory (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Functional analyses are considered the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior. Once the functional analysis is implemented and a function is identified, a function-based intervention can be developed and implemented. Typically, if a social function is identified, some form of functional communication (FCT; Tiger et al., 2008) is implemented. Previous research has demonstrated FCT to be an effective treatment that both decreases problem behavior while increasing appropriate alternative responses (i.e., Functional Communication Responses; FCRs). Although FCT is an effective intervention for problem behavior, there may be times where FCT becomes ineffective over the course of its implementation (Ringdahl & St. Peter, 2017). One possible explanation for decreases in the effectiveness of FCT includes a change in the function of problem behavior. Specifically, it is possible that if the initially identified function shifts, the intervention will no longer be relevant. Possible implications of this decrease in effectiveness of treatment may include lack of caregiver treatment adherence, resulting in possible readmissions due to an increase of problem behavior. The purpose of this study was to compare the results of a functional analyses conducted during an initial admission into a severe behavior clinic to the results of a functional analysis conducted during a second admission. |
|
Evaluating Interaction Effects of Functional Analysis on Problem Behavior in Other Settings |
LISA MARIE AMBROSEK (The University of Kansas), Breanna R Roberts (The University of Kansas), Laura B Camafreita (The University of Kansas), Kathryn A Gorycki (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Reported barriers to conducting functional analyses (FAs) in clinical and school settings are induction or contrast effects, also referred to as interaction effects. Induction results in an increase of problem behavior, while contrast results in a suppression of problem behavior. Studies to date have investigated the phenomena of interaction effects in the natural environment during functional analysis and have found results be idiosyncratic (Call et al., 2012, Call et al., 2017) or that no interaction effects exist with a small set of participants (Davis et al., 2014, Shabani et al., 2012). The purpose of the present study was to further investigate the extent to which interaction effects occur with a relatively large population of participants from a university based early childhood center. Levels of classroom problem behavior prior to the initiation of FA and during the course of the FA were compared for 11 young children in an early education center. The results of this study are reported and discussed in terms of induction and contrast effects related to functional analysis. |
|
Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Accuracy in Functional Analysis (FA) Interpretation: Application of Ongoing Visual Inspection (OVI) to Previous Completed FAs |
KIMBERLY R. FORD (Bancroft), Dawn M. Smith (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Jeff Schram (Bancroft), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Structured criterion lines have become an objective measurement tool to accurately apply visual inspection to functional analysis (FA) results (Roane et al., 2013). Additionally, ongoing visual inspection (OVI) has been applied as an objective measure to interpret ongoing results of a functional analysis, with the use of “stop” criteria (Saini et al., 2018). In this current study, we applied OVI to over 200 archival functional analyses documented in an electronic health record (EHR) at a large nonprofit behavioral health provider from 2018-2023. Results from the OVI analysis were compared with the documented FA outcomes and data on agreement was recorded. Data were also collected on whether the FA was terminated at the appropriate time based on the OVI criteria. Results suggest that applied practitioners often correctly interpreted the results of experimental functional analysis, despite having very little training in the structured criteria or OVI. It was more difficult to apply the OVI “stop” criteria to the completed FAs due to methodological differences (e.g., protocol modifications, inclusion of an automatic screening).. |
|
|
|
|
|
Prompt Less and Shape More: Using Interconnected Chains for Skill Acquisition and Problem Behavior Reduction When Teaching Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1932) was able to shape behaviors quickly and without trial and error because he first taught his rats all of the prerequisites they needed (Sidman, 2010). Behavior analysts who work with children with autism and developmental disabilities generally do not observe this fast, one-trial learning, perhaps because they are not following Skinner’s model. Instead, it is common to see repeated errors, variability in outcomes, prompt dependence, escape or avoidance behaviors, and inappropriate behaviors. In this symposium, we will examine how accelerated learning can occur when the therapist begins by building a reinforcement system consisting of an interconnected chain of therapist-student behaviors (Fernandez and Roasles-Ruiz, 2023; Rosales-Ruiz, Hunter, and Fernandez, 2023). The first paper discusses literature on shaping without the use of extra stimulus prompts, the second an experiment with students that measured the efficiency of instructional sessions using this approach, the third reducing high rates of problem behaviors without directly addressing them, and the fourth teaching students with profound discrimination problems to tact colors using shaping procedures. These four studies offer practitioners an alternative approach to designing and implementing instruction for children with ASD and other developmental disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target audience should have studied behavior analysis at the undergraduate level and should be familiar with terms such as Reinforcement, Conditioned reinforcers, stimulus control, verbal operants. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Describe how to build Reinforcement systems (2) Discuss interconnected chains (3) Shape behvaior with minimal prompts (4) Explain how to capture behavior without prompting (5) Teach using the constructional approach |
|
Shaping With or Without Prompting: Findings From a Scoping Review |
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University), Lise Renat Roll-Pettersson (Stockholm University), Wissam Mounzer (Stockholm university), Samuel Odom (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) |
Abstract: Shaping is an effective and well-established gradual change procedure for teaching new skills that is sometimes combined with other strategies, such as prompting. However, to the best of our knowledge, no review has been published that provides an overview of applications of response shaping in interventions for persons with developmental disabilities. Results of the current scoping review include a description of the reviewed studies, and a synthesis of the findings. This includes a study of participant samples, experimental designs, teaching settings, assessments used, social validity, and shaping outcomes. A majority of the studies targeted persons with autism spectrum disorder, even though other diagnoses were also represented. Most studies employed single-case experimental designs and reported positive outcomes of response shaping, for a variety of target behaviors.While it is possible to combine response shaping with various prompts, it can also be used without prompts.This presentation will highlight and discuss the presence or absence of prompting in the reviewed studies. |
|
Improving Quality of Instruction for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) by Building Interconnected Therapist-Student Behavior Chains |
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Shushmita K.S (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Children with ASD and developmental disorders may learn at a slower pace when teachers use poorly-designed reinforcement schedules (Epstein 1985), the withdrawal of positive reinforcement (Ferster, 1957), intrusive prompting, and procedures that create poisoned cues (Pryor and Ramirez, 2014). Fernandez and Rosales-Ruiz (2023) and Rosales-Ruiz, Hunter and Fernandez (2023) proposed that learning can be accelerated if the teacher starts by building a reinforcement system consisting of an unconditioned reinforcer, a conditioned reinforcer (Ferster, 1975), and a reinforcement delivery system. In this approach, backward chaining is used to build interconnected chains of therapist-student behaviors. In this study, two students with ASD displayed high levels of escape and distress behaviors during baseline (90% and 40% of the sessions). Using backward chaining, they first learned to access reinforcement systematically and then to perform low-response-effort tasks. As students’ affect improved and response latencies reduced, new instructional stimuli were added. After treatment, both participants displayed relaxed affect during sessions and zero escape behaviors. Experiments are continuing with more students. Additional data will be presented related to prompt-free instruction procedures that use shaping to increase the pace of instruction and learn units acquired. |
|
Behavior Reduction Without Direct Intervention - A Constructional Approach |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Tejashree Gambhir (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Autism intervention typically begins with an assessment of a child’s skills (Roane, et al., 2016). If the child engages in unwanted behavior, a functional behavior assessment is conducted and the following treatment plan generally focuses on behavior reduction, along with skill building. Behavior analysts can alternatively concentrate solely on building solutions. Strategies may include modifying the environment for free operant learning (Ferster, 1953), use shaping with minimal prompts, build desirable repertoires (Goldiamond, 1975) and building reinforcement systems as interconnected chains (Fernandez & Rosales-Ruiz, 2023). In the current study we applied these ideas to build reinforcement loops with student initiations, therapist directed transitions and honouring reach out during mands. Minimal prompts were used during the intervention and pre-requisite behaviors were taught for improved learning readiness. During baseline, rates of non-compliance was high, manding was low, and each child engaged in high levels of challenging behaviors Data across four participants demonstrated improvements in eye contact and a reduction in a variety of challenging behaviors without direct intervention for either of these measures. The positive effect on acquisition of learn units post intervention will be discussed. The study is continuing with additional participants. |
|
Teaching to Tact Colors Using Shaping and Interconnected Chains to Four Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) |
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), TEJASHREE GAMBHIR (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: A combined blocking procedure (Williams et.al., 2005) was effective in teaching colors discrimination to a 14-year-old boy with Autism. The current study used a shaping procedure with minimal prompts and interconnected behavior chains (Rosales-Ruiz, Hunter, and Fernandez, 2023). Four students aged 5 to 9 years with a limited repertoire of tacts (50-100) and listener responding (50-100) participated in this study. In assessments of colors discrimination, three students emitted correct responses at less than chance levels in baseline and a fourth slightly above chance levels with high variability. We selected six color targets for each participant. Each color was trained one at a time, presented on a table initially with no distractors. After mastery in step 1, second and third distractors were added on the table in steps 2 and 3 with the student pointing to and tacting the target color. After mastery in terminal step for a color, subsequent target colors were similarly trained, and the study concluded with successful performance in randomized presentations. At the time of submission, the first participant successfully met criterion for the first target color with intervention continuing. Replications with subsequent target colors and additional participants will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Impact of Behavior Analysis on Mental Health Services – Then and Now |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia) |
CE Instructor: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In line with this year’s conference theme, this symposium highlights the history and future of behavioral analysis applied to mental health services through multiple lenses. We begin with the history and current status of functional analysis in clinical case formulations for mental and behavioral health presentations illustrating strategies that increase a clinician’s abilities to contextualize client presenting concerns. This will be followed by two presentations that focus on the evolution of behavior analytic conceptualizations of depression and anxiety from the early work by Skinner and Ferster to present day. The depression and anxiety presentations are also accompanied by case illustrations. Our fourth presentation focuses on the ethical issues of assent when working with vulnerable populations and the enduring relevance of Goldiamond’s work in guiding ethical clinical practice. Finally, we have an international expert on Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), a radical behavioral approach to interpersonal therapy, provide commentary on the history and future of clinical behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): case formulation, clinical, mental health |
Target Audience: Individuals with advanced graduate degrees that target the application of behavioral principles. |
Learning Objectives: (1) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to use structured clinical case formulation tools to improve the individual tailoring of their client treatment plans. (2) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to use descriptive functional analysis to link interpersonal components of depressed and suicidal clinical case presentations to evidence-based interventions. (3) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to incorporate a broad range of behavioral principles into client-specific case formulations involving safety behaviors. (4) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how individual, local community, and system-level assumptions underlying problem definitions impact treatment planning. |
|
Functional Analysis in Clinical Case Formulations – History and Current Status |
(Theory) |
CRYSTAL YUET WEN LIM (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Already in 1974, Kanfer and Saslow pointed out shortcomings of the current diagnostic system, which bases diagnoses on the classification and clustering of presenting problems viewed topographically. They introduced functional analysis as a powerful tool and suggested that behavioral health problems could be viewed as (a) behavioral deficits, (b) behavioral excesses, (c) inappropriate stimulus control, (d) inappropriate self-management, and (e) inappropriate reinforcement contingencies. Later developments by Haynes and colleagues (2011) focused on a collaborative approach by which clients are actively engaged in generating functional analytical clinical case diagrams (FACCD) to be tested. These comprehensive diagrams extend Kanfer and Saslow’s work and capture historical and current factors that may be influencing the presenting problem, including strengths (and not only weaknesses), medical conditions, relationship characteristics, and other social patterns. With the FACCD, collaborative treatment planning results in examining the effects of different variables during treatment. This presentation will explore the connection between the functional analytical approach FACCD, focusing on social determinants of behavior change. |
|
The Interpersonal Contexts of Depression and Suicidal Behavior |
(Theory) |
PEIQI LU (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Depressed behavior is characterized by a loss of access to reinforcers, and suicidal behavior (e.g., thoughts, feelings of hopelessness, planning, or intent) sometimes accompanies such loss. Behavior analysis has a long history of addressing depressed and suicidal behavior, starting with Ferster’s work in 1973 that outlined potential contextual factors. Ferster focused on ineffective social interactions, marked by magical mands and coercion, that contribute to an absence of reinforceable responses and the emergence of extreme behavior. Later, interpersonal theories of depression (for a review, see Van Orden et al., 2010) picked up the circumstance that individuals with depressed behavior often meet with social dislike or rejection. This presentation will discuss how functional analysis conceptualizes and targets depressed and suicidal behaviors from an interpersonal perspective, illustrated with case examples. Functional analysis allows for the design of individualized treatments by understanding idiosyncratic contextual factors that maintain target behaviors. Emphasis will be placed on linking assessment to current empirically supported intervention packages (e.g., behavioral activation, acceptance and commitment therapy, problem-solving therapy, interpersonal therapy). |
|
Behavior Analysis of Anxiety and Phobia - From Conditioned Emotional Responses to Safety Behaviors |
(Theory) |
STEPHANIE LIN (University of Hawaii-Manoa), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Early behavioral conceptualizations of anxiety and phobia involved a mixture of operant and respondent conditioning formulations. For example, conditioned emotional responses (CERs) reflected how conditioned stimuli (CS) paired with aversive stimuli could disrupt operant behavior (Estes & Skinner, 1941). As learning theories were used to develop behavior therapies for anxiety and phobia interventions focused on extinction, competing responses, and stimulus control interventions. Goldfried and Davison (1976/1994) noted that in addition to CER, anxiety often characterizes clinical situations where skills deficits are present, clients experience competing or untenable contingencies, and where rule or other verbally-governed behavior negatively impact performance. Subsequent research has looked at the plausible roles of somatic alarm conditioning and relational operants. A contemporary contextual behavior analytic approach incorporates an even broader analysis of complex life circumstances that impact these clinical presentations including the role of health, the social community, and safety behaviors. A contemporary update of a behavior analytic account of anxiety and phobia will be presented along with an illustrative case presentation. |
|
The Relevance of Goldiamond’s Work to Advocacy and Social Change |
(Theory) |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), Lindsey Bookman (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Society at large defines the circumstances under which specific behavioral patterns count as “problematic” and “intervenable.” In the 1970s, Goldiamond pointed out that behavioral health providers – as members of the culture – often uncritically accept the given social definitions of behaviors needing intervention. Consequently, behavioral health providers may rely on behavior reduction programs and adapt client behavior to systems (e.g., educational, care, or familial) that are inadequate, ineffective, discriminatory, oppressive, and in need of reform. He outlined steps to safeguard providers from participating in questionable social or institutional practices. The current presentation will review the problem with “problem definitions” and Goldiamond’s proposed solutions. We will especially consider caregiving/parenting and surrogate consent situations. Working with individuals who have difficulties expressing their preferences requires a careful analysis of the interests of the individual, their local community, and the systems in which they participate. Finally, we will discuss expanding the roles of behavioral health providers to include advocacy and the facilitation of social change. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Search for Order in Single Participant Patterns on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Alceu Regaço dos Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Siri Ming (Private Practice) |
CE Instructor: Siri Ming, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) is a method used to assess natural verbal relations. Recent calls have been made to refine the tool into a better understood and more precise functional-analytic procedure. An important strategy involved in doing so will be to identify the functional properties of all of the stimulus elements contained within the IRAP and how they contribute towards specific response patterns, and in particular at the level of the individual participant. The current symposium presents four papers that contribute to this research agenda. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) experimental analyses of the impact of levels of derivation on differential patterns of single-participant IRAP effects; (2) attempts to manipulate patterns of effects produced on the procedure, within participants; (3) experimental analyses of the impact of multiple exposures on the stability (or instability) of single-participant patterns of responding; and (4) the impact of a motivating variable on single participant IRAP responding. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavioural dynamics, Cfunc dominance, IRAP, RFT |
Target Audience: A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize how recent developments in RFT have informed advances in behavior-analytic work using the IRAP; (2) articulate ways in which recent work using the IRAP has sought to gain prediction-and-influence over single-participant patterns of responding produced on the procedure; (3) provide examples of how recent work using the IRAP has sought to refocus its use a functional-analytic tool.” |
|
Exploring the Impact of Derivation on Single-Participant Response Patterns on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
MARCELLO SILVESTRE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Alceu Regaço (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Guilherme Sbrocco (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) is purported to be a context for exploring natural verbal relations as defined within relational frame theory (RFT). Recent analyses have highlighted the relative behavior-controlling impact of the functional (Cfunc) versus relational (Crel) properties of stimuli on differential patterns of effects produced on the procedure. The current study first sought to replicate a robust group-level effect characteristic of Cfunc dominance, the happiness superiority effect, but at the single-participant level. This pattern was observed in the majority of participants (10/13). However, some counterintuitive patterns of effects were also observed. A follow-up study sought to explore the impact of levels of derivation on these effects by partially replicating Experiment 1 but extending the training and testing elements of the procedure across two days. In addition, this second experiment explored the impact of training procedure (matching-to-sample versus Training IRAP) on the effects produced. Implications for analyses of the behavioral dynamics involved in derived relational responding, and the learning histories involved in understanding the evolution of that responding are discussed. |
|
Predicting-and-Influencing Cfunc Dominance in the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: A Within Participant Analysis |
COLIN HARTE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) provides a context for exploring the behavioral dynamics involved in arbitrarily applicable relational responding. Recent conceptual and empirical advances in relational frame theory (RFT) have highlighted the extent to which the functional (Cfunc) and relational (Crel) properties of stimuli differentially interact to impact upon patterns of effects produced on the IRAP. The current experiment aimed to produce and subsequently manipulate a robust pattern of responding often observed on the IRAP, known as single trial-type dominance. Specifically, participants were exposed to an IRAP composed of abstract symbols, and the foregoing effect was noted in all participants. Subsequently, novel familiar stimuli (happy faces) were inserted into the IRAP with the intention of attempting to reverse the dominance effect. This reversal was reliably observed in 16 out of 21 participants (p=.01). In addition, a follow-up control condition sought to assess whether it was indeed the impact of the happy face that served to reverse the effect or whether the introduction of any novel stimulus would do so. The findings are discussed in the context of developing an increasingly precise functional-analysis of the controlling variables brought to bear by the IRAP as a behavior-analytic tool. |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a Measure of a Construct Versus a Context for Analysing the Behavioral Stream |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) emerged within the beahvior analytic tradition but very quickly it was used almost exclusively as a proxy for ill-defined psychological constructs. Recently, however, research has begun to use the IRAP as a context for analysing the dynamics of arbitrarily applicable relational responding. One of the main questions arising from this recent refocusing is the extent to which behavioral patterns observed on the IRAP remain stable across time. Insofar as the functions of stimuli presented within an IRAP may change through repeated presentations, it may be that similar IRAP patterns are not observed across repeated exposures. The current study involved two experiments that exposed participants to six consecutive IRAPs. Experiment 1 presented the two categories of stimuli (faces and furniture) across all IRAPs, with each category represented by a single word and a single picture. Experiment 2 was similar except each category was presented by four different words and four different pictures within each IRAP. Results of Experiment 1 indicate considerable variability across exposures within individual participants, with Experiment 2 currently underway. The findings highlight the dynamic nature of behavior produced across multiple exposures to the IRAP. |
|
The Impact of Motivation on Derived Relational Responding: An Extended Replication |
GABRIEL HIDEKI SIMÕES OSHIRO (São Paulo State University), Isabela Moura (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Joao Henrique de Almeida (São Paulo State University), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), WILLIAM Ferreira PEREZ (Instituto Par - Análise do Comportamento), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Recent research has highlighted the profound impact of motivation on derived relational responses. This research has shown that pepper intake could increase motivation for access to water, significantly impacting IRAP trial-types that targeted an arbitrary stimulus coordinated with water, producing larger positive-water scores. In the present investigation, we sought to establish two derived coordination networks employing different procedures: Matching-to-sample and Training IRAP. These networks were formed by abstract elements with one meaningful stimulus in: a depiction of a glass filled with water and a neutral image. After the relational training and testing, participants were exposed to an IRAP and semantic differential. Before each of these measurement procedures, participants consumed liquid pepper. In this replication, the participant's data will be considered individually (rather than group). Results thus far indicate broadly similar patterns as the previous study such that the motivational variable impacts the contextual properties of the responses on IRAP. The implications of these findings, including comparison with the original investigation and consideration of the impact of learning history on patterns of responding, will be discussed within the context of recent developments in RFT, aiming to produce further information on the elaborate interaction between motivation and symbolic control. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Applications of Group Contingencies in School Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University ) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (Georgia State University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium features four research presentations that will focus on applications of group contingencies in school settings. The first presentation will demonstrate the use of synchronous delivery of music within an interdependent group contingency to increase toy clean up behavior of small groups of preschoolers. The second presentation will discuss the effects of and student preference for different forms of feedback delivery (i.e., vocal, visual and no feedback) during the Good Behavior Game (GBG) with three, fifth grade classrooms. The third study will discuss the effects of the GBG with rule statements only (i.e., no reward) and GBG with a reinforcement contingency (i.e., winners get a reward) with four classrooms. The fourth study will discuss the effects of the GBG under different reward contingencies (i.e., immediate, delayed, and no reward) on behavior of individual students in three classrooms. Presenters will discuss clinical implications and future direction in each of the discussed areas. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): classroom management, group contingency, procedural modifications, synchronous reinforcement |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners working in school settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1) Define synchronous reinforcement and describe how it can be used with group contingencies. 2)Discuss the effects of different forms of feedback during the GBG. 3) Discuss the role of rewards and reinforcement contingencies in the GBG. |
|
Effects of Synchronous Reinforcement Within a Group Contingency for Increasing Toy Cleanup in Preschoolers |
ELIZABETH HARDESTY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), KY Clifton KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Thomas Freetly (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Instructions to clean up may evoke problem behavior or noncompliance (Wilder et al., 2007). Although individualized treatment procedures for increasing clean-up are available to clinicians (e.g., differential reinforcement, token economies, response cost procedures), a group contingency may be more manageable in environments where one-on-one intervention is not feasible (e.g., classroom, group homes, day service providers, etc.). Group contingencies are often used in classroom management systems (Groves & Austin, 2017) and are relatively easy for teachers to implement (Hine et al., 2015). One schedule of reinforcement that may lend itself particularly useful within a group contingency is synchronous reinforcement (SSR; Diaz de Villegas, 2020). In the current evaluation, we extended research on SSR by evaluating the efficacy of synchronous music delivery within an interdependent group contingency for increasing toy cleanup behavior after play of small groups of preschool children. Additionally, we analyzed peer-directed vocal side effects (i.e., positive vocal interactions, negative vocal interactions, and prompts to clean up) that occurred during the evaluation. Results demonstrated that SSR within the group contingency successfully increased cleanup for all participants; however, additional modifications (i.e., SSR contingency training and an individualized SSR contingency with preferred videos) were needed for two participants. |
|
The Effects of and Preference for Feedback During the Good Behavior Game in Elementary Classes |
ELIZABETH KAY LINTON (Louisiana State University), Jensen Chotto (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective procedure for reducing disruptive classroom behavior. In Experiment 1, students in 3 fifth grade classes selected the rules of the GBG and then experienced the GBG with different forms of feedback delivery for rule violations (i.e., vocal and visual, vocal only, visual only, no feedback) on disruptive classroom behavior in a multielement design. All versions of the GBG substantially reduced disruptive behavior below baseline levels. Additionally, in 1 of 3 classes, losing the GBG produced an increase in negative peer interactions immediately following the GBG. In Experiment 2, students selected which condition from Experiment 1 they would experience each session in a group arrangement concurrent chains preference assessment. The condition nominated most often by students in all classes at all opportunities was the GBG version that included both visual and vocal feedback. Implications of findings and future directions will be further discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Reinforcement Contingencies and Rule Statements Within the Good Behavior Game |
ROSIE NICOLE COOPER-NEARY (Louisiana State University at Shreveport), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport), Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Dan Rowland Mangum (Georgia Department of Education) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an evidence-based classroom management packaged intervention that has been shown to reduce disruptive classroom behavior in a variety of academic settings. In typical application, the GBG utilizes an interdependent group contingency, and the teacher explains to the students which contingencies are in place and how they relate to behavior (i.e., a rule statement is provided). This approach provides at least two potential explanations for resultant behavior change: (a) contact with a reinforcement contingency or (b) students behaving in accordance with rule statements. To address this question, the current study evaluated the efficacy of GBG in the presence and absence of a reinforcement contingency (i.e., rule statement plus contingency or rule statement only) across four classrooms. Results of the study indicated that the reinforcement contingency was a necessary component to yield maximum behavior change. Results are discussed as they relate to implementation of GBG and its component parts. |
|
Procedural Modifications to the Good Behavior Game: A Comparison of Reward Delivery Strategies |
DYLAN MURPHY ZIMMERMAN (Utah State University), Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a highly effective classroom management strategy with a large body of empirical support (Bowman-Perrot et al., 2016; Joslyn et al., 2019a). Despite its widespread effectiveness, previous research has identified barriers to implementation in classrooms such as the cost and time required to delivery rewards immediately following each session (Joslyn et al., 2019b). Some evidence suggests that delaying the reward until later in the day or week may still be effective. This schedule of reinforcement may be more feasible for teachers. The current study extends this line of research by comparing immediate, delayed, and no reward during the GBG. Results indicated that all nine preschool and early elementary participants showed immediate decreases in disruptive behavior with the introduction of the GBG, and no differentiation between the three variations of the game when they followed the standard GBG arrangement. This suggests that rewards may be periodically delayed or skipped all together while maintaining effectiveness of the GBG. Social validity results were overall positive. Teachers highlighted some concerns (e.g., students being unnaturally quiet or cautious), and procedures they found challenging (e.g., point delivery and feedback). |
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Leaders Do What It Takes! Engineering Schools for Provider and Learner Success |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Guy Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Discussant: Karen Chung (Special Learning, Inc. ) |
CE Instructor: Guy Bruce, Ed.D. |
Abstract: “The engineer approaches nature with a swagger, determined to change it into something it has never been and never would be if left to itself . . . the engineer knows precisely where to go and will use any available methodology to get there” (Tom Gilbert 1978; 2007, page 3). Tom Gilbert, and before him, B.F. Skinner (1959; 1972), described an engineering approach to behavior change. Engineering is pragmatic. It relies on frequent, accurate sensitive measures of behavior change to evaluate learner progress, direct accurate measures to analyze provider performance problems and recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management, and to solve performance problems by designing and implementing those solutions. Engineers make changes in the design and implementation of provider resources when a learner is not making efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. Organizational Performance Engineering changes how providers and parents work together so that every learner will be successful, decreases learner and staff attrition, and allows us to meet our ethical obligations to act in the best interest of every learner. This symposium will provide examples of schools that have been engineered for learner success. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Analyze Performance, Evaluate Progress, Organizational, Performance Engineering |
Target Audience: The target audience includes directors, program designers, staff trainers, supervisors in organizations whose mission is to ensure that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. Necessary prerequisite skills include participant mastery of the application of behavior analysis to change behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: 1) Distinguish between pragmatic and dogmatic organizations 2) Draw a Provider-Recipient Network diagram for their organizations 3) Describe the sequence of tasks necessary to evaluate learner progress 4) Describe the sequence of task necessary to analyze provider performance problems and recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management 5) Describe the sequence of tasks to solve provider performance problems |
|
Organizational Performance Engineering to Change How Providers Work Together So That Every Learner Makes Efficient Progress |
GUY BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: Organizations whose mission is to provide learners with knowledge and skills they need for successful lives, must adapt to the needs of students, parents, and their teachers to ensure their success. We designed and implemented an organizational performance engineering process to change how providers at a preschool for children with autism worked together to increase the efficiency of learner progress, reduce learner attrition, and decrease staff turnover. Organizational Performance Engineering is an application of behavior analysis which, like other types of engineering relies on frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of learner progress to: Evaluate when a learner is not making efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life; Analyze teacher, program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, and parent performance problems; Recommend changes teacher, program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, and parent resources, training, and management; and Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. An Organizational Performance Engineering approach can change how providers work together so that every learner makes efficient progress, decreasing both learner attrition and staff turnover. |
|
Engineering a Public Charter School for Student, Family, and Staff Success |
MIA J COFFING (Prospect Academy) |
Abstract: Prospect Academy is currently in its 2nd year as a free, public charter school in the state of Colorado. The success of our students depends on how connected, prepared, and effective our staff and families are with our students. We use organizational performance engineering to change how staff and families work together so that every student makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. If we systematize these processes and procedures then they will not be tied to a person or group of people, but rather become part of the community’s culture.
The cornerstone of the engineering process is frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of student progress and data-based analyses of provider performance problems. Our measures of student progress allow us to identify quickly when any student is struggling, and our analysis of provider performance problems allow us to identify the causes and makes changes in provider resources, training, and management so that every student can be successful. When teachers and parents can be effective in helping students make efficient progress and can see that progress each time they work with students, student, staff, and parent attrition will decrease. |
|
Educators as Change Agents |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy & PEER International) |
Abstract: Children and youth enter and progress through schooling with a range of repertoires that can affect the rate of development of new repertoires. The leadership team and faculty become the “change agents” (Geis, 1977) who must program for all learners while creating a support system for those engineering this change. Morningside Academy, a nonprofit school founded in 1980, continues to address the growth of both academic and social skills for learners who enter with the need to develop specific skills in a rapid fashion which must become long-lasting. As behavior scientists, we employ the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction in a laboratory school setting. Morningside offers a money-back Learning Guarantee. Regular data collection, a psychology class that provides all with a common problem-solving language, and frequent professional development help to create an environment that enjoys great success. Our setting is open to other professionals who seek training and practice to change and improve their instruction and assessment. The same underpinnings of learner-validated instruction and delivery can be extended to all settings and all ages of learners, whether change is needed in a 1:1 or a group learning environment. |
|
The Six D’s of Exponentials: Behavior Analysis, Technology, and System Change |
RICK M. KUBINA (Penn State) |
Abstract: Technological advances and exponential growth rapidly change many aspects of society. Such change presents both opportunities and challenges for the field of behavior analysis. The current presentation introduces a framework of the "6 D's" to characterize different aspects of exponential technological change: Digitalization, Deception, Disruption, Demonetization, Dematerialization, and Democratization. With such multifaceted changes, behavior analysts can help by designing humane systems and evidence-based interventions. Research and applied opportunities include improving behavior change plans, instructional programs spanning early childhood to adult learning, and developing applied cultural engineering. Overall, exponential technological advances require individual, organizational, and societal changes. Behavior analysis offers empirical methods to understand and influence behavior in this rapidly changing digital landscape. Organizations with a mission to educate can apply Skinner’s pragmatic science and engineering to change how providers work together so that every learner makes efficient progress. We can design and implement an organizational performance engineering process that will identify quickly when any student is struggling, the causes of provider performance problems, recommend and design changes in provider resources, training, and management to ensure that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. |
|
|
|
|
|
Considerations to Effective Dissemination of Behavior Science |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Sara Lalani (The Chicago School; Behavior Analyst Advising, LLC ) |
Discussant: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Dissemination is a key component of the research process within the behavioral sciences. This is especially true given the importance of evidence-based practice in the service delivery domains. Several fields have developed resources dedicated to training and supporting their scientists and practitioners as they are encouraged to disseminate within in their field and to the larger public audience (Brazeu et al., 2008; Fowler 2010 & 2011). While the behavioral sciences have several resources for design and research methodology (Cooper et al., 2020; Ledford & Gast, 2018; Kennedy & Edmonds, 2017), there is a lack of formal guidance in the publication and presentation processes. Each of the presentations in this symposium will touch on considerations and strategies for dissemination. First, exploration related to reporting results will be presented. Next, we will walk you through the journal submission process. Then, we will share strategies to get your research noticed. Finally, we will share additional considerations when disseminating across international and interprofessional audiences. This symposium is based on the textbook Disseminating Behavior Science (in press). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Journal Submission, Manuscript Preparation |
Target Audience: Intermediate; attendees must have a foundational understanding of how to conduct research, this session will focus on the next steps once research is completed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify how to select data to display and appropriate data analytic strategies (2) describe the steps required to submit a manuscript to a journal, (3) describe how to monitor and evaluate the impact of their own research, (4) identify strategies to mitigate issues unique to international dissemination. |
|
Reporting Results for a Behavior-Science Audience |
JACQUELINE D DEBARTELO (Student at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Megan A. Boyle (Upstate Caring Partners), Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: When disseminating research in the form of a manuscript, researchers showcase their outcomes in the Results section. Data are the foundation of any healthy scientific discipline, and scientific progress depends on the effective communication of data. Inasmuch, the potential impact of a manuscript depends heavily on the quality of its Results section. In this presentation, we will explore topics that authors must consider when they set out to write a Results section. These include identifying which data to display, selecting appropriate data-analysis strategies, graphically displaying data, and ensuring integrity in data reporting. Much of the material that we cover may be considered standard fare when writing a Results section, but we also provide aspirational recommendations to enhance research transparency and to encourage healthy scientific behavior on the part of authors. This presentation was developed by behavioral scientists with an audience of behavioral scientists in mind. Inasmuch, we will present material in a manner that is tailored for a behavioral audience. Nevertheless, our recommendations would also be helpful to scientists from a wide range of disciplines. |
|
“Major Tom to Ground Control” – Disseminating Behavioral Research in the Digital Age |
MICHELLE SERENO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julianne Dicocco (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology/ Union School District) |
Abstract: Nearly all academic journals now utilize digital editorial management systems. These systems streamline manuscript submission and facilitate post-submission accessibility for authors and editorial staff. Critics of digital editorial systems note challenges associated with variations in procedures and requirements between submission systems and across journals. Errors in the submission process can mean significant delays in manuscript review or even desk rejection. Fortunately, common errors can be avoided with pre-planning, organization, and attention to detail. In this presentation, we discuss common pitfalls in the submission process as cited in the literature. Using examples from flagship journals in the social sciences, we highlight variations in requirements. We drill down on formatting nuances and current standards for data reporting and sharing. We decipher attestations, declarations, and other required statements. We present a framework for the cover letter as a tool for succinctly describing your manuscript and related components. Attendees will leave the presentation with practical strategies for facilitating error-free submission. |
|
Maximizing the Impact: A Roadmap for Effective Dissemination of Behavioral Research |
YORS A. GARCIA (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana), Meredith L. Andrews (The Chicago School), Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia), Estefanía Junca (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana) |
Abstract: Historically, the scientific community has relied on the inherent quality of research to speak for itself, often neglecting active dissemination strategies. However, in today's digital age, the dissemination of research is essential for ensuring its impact and relevance. This presentation aims to provide a comprehensive set of guidelines to empower behavior analysts in effectively disseminating their work post-publication. This talk will guide the audience through a series of actionable steps, highlighting the importance of proactively engaging with their research's journey beyond the academic realm. Audience will discover practical strategies, including understanding and negotiating contractual agreements, identifying target audiences, crafting accessible research summaries, selecting appropriate channels for dissemination, sharing datasets, promoting research findings, and monitoring the reach of their work. The presentation not only equips researchers with valuable insights for enhancing the reach and impact of their research but also introduces them to cutting-edge web-based technologies that can facilitate successful dissemination. By adhering to these guidelines, behavior analysts can bridge the gap between academic excellence and real-world impact, ensuring that their contributions have a lasting effect on both their field and society at large. |
|
International and Interprofessional Dissemination |
FAN-YU LIN (Philadelphia (Ningbo) Education Teachnology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Dissemination is the act of “targeted distribution of information and intervention materials to a specific audience.” (Kelly et al., 2018; Schillinger, 2010, p.1.). Aside from publication, which is a modality for dissemination, other channels are also crucial and effective (e.g., conference presentations). This presentation focuses on the dissemination of behavior analysis on the global level, particularly on the challenges and barriers (e.g., limited access to postgraduate training and research support) that we must work with to promote dissemination among researchers, practitioners, and the general public. We argue that in order to disseminate research accurately and internationally, we must understand, and act based on the cultural context that behavior analysis is developing in and mitigate issues that are unique to international dissemination. We hope that the information and the proposed strategies that we provide to address those barriers can lead to a framework or outline for effective dissemination within the field of behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advanced Translational Research on Derived Relational Responding and the Relational Field |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Stephanie Vickroy (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Mark R. Dixon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Field theories are foundational to understanding complex systems across scientific branches, including in the analysis of derived relational responding (i.e., relational fields; Barnes-Holmes et al., 2020). Conceptual discussions of complexity in relational responding have been presented, yet direct experimental research has lagged behind (Dixon et al., 2018). Presenters will discuss a series of translational laboratory studies exploring complex forms of relational responding using a variety of experimental methods. The first presentation will explore the concept of relational volume within multi-nodal networks to determine how the development of multiple relational networks influence response probability and resistance. The second and third presentation will explore the role of affective or emotional experiencing on the emergence of complex networks, using multiple analytic approaches to capture implicit and explicit relational responding (e.g., MDS, IRAP). The fourth presentation will evaluate the utility of a network analysis to model the interdependency of relations within multi-nodal networks. The convergence of evidence within these studies will be discussed, centering commonalities and anomalies within the reported results and what they mean for theoretical and applied branches of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): complex systems, network analysis, relational density, relational framing |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Relational Density Theory as an extension of Relational Frame Theory; (2) discuss the role of network analyses in exploring complex relational framing; (3) discuss emotion and affect as transformations of stimulus function. |
|
Relational Volume and Resistance to Change Within Complex Networks |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN MOSER (Missouri State University), Bentley Elliott (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, 2020) provides a quantitative extension of Relational Frame Theory that attempts to model or describe higher-order interactions within relational behavior. RDT has been used in multiple studies to the examine complex relational networks involved with gender stereotyping (Sickman et al, 2023), consumer behavior and climate (Hutchenson et al, 2023), and racial prejudice (Belile et al, 2023). RDT describes these higher-order interactions by using terms such as density (strength of relationship) and volume (size of relational class, or nodal distance). The current study extended upon results reported by Belisle and Dixon (2020) and Cotter and Stewart (2023) by training 3- and 6-member coordinated classes differing in nodal distance. The relative strength of relations in the network was measured using a metric multidimensional scaling procedure that included time-based responding. Results showed that class size and nodal distance differentially influenced the response strength of multiple network relations and allowed for the prediction of resistance to change following counterconditioning. These results have implications for understanding the concept of volume within an RDT extension of Relational Frame Theory. |
|
Transfer of Emotional Functions Through High-Mass Relational Networks |
(Basic Research) |
AMANDA MIDDLETON (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Clinically relevant behavior involving relational frame formation has been described to occur in complex ways (Guinther & Dougher, 2015; Belisle & Dixon, 2022). Relational Density Theory proposes a quantitative approach to assessing the mass and volume within these networks (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). The present study sought to evaluate how different schedules of reinforcement can influence the affective function of arbitrary stimuli and transfer within complex relational networks. In initial phases, participants responded to a series of 4 different reinforcement schedules contingent on a symbol presented on the screening signaling a contingency shift. Affective responses suggested that the emotions reported in response to the stimuli were consistent with the reinforcement schedules. In subsequent phases, 4-member relational frames were established using an SPOP procedure with testing to create a 12-member relational network. Results demonstrated the emergence of 4 distinct relational classes consistent with prior RDT analyses and affective functions transferred from the initial stimulus to other class members. Moreover, relational volume effects were evident within the emotional transfer, demonstrating a complex interplay between environmental reinforcement schedules, affective experiencing, and relational framing. |
|
Multidimensional Scaling and Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure Analysis of Emotional Transfer Effects |
(Basic Research) |
BREANNA LEE (Ulster University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Recent work involving Relational Density Theory (RDT; Belisle & Dixon, 2020) has used the framework for observing relational responding according to properties of relational strength. As such, multidimensional scaling (MDS) procedures have been used to map relational responding, providing routes for understanding the ways in which properties organize (e.g., Belisle & Clayton, 2021). This may contribute to work involving the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP; Barnes-Holmes et al., 2008) and a focus on the Cfunc property of relational responding (e.g., Bortoloti et al., 2019, 2023). The current work involves analog studies for observing emotional reactions to verbal stimuli. Specifically, the project seeks to understand any overlap between the IRAP and an MDS procedure for organizing relational responding according to ranging levels of valence and arousal. First, stimuli were obtained from a standardized set of images in which ratings of valence and arousal were provided. These stimuli were then included in two separate studies, one using an MDS procedure and a second using an IRAP. The arrangements of responding to stimuli are compared between studies. Results are discussed in terms of understanding how relational density impacts functions involving orienting and evoking to stimuli. |
|
The Utility of Network Analysis for Modeling Verbal Relations |
(Basic Research) |
CRAIG A MARRER (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Network analysis is a mathematical and graphical method for examining relationships and interactions among variables within complex systems. These variables, represented as nodes (i.e., stimuli), are connected by edges (i.e., relations), forming a network often displayed as a visual structure. Those familiar with stimulus equivalence (e.g., Sidman et al., 1989) or relational frame theory (e.g., Blackledge, 2003) are already familiar with these visual structures. The research discussed here relates to the effectiveness of network analysis in understanding and influencing functional stimulus relations using centrality measures and visual representations of dynamically related nodes within networks. Data will be presented along with key questions, including quantifying, and graphically representing common metrics of relational responding, predicting these metrics using network analysis, using measures of nodal centrality to optimize conditioning or counterconditioning of relations, exploring derivation between nodes (symmetry and transitivity), and improving interventions for individuals with varying language abilities.By quantifying the structure and dynamics of these networks, researchers and analysts can uncover patterns, vulnerabilities, and emergent properties, making it an essential tool for understanding and optimizing research and practice within the field of ABA. |
|
|
|
|
|
What's New in Staff Training? Exploring Podcasts, Enhanced Instructions, Self-Instruction, and Structured Observations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Setareh Dehghani-Moslemi (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Setareh Dehghani-Moslemi, Ed.D. |
Abstract: With an increasing need for competent behavior technicians, effective and efficient training procedures—especially those that reduce face to face time with behavior analysts—are needed. This symposium includes four studies which explore different staff-training variants that evaluate the components necessary for behavior-change agents to implement procedures with fidelity. First, Dehghani-Moslemi et al. will discuss an exploratory study that used a podcast to teach novice therapists to implement positive reinforcement with a confederate. Next, Nelson et al. will describe the effects of enhanced instructions on undergraduate students’ implementation of several behavioral procedures. Then, Leslie et al. will present the results of a study that evaluated the efficacy of a self-instruction package on staff members’ implementation of several techniques. Finally, Quintero-Giegeling et al. will speak on the results of the effects of incorporating structured observation following instruction on undergraduate students’ implementation of discrete-trial instruction. Suggestions for future research and implications will be included. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, podcast, staff training |
Target Audience: Graduate students, BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list and describe the different components of behavioral skills training; (2) describe the effects of using self-instructions in staff training (3) describe structured observation in staff training and its effect when using it to teach discrete-trial instruction. |
|
Can a Podcast Teach Novice Therapists to Implement Positive Reinforcement? |
SETAREH DEHGHANI-MOSLEMI (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Susan Marie Nichols (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Ray Lai (University of North Texas), Natalee Foster (University of North Texas; UNT Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Julia Wang (Texas Academy of Mathematics and Science at the University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (instructions, modeling, role play, and performance feedback) is an effective method to train novice therapists to implement behavioral procedures with fidelity, but it can be resource intensive for providers. In the current study, we developed a 100-min podcast on positive reinforcement and evaluated whether six novice therapists would implement positive reinforcement with higher fidelity during sessions with a confederate. If a participant did not meet the mastery criteria after the podcast, we added a video model and performance feedback. We also assessed whether scores on a multiple-choice quiz improved after listening to the podcast. We used an A-B design with three target behaviors per participant. After listening to the podcast, five of the six participants achieved mastery-level fidelity with at least one of the target behaviors. The remaining participant required both video models and performance feedback to reach mastery. All six participants scored higher on the quiz after the podcast. These results suggests that a podcast could be an efficacious method to train novice therapists to implement behavioral procedures. In the future, the study needs to be extended to other procedures; tested with clients; and compared to other training methods for efficacy, efficiency, and social validity. |
|
An Evaluation of the Instructional Component of Behavioral Skills Training |
JASMYNE NELSON (University of Florida), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), christy Louis (Georgia State University), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior skills training is a well-established procedure to teach individuals a variety of skills related to the practice of behavior analysis. It involves instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Researchers have evaluated the effects of various modeling, rehearsal, and feedback techniques on performance. However, few have studied the effects of enhancing instructions on performance. We evaluated the effects of incremental changes in instructional components for teaching functional communication training, differential reinforcement of other behavior, and momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior protocols for 14 undergraduate students enrolled in a laboratory methods course. We also evaluated generalization of protocols targeted later in the sequence of the study and probed in-situ performance for three participants. Of the 42 opportunities to learn a protocol, participants mastered eight protocols during the guided review phase, four during the fidelity checklist phase, four during the model phase, and four during the feedback phase. Participants generalized eight protocols during the guided review phase, five during the fidelity checklist phase, eight in the model phase, and one in the feedback phase. Implications of these results are promising and indicate further research on the instructions component of behavior skills training should be conducted. |
|
Evaluation of a Self-Instruction Package for Training Important Interventionist Skills: Acquisition and Generalization |
STACHA LESLIE (University of Kansas), Brittany Mitchelson (Beyond the Individual), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas & Juniper Gardens Children’s Project) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST; Parsons et al., 2012) is a common intervention for staff training; however, the procedure can be labor intensive, costly, and require extensive involvement from an experienced trainer (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Recently, researchers have evaluated enhanced written instructions (EWI; i.e., step by step instructions, written with minimal technical jargon, may include pictures or diagrams; Shapiro et al., 2016) as a more efficient method to train staff to engage in various important clinical skills (e.g., discrete trial teaching). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of EWI for training novice behavior interventionist skills (i.e., preference assessments, discrete trial teaching, and rapport building) to five undergraduate students with limited clinical experience. Additionally, we attempted to replicate results with multiple exemplars within subjects and assess generalization of skills. Results showed EWI was effective for acquisition and generalization for some skills across participants; however, modified EWI was necessary for acquisition, generalization, or both for other skills. |
|
The Effect of Structured Observation on Training Discrete Trial Instruction Skills |
ANNA MARIE QUINTERO-GIEGELING (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Malchijah Williams (Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The rapid growth in the number of behavior analysts and aspiring behavior analyst creates an imperative for effective and efficient training methodology. This is particularly important when training frontline staff, as satisfaction with training can be predicative of registered behavior technician (RBT) turnover (Kazemi et al., 2015). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of structured observation during the modeling phase of behavioral skills training in teaching undergraduate students discrete trial instruction (DTI) skills (i.e., matching, imitation, listener responding). Loosely based on procedures by Romer et al. (2021), after evaluating performance with written instruction alone, participants took procedural fidelity data of a competent RBT implementing the protocol using a structured data sheet before their performance was retested. Using a multiple baseline design across DTI skills, we observed mastery-level performance after the structured observation alone. Furthermore, generalization was observed across DTI skills for multiple participants. Very few participants required feedback to achieve mastery-level performance, which suggests that the inclusion of structured observation can greatly enhance the efficacy of current RBT training curricula. We will discuss clinical implications of our findings and provide suggestions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Induction Versus Reinforcement and the Molar View of Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (California State University, Chico) |
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Although behavior analysts have seen reinforcement as a basic principle of behavior for over 100 years, its range of application was always narrow. All it explained was the increase when behavior produced desirable consequences. As research advanced, the limitations of reinforcement and the molecular view it depended on—based on discrete responses and contiguity—became more and more apparent. Reinforcement failed with adjunctive behavior, with “misbehavior,” with avoidance, with originating new activities, and even explaining patterns engendered by simple schedules. It did not explain stimulus control. All of these shortcomings dissolve when one adopts a molar view and substitutes the concept of induction, which links behavior directly to evolutionary theory through the concept of Phylogenetically Important Event (PIE). When Segal introduced induction in 1972, she applied it only to non-operant activities, such as adjunctive behavior. When applied also to operant activities, induction explains all the phenomena that reinforcement fails to explain: the first instance, stimulus control, VI and VR performance, avoidance. Induction also offers a new way to think about verbal behavior. The explanatory power of induction far exceeds that of reinforcement. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: All behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explain the concept Phylogenetically Important Event; (2) Explain the concept of induction; (3) Describe how induction explains operant behavior; (4) Describe how induction explains stimulus control; (5) Describe how induction explains avoidance. |
|
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Dr. Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965–66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in Walnut Creek. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, cultural evolution, and behaviorism. He is the author of three books, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution (3rd ed.), Science and Philosophy of Behavior: Selected Papers, and Introduction to Behavior: An Evolutionary Perspective. |
|
|
|
|
|
Uses of Technology in Special Education: Remote Behavior Skills Training for Teachers and Apple Watches for Social Skills |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Justin A. DiDomenico (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC) |
Discussant: Corey Peltier (University of Oklahoma) |
CE Instructor: Justin A. DiDomenico, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There exists a growing body of research showing the effectiveness of technology in areas such as treatment integrity and social skills for individuals with ASD. In this data-based symposium, the presenters will expand upon 2 such uses of technology in the field of ABA. The first presenter used a multiple baseline design to illustrate the use of remote instruction, remote video modeling, remote quizzes and feedback and their effects on multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments (PA). The results illustrate the value of remote behavior skills training to teachers in special education. The second presenter used a multiple baseline design to evaluate students’ frequency of appropriate social initiations to typical peers with and without the use of an Apple Watch. The results expand upon previous research in this area and suggest that Apple Watches can be a effective means to teach social skills. Both studies extend the growing body of literature on technology and its contributions to the field of ABA. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should have an understanding of multiple baseline designs as both presentations will present data in this format. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the uses of remote behavior skills training and how it can be applied to their own needs (2) Explain how an Apple Watch can be used as a method to increase social skills and learn how to implement this intervention (3) Discuss the value of technology in the field of ABA. |
|
The Effects of an Apple Watch® on the Social Initiations of High-Functioning, Adolescent Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JUSTIN A. DIDOMENICO (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience skill deficits when interacting with typical peers, which can inhibit their ability to form friendships and participate in inclusive educational settings. In the current study, the researcher evaluated the effects of delivering textual prompts using an Apple Watch® to increase appropriate social initiations of students with high-functioning ASD in a clinical setting in the presence of typical peers. A single-case, multiple baseline design was used to evaluate students’ frequency of appropriate social initiations with and without the intervention. In addition, the researcher incorporated script fading and a discriminative stimulus (emoji) to evaluate whether these interventions led to the creation of novel statements and produced generality of responding by the participants. The results showed that the intervention was effective at increasing appropriate and independent social initiations and led to the creation of novel phrases by the participants. This research extends the previous research on the use of the Apple Watch® as an effective social skills intervention. Limitations and areas of future research are discussed. |
|
An Investigation of Asynchronous Behavior Skills Training on Teaching Preservice Teachers How to Conduct a Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) Preference Assessment |
KYLIE BROFMAN (Behavior Interventions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Implementation fidelity of evidence-based behavior assessment and intervention is critical for pre-service special education teachers who enter the classroom for the first time. To support the use of evidence-based assessment, the effectiveness of a remote Behavior Skills Training (BST) package was evaluated on pre-service special education teachers' implementation of a Multiple Stimulus without Replacement Preference Assessment (MSWO). BST components included remote instruction, remote video modeling, a remote quiz, and explicit feedback. This study was conducted to (a) evaluate the effects of pre-service special education teachers’ fidelity when implementing an MSWO preference assessment using remote BST, (b) measure the maintained training gains over and extended time frame, and (c) understand the perception of pre-service special education teachers' acceptability of the training package using social validity measures. Results suggest that a remote BST package is a viable training strategy when training pre-service special education teachers to implement MSWO preference assessments. Implications of these findings for both professional development, training, and pre-service teachers will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Conducting Parent-Mediated Treatment via Telehealth to Reduce Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alessandro Dibari (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus) |
Discussant: Rachel Metras (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment) |
CE Instructor: Alessandro Dibari, M.S. |
Abstract: During the COVID-19 pandemic, practitioners shifted from in-person service provision to virtual service provision. This shift caused many families to take new roles in their children’s behavior analytic programs, such as collecting data or implementing programs themselves. This symposium describes two different parent-training programs conducted via telehealth to reduce the problem behavior of a 5-year-old child and an 18-year-old young adult with autism spectrum disorders in Italy. In both studies, parents implemented the entirety of the assessment and treatment process with distance-based coaching from a behavior analyst. Following a functional analysis, parents implemented individualized treatment packages to reduce their children’s problem behaviors. The comprehensive function-based intervention packages included demand fading plus differential reinforcement without extinction in the child’s case, and a skill-based treatment process (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014) in the adult’s case. Both studies produced positive treatment outcomes. Participants’ problem behaviors reduced relative to baseline, and alternative behaviors such as communication, toleration, and cooperation increased in ecologically relevant settings. In addition, parents expressed satisfaction with the treatments used. Results suggest that parent-mediated treatments guided by a behavior analyst can be completed as effectively and efficiently via telehealth as in person, both with young children and young adults. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): parent training, problem behavior, SBT, telehealth |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: Identify the benefits of providing remote telehealth services for families and caregivers; Analyze and describe the function and skill-based treatment and demand fading plus differential reinforcement that lead to socially validated outcomes; Describe how to conduct an efficient and effective functional assessment of problem behavior |
|
A Parent Training Program to Increase Academic Compliance in a Child With Autism During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
CRISTINA CITEREI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole), Alessandro Dibari (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Romilda Napolitano (Fondazione Oltre le Parole), Daniele Rizzi (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara) |
Abstract: The health emergency caused by Covid-19, with the consequent measures of social distancing, produced operational problems with the implementation of services to people with disabilities and their families. In the present study, we conducted a parent training program almost completely via telehealth to teach a parent some strategies to increase the compliance of their son with academic tasks. The boy was a 5-year-old with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who engaged in challenging behavior when asked to comply with academic tasks, and which was maintained by negative reinforcement. The intervention consisted of a package which included behavioral skills training (BST) with written instructions, video modeling, rehearsal and feedback, to implement demand fading procedures and concurrent schedules arrangements. The results are presented through a changing criterion design and show socially validated improvements. The intervention reduced challenging behavior to zero, allowing the parents to increase the number of academic tasks presented to the child |
|
Parent-Mediated Skill Based Treatment to Reduce Problem Behavior Through Remotely Supervision |
ROBERTA SIMEOLI (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center;), Floriana Canniello (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), LUIGI IOVINO (Neapolisanit Center), Maria Gallucci (Aias Onlus sez. Nola), MARIA ROSARIA RICCO (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Angela Granata (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), Rossella Apicella (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center) |
Abstract: Reducing problem behavior is a challenge for families. During Pandemic Covid-19 period caregivers were found to manage problem behaviors of their children without having direct support. In this study we want to empathize how was possible to reach a significant reduction in problem behavior in an autistic boy aged 18 years with self-injury behaviors, by a Parent-mediated Skill based treatment (SBT) implementation supervised remotely during COVID-19 pandemic period. The Performance-Based IISCA (Iovino et al., 2022) was used to understand problem behaviors. After achieving control over problem behavior, the SBT protocol was implemented, teaching communication, toleration, and a range of contextually appropriate behaviors through chaining and differential reinforcement. The protocol was immediately transferred and implemented by the parents and then generalized to other settings. The pre-and post-treatment Parenting Stress Index was administered to assess the level of stress in the parent-child system, and social validity rating was assessed using a 7-point scale that measured parents' satisfaction. The results showed the efficacy of the protocol in reducing problem behaviors and increasing the boy's communication, tolerance and cooperation in the ecological setting. In addition, parents referred satisfaction of the treatment used, and there were lower levels of stress after treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Accreditation: Accreditation and Recognition Panel Discussion |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Alyssa R McElroy, Ph.D. |
Chair: Alyssa R McElroy (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: ABAI has been accrediting high-quality training programs at the bachelor’s, master’s, and doctoral level since 1993. As interest and the need for accreditation grows, we invite you to learn about ABAI’s Tiered Model of Education from experienced professionals. Topics discussed will include the benefits of accreditation and value of the self-study process, gaining buy-in from stakeholders, and overcoming barriers to obtain accreditation and recognition. This session is designed for program coordinators, faculty, and those interested in recognition and accreditation. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The audience should have basic knowledge about higher education, coursework requirements, and curriculum development, and a general interest in learning about accreditation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the benefits of accreditation, and 2) describe the main components of the accreditation process. |
Keyword(s): Accreditation, Higher Education, VCS |
|
|
|
|
|
The Evolution of Standards for Start of Care: A Clinically Informed Process for Intake, Caseload Composition, and Assent Driven Care |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Emily Callahan (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Emily Callahan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Problem: ASD presents unique challenges with early and comprehensive services being crucial for long term outcomes. Inefficiencies in the process from intake to intervention can result in delays, inequalities, and potential safety concerns for families (Arabi et al., 2021). Innovative approaches to initial discussions with families can provide enough information to set up clients and staff for success before they start care. By promoting a uniform intake process, decision makers can then appropriately match clients to service setting, staffing and resources needed, and ensure clarity with family expectations, as well as prepare for the start of care to ensure a safe environment aligned to assent. This symposium includes three presentations which will outline solutions to the barriers to start care quickly and effectively for the clients we serve. In the first presentation, we will describe the evolution of an intake process from a checklist of eligibility criteria to a clinically informed parent interview which enables a deeper understanding of client needs and supports needed before start of care. In the second presentation, we will outline considerations, based on the intake guidance, used to standardize a system to develop a balanced caseload composition for supervising clinicians. In the final presentation, we will describe a tier one intervention which builds upon the information gathered through the intake and client assignment process, to provide a start of care model that prioritizes therapeutic alliance and ensures that all services are aligned to client centered assent-based practice.The discussant will highlight the benefits of standardizing intake processes that include both alignment with intervention and clinician responsibilities and review how data produced from this process can inform organizational decisions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, change management, Intake, SBT |
Target Audience: Providers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define how ABA providers can utilize the intake process to gather information that can inform the supports needed to provide effective services for clients. 2. Define how information gathered during the intake process can be utilized to assign and distribute caseloads. 3. Define how the assent process can be incorporated into service delivery from intake to start of care. |
|
It’s More Than Just Confirmation and Verification: How a Large Scale Organization Updated the Intake Process to Inform Acuity and Case Conceptualization |
EMILY CALLAHAN (Centria Healthcare) |
Abstract: By definition Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a heterogeneous disorder. The symptoms and behavioral features associated with a diagnosis of ASD vary greatly across individuals. While applied behavior analysis (ABA) is considered the premier approach for helping individuals with ASD, there are a number of factors that should be considered when developing therapeutic interventions for individuals with ASD. These include but are not limited to: age, medical and psychological comorbidities, cognitive abilities, communication skills, and presence of interfering behavior. A diagnosis is not enough for determining the supports necessary for an organization to provide care to individuals with ASD. This presentation will outline an overhaul of the referral and intake process at a large scale organization. The process was updated from one that simply checked the boxes (e.g., diagnosis, insurance verification) from one that incorporated a clinically informed interview for the intake team that included questions related to factors known to impact ABA outcomes, a clinical review process to review higher risk behaviors, and an acuity scoring system that provided guidance on the complexity of supports that would be needed to provide care for clients. |
|
Caseload Composition: Building a Balanced Caseload With a Focus on Clinician Skillset and Client Needs |
ASHLEY ZINK (Centria Autism Services) |
Abstract: When clients come to an organization for services, there are often unknowns that may lead to inadequate resources to support client needs, and can create dangerous situations. Providing a thorough, standardized approach to identifying and evaluating client needs prior to the onset of care allows us to set the client and clinical team up for success. By having a scoring system that evaluates the complexities of each client, we can effectively pair each client with a clinician who will be best suited to support their needs, and ensure that we are creating an environment where each clinician can fully step into their strengths and best serve their clients. Developing balanced caseloads within a clinician’s scope of competence can reduce the potential for clinician burnout and foster productive learning environments. This presentation will describe how an acuity scoring system generated from the intake process was used to guide case assignment and support prior to the start of care. |
|
The Foundational Plan: A Response to Intervention Approach to Support Assent and Client Needs at Start of Care |
Edward Sanabria (Centria Autism), HILLARY LANEY (Centria Healthcare) |
Abstract: What is “pairing” anyway? A common term to describe a common problem. Many clients start care with unknown needs; additional resources, excesses of interfering behavior, and staffing competency are some of the risks that can arise in the first 30 days of starting care for new clients. Gathering relevant information prior to start of care can inform necessary resources for success. How can we move away from arbitrary “pairing”, often seen as an unnecessary evil to capture the MO of our learners? And instead, move towards an innovative approach that prioritizes therapeutic rapport, not just as a cherry on top of a well done session, but as the foundation for all services our clients receive. This presentation will outline a tier 1 intervention provided to all clients, which can mitigate many of the barriers to a successful start of care. This approach, called the Foundational Plan, effectively supports therapy sessions aligned to assent-based practice from the first day of services. |
|
|
|
|
|
Important Uses of Clinical Outcome Data |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Helen P. Mader (Behavior Frontiers, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Erica Outlaw, M.A. |
|
Autism Outcomes: A Radical Proposal |
Domain: Theory |
Erica Outlaw (UNIFI Autism Care), BREANNE K. HARTLEY (BACB; UNIFI Autism Care) |
|
Abstract: The autism services community is increasingly challenged to define the value of services provided to children with autism and their families. The issue of how that value is defined and measured remains open. The question becomes whether the framework for outcomes for a child with autism should not be any different than those for all children: the capacity to succeed in the world on their own terms and participate – emotionally, socially, and economically – as active, members of family and community. While specific condition-based treatment targets may be critical goals of therapeutic interventions for individuals with autism, a parallel reference point for their impact on life-course outcomes will allow us to measure, and optimize, the personal, community, social, and economic value of such services. Measuring value in such a way will require us to look beyond ‘response to treatment’ for autism-related symptomatology and disability, and embrace more integrated, non-categorical metrics reflective of the impact of interventions on the child’s life-course development. In this presentation Dr. Merahn will present an established, validated “whole child” model of care planning and delivery and share a set of options for radically new frameworks for how we consider, measure, optimize, and value the impact of therapeutic interventions on children with autism and their families that have the potential to reset the conceptual foundation for the autism care community with regard to the of its efforts to support optimal life-course outcomes for children with autism and their families. At the conclusion of the session, participants should be able to 1. Define life course outcomes, list their 5 foundational elements, and differentiate between "response to treatment" and life-course outcomes for children with autism. 2. Describe key principles and components associated with potential life course outcome measures and their association with the value of behavioral analytic services to children with autism and their families. 3. Evaluate their organizational capacity to integrate a life-course outcomes perspective into their clinical operating model. |
|
The Future of Applied Behavior Analysis Best Practices: Using Clinical Outcome Data to Improve Treatment Implementation |
Domain: Service Delivery |
HELEN P. MADER (Behavior Frontiers, LLC), Colleen McKenzie (Behavior Frontiers) |
|
Abstract: Utilization of client outcome data enables practitioners to measure the efficacy of applied behavior analysis interventions in real time and allows for continuous monitoring of progress with the ability to adapt and refine interventions as needed. This study evaluated the effects of utilizing a client outcome data tool to measure regional performance of the number of learning opportunities presented per hour during client's sessions. A staff training package was then implemented to increase the frequency of learning trials presented per hour to children with autism across five service regions. The training package consisted of modeling in-vivo, goal setting, self-monitoring, performance checks, and utilization of the client outcome software platform to monitor treatment implementation, including the number of trials per hour. Initial results show a statistically significant increase from baseline in the average number of learning trials conducted per hour during client's sessions, across all 5 regions. Utilization of a client outcome data tool would provide a data-driven approach that empowers practitioners to provide more effective, efficient, and individualized ABA services while tracking the fidelity of treatment implementation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring Advanced Feeding Skills and New Areas of Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lyndsay Ann Fairchild (Kennedy Krieger Institute ) |
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Lyndsay Ann Fairchild, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A pediatric feeding disorder is often diagnosed when a child does not consume an adequate volume or variety of food to grow and gain weight, and/or meet their overall nutritional needs (Stubbs et al., 2017). The etiology of feeding disorders is complex, with many medical, psychosocial, and skill-based factors impacting oral intake (Goday et al., 2019). Given the complexity of pediatric feeding disorders, identification of effective and socially valid interventions to target the wide range of feeding-related behaviors becomes imperative. The purpose of the current symposium will be to review effective treatments for advanced feeding skills (e.g., chewing), and explore new areas of research within the realm of pediatric feeding disorders. The first presentation will review a systematic approach to assess and teach chewing skills to children with feeding disorders. The second presentation will report on findings of the effects of a systematic rapport building intervention for children with autism and feeding difficulties. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): chewing, feeding disorder, rapport building |
Target Audience: Individuals interested in learning more about the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. For BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, and any other practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to identify successful methods for assessing and improving chewing skills.
Attendees will be able to identify strategies to increase food consumption in early intervention settings
Attendees will be able to identify prerequisite skills necessary to teach chewing to children with feeding difficulties |
|
A Systematic Approach to Teach Chewing Skills in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
HOLLY M NEY (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine), Ashley Andersen (Clinic 4 Kidz), Victoria Monzon (Clinic 4 Kidz), Victoria Pham (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Abstract: Children with pediatric feeding disorders often display deficits in oral motor skill development related to chewing and consuming table textured foods. Chewing is a complex skill that is not explicitly taught but emerges with experience with different types and textures of foods. However, with children with pediatric feeding disorders, the necessary experience may be interrupted due to underlying medical issues, which may result in reliance on tube feedings, pureed foods, and/or liquids. Therefore, these children may not go through the same developmental stages of eating, hence leading to oral motor deficits with regards to consuming table textured foods. The purpose of this study was to develop a skills assessment tool to identify which skills to target in chewing training. Based on the results of the assessment each child’s starting point for skills training was established. A series of hierarchical training steps were developed and each child’s starting point was unique based on the results of the assessment. The skills training model focused on individual skills, such as mashing and tongue lateralization, in addition to chewing to increase consumption of table textured foods. At the conclusion of skills training, 4 children with pediatric feeding disorders were successfully consuming table textured foods. |
|
Systematic Rapport Building for Children With Autism and Feeding Difficulties |
NICOLE C DEMCHUK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Feeding difficulties are pervasive for children with autism. There is a need for more research on interventions that are not intrusive and feasible for implementation in early intervention settings. The present study investigated the effects of a systematic rapport building intervention on cooperation with demands, proximity to therapist, indices of happiness, and inappropriate behavior for children with autism and feeding difficulties. We measured indicators of assent throughout the study and applied assent-based strategies during the intervention phases. Results showed that the intervention led to consumption of new foods for children with autism and feeding difficulties. This study fills a gap in the literature by targeting motivating operations and prerequisite skills for feeding intervention with a non-intrusive package. The current study also extends research conducted in early intervention settings. Results have important implications and may provide non-specialized clinicians with a method for increasing consumption of new foods for children with autism and feeding difficulties |
|
|
|
|
|
Let's Talk Privilege and Power |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Natalie Parks, Ph.D. |
Chair: Beverly Kirby (Team ABA LLC) |
NATALIE PARKS (Saint Louis University) |
SHAWN THOMAS CAPELL (Covenant 15:16 LLC) |
RYAN SAIN (Mary Baldwin University) |
Abstract: This panel is an engaging and thought-provoking panel discussion that delves into the intricacies of privilege and power from a behavioral perspective. This will be an audience-interactive events that offers a nuanced exploration of these complex concepts, shedding light on their behavioral definitions and how they manifest in everyday life. The panelists will utilize specific topics as case studies to exemplify the tangible impacts of privilege and power on individuals from diverse backgrounds. By employing behaviorally conceptually systematic language, the discussion aims to demystify the terms, making them accessible for research and data collection and analysis of the behaviors associated with each concept. This panel also extends the conversation to the realm of culture, emphasizing the interconnectedness of privilege and power with cultural differences. Participants will gain valuable insights into how these dynamics influence societal structures, relationships, and individual experiences. They will also leave with a deeper understanding of the role privilege and power play in our lives and society at large. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Those who attend this session should have background knowledge of culture and how it is defined behaviorally. They should be aware of terms like interlocking behavioral contingencies, metacontingencies, and macrocontingencies. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Define power and privilege using conceptually systematic behavior analytic theory 2) Identify potential challenges one may face based upon their background and lived experiences 3) Discuss one's own cultural experiences and how they shape one's interactions with others |
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, culture, diversity, privilege |
|
|
|
|
|
Stop Doom Scrolling and Get Into Your Life: Exploratory Assessments of Social Media Use |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicholas Hammond (Hammond Associates Inc) |
Discussant: Liz Kyonka (California State University - East Bay) |
CE Instructor: Nicholas Hammond, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over 80% of Canadians aged 15 to 34 regularly use social media; and over 70% of adults in the United States use at least one social media site. Social media use has many upsides (e.g., social relationships, long distance communication, dissemination of knowledge, etc.) and downsides (e.g., distracted driving, impact on interpersonal relationships, the spread of misinformation, etc.). Social media use is still a relatively new technology, and a gap exists in the state of assessment and treatment of problematic social media use within a behavioral framework. This symposium will present the results from a series of studies that investigate how a behavior analysts can shed light on factors that contribute to potentially excessive and or problematic social media use via pilot studies using novel assessments. Study 1 will describe an examination of the validity of a newly developed functional assessment questionnaire - the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA; Malkin et al., 2021). Study 2 will describe the results obtained using the hypothetical social media purchase task (SMPT). Both studies present implications for the assessment and treatment of problematic social media use. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Demand Analysis, Functional Assessment, Social Media |
Target Audience: Some basic knowledge of psychometrics and behavioral economics |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to discuss how behavior analysis can be applied to study and analyze social media use. 2. Participants will be able to describe the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA) and its validity in assessing problematic social media use. 3. Participants will be able to discuss the hypothetical Social Media Purchase Task (SMPT) and the role of behavioral economics in studying excessive social media use. |
|
Toward a Functional Assessment of Social Media Use |
ALBERT MALKIN (Western University), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Aman-Preet Randhawa (Brock University), Erin Walker (Western University/Momentum ABA Services), Kristina Axenova (Western University / York University), Aly Aly Moscovitz (Western University) |
Abstract: To address the need to provide a behavioral framework for social media use, this study sought to assess the validity of a newly developed functional assessment questionnaire - the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA; Malkin et al., 2021). Participants included 380 students undergraduate and graduate students. An initial exploratory factor analysis indicated that a four-factor solution loaded attention and escape functions of social media use into different factors but loaded tangible and sensory functions into similar factors. After reducing the number of questions and factors, a three factor model (i.e., Attention, Escape, Tangible/Sensory) identified a good fit (RMSEA = .068). We also examined whether results obtained in the SMUFA were associated to other commonly used social media use scales. The SMUFA sub-scale scores generally correlated with the Social Media Engagement Questionnaire (SMEQ; Przybylski et al., 2016), Social Media Disorder Scale (SMDS; van den Eijnden et al., 2016), and Bergen Social Media Scale (BSMS; Andreassen, et al., 2016), r = .24¬–.73, with the escape subscore having the strongest relationship to the SMDS and BSMS relative to the other subscales. The SMEQ measures use within the past week, which might not be sensitive to molar patterns of problematic social media usage. Generally, the SMUFA appears to correlate with other established measures for longer term use of social media. Practical and conceptual issues related to assessing and treating problematic social media use will be discussed. |
|
Fifteen Million Merits: A Function-Based Behavioral Economic Demand Assessment of Social Media Use |
KARL FANNAR GUNNARSSON (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Albert Malkin (Western University), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Promise Tewogbola (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Amy Nicole Siebold (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Using a hypothetical social media purchase task (SMPT), this study sought to understand the contingencies governing the reinforcing value of social media based on its putative function. A mixed-effects modeling approach was used to evaluate group and individual behavioral patterns. Participants were 334 undergraduate and graduate students. A mixed-effects model yielded an overall R2 of .92. Accessing social media as an escape from aversive stimuli, an information source, or for positive reinforcement resulted in differing patterns of consumption, especially when compared to seeking likes/engagements. The difference was evident in both Q0 (consumption at minimal cost) and α (sensitivity to price). Individual Q0 and α values were significantly correlated across conditions. Individual model estimates were compared with social media usage questionnaires such as SMEQ, SMDS, and BSMS. Correlations were generally weak (ranging r=−.18 to .2), with the demand for likes showing the strongest correlation with the SMDS and BSMS. In conclusion, this study provides insights into the behavioral economic and operant variables influencing social media consumption patterns. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Skill Acquisition Programs for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When developing a skill acquisition program, the implementer must deliver the program in a way that meets the needs of the client. Contextual fit is critical to ensuring treatment adherence. To achieve contextual fit, behavior analysts must be flexible in delivering non-salient features of the intervention, such as setting and ongoing activities, while maintaining the salient features of the interventions necessary for treatment efficacy. Such a balance can be difficult, at times. Thus, research on unique applications of skill acquisition programs is warranted. In this symposium, we will present unique applications of evidence-based skill-acquisition programs: discrete trial teaching (DTT) and total task presentation chaining. The first study implemented a multielement design to compare the effects of four variations of DTT: (a) traditional trials with low-quality attention, (b) traditional trials with high-quality attention, (c) DTT trials embedded in preferred activities with low-quality attention, and (d) DTT trials embedded in preferred activities with high-quality attention. The second study implemented a multiple baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of total task presentation chaining with least-to-most prompting delivered via a technician-delivered telehealth program on vocational skills. The contributions to the literature and implications of both studies will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): chaining, discrete-trial teaching, skill acquisition, telehealth |
Target Audience: BCBAs in practice with varying years of experience. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, the participants will be able to: 1. Describe the differences between traditional and embedded DTT trials. 2. Describe the benefits of embedded DTT trials. 3. Define technician-delivered telehealth. 4. Describe three considerations that should be made if considering technician-delivered telehealth (e.g, prompts that can and cannot be delivered via technician-delivered telehealth) |
|
A Comparison of Traditional and Embedded Discrete Trial Teaching Paired With High and Low-Quality Attention |
WENDY WELLER (BCBA-D), Rachel Garcia (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) has been used synonymously with Applied Behavior Analysis with criticism from the Autistic population who participated in the procedure. The traditional procedure has demonstrated effectiveness. However, many learners are unable to sit at a table and engage in task demands without problem behavior. Among the many effective interventions that have been utilized to address problem behavior during DTT is embedded DTT which implements the same procedures as the traditional process, however in a different setting, usually in a more preferred environment or during a preferred activity. It has not been determined if the instructor’s affect in traditional or embedded trials is qualitatively different across those settings or the degree to which those potential differences impact improved performance. Using a multi-element design, this study compared embedded and traditional trials paired with high and low-quality attention with three boys ages 5 to 7 years diagnosed with autism. Reported outcomes were that one participant demonstrated trial completion across all conditions, another demonstrated little or no trial completion across conditions, and one demonstrated response differentiation for each condition. One implication from this study includes confirmation of a procedure that aligns with trauma informed care. |
|
Technician-Delivered Telehealth to Teach Vocational Skills to Adolescents and Young Adults |
RENMING LIU (Baylor University), MacKenzie Raye Wicker (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Employment significantly impacts financial stability, social engagement, and overall quality of life. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) often face unique challenges in accessing employment due to limitations in intellectual functioning, social skills, and adaptive abilities. This study addresses this issue through technician-delivered telehealth. Four participants with IDD identified three vocational goals. All study sessions were conducted via a videoconference platform in which the implementer directly provided instruction and prompts to the participant, without the use of a mediator such as a parent. The researcher implemented a total-task training in which each step of the skill was taught every trial using discrete trial teaching with least-to-most prompt fading. The effects of the technician-delivered telehealth teaching approach was evaluated with a multiple baseline design across skills. The results indicate that the teaching package effectively improved vocational skills for all four participants. This suggests the potential of technician-delivered telehealth as an efficient method for teaching vocational skills to individuals with IDD. Detailed analysis and these findings will be further discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Discussion on the Acceptance and Application of Trauma Informed Interventions for Individuals With Intellectual Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kara Reagon (Melmark New England) |
Discussant: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ruane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In recent years increased attention has been placed on the application of trauma information care (TIC) practices with individuals with intellectual and developments disabilities (IDD). Although there are many benefits to a TIC approach, research in the area of behavior analysis is limited with some noting concerns about where the theory of TIC falls within a behavior analyst’s scope of practice. Within this symposium, attendees will learn how organizations can assess their clinicians’ opinions of TIC and how treatment plans can be modified to align with TIC practices. The first presentation will focus on the results of a pilot survey that collected data from behavior analysts within an HS organization. Results indicated there was an agreement that more emphasis should be placed on this area, but additional research is needed to better guide treatment practices. The second presentation will focus on a case study that used a TIC framework in the form of a multi-element treatment package to increase appropriate voids. Overall, attendees will gain knowledge on how practitioners can begin to bridge the gap between TIC and behavior analytic practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Interventions, TIC, Trauma Informed |
Target Audience: The material presented during this symposium would be appropriate for student of advanced ABA coursework or those pursing their certification, clinicians across applied settings, or supervisors who are responsible for the oversight of clinical programming. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will be able to discuss the relevance of trauma informed care to individuals with intellectual development disabilities. 2. Leaners will be able to discuss how providers can assess clinicians’ opinions of trauma informed care. 3. Learners will be able to discuss how a trauma informed care framework can be used within treatment planning. |
|
Trauma-Informed Care (TIC) of Persons with Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities: A Pilot Survey of Board Certified Behavior Analysts at a Human Services Organization |
JILL HARPER (Melmark New England, Endicott College), James Luiselli (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Jennifer Ruane (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: We conducted an online survey of board certified behavior analysts (n = 65) at a human services organization to assess their attitudes and opinions about trauma-informed care (TIC) of persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and the compatibility of TIC with behavior analytic practice. Survey respondents indicated they had no to minimal college level/graduate school coursework, training, supervision, or implementation experience in TIC. Survey respondents largely agreed that TIC should be considered for persons with IDD, that TIC provides knowledge that can improve behavior analytic services, that TIC should be emphasized in training, and that TIC is within the scope of behavior analyst practice. However, there was strong agreement that TIC is not defined or practiced consistently and is not well researched by behavior analysts. Following a review of the data, we will discuss the implications of these findings and present survey informed recommendations for advancing TIC within the behavior analytic professional community. |
|
Toilet Training With Care: Using a Trauma Informed Approach to Increase Appropriate Voids |
RAKEYLA LITTLE (Melmark), Sheila Ann Ann Klick (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In this case study reflecting applied practice in the education setting with a day student/resident, the client presented with dangerous challenging behaviors in the repertoire: aggression, dropping, disrobing, property destruction, and elopement and a new behavior: bathroom refusal. Escape extinction was removed from the clients’ multi-element behavior support plan and a concurrent “break” functional communication response was added as well as establishing social positive reinforcement as a functional communication target. When rates of functional communication increased and challenging behaviors reduced at the end of the regular school year, the clinician focused on approach to the bathroom with the preferred activity of brushing teeth across settings. Concurrently, a portable toilet was placed in the program area to re-establish voiding in a toilet across settings. Reinstatement followed during the new regular school year as the client began to void in the toilet in the bathroom in the education setting. Staff report an overall increase in indices of happiness and quality of life. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: The Use of Practical Functional Assessment and Skill Based Treatment in School Settings: Examples for Practitioners |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ron DeMuesy, M.Ed. |
Chair: Ron DeMuesy (Dublin City Schools) |
CELIA HEYMAN (Capella University / FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
JENNIFER NIERADKA (Ottawa Catholic School Board) |
ED SIDEY (SEARCH- FTF- Associate Consultant) |
Abstract: Since its introduction in 2014, the use of Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill Based Treatment (SBT) has been demonstrated to reliably produce important outcomes for clients in clinical settings. More recently, these procedures have found their way into school settings. The implementation of PFA and SBT can present unique challenges in school settings for many reasons including staff training, time allocation and administrative approval. Despite these obstacles, many practitioners have been able to add to the existing knowledge base by replicating important outcomes to schools. This panel discussion will explore the implementation of PFA and SBT across a variety of school settings with the intent of providing practitioners with examples of challenges faced during implementation of PFA and SBT as well as solutions that have led to important outcomes for students, staff and school environments. Individual student data, along with school climate data and system based outcomes will be shared to illustrate the effectiveness of PFA and SBT. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience Members should have a basic understanding of Practical Functional Assessment and Skill Based Treatment |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the obstacles/variables that may occur while trying to implement PFA/SBT in School Settings (2) describe the various solutions to the implementation issues as offered by the panelists; (3) discuss the indicators that allow for successful implementation of PFA/SBT at the student, classroom and school level. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Intersection of Behavior Analytic Interventions and Academic Outcomes: A Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Tullo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes a series of presentations regarding the intersection of applied behavior analysis and academic outcomes for students with and without disabilities. The researchers will review a comprehensive scoping study that systematically explored: (a) what behavior analytic interventions are effective on what academic (reading, writing, STEM) outcomes, (b) for whom, and (c) under what conditions for students in Grades Pre-K through grade 12 in educational settings. Interventions that are explicitly behavior analytic and interventions that are behavior analytic in nature were included. The researchers will review current quality indicators for single case research design in the context of behavioral interventions that have academic outcomes. In addition to the quantitative analysis of the study, researchers will qualitatively examine whether there is evidence that the studies were conducted with a social justice-oriented lens (i.e., access, justice, diversity, equity, and inclusion; AJDEI). A particular emphasis will be placed on the implications for educational practice and future research. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): academics, AJDEI, quality indicators, social validity |
Target Audience: Advanced- Researchers and Practitioners. Prerequisite skills- familiarity with single case research methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, the participants will be able to: (1) Identify academic interventions that are behavior analytic in nature and likely to be under the scope of practice of behavior analysts; (2) List the quality indicators for single case designs to evaluate rigor of single subject research methodology enhanced with the standards of cultural diversity; (3) Describe the degree to which social validity is assessed and addressed in behavior analytic research focused on academic outcomes. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Academics: A Scoping Study |
LISA TULLO (George Mason University), Yueyang Shen (Boston College), Paula Danquah-Brobby (George Mason University, College of Science), Kristy Park (George Mason University), Anna S. Evmenova (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Behavior challenges impact the quality of instruction in the classroom even as early as preschool with 10-14% of students displaying high-intensity behaviors (Furniss, Beyer, & Guggenmos, 2006). This has increased the demand for individuals with behavioral expertise to support classrooms (Layden, 2023). Collaboration between teachers and behavior analysts is crucial to produce the best possible outcomes for students who may not otherwise access the curriculum due to behavioral excesses and/or deficits. Many academic interventions are behavior analytic in nature, but there is no central repository for academic interventions within the scope of practice of behavior analysts. Researchers conducted a scoping study to identify what behavior analytic interventions have been implemented for which academic outcomes for students from Pre-K to grade 12. The initial search produced 20,207 studies, 2,041 of which were selected after applying the PICO (Population-Intervention-Comparison-Outcome) framework criteria. 1,597 included reading and/or writing outcomes and 444 included science, technology, engineering and math (STEM) outcomes.
This presentation will provide an overview of the following: 1) the search and selection procedure, 2) the academic interventions identified, 3) the academic outcomes identified, 4) trends in behavior analytic studies that include academic outcomes, and 5) implications for behavior analysts in educational settings. |
|
Quality Indicators in Single-Case Research Designs: Current and Future Standards |
KRISTY PARK (George Mason University), Lisa Tullo (George Mason University), Paula Danquah-Brobby (George Mason University, College of Science), Anna S. Evmenova (George Mason University) |
Abstract: The standard of quality indicators for Single Case Designs (SCD) continues to evolve as additions or clarifications are made to advance methodologically sound and trustworthy procedures. For practitioners, SCD standards allow identification of interventions that are most effective and for researchers, SCD standards assist in the planning stages with research guidelines. As professionals, the efforts to continually improve and expand on research standards will advance methodological procedures and promote active use of SCD across disciplines. The purpose of this presentation is to highlight current quality indicators when conducting and evaluating SCD research. Researchers utilized these indicators to evaluate behavior analytic research related to academic instruction in educational settings. Results of the study will be summarized.
This presentation will review current SCD standards as recommended by Kratochwill, Horner, Levin, Machalicek, Ferron, and Johnson (2023). Applications toward the adoption of SCD standards for cultural diversity will be examined. The revised quality indicators enhanced with cultural diversity were summarized into a matrix and piloted as a tool for SCD literature syntheses (i.e., meta-analyses). Results of the study will be shared with implications for further research. |
|
The Social Significance of Social Validity |
PAULA DANQUAH-BROBBY (George Mason University, College of Science), Lisa Tullo (George Mason University), Kristy Park (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Schwartz and Baer (1991) defined social validity as assessments that “evaluate the acceptability or viability of a programmed intervention” (p.189). Although social validity assessments are not meant to serve as the main dependent variable under examination, consumer feedback on the appropriateness, applicability, and utility of research goals, methodology, and outcomes is crucial. When assessing social validity consumers become empowered to voice the ways in which they are being affected by environmental stimuli and contingencies associated with the research process. Moreover, embedding social validity assessments throughout the course of a study can minimize power imbalances between consumers and investigators, increase trust, and foster inclusive, culturally responsive practices (Pritchett et al., 2021).
This presentation will summarize findings related to how social validity assessments have been used in behavior analytic research studies that contained academic outcomes. Specifically, the following variables were examined: a) whether social validity was assessed b) the manner in which it was assessed, c) for whom it was assessed, d) how many times it was assessed, e) the results of the assessment, f) if maintenance and generalization were assessed, and g) whether a copy of the social validity assessment measure was included in the published work. |
|
|
|
|
|
Looking Through an Ethical Lens: Applying the Ethics Code to Common Clinical Practices |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Videsha Marya (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Videsha Marya, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2020) acts as a guide for all behavior analysts and for their practices. In addition to having a responsibility towards evidence-based practices and interventions, behavior analysts also have a responsibility towards their clients and to use interventions that are compassionate, incorporate assent, and prioritize reinforcement. In this symposium, we will have three presentations that evaluate existing literature through an ethical lens. In the first talk, the presenter will present data from an extensive review evaluating existing research on the use of self-management procedures in reducing problem behaviors in adults diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. The second presenter will present a review of the literature on the use of escape extinction within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Finally, the third presenter will present results from their study evaluating the effect of a decision-making model on the selection of assessment and treatment measurement procedures for problem behavior. Through the presentations, the presenters will highlight the importance of ethical considerations when choosing clinical interventions and making clinical decisions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): clinical interventions, ethical considerations, evidence-based interventions |
Target Audience: Presentations during this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should be familiar with the ethics code for behavior analysts (BACB, 2020), clinical interventions (e.g., escape extinction, self-management), and have prior experience in clinical decision-making. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) The participants will be able to describe the ethical implications of some common clinical procedures; (2) The participants will be able to discuss the importance of evaluating published literature through an ethical and critical lens; (3) The participants will be able to apply this understanding and knowledge to their own settings. |
|
Evaluating the Usefulness of Decision Trees in Measurement Selection |
LAURA FRANCES WEIL (Endicott College), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Many clinical decision trees have been published that purport to improve clinical decisions. Most, however, have yet to demonstrate experimentally their utility toward the purported function. In this study, we evaluated how clinical decisions were influenced by access to a published decision tree (LeBlanc et al., 2016) for selecting appropriate assessment and treatment measurement procedures for problem behavior. Participants were provided with six vignettes that contained details about variables relevant to the decision tree and that mimicked patient descriptions commonly found in intake forms for ABA services. Each participant completed three phases: baseline (no access to the decision tree), intervention (access to the decision tree), and post-test (1-week post-experiment). The primary dependent variable was the measurement technique they thought most appropriate based on the information in each vignette with results also analyzed across a variety of participant characteristics (e.g., years of experience, primary setting of work). Importantly, the results of this study highlight critical ethical considerations around measuring and analyzing clinician decision-making in everyday settings to help optimize patient outcomes following ABA services. |
|
Escape Extinction: A Critical Review |
MICAH HOPE (University of North Texas and Endicott College), Nicole Radzilowicz (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Escape extinction is frequently and effectively used to reduce escape-maintained behavior, especially in children with feeding disorders. However, there are several drawbacks to using escape extinction such as difficulty with treatment fidelity, low social validity, temporary increases and/or spontaneous recovery of problem behaviors, and the inclusion of restrictive procedures. In this presentation, we will review the empirical literature on the use of escape extinction within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. While the literature shows that escape extinction is effective in certain contexts, we will discuss potential drawbacks and ethical challenges with the use of escape extinction, along with the limitations of the literature review. We will discuss parameters to consider before the implementation of escape extinction, including a checklist for clinical considerations prior to the implementation of escape extinction, safeguards to be used in conjunction with the procedure, and alternatives to escape extinction. Research demonstrating the effective treatment of escape-maintained behavior without the use of escape-extinction will be reviewed. While escape extinction is an effective treatment, it is not the least restrictive intervention and should not be implemented without careful consideration and planning. |
|
Can Self-Management Procedures Used by Adults With Autism to Decrease Problem Behavior Be Considered Evidenced-Based? |
ASHLEY MCHUGH (Eden Autism Services), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Amalia Monroe-Gulick (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The ethics code for behavior analysts emphasizes the role of behavioral science in the practice of Board-Certified Behavior Analysts. That is, BCBAs are obligated to use science to guide the professional activities in which they engage. A major part of this obligation is to use evidenced-based treatments in all clinical activities. That is, behaviorists must use science (and research with high rigor) to vet the degree to which treatments are causally related to positive changes in the clinical targets. The purpose of this literature review was to examine the state of the research on the use of self-management procedures in reducing problem behaviors in adults diagnosed with an intellectual disability, with the goal of determining whether or not self-management strategies with this population can be considered evidenced-based. Studies were located using a systematic search of literature across various journals. Seventeen studies were included in the review and were evaluated along the dimensions of adherence to quality research design and outcomes. Results showed that self-management techniques were associated with decreased levels of challenging behaviors across adults with an Intellectual Disability and Autism Spectrum Disorder. However, the quality of the research design was inconsistent, decreasing confidence in a causal relationship between self-management and reduction in challenging behaviors. Thus, at present time, self-management interventions for adults with ASD for reducing challenging behavior cannot be viewed as an evidenced-based strategy. This review should encourage more research in using self-management procedures with individuals with Intellectual Disability, especially with adults. |
|
|
|
|
|
Quiet Courage |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: MERAL KOLDAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute ) |
CE Instructor: Shahla Ala'i, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: We live in a complex time, socially, politically, and spiritually. Global and disciplinary paradigms are interrogated and challenged; questions about our human response to power, justice, knowledge, ethics, and suffering emerge daily. The science, practice and training of behavior analysis is at the nexus of this complexity. How does a young professor of applied behavior analysis find their place, purpose, and effort in this context? Through a series of examples and drawing on the wisdom of social activists within and outside of the field, as well as her own experience, Shahla shares reflections and advice for young professors, who are often concurrently serving as teachers, researchers, and practitioners. Through stories and data, loving and responsible possibilities are explored and examined. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: New professors and advanced graduate students and researchers, and practitioners and advanced professors that are interested in supporting and nurturing the development of new professors in applied behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe 3 societal conditions that present challenges to young professors in applied behavior analysis; (2) Describe 3 conditions of the academy that present challenges to young professors in applied behavior analysis; (3) Describe 3 strategies for meeting these challenges. |
|
SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas) |
Shahla Alai-Rosales, PHD, BCBA-D, CPBA-AP is a Professor in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. She has taught courses in Texas, Europe and the Middle East on a variety of topics, including ethics, early autism intervention, parent training, behavioral systems, applied research methods, technology transfer, behavior change techniques, and cultural diversity. Shahla has published and presented research on social justice, ethics in early intervention, play and social skills, family harmony, and supervision and mentoring. Shahla has more than four decades of experience working with families and has trained hundreds of behavior analysts. She has received awards for her teaching (SGA ‘Fessor Graham Award), her work with families (Onassis Scholar Award), and for her sustained contributions (UNT Community Engagement Award, TXABA Career Contributions Award, the GSU Lutzker Distinguished Lecturer and the 23-24 University of Kansas ABS Outstanding Alumni Award). She was a member of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, the ABAI Practice Board, the ABAI DEI Board and an Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice. Shahla is co-author of Building and Sustaining Meaningful and Effective Relationships as a Supervisor and Mentor (LeBlanc, Sellers & Alai, 2020) and Responsible and Responsive Parenting in Autism: Between Now and Dreams (Alai-Rosales & Heinkel-Wolfe, 2022). |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Integrating Discounting and Demand: Finding a Common Language Between Behavioral Economic Frameworks and Modeling Strategies |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom A |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Mark Justin Rzeszutek, Ph.D. |
Chair: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Presenting Authors: : MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Within the domain of behavioral economic decision-making, there are two parallel but distinct frameworks of reinforcer valuation. The first is discounting, a description of the change in subjective value of a commodity as its receipt becomes more delayed, uncertain, or changed by some other factor. The second is demand, a description of the effort an organism will expend to defend its consumption of a commodity as the cost of that commodity increases. Both discounting and demand use well established quantitative models to describe behavior, but analyses are typically treated as one or the other based on the methodology used. Thus, the purpose of this tutorial is to overview similarities and differences between quantitative models of discounting and demand and how the two can be integrated when more than one functional form is suspected to underlie data with multiple factors. This will be accomplished by identifying common parameter interpretations, correlations between different parameter estimates, and how these models can be combined to describe data that encompasses two or more independent variables. Finally, how various quantitative models can be used to identify commonly used metrics in demand and discounting will be demonstrated. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Graduate students, basic researchers, translational researchers, and those interested in using behavioral economic models to describe behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Compare and contrast discounting and demand as measures of reinforcer valuation, (2) identify commonalities across quantitative models of discounting and demand as well as their estimates, (3) adjust different functional forms of discounting and demand to have similar interpretations across datasets. |
|
MARK JUSTIN RZESZUTEK (University of Kentucky) |
Dr. Rzeszutek is a postdoctoral scholar in the Healthier Futures Lab at the University of Kentucky. He completed a B.A. in Comprehensive Psychology from Wilfred Laurier University, an M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis from St. Cloud State University, and a Ph.D. in Psychology from Western Michigan University. His current research focuses on methodologies in the quantitative analysis of behavior and using behavioral economics to better understand the relationship between alcohol use and suicidal thoughts and behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Overcoming Barriers to Research in Applied Practice: A Panel Discussion |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Brittany Tomasi, M.A. |
Chair: Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College) |
LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Southern Illinois University) |
SARAH FRAMPTON (University of Nebraska Omaha) |
Abstract: The research-to-practice gap is prevalent across many fields. The goal of the scientist-practitioner model (SPM) in applied behavior analysis (ABA) is to produce and improve meaningful clinical outcomes through an empirical and scientific worldview based on the defining principles of ABA (Dorsey & Harper, 2018; Weiss 2018). Weiss (2018) argues that the best practitioners in behavior analysis are excellent scientists. Sidman (2011) acknowledged that applied problems may differ from those in the laboratory; however, understanding basic research methodology and its relation to practical problems will contribute to more significant therapeutic outcomes in practice. Shawler et al. (2018) indicated that most survey respondents reported adhering to the SPM, regardless of high research productivity. This outcome reflects the differing contingencies that may exist for scientists compared to practitioners. One solution to bridge this gap is for practitioners to conduct more applied research. However, despite practitioners reporting they find conducting research to be important, many barriers to integrating research into applied settings have been reported (Valentino & Juanico, 2020). The current panel will describe the current state of SPM within the field of ABA. Suggestions on bridging the gap and implications for conducting applied research in everyday practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: knowledge of research methodology; knowledge of principles of behavior; application of behavior analytic principles in practice |
Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the current state of SPM within the field of ABA 2. Describe the barriers to integrating research in applied settings 3. Discuss solutions to bridge the gap between research and practice in applied settings |
Keyword(s): applied research, research methodology, scientist-practitioner |
|
|
|
|
|
Harmony in Analysis: Bridging Human Insight and Artificial Intelligence for Advanced Behavioral Understanding and Ethical Clinical Interventions |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording not available by presenter request |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Kerri L. Milyko, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JESSICA JACKSON (Therapy Is For Everyone Psychological & Consultation Services, PLLC) |
Abstract: This presentation explores the transformative role of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning in enhancing our understanding of human behavior and informing clinical interventions. Synthetic intelligence provides novel perspectives on human intelligence, while machine learning enables the extraction of valuable insights from vast datasets. Emphasizing the inevitability of AI's integration, the presentation advocates for critical thinking in addressing concerns and engaging in conversations with technology developers. It underscores the collaborative relationship between AI and mental health clinicians, emphasizing that AI is a supportive tool rather than a replacement. The ethical considerations surrounding AI implementation are highlighted, emphasizing the necessity of nuanced discussions. Practical applications, such as using AI for early detection of developmental delays, leveraging diagnostic codes for classification, and the removal of geographical barriers through internet-based accessibility, demonstrate the tangible benefits of AI in clinical contexts. Overall, this presentation encourages a thoughtful embrace of AI's potential to revolutionize behavioral analysis and clinical interventions while maintaining a human-centric approach. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and mental health clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explore Ethical Considerations in AI Integration: Learners will delve into the ethical considerations associated with the use of AI in clinical interventions, engaging in discussions on privacy, bias, and the responsible programming of AI tools. They will develop the ability to critically assess the ethical implications of AI applications in the context of human behavior; (2) Appreciate the Collaborative Nature of AI and Clinical Practice: Participants will recognize AI as a supportive tool for mental health clinicians rather than a replacement. They will explore the symbiotic relationship between AI technologies and human expertise, understanding the ways in which AI can enhance clinical interventions without diminishing the importance of human support; (3) Develop Strategies for Addressing Concerns and Embracing AI: Participants will cultivate critical thinking skills and practical strategies for navigating concerns related to AI integration. This includes engaging in open conversations with technology developers, conducting cost/benefit analyses, and fostering an openness to how AI technologies can alleviate administrative burdens in clinical settings. |
|
JESSICA JACKSON (Therapy Is For Everyone Psychological & Consultation Services, PLLC) |
Dr. Jessica Jackson is an award-winning licensed psychologist and mental health equity advocate. She is the founder of Dr. J. Lauren Psychological & Consultation Services, a Houston, TX based mental health practice providing expert care and consultation. Dr. Jackson is also the co-founder of the non-profit Communicating Race Fully, focused on teaching youth and their caregivers how to have conversations about race and racism. In addition to providing mental health care services through her private practice, she also works in the digital mental health industry. Her research has focused on reducing barriers to treatment for underserved populations. She is a regular media contributor and serves as an elected member of the American Psychological Association Board for the Advancement of Psychology in the Public Interest, Vice Chair of Therapist in Tech and Chair of the APA Mental Health Technology Advisory Committee. |
|
|
|
|
|
Individualizing and Optimizing Instructional Procedures to Achieve Best Outcomes |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (Autism Commission on Quality; Council of Autism Service Providers) |
Discussant: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Tom Cariveau, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A critical component of applied behavior analysis (ABA) involves ensuring services are optimized and individualized to meet a client’s abilities, needs, and context. In this symposium, the presenters will provide an in-depth analysis of instructional procedures used to teach new skills and discuss how performance criteria can be set to determine when those skills are achieved. During the first presentation, the authors will describe how teaching methodologies can be made responsive to individualized client needs to promote the most learning in the shortest amount of time. During the second presentation, the author will present a historical review of the concept of mastery and share a model demonstrating how the field may be better served by considering performance criteria. Both presentations will emphasize the responsibility behavior analytic service providers have to continually evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of the procedures they employ. Following these presentations, discussion will center around strategies and considerations for delivering and measuring efficient individualized services. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): individualized services, instructional procedures, mastery criteria, performance criteria |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for credentialed masters-level behavior analysts currently overseeing clinical services. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the benefits of adapting and individualizing instructional procedures. (2) Compare the impact of different instructional procedures on client progress. (3) Identify various approaches to conditional discrimination training. (4) Think critically about terminology used to describe reaching learning goals and the ways in which they can be applied. (5) Describe recent research regarding performance criteria and recognize the lack of empirically support for current clinical lore. (6) Discuss how the terminology used to describe learning goals relates to decision making about what criteria to utilize in clinical practice as well as the necessity for future research. |
|
Comparative Research Examining the Effectiveness of Skill Acquisition Procedures |
KAITLYN SLACK-HANNA (40299), Molly Dubuque (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Kristin M. Hustyi (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Instruction of auditory-visual conditional discrimination has been examined using two primary methods: the simple-conditional and conditional-only approaches (Love et al., 2009). The former method consists of a nine-step instructional procedure that increases in difficulty across steps (Grow et al., 2011). Alternatively, the conditional-only method employs a single step, which is identical to the final step of the simple-conditional method, where an array of visual comparison stimuli is presented, and the target stimulus alternates across trials. Additionally, a modified simple-conditional method was introduced by Grow and Van Der Hijde (2017) which eliminates the three steps from the simple-conditional method involving isolated target presentations, resulting in six steps. Comparative research has shown that the relative efficacy and efficiency of these different teaching methods can sometimes vary among participants. However, clinicians can apply the same assessment methodology to identify a personalized and optimized instructional approach for their patients. This may lead to a greater number of skills that can be taught within a shorter timeframe, enhancing outcomes for patients and their families. In this symposium, we review the extant literature comparing procedures for teaching conditional discrimination, present our own empirical analysis, and discuss implications for systems-level strategies to promote best practice and outcomes. |
|
“Mastery” as a Misnomer: A Closer Look at Current Research on Performance Criteria |
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University) |
Abstract: A number of objective criteria have been developed to establish when a skill being trained has been learned. These evaluative performance standards have historically been referred to as mastery criteria. However, the term "mastery" as used in these contexts is a misnomer. We propose an alternative, more fitting term: performance criteria. Accurate labels notwithstanding, additional skepticism and investigation into the lore surrounding the use of performance criteria in practical settings is necessary. The purpose of this presentation will be to: 1) provide a brief introduction to performance criteria historically and contemporarily, 2) discuss some issues related to mastery criteria terminology, 3) discuss the various dimensions of performance to which criteria can be applied, 4) provide a comprehensive review of literature related to performance criteria across various practice areas, and 5) provide a model for establishing performance criteria while recognizing the lack of sufficient direct empirical research in the area of mastery criteria and its relationship with response maintenance. Finally, a comment on considerations for future directions for research and clinical practice will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Behavioral: Choose Your Own Path |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michelle Oset (Easterseals Hawaii) |
CE Instructor: Viridiana Sanchez, M.A. |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has marked challenges in understanding and using social skills and pragmatic communication. This can lead to an autistic individual being isolated or ostracized from their peers, which can also prevent them from accessing equal opportunities in the community. Most treatment types focus on the individual adapting to fit in with their peers rather than focusing on the individual themselves. As healthcare providers, Easterseals Northern California and Easterseals Hawaii wanted to meet the needs of the individual and provide ways for them to amplify their voices in the community. Compass-behavioral (Compass-B) is a manualized program based on the foundational principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and cognitive behavior therapy (CBT). It includes eight different modules that an individual can choose from, whether they want to work on advocating for themselves, learning perspective taking skills, or socializing with others. This presentation will review the research emphasizing the importance of focusing on the individual and allowing them to choose their own path. It will also provide a general overview of the Compass-B model and how an individual can access this treatment option. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Compass-Behavioral |
Target Audience: Audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis principles and 1-2 years experience working with adolescents and adults ages 12 and up. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the importance of executive functioning skills as it relates to the intellectual and developmental disabilities; (2) Identify what Compass-Behavioral is; (3) Identify how Compass-Behavioral can be applied. |
|
Executive Functioning and Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Review of Literature |
KALINA HATZELL (Easterseals Hawai’i and Northern California) |
Abstract: Research on executive functioning in adolescents and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) reveals a diverse landscape. These individuals may exhibit varied developmental trajectories and experience challenges in the areas of planning, organization, emotion regulation, social acumen, and goal attainment. While some may face adversity in multiple areas, others may experience difficulty in just one or two. The transition to adulthood is a crucial period for executive functioning because it marks a significant shift in an individual’s life, such as increased independence and responsibility in education, employment, and daily living. As such, improving executive functioning is crucial for enhancing overall quality of life and independence for those with developmental disabilities. This presentation provides an overview of the research demonstrating the significance of executive functioning skills on an individual’s autonomy and wellbeing. Additionally, it provides an overview of contemporary behavioral and cognitive-behavioral interventions, emphasizing their role in empowering individuals to make autonomous decisions regarding their treatment approaches. |
|
Compass-Behavioral: Choose Your Own Path |
TARYN STINE (Easterseals Northern California) |
Abstract: For autistic youth receiving behavioral services, there is no one size fits all for individual support needs. Individuals who do not require the level of support provided in typical service provisions frequently find themselves at a crossroad where the direction they take is determined by caregivers and stakeholders rather than autonomous choice. Compass-behavioral (Compass-B) is a manualized behavioral intervention program based on the foundational principles Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) that has set out to create a new path built on the individuals' values, goals, and strengths. It includes eight different modules that an individual can choose to work through with a Compass-B coach providing individualized guidance and support throughout the process. In this presentation, we will complete an overview of the Compass-B model, the individual demographic prerequisite requirements for participation in Compass-B, and the components covered that create a program that allows autistic youth to choose their own path. |
|
Compass-Behavioral: Practical Application and Results |
IAN COOK (Catalight Research Institute) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder qualified by three levels of support. Level 1 is qualitatively described as requiring support and is commensurate with DSM-IV criteria of Aspergers syndrome which was subsumed into the ASD diagnosis in the 2013 version of the DSM. People with Level 1 ASD typically do not have a cooccurring intellectual disability but do have difficulty with social pragmatic communication. Difficulties within this subset of the ASD population may not be generalizable to other Levels of the ASD spectrum. For this reason, we set out to understand if a manualized approach to helping autistic youth and adults navigate common social difficulties could be successfully implemented. Autistic youth and adults were offered Compass-Behavioral (Compass-B) as part of their behavioral health treatment. Paired-samples t-tests were used to determine whether there was a statistically significant mean difference between the pre and post test scores for each module as well as individual wellbeing. Overall, participants had a mean improvement from time one to time two on wellbeing as well as for each module. Furthermore, those who received the Self-Advocacy module experienced a significant improvement in overall self-advocacy skills and understanding. The results demonstrate a manualized approach to applied behavior analysis when working with autistic youth on social pragmatic and executive functioning skills is promising. |
|
|
|
|
|
Considerations for Compassionate Care and Cultural Competence |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Cassi Breaux (University of West Florida) |
CE Instructor: Cassi Breaux, M.A. |
|
Compassionate Care in Applied Behavior Analysis Within the Saudi Arabian Context |
Domain: Theory |
DUAA ALZAHRANI (Umm Al-Qura University), Reva L. Mathieu-Sher (Duquesne Univeristy) |
|
Abstract: As the emerging subjects of Compassionate Care and Cultural Responsiveness gain momentum within the realm of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), particularly in the context of treating autistic individuals, the research primarily remains focused on a Western perspective. This article examines the adaptation and application of ongoing efforts to define and establish Compassionate Care and Cultural Responsiveness in ABA within the unique context of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The article explores how the Compassionate Care behaviors identified in the literature may be applicable in Saudi Arabia to enrich ABA treatments for autistic individuals in Saudi Arabia, while also addressing the barriers and challenges that may hinder the implementation of Compassionate Care in Saudi Arabia that are rooted in the cultural and religious aspects of the Saudi society. The article concludes by proposing a standardization of Compassionate Care and Cultural Responsiveness practices in ABA to align with the societal norms prevalent in Saudi Arabia." |
|
Broadening Cultural Competency: How the Core Principles of Consent Can Inform Assent Practices |
Domain: Theory |
CASSI BREAUX (University of West Florida) |
|
Abstract: Assent is a relatively new concept in behavior analysis and is commonly misunderstood. Assent practices are vital to the ethical practice of applied behavior analysis. The history and core principles of consent can inform our understanding of assent, thus improving clinical assent practices. Assent practices and neurodiversity-informed practices are vital to cultural competency. This paper explores the integration of core principles of consent into assent practices, with a focus on enhancing cultural competency. By leveraging the fundamental elements of consent, it is possible to broaden the scope of assent procedures, thus better respecting neurodivergent culture. We will define the key components of consent, explore how assent is incorporated within cultural awareness, and discuss assent practices in clinical and educational settings. Through case studies and practical insights, this presentation offers a valuable perspective on bridging the gap between consent and assent, thereby contributing to more culturally sensitive and effective behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Challenging Behavior Unraveled: Insights Into Psychotropic Medication Impact on Challenging Behavior Informed by Diverse Assessment Modalities |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: BPN/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Monica Peters (Nova Scotia Health) |
Discussant: Jessica Torelli (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Torelli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Psychopharmacological interventions are commonly used to treat challenging behaviors in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Lunsky et al., 2018; Valdovinos, 2019). Some demographic research suggests that up to 90% of adults comprising this clinical population are taking some type of psychotropic medication (Lunsky et al., 2018). Persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities often have communication deficits which may be especially problematic when being prescribed these medications, as physicians largely rely on self-report measures to discern how medication changes are impacting their patient (Quinn, 2014). Behavioural researchers continue to be well-suited to explore the behavioural effects of psychotropic medication by leveraging objective measurement systems (Cox & Virues-Ortega, 2016; Valdovinos et al., 2019). The more the field understands whether and how psychotropic medications affect client responding, the better prepared behavior analysts may be to cultivate behavior change and ultimately improve client quality of life. The two studies below use different assessment strategies to monitor the impact of psychotropic medications in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate- Some familiarity with introductory statistics content and some familiarity with applied behavioral pharmacology |
Learning Objectives: (1) The attendees will be able to identify how direct assessments may aid in monitoring changes in behavior function and rate across clinically-indicated medication changes. (2) The attendees will be able to identify what comprises a comprehensive assessment plan to monitor the impact of psychotropic medications in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. (3) The attendees will be able to identify and describe helpful indirect and direct assessment strategies in the context of monitoring psychotropic medication adjustment impacts on challenging behavior |
|
Using Functional Analysis to Monitor the Impact of Psychotropic Medication on Challenging
Behavior Function in Persons With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
ANDREAS DIMOPOULOS (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Monica Peters (Nova Scotia Health), Tina Vo (Brock University), Victor Enrique Bethencourt (Brock University), Autumn Kozluk (Brock University) |
Abstract: Demographic research suggests that up to 50% of persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities engage in behavior that can be described as challenging. That is, behaviors that interfere with skills acquisition, access to services, and may increase the risk of injury to self or others (e.g., aggression, self-injury, property destruction). Psychopharmacological interventions represent an oft applied approach to reduce challenging behavior. Unfortunately, efficacy research on this topic is relatively limited, including applied behavioural pharmacology research aimed at evaluating the behavioural effects of psychotropic medication in this clinical population (Cox & Virués-Ortega, 2016). In behavior analysis, challenging behavior is perceived as ‘learned’ behavior. That is, the individual learns the behavior over time because their interaction with the environment produces a ‘desired’ outcome. The challenging behavior, thus, serves a specific purpose (i.e., behavior function). To identify behavior function, behavior analysts often conduct a functional analysis (FA) to systematically examine the relationship between challenging behavior and environmental events (Hanley, 2012). Theory around how psychotropic medications may be affecting behavior suggests that FAs may facilitate uncovering drug-behavior interactions. Thus, the proposed study examined the behavioural effects of clinically-indicated psychotropic medication changes across six adults with IDD who engage in challenging behavior and were taking psychotropic medication as their primary treatment element. Repeat FAs were conducted across psychotropic medication conditions, including psychotropic PRN (as needed medication) conditions, to monitor changes in behavior function and rate. Clinical implications, limitations, and future directions are discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Outcomes From Indirect and Direct Assessment of Challenging Behavior in the Context of Psychotropic Medication Monitoring |
MONICA PETERS (Nova Scotia Health), Andreas Dimopoulos (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Tina Vo (Brock University), Victor Enrique Bethencourt (Brock University) |
Abstract: In behavior analysis, experimental functional analysis technology is considered the gold-standard in assessing challenging behavior. However, psychopharmacological research tends to primarily rely on informant-based techniques to evaluate the participant outcomes (e.g., reduced aggression) (Valdeep & Cox, 2020) The Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC) (Aman, Singh, Stewart, & Field, 1985) was initially developed to explore medication impact in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. Another commonly used indirect measure is the Behavior Problems Inventory-R (BPI-R) (Rojahn, Matson, Lott, Esbensen & Smalls, 2001). Given their prevalence in psychopharmacology research, as well as the emphasis on enacting functional analyses in the treatment of challenging behavior, it may be important to examine the convergent validity between these indirect and direct assessment strategies. Thus, the purpose of this study is to evaluate the convergent validity of assessment strategies across medication adjustments in persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior. Preliminary results suggest there is a 55% agreement between direct and indirect outcomes. Clinical implications and next steps will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Navigating Service Delivery for Challenging Behavior in Outpatient Healthcare Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sara R. Jeglum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sara R. Jeglum (Blank Children's Hospital) |
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
EMILY SEALS MATHIS (Micheal R. Boh Center at Ochsner Hospital for Children) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are increasingly being employed in healthcare settings (hospitals, clinics, primary care) to provide behavioral support across the lifespan, such as increasing compliance with prescribed medications or procedures, reducing interfering challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injurious behavior, destructive/disruptive behaviors), and preventing injury to patients and staff members (Romani et al., 2020). Some behavior analysts also focus on assessment and treatment of challenging behavior for children, adolescents, and adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities in outpatient settings (Hagopian et al., 2023). Providing challenging behavior services on an outpatient basis is practical in many respects. It assists generalization of skills by allowing for practice outside of session times in naturalistic settings (e.g., home, school), maximizes the number patients and families that can be served, and is cost-effective. Despite the positive effects of behavioral assessment and intervention being well-established in the literature, navigating the provision of outpatient services for challenging behavior can be highly difficult. For example, staff turnover, injuries, and allocating appropriate resources to outpatient behavioral clinics can significantly complicate the delivery of care. This panel will focus on discussing models of outpatient behavioral services across 2 different regions of the country, ethical considerations, and facilitators and barriers. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: This panel is best for audiences who are very familiar and comfortable with behavior analytic procedures, such as experimental functional analysis, differential reinforcement, and other advanced procedures. This likely includes individuals who have completed graduate level coursework in applied behavior analysis, are licensed and/or certified to ethically provide behavior analytic services, and have experience in healthcare settings, particularly outpatient settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe model(s) of outpatient service delivery for challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities in healthcare settings; 2) demonstrate awareness of ethical considerations for behavioral services in healthcare settings; and 3) communicate common facilitators and barriers to behavioral outpatient services in healthcare settings. |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, healthcare, program development |
|
|
|
|
|
Demonstrating the Effectiveness of Intensive Supports With Decelerative Strategies to Treat Severe Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thurka Thillainathan (Brock University) |
Discussant: Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behavior are often precluded from meaningfully participating in daily life and community-based activities due to associated risks (e.g., substantial injury to self or others, extreme property destruction). In such cases, intensive supports involving combination interventions featuring decelerative properties may be employed to reduce challenging behavior. However, although it is important that there be a comprehensive understanding of both the efficacy and the effectiveness of intervention components to produce socially significant outcomes, effectiveness research has tended to lag. The purpose of this symposium is to feature two complementary talks that will contribute to effectiveness research by: (1) disseminating the findings of a quantitative systematic review exploring the status, quality, and rigor of combination interventions with decelerative properties; and (2) showcasing the results of a systematic program evaluation examining the use of a comprehensive behavioral treatment package involving decelerative strategies to target severe challenging behavior within an applied context. Discussant commentary may provide further insight for attendees regarding research on this topic, application of findings, and important next steps (e.g., future research). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, decelerative strategies, intensive supports, intervention effectiveness |
Target Audience: Attendees will benefit from having previous training on effect sizes and related calculations within single-case experimental design research (e.g., Tau-U, standardized mean difference), quality rigor processes in the context of meta-analytic work (e.g., SCARF), non-parametric statistical tests (e.g., Kruskal-Wallis test), and applied research methodology conducive to conducting clinical research (e.g., consecutive case series, systematic program evaluation, social validity surveys). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the status, quality, and rigor of published and gray literature featuring combination interventions that involve both reinforcement and punishment strategies; (2) identify parameters (e.g., participant and intervention characteristics) that coincide with effective outcomes in the treatment of challenging behavior; (3) discuss methods (e.g., program evaluation, consecutive case series) and tools (e.g., Stability Check, modified Brinley plot) that can facilitate applied research initiatives interested in evaluating program effectiveness in clinical settings. |
|
A Quantitative Systematic Literature Review of Decelerative Strategies in the Treatment of Challenging Behavior in Intellectual and Developmentally Disabled Individuals |
ASUDE AYVACI (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Andreas Dimopoulos (Brock University) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that decelerative strategies (i.e., punishment) may be an effective method for reducing challenging behaviors (Lerman & Vorndran, 2002; Lydon et al., 2015). In the current review, 30 articles featuring single-case experimental designs published between 2013 and October 2022 met the inclusion criteria. Primary study objectives included examining: (a) differential effect size outcomes related to temporal reinforcement approach applied (e.g., antecedent or consequence reinforcement approaches), (b) differential effect size outcomes related to the punishment method applied, and (c) patterns in effect size outcomes associated with study rigor across the published and gray literature. In conducting this review, we adhered to the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (PRISMA; see Paige et al., 2021) and applied the single-case analysis and review framework (SCARF; see Ledford et al., 2020) to assess rigor and quality outcomes. Descriptive results indicated positive punishment was more common, with higher effect sizes than negative punishment. However, the Kruskal-Wallis test showed no significant differences. Temporal reinforcement types had significant differences, especially between antecedent reinforcement and a combination of antecedent and consequence. Most literature met rigor criteria, with published studies displaying larger effect sizes. The discussion will address clinical implications and future research directions. |
|
Program Evaluation of a Specialized Treatment Home for Adults With Severe Challenging Behavior |
THURKA THILLAINATHAN (Brock University), Bruce Linder (Pryor, Linder & Associates), Alison Cox (Brock University) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in severe challenging behavior may comprise 5%–10% of this clinical population. Unfortunately, challenging behavior literature tends to: (1) underrepresent adult participants in comparison to child participants; and (2) emphasize efficacy (Does the intervention work?) more often than effectiveness (Does the intervention work in real world settings?). We conducted a systematic program evaluation across three specialized treatment homes to examine the effectiveness of a comprehensive behavioral treatment package involving combination interventions with decelerative strategies. This was accomplished using a hybrid nonexperimental consecutive case series design featuring all adults (n = 8) who experienced the treatment package, regardless of their success. The results depicted a substantial decrease in challenging behavior (i.e., frequency of negative target behaviour episodes) from baseline to intervention for most participants and a commensurate increase in adaptive behavior (i.e., number of mastered skills targets) across sessions for all participants. Further, the treatment package was implemented with impressive integrity by frontline staff (M = 84%, range, 82%–90%) and was deemed instrumental for achieving a better quality of life by participants (100%) as well as by caregivers/case managers (100%). Project limitations, clinical considerations, and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Moving Towards a Multicultural Future: Diversity and the Education of Healthcare Practitioners |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Rocco G Catrone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1961; 1984) discussed the role of behavioral technologies within education and the potential that culture may operate as a third level of selection occurring for humans. These two concepts are not mutually exclusive, where education allows for the transmission of symbolic verbal behavior across cultural groups and generations. When the cultural milieu (Houmanfar et al., 2020) differentially platforms majority identities and cultures, singular narratives can dominate that sideline diverse views and perspectives, with implications across professions and including healthcare professions (e.g., behavior analysis). The first presentation will discuss the education of autism service providers and how the way we educate may strengthen or reduce stigmatizing beliefs about autistic people. The second presentation describes Hays’ (2016) ADDRESSING framework to teach multicultural competencies with implications across healthcare industries, including mental health. Finally, these conceptual topics will be discussed with a view towards cultural selection and the present-day role of behavior analysis in moving towards a multicultural future. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism stigma, cultural competence, cultural humility, neurodiversity |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the role of education in shaping verbal behavior about cultural groups; (2) discuss the role of relational frames in biases against autistic learners; (3) describe the ADDRESSING as a behavioral education technology. |
|
Relational Coherence and Autism Education: Does How We Educate Others About Autism Matter? |
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Advocates of the neurodiversity movement aim to reduce discrimination towards autistic individuals, challenging the medical model narrative of autism as a disease in need of treatment or cure, and instead promoting the acceptance of diverse neurotypes. Parents and caregivers are expected to make decisions about the best therapeutic approach for their child following an autism diagnosis. Informational material available to parents is often in line with the medical model description. The current study extends the work of Relational Density Theory by exploring differences in relational coherence of socially loaded negative and positive terms with “autism diagnosis” and “no autism diagnosis” after exposure to material that either enforced the medical model description of autism or educated parents on autism acceptance. Participants were parents and caregivers of children being evaluated for autism. Half of the participants were given educational material describing autism as a medical disorder, and the other half were given educational material describing autism using neurodiversity affirming language. A multidimensional scaling procedure was then used to generate a two-dimensional geometric space for each group, where relational coherence between terms could be evaluated. Preliminary results show differences between groups, suggesting that the way that we educate parents about autism may impact their perception of it. Implications and future directions are discussed. |
|
Hays' ADDRESSING Framework of Multicultural Influences: A Contingency Analysis and Applications |
QUINTARA TUCKER (QB Consulting, LLC), Thomas G. Szabo (Capella University) |
Abstract: According to census estimates, in roughly 20 years the United States will no longer by comprised of one majority population group. From a behavior analytic perspective, this suggests that successful relationships among multiculturally diverse staff and clients will require training culturally sensitive practitioners. This should be considered essential for the sustainability of our field. Hays (2016) developed a framework specifically designed to teach multicultural competence by identifying ten cultural variables to consider when working with diverse cultures. The ADDRESSING framework has been proposed for use among mental health and healthcare industries. We propose that the ADDRESSING Model would be more easily adopted once the behaviors associated with these 10 constructs have been defined with respect to the variables of which behavior is a function. In this presentation, we will operationally define ADDRESSING constructs and provide applicable examples to behavior analytic professionals working with diverse individuals. Implications for research and practice in behavior analysis will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Practical and Ethical Skills for Working in a School Setting |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Ken Winn (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
CE Instructor: Ken Winn, M.S. |
|
Responding to Behaviors With Compassion in the School Setting |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLA SCHNEIDER (NRS Compassionate Behavior Services) |
|
Abstract: School-based settings have long relied on coercive and compliance-based practices to decrease behavioral challenges. Direct feedback from neurodivergent individuals about their school experiences is more readily available to mainstream society through social media. This attention on past practices as well as recent research on assent-based procedures within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis is reshaping how we address behaviors within the school environment. School-based staff continue to face an uphill battle when attempting to embed the values of trauma-assumed and compassionate care in the educational setting. Using skill-building, rather than escape extinction procedures early in the behavioral escalation cycle, we can not only prevent unsafe behaviors, but also increase coping and problem solving strategies. By understanding how and when to honor assent withdrawal within the classroom, we will be better equipped to respond to students who are not available to learn. In reframing our responses to unwanted behavior, we can leave behind outdated practices without compromising the effectiveness of interventions. |
|
Join Together With the Band: Effective Collaboration in Schools |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KEN WINN (Advanced Behavioral Resources) |
|
Abstract: As our field continues to progress, the delivery of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is becoming more prominent in the school setting. This is based on success of student growth when interventions occur collaboratively and with consistency in student programming. ABA is highly effective in promoting positive behaviors, and when service delivery occurs across settings there is faster generalization of skills among students with diverse learning needs. Behavior Analysts have the wonderful opportunity to show the effectiveness of our interventions in learning environments where those interventions can be maximally effective but are not. This is due, in part, due to poor collaboration skills on the part of the behavior analyst. In this talk, we will explore pragmatic techniques for effective collaboration in public schools, often overlooked in the training of behavior analysis. During this talk we will also explore how these skills are represented in the BACB C ode of Ethics, specifically: 1. 2.10 Collaborating with Colleagues Behavior analysts collaborate with colleagues from their own and other professions in the best interest of clients and stakeholders.. 2. 3.16 Appropriately Transitioning Services Behavior analysts include in their service agreement the circumstances for transitioning the client to another behavior analyst within or outside of their organization. They make appropriate efforts to effectively manage transitions; provide a written plan that includes target dates, transition activities, and responsible parties; and review the plan throughout the transition. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Supervision Practices to Improve Quality Service Delivery |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Santino LoVullo (LEARN Behavioral) |
CE Instructor: Abigail Blackman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Effective supervision skills are crucial for all Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). The Behavior Analyst Certification Board outlines the requirements for ethical supervision to be provided (BACB, 2023). Further, published research articles outline best practices in supervision for aspiring, newly certified, and tenured BCBAs (e.g., Sellers et al., 2016; Valentino et al., 2016). Despite the information available to BCBAs, there is a lack of integration of information on how to effectively engage in supervisory practices. The first talk of this symposium will focus on practices extended from clinical psychology and how they can be applied in behavior analytic practice (Lopez et al., in preparation). The second talk will focus on results of a survey that reveal that not all BCBAs are engaging in best practices for procedural integrity. Using the information gathered, the presenters will discuss how to overcome barriers BCBAs report in practice to make sound organizational processes (Colon et al., in preparation). The final talk will highlight data from organizations across the United States that shows ways to improve quality service delivery and decrease turnover by engaging in best practice supervision standards (Blackman et al., in preparation). All of the information provided will be geared toward how effective supervision will lead to higher quality service delivery for consumers served. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Processes, Quality, Supervision, Turnover |
Target Audience: Intermediate - certified or aspiring BCBA/BCBA-D; clinical supervisors; organizational leaders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participations will be able to: (1) Attendees will describe the benefits of effective supervision; (2) Attendees will be able to discuss one way to evaluate needs at their organization; (3) Attendees will be able to describe three ways to analyze integrity data to make informed organizational decisions that impact quality and turnover. |
|
Oranizational Processes to Support Best Practice Supervision |
ANDY LOPEZ-WILLIAMS (NYSABA), Megan Brown (ADHD & Autism Psychological Services and Advocacy), Vilas Sawrikar (University of Edinburgh), Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology) |
Abstract: There continues to be an increase in the number of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA)
who enter the field (BACB, 2023). Recent survey research suggests the BCBA turnover is
occurring across organizations. There are a number of variables that contribute to BCBA turnover; however, the overarching trend was that there is a lack of support from upper management and ongoing learning opportunities to expand their skills (Blackman et al., under review). It is the organization’s responsibility to put processes in place to support their supervisors in engaging in best practice supervision, as this impacts provider skill, client outcomes, and retention. Taking information from clinical psychology literature, this presentation will outline the effects of and evolution of organizational processes at a mid-size organization on supervisor and provider skill. A discussion surrounding how each intervention was selected, why the processes evolved, and the use of data to guide those changes will be discussed. |
|
Procedural Integrity Data Collection Practices |
CANDICE COLÓN (LEARN), Santino LoVullo (LEARN Behavioral), Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology) |
Abstract: Monitoring procedural integrity in clinical settings may entail: observation, data collection, progress tracking, data analysis, and feedback. In addition, throughout the course of procedural integrity monitoring, data analysis may indicate that modifications to the client’s plan may be necessary to support progress and/or that additional training is necessary to support the correct implementation of the planned intervention. In relation to ongoing support and training, there is an estimated turnover of 45-75% annually for technicians who provide direct applied behavior analysis (ABA) services (Molko, 2018; Sundberg, 2016) for clients diagnosed with autism. Such high turnover rates can affect client outcomes and success (Szczech, 2008) and may result from a lack of evidence-based initial and ongoing training procedures (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Given the importance of procedural integrity to support the training process and quality of services, this presentation will share common barriers to its implementation that were found via a survey of BCBAs and discuss solutions to these barriers in an effort to facilitate consistent implementation of the procedural integrity monitoring process. |
|
Large-Scale Procedural Integrity Data: Predictors of Turnover and Quality Service Deliver |
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Behavior Science Technology), Tricia Glick (Behavior Science Technology), Troy Glick (Behavior Science Technology) |
Abstract: Organizational leaders should focus on creating sustainable systems to support their supervisors in providing high-quality supervision to staff. One of the behaviors that supervisors must engage in to effectively support their staff is collecting data on integrity. Integrity is the extent to which a procedure is implemented as designed (Gresham 2004; Sanetti & Kratchowill, 2009). Research has revealed a correlation between higher levels of integrity and greater clinical outcomes (e.g., quicker skill acquisition; e.g., DiGennaro Reed et al., 2007). Unfortunately, recent survey results revealed that these data are not often collected, tracked, or analyzed in practice. Therefore, this presentation will discuss: 1) how organizations can evaluate their current processes to determine their efficiency and make necessary changes (Diener et al., 2009; McGee & Crowley-Koch, 2019); 2) how and when organizations should collect procedural integrity data; and 3) how to analyze these data at the individual provider, team, and organization levels to impact provider performance and quality service delivery. Additionally, the benefits of aggregating and analyzing integrity data and how the data can be used to inform retention and training and development initiatives will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Principles to Practice: Leveraging Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) for Improved Outcomes in Behavior Analytic Organizations |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Matthew Linder, M.A. |
Chair: Paul "Paulie" Gavoni (Professional Crisis Management Association) |
MATTHEW LINDER (Desired Effect Coaching Solutions) |
ANIKA COSTA (The Operant Teacher, LLC) |
CHRISTINA MORALES (Piece of the Puzzle Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic organizations are facing a paradox: despite our expertise in behavior change, many fall short in applying Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) principles internally, leading to suboptimal outcomes in consumer satisfaction, employee retention, and operational budget. Our panel addresses this critical gap by focusing on enhancing performance through well-structured coaching systems at three levels: organizational, process, and performance management.
We argue for leadership to craft systems that increase the delivery of positive reinforcement for value-added behavior utilizing pinpointing, goal-setting, and feedback loops to solidify the link between employee efforts and organizational goals. With deficient internal communication continuously presenting as a barrier for organizational functionality, we'll discuss the importance of how establishing clear communication processes as part of an effective system can drastically improve productivity and engagement, further amplifying service quality. Attendees will gain practical solutions designed to elevate their organization's performance and, consequently, the quality of services provided to our end consumers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: For this intermediate content, prerequisite skills include:
- BACB Supervisor 8-hour training completed
- Supervisory experience (clinical or operational) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) identify OBM principles critical for enhancing internal operations and increasing positive reinforcement for staff behaviors.
(2) describe how to establish and maintain effective communication and feedback systems aligned with organizational goals.
(3) list key components of structured coaching to improve employee performance, retention, and overall service quality. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Coaching, Communication Systems, OBM, Retention |
|
|
|
|
|
The Current Landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Regulation in Latin America: Obstacles and the Path Forward |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Janet Sanchez Enriquez, M.S. |
Chair: Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana) |
BEATRIZ URCUYO (Centro de Intervencion EduTerapeutico) |
Abstract: This panel discussion will explore the evolving landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) regulation in Latin America. Featuring expert panelists from Mexico, Nicaragua, and the Dominican Republic, this session aims to provide a comprehensive overview of the current state of ABA practices and regulation in these countries and the challenges they face. Our speakers will share their insights into the efforts, progress, and unique obstacles encountered in each country. They will shed light on the regulatory frameworks, licensure requirements, and ongoing initiatives designed to enhance the practice and dissemination of ABA. Additionally, the panelists will collectively chart a course for the future by discussing potential strategies, collaborations, and policy advancements to ensure ABA's continued growth and impact in Latin American society. This discussion promises to be a vital resource for professionals, researchers, and policymakers interested in the field of ABA and its growth during this changing landscape, moving towards responsive and equitable practices and standards |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Describe the necessary steps towards an accurate and comprehensive assessment of the current state of ABA practices and services across various Latin American countries; (2) Identify the key challenges and obstacles facing ABA practitioners and researchers in Latin America, and explore potential solutions; (3) Create an action plan to facilitate collaboration and knowledge sharing among ABA professionals, researchers, and stakeholders in Latin America. |
Keyword(s): Diversity, Latin America, Regulation |
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting Behavior Analytic Practice With Decision Tools |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard Colombo (University of Washington) |
Discussant: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (The Arc of Alachua County) |
CE Instructor: Richard Colombo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are forced to make countless decisions in practice. Given the variety of ways one can approach a problem, these decisions can sometimes be overwhelming for newer practitioners. Some decisions are practical, such as selecting an FA during an assessment. Some are ethical, like deciding whether to use a reversal design for severe behavior. Still others are related to social validity and the desires of the clients/stakeholders. Although behavior analysts are encouraged to seek support through continuing education, research, and collegial supervision, this may be lacking given the expansive growth of our field. One way of addressing this issue is with the use of decision tools; however, very few exist and even fewer are empirically validated. This symposium will present two practice tools to assist behavior analysts. The first tool provides guidance on the selection and creation of functional analysis. The second includes methods for considering logistical, ethical, and socially valid factors when selecting a single-case design in practice. Some data are presented for discussion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Analytical Practice, Decision-making, Functional Analysis, Single-case Design |
Target Audience: This talk is set at the "intermediate" instruction level. Participants should have a graduate level understanding of single-case design and functional analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Consider ethical and socially valid factors when selecting single-case designs in practice; (2) Select and adjust FA designs to suit the specifics of a case; (3) Use decision tools for FA and single-case design. |
|
Functional Analysis Decision Tool |
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Per the Behavior Analyst Certification boards Ethics Code, the role of a behavior analyst is to improve treatment outcomes and minimize risks (BACB, 2020, p. 5). Commensurate with this, the FA methodology pioneered by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) has been described and adopted as the “gold standard” for the assessment and treatment of severe interfering behavior, especially in ABA (Sugai et al., 2000). Despite this, recent surveys have shown that the majority of practicing behavior analysts have never or almost never used an FA in practice (Oliver et al., 2015; Nell & Wallace, 2018; Roscoe et al., 2015), some have argued that the standard FA is too time consuming, requires highly trained staff, or is too complex. A large deal of research has systematically addressed a number of these barriers in an attempt to promote the inclusion of an FA as best practice, however, the sheer variety of variations and the subtle discriminations between them only increases the expertise required for their effective selection. This paper provides a brief overview of various functional analysis methodologies and a FA selection tool to empower clinicians to learn the methodologies that are most likely to be effective for each situation. |
|
A Decision Tool for Single Case Design in Practice: Ethics, Social Validity, and Practical Considerations |
RICHARD COLOMBO (University of Washington), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: One dimension of applied behavior analysis pertains to the use of analysis when evaluating the factors responsible for behavior change. Using single-case design is a practical solution to ensure behavior analytic practitioners are practicing analytically and ethically. Single-case designs are capable of ruling out confounding variables with a single individual who serves as their own control. Gaining this level of confidence in one’s treatment not only has the potential to improve clinical decision-making, but also build goodwill with stakeholders who, understandably, want to know if the intervention is working. However, behavior analysts may find it difficult to incorporate single-case designs while upholding all other logistical, ethical, and socially valid factors involved in a single case. Various textbooks attempt to guide practitioners in this regard but none known to the current authors have evaluated a decision tool. The purpose of this talk is to present data on the use of a decision tool for single-case designs in practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Radical Behaviorism and Analyzing Private Events |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (Independent Contract for the BACB (mobile app development)) |
GREG STIKELEATHER (Sarasota, FL) |
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College) |
Abstract: Analyzing private events and covert verbal behavior is inherent in a radical behaviorist approach to behavior analysis, yet the analysis presents many challenges. How can we talk about covert stimuli when we can’t see them? How can we analyze covert verbal behavior when there is only one observer – the speaker? Is the analysis of covert verbal behavior the same as the analysis of overt verbal behavior, or are there differences? Are there discriminative stimuli and reinforcers “within the skin?” Do we have a mind? How should we think about thoughts, emotions, and feelings? Do we have perception, awareness, and consciousness? Students of behavior analysis, practitioners, and researchers continue to struggle with these questions. The purpose of this panel is to overtly consider some of these questions. The panelists will each deliver a brief summary of their current thinking and then, with the chair, discuss issues raised by the audience. The chair will also ask pre-arranged questions from students and colleagues. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: behavior analysts, graduate students, researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe a radical behaviorist approach to thoughts, feelings, and awareness. 2. Explain the controlling variables of private events; 3. Explain the role of private events in generating behavior; |
Keyword(s): covert behavior, private events, radical behaviorism |
|
|
|
|
|
Language Development as the Behavior Scientist Sees It |
Saturday, May 25, 2024 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D. |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Gary Novak (California State University Stanislaus) |
Abstract: From the viewpoint of a natural science of behavior, language acquisition is a developmental process.. In this paper we present the core principles of behavioral systems theory (BST) combining current developmental systems concepts with behavioral ones. We outline the core principles of BST relevant to early language development. Developmental changes are marked by the transactions between genetic inheritance, interactional history, current physiological and environmental conditions, and behavior dynamics. Contingencies operating in the young child’s current social environment are catalysts coalescing conditions into organized patterns of verbal behavior. Some of these emergent patterns allow verbal behavioral cusps to develop. Early language skills are the result of an intensive, intuitive, and naturally occurring learning process consisting of reciprocal contingent interactions between children and caregivers. This naturally occurring process resembles the use of multiple exemplar training procedures employed by researchers in training language skills in children. We explore the role of basic cusps in early childhood including orienting responses, eye contact, joint attention, social referencing, manding, tacting, naming, intraverbals, autoclitics generalized vocal imitation, and stimulus equivalence. These cusps facilitate the emergence of new and more advanced socio-cognitive skills later in childhood such as perspective taking and complex rule-following. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, researchers, individuals interested in language development |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the basics of language development from a natural science perspective; (2) list and describe the basic concepts of behavioral systems theory; (3) list at least four behavioral cusps important in language development. |
|
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
 Martha Pelaez is a Frost Professor of Psychology at the College of Arts, Sciences, and Education (CASE), School of Human Development, Florida International University. Dr. Pelaez teaches courses in Educational Psychology, Child Development, Single-Subject Designs, and directs infant and early childhood research. Her research has been supported by NIH and March of Dimes. Dr. Pelaez research involves mother-infant interactions and early social–learning processes, as well design applied early interventions with infants with developmental delays, child depression, early signs of autism, and language development Dr. Pelaez has published more than 100 articles in refereed journals (including the American Psychologist, Child Development, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Perspectives on Behavior Science), dozens of chapters and monographs, and an influential textbook on Child Development (with Novak, 2004, 2022). Professor Pelaez is the founding editor of the Behavior Development Bulletin (1990-2017) and has been a member of nine editorial boards of refereed journals, including the European Journal of Behavior Analysis and Perspectives on Behavior Science. She has received Fellowship status from the American Psychological Association (APA) and from the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Dr. Pelaez is the 2023 recipient of the Nathan H. Azrin Award granted by the American Psychological Association (APA) for her distinguish contributions to applied research with infants. She is a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and serves as an At-Large Representative on the Executive Council Board of Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and past member of the Science Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
Doreen Granpeesheh Speaker Series for the Interdisciplinary Approach to the Treatment of Autism: Autism and Epilepsy: A Coincidence or a Biomarker? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Doreen Granpeesheh (Autism Media Network) |
CE Instructor: Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MOHAMMED ALDOSARI (Cleveland Clinic Foundation) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and epilepsy are both neurological conditions that can significantly impact a child's development and overall well-being. While they may appear to be independent diagnoses, there is a higher co-occurrence rate than chance would predict. This presentation will explore the complex relationship between ASD and epilepsy, equipping therapists with the knowledge and tools to better support their clients who experience both conditions. The presentation will delve into the following key areas: • Prevalence and Risk Factors: We will examine the co-occurrence rates of ASD and epilepsy, exploring potential risk factors and underlying biological mechanisms. • Clinical Presentations: We will discuss the diverse ways in which epilepsy can manifest, including potential challenges in identifying and diagnosing epilepsy in individuals with ASD. • Treatment Considerations: We will explore the evidence-based practices for treating epilepsy to address the unique needs of this population. Here, we will also discuss potential side effects of anti-seizure medications and how they may impact behavior or learning, equipping ABA therapists to collaborate with the medical team for optimal treatment. • Emerging Technologies: We will explore the potential of using new technologies including AI analysis of EEG (electroencephalogram) data for early detection of ASD. This discussion will highlight the promise and limitations of new technologies, emphasizing their role as potential tools to support informed clinical decision-making. • Collaborative Care: We will emphasize the importance of collaboration between ABA therapists, neurologists, and other healthcare professionals in developing comprehensive treatment plans. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Therapists and physicians taking care of individuals with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the co-occurrence rates of ASD and epilepsy and identify potential risk factors for this dual diagnosis; (2) Explain the diverse clinical presentations of ASD and epilepsy, including the challenges of identifying and diagnosing co-occurring conditions; (3) Discuss evidence-based treatment approaches for both ASD and epilepsy, with a specific focus on adapting ABA therapy to meet the needs of clients with this dual diagnosis; (4) Identify potential side effects of anti-seizure medications and how they may impact behavior or learning, allowing for collaboration with the medical team for optimal treatment. |
|
MOHAMMED ALDOSARI (Cleveland Clinic Foundation) |
Dr. Mohammed Aldosari holds a joint appointment as the as the Director of the Center for Pediatric Neuroscience at the Cleveland Clinic Foundation, and Associate Professor at Case Western Reserve University, both in Cleveland, Ohio. He specializes in the evaluation and management of pediatric behavioral disorders especially Autism and ADHD and collaborates closely with Cleveland Clinic’s Center for Autism. Prior to joining the Cleveland Clinic, Dr. Aldosari established and directed the Center for Autism Research, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia which is a novel collaborative venture between the King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Center and the Saudi Basic Industries Company (SABIC) commissioned to transfer knowledge and technology to Saudi Arabia and the region. He also directed autism clinics at several private and public institutions. Dr. Aldosari is American Board certified in Pediatrics and in Child Neurology. He has multiple publications and presentations in national and international journals and meetings in the field of autism especially in genetics and innovative technology including sensing technologies and robotic-assisted therapy. He is the principle investigator of several ongoing studies including a large prevalence of autism study, developing Tele-Diagnostic tools and Arabic stimulus for Eye-Tracking |
|
|
|
|
|
Taking a Deeper Dive: Investigations Into Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA) Protocols and Procedures |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While behavioral intervention based on results from functional analyses (FA) shows more successful intervention effects, survey data on behavior analysts implementing FAs in their practice has shown they are rarely implemented (Oliver et al., 2015). Research has studied why behavior analysts are stating they do not use FAs, while also disputing the stated limitations (Hanley, 2012). The avoidance of FAs in practice by behavior analysts often results in behavior analysts turning to descriptive assessments (Oliver et al., 2015); however, our science questions the validity of descriptive assessments leaving the practicing behavior analyst at a crossroads to select the best assessment method for their clients. This symposium will review the current status of behavior analysts implementing functional behavior assessments in practice, while also providing guidance on future practice. A focus will consist of how to determine the best practice of behavioral assessments for your clients and how best to interpret data collected during functional behavior assessments to lead to effective interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Descriptive assessments, Functional analyses |
Target Audience: Participants should have experience implementing functional behavior assessments within their practice. |
Learning Objectives: (1)Attendees will be able to discuss the analysis of descriptive assessments and the components that lead to the most successful treatment selection; (2) Attendees will describe empirically supported FA methodology and the implications for practice and further research; (3) Attendees will describe how to use the FA decision-making tool when selecting an FA methodology based on commonly encountered barriers |
|
A Component Analysis of Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence (ABC) Assessments as Demonstrated Through Function Based Interventions |
LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Robert K. Ross (Ross Consultation LLC), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Dennis Keane (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: Research demonstrates that in order for behavior analysts to implement a successful behavior analytic intervention, the behavior analyst must first identify the maintaining contingencies of their client’s target behavior. Descriptive assessments are the most commonly implemented functional assessment by behavior analysts with approximately 94% of behavior analysts reporting to ‘almost always’ or ‘always’ use them to determine a function of behavior with the most common type of descriptive assessment being antecedent-behavior-consequence assessments (ABC; Oliver et al., 2015). Conversely, comparative research further supports the use of analog functional analyses over descriptive assessments as the validity of descriptive assessments has been questioned. ABC assessments and adapted practical functional analysis procedures were used to analyze the key components of descriptive assessment and were then verified with the implementation of a function-based intervention. Results indicated that conditional probabilities from the antecedent condition were verified as the function in the modified practical functional analysis and treatment. Implications for clinicians and researchers are reviewed. |
|
Functional Analysis Methodology: The Current Status and Pursuit to Enhance Practitioners' Decision-Making |
Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College), ADRIANA (ADIE) ANDERSON (Easterseals Southern California/Endicott College/), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Candice Colón (LEARN), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Kathleen Holehan (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Decades of research on functional analysis (FA) methodology suggest that the development of the FA provides scientific technology for clinicians and researchers to determine the function of problem behavior (Hagopian et al., 2013) and inform more efficacious treatment (Campbell, 2003; Heyvaert, Saenen, Campbell, Maes, & Onghena, 2014). To date, there have been several empirically supported adaptations to the methodology of the FA (Cooper et al., 2019) to address practical barriers, including time and environmental constraints, the severity of the behavior, and lack of clinical expertise (Chok et al., 2019; Cooper et al., 2019; Henry et al., 2021; Griffith et al., 2021; Standish et al., 2021). Despite the utility of adaptations to FA's, many behavior analysts still have not consistently adopted the use of FA’s in clinical practice to inform treatment for challenging behavior (Oliver et al., 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015). Based on this, there continues to be limited information regarding learning history (e.g., supervision, training) and contextual variables (e.g., constraints, topography, and severity of behavior) that may influence practitioner clinical decision-making when selecting and designing FAs among the various designs and adaptations within the growing body of literature on FA methodology. Therefore, the purpose of this presentation is to review the current status of practitioners' clinical decision-making on selecting and designing an FA, based on qualitative data gathered from a survey study designed for those professionals, scholars, or graduate students who currently or recently incorporated FAs within clinical practice for the treatment of challenging behavior. |
|
More Than Just a Flowchart: Using Survey Data to Create a Functional Analysis Decision-Making Tool |
ADRIANA (ADIE) ANDERSON (Easterseals Southern California/Endicott College/), Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Candice Colón (LEARN) |
Abstract: While behavioral treatment informed by the functional analysis (FA) results show more successful treatment effects (Campbell, 2003), survey data on using FAs in daily practice has shown limited research to practice application. Roscoe et al. (2015) reported that under 35% of respondents said they “typically” include FAs, while Tomasi et al. (manuscript in progress) found similar results in that 42% strongly disagreed that FAs should always be included in the functional behavior assessment process (FBA). The limited use of FAs in practice may be related to time constraints and risks posed by the behaviors (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). However, numerous procedural modifications have been implemented to address these. While the current literature does yield convincing evidence of the effectiveness of FA’s, more needs to be done to train practitioners in deciding which type of FA to use based on individual and context factors. Tomasi et al. (manuscript in progress) survey data indicated that 86.11% of respondents agree that a decision-making tool for designing FAs would be beneficial. From this, the authors designed an FA decision-making tool to help navigate the reported barriers practitioners encounter. (Anderson et al. 2023 [manuscript in process]). A demonstration of this tool will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Constructional Approach to Training Complex Skills: The Often Overlooked Role of Component Motor Repertoires |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Bradley Zvorsky (Zvorsky Bx Consultants) |
Discussant: Andrew Miller (Conestoga Behavioral Services, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Richele Yeich, M.Ed. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present compelling success stories that result from the application of the Constructional Approach to motor skills development. The symposium will feature detailed case studies, starting from the initial client interview to program development, staff and parent training, data collection, and follow-up.
We will demonstrate how even aggressive or non-cooperative learners can rapidly acquire essential skills without resorting to coercion. All taught by their own parents or novice clinicians. Moreover, we will highlight how these skills can be effectively taught entirely over zoom, using a coaching model.
Throughout the symposium, we will provide a clear and detailed demonstration of the step-by-step procedures used to create effective programs. We will closely examine video footage and data to emphasize the outcomes achievable when these two approaches are used in tandem. Initial program considerations will focus on how motor skills training can be used to build assent and enhance the instructor’s teaching ability. From there, we will progress to developing solid learning foundations and practical applications with family and community members. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Constructional, Motor, Shaping |
Target Audience: knowledge in:
basics of instructional design
basics of program implementation with learners on the Autism Spectrum
basics of parent training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. describe the foundations of the Constructional approach.
2. describe the motor skills foundations for assent.
3. describe the procedures for training parents in psychomotor repertoires. |
|
Applying the Constructional Approach and Reinforcement Loops to Enhance Instructional Control and Develop Motor Skills |
(Theory) |
RICHELE YEICH (Great Leaps Academy) |
Abstract: The use of reinforcement loops and clear, explicit instruction in tandem with foundational motor programs fosters an environment that is both achievable and assent-based for the clinician and the learner. Weekly supervised coaching sessions, which involve reviewing recorded interactions between the clinician and the learner, are concentrated on pinpointing the pertinent stimulus control, contributing to the development of an inherently constructive model.
In this approach, the clinician moves away from the pathological foundations that hinder contemporary teaching and behavior analysis, learning instead to design instructional programs that are grounded in an understanding of individual strengths and conducting a comprehensive component analysis. This method ensures a more personalized and effective learning experience, promoting a positive and constructional educational environment for all involved.
This discussion will present multiple video examples of learners from various diagnostic labels that demonstrates how the use of the constructional approach along with reinforcement loops establish strong instructional control in an assent-based format for learners of all types. |
|
Instructing Learners in Essential Motor Skills for Daily Activities and Guiding Clinicians on Their Implementation |
(Service Delivery) |
JONATHAN AMEY (AIMS Instruction) |
Abstract: Motor skills, essential for navigating the myriad signals we encounter daily, are frequently underestimated in clinical and educational environments. It's a common assumption among clinicians that clients can effortlessly perform basic tasks, such as sitting in a chair, manipulating items on a table, or turning their heads towards a speaker. It's vital to recognize that the foundation of all these activities lies in the domain of motor skills. Everyday actions like brushing our teeth, restocking grocery store shelves, swimming, and even communicating necessitate intricate, coordinated movements. Inadequacies in these movements can pose significant obstacles to personal development and societal participation.
This symposium will outline the foundational skills associated with gross, fine, and oral motor movements. Through case studies, we'll explore how the constructional approach was used to understand the specific motor skills needed for daily living activities, vocational tasks, and sound production. We'll also highlight the teaching methodologies employed to train clinicians, the data collection tools used, and the essential coaching techniques to ensure consistent, quality implementation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compassionate Care in Behavior Analytic Treatment: Exploring the Social Validity of Component Skills Across Stakeholders |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristin M. Hustyi (LittleStar ABA) |
Discussant: S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia) |
CE Instructor: Kristin M. Hustyi, M.A. |
Abstract: Research in allied professions suggests that specific interpersonal skills (e.g., the display of compassion) may lead to better treatment adherence, patient engagement, satisfaction, and outcomes. Compassion is a construct representing a host of nuanced behavior and contextual responses. Taylor and colleagues (2019) provided an outline of important therapeutic relationship skills that should inform the repertoire of practicing behavior analysts. Specifically, they identified 15 items representing listening and collaboration skills, 21 items representing empathy and compassion, and 11 items representing behaviors that may contribute to problems in the therapeutic relationship with caregivers of patients receiving applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatment. Among these items, the authors identified several items representing potential skill deficits in behavior analysts’ interpersonal skill repertoires. In this symposium, we will present recent research extending the work of Taylor et al. (2019) specifically as it relates to the relative social validity of component skills from the perspectives of practitioners and caregivers. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Caregivers, Compassion, Empathy, Training |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, practitioners, supervisors, and senior leaders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide examples of at least 5 important therapeutic relationship skills; (2) identify at least 2 behaviors that may contribute to problems in the therapeutic relationship according to stakeholders; (3) identify at least 2 skills rated high for social significance (or value) by stakeholders. |
|
What Matters Most to Caregivers? Assessing the Social Validity of Compassionate Care Skills |
TABITHA N. HAYS (LittleStar ABA Therapy) |
Abstract: Compassionate care in behavior analytic service delivery has emerged as both a priority for the field and an area where clinicians generally require more specific support and development (LeBlanc et al., 2020, Taylor et al., 2019). However, research demonstrating successful acquisition of compassionate care repertoires among behavior analysts is limited. This may be, in part, because compassion encompasses many skills and responses, making it challenging to pinpoint those most critical to target and measure objectively in applied research. However, gathering information about caregivers’ perception of the relative importance of compassionate care behaviors could be used to inform the design or selection of more specific measurement and intervention strategies. The current study replicated and extended the work of Taylor et al., (2019) by asking caregivers to rate their perception of their BCBA’s engagement in items that represented collaboration and compassion in the therapeutic relationship. Additionally, the caregiver was asked rate how important each item was in developing a therapeutic relationship from their perspective. The relationship between engagement and social significance of skills will be discussed, along with recommendations for future applied research. |
|
The Significance of Compassionate Care in in Behavior Analytic Practice: A Survey of Behavior Analysts |
NISSA VAN ETTEN (CentralReach), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School), Robyn Catagnus (National University), Tyra Sellers (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: In recent years, there has been an increased focus on the importance of "soft skills" (e.g., relationship building, compassion, listening, empathy, collaboration) within the practice of behavior analysis. However, caregivers of children with autism have reported that behavior analysts do not consistently engage in these skills when working with clients or their families (Taylor et al., 2019). Coupled with the knowledge that behavior analysts do not typically receive direct training in these areas (LeBlanc et al., 2019, Rohrer et al., 2021; Taylor et al., 2019), these findings may indicate the potential for deficits in a number of these essential skills (Taylor et al., 2019). The purpose of this study was to survey behavior analysts to assess their reported engagement in and value of the skills identified by Taylor et al. 2019). Most respondents indicated that all skill areas are significant (i.e., of value) to building rapport with caregivers however their engagement in those skills were inconsistent. |
|
|
|
|
|
Running for the Shelter of a Mother’s Little Helper: Behavioral and Pharmacological Determinants of Benzodiazepine Misuse |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: August F. Holtyn (National Institutes of Health) |
CE Instructor: Sally L. Huskinson, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: Benzodiazepines (BZs) are effective and safe when used appropriately, but their utility is limited by unwanted side effects like misuse and reduced safety when combined with other drugs. Individuals with substance-use disorders (SUDs) misuse BZs as much as 20x greater than the general population, and the rising number of overdose deaths attributed to BZs are largely driven by opioid co-administration. The work I will present is focused on behavioral and pharmacological determinants of BZ reinforcement using preclinical choice models in nonhuman primates. Our overall goal is to identify BZ-type ligands with reduced potential for misuse in naïve subjects as well as in polydrug situations. We have found that nonselective, partial-efficacy BZ ligands or those that lack intrinsic efficacy at α1-subunit containing GABAA (α1GABAA) receptors have reduced potential for misuse relative to traditional BZs. However, our data suggest that the degree to which these BZ-type ligands exhibit potential for misuse depends on the subject’s drug history. A key finding from our choice research is that efficacy at α1GABAA receptors may be necessary for self-administration of BZs in cocaine-experienced subjects but are not required for enhancement of cocaine choice. We currently are evaluating whether this pattern of effects is observed in individuals without prior drug experiences (i.e., in naïve subjects) or with other misused drugs, in particular opioids. The pharmacological mechanisms underlying outcomes based on past drug experience may involve (1) a differential role for α1GABAA receptors in reinforcement enhancing vs. reinforcing effects of BZs alone or (2) differences in overall intrinsic efficacy, irrespective of subtype selectivity. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Basic and clinical students, researchers, and practitioners interested in substance use disorders |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Explain how drug experience contributes to benzodiazepine reinforcement; 2) Describe how GABAA subunit selectivity and efficacy may contribute to benzodiazepine reinforcement; 3) Describe the strengths of using choice procedures to answer questions about behavioral and pharmacological mechanisms underlying benzodiazepine reinforcement. |
|
SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Dr. Sally Huskinson is currently an Associate Professor in the Division of Neurobiology and Behavior Research in the Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at the University of Mississippi Medical Center. As an undergraduate, she worked with Dr. Erin Rasmussen at Idaho State University where she earned her bachelor’s degree (2007) in psychology. She went on to earn her master’s (2011) and doctoral (2012) degrees in psychology at West Virginia University with the mentorship of Dr. Karen Anderson. In 2012, Dr. Huskinson went to the University of Mississippi Medical Center to complete a postdoctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Dr. William Woolverton until his untimely death in 2013. Dr. Huskinson finished her postdoctoral training with Drs. Kevin Freeman and James Rowlett, also at the University of Mississippi Medical Center where she currently resides. Her research is focused on substance use disorders with a particular interest in behavioral and pharmacological determinants of drug choice, the reinforcing effectiveness of drugs, and in creating more translationally relevant preclinical models of substance use disorders. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empowering Developing Nations: A Pilot Program to Behavioral Science Dissemination Through Local Government and Clinical Collaboration |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Mary Wong, Psy.D. |
Chair: Mary Wong (Thrive Behavioral Care, LLC) |
ANNA MARIE LORENZO GALAY (Thrive Behavioral Care) |
NESSIE DE MAYO-BACULO (PARANAQUE CITY CENTER FOR CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS) |
MARY WONG (Thrive Behavioral Care, LLC) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is a field that has yet to extend globally. Diversity in cultural and socio-economic contexts create barriers to straightforward replication of ABA systems from more industrialized countries. Extensive supervision and collaboration between local and international providers are vital to foster growth, uphold standards, and ensure effectiveness in developing nations. Government agencies play a vital role in establishing new disciplines within its country. In the Philippines, a considerable portion of the population live in poverty with limited access to essential services. A lack of public and private funding and only 7 Board Certified Behavior Analysts serving the 13th most populated country in the world exacerbate the struggle for accessible behavioral healthcare. In response to the challenges, the city of Paranaque was the first to enact an ordinance including ABA in its provision of free services to the community. The local government unit and international behavior analysts collaborated to provide on-going training for families with special needs in a pilot program aimed at establishing an infrastructure of sustainable behavioral support in the tenth largest city in the Philippines. Initial outcomes and barriers will be presented alongside recommendations for further action and replication in other developing cities and countries. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BACB and QABA certified clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify barriers to international dissemination 2. List at least three strategies to establishing behavioral services in local communities 3. Identify roles of international practitioners in supporting behavior analysis in developing countries |
Keyword(s): Accessibility, Dissemination, Diversity, Inclusion |
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Contemplative Pedagogy to Teach the Science of Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare) |
CE Instructor: Anita Li, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANITA LI (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Teaching the science of behavior involves teaching with rigor to ensure students conceptualize the study of behavior as a natural science. As the growth of our field fosters the need for additional training programs, educators must consider the current landscape for students in higher education, such as increased financial stressors, lack of work-life balance, physically and emotionally demanding jobs, and familial commitments. Contemplative pedagogy incorporates a variety of practices in the classroom to provide an inclusive and transformative space for students. This presentation will introduce contemplative pedagogy and provide examples of exercises for both brick-and-mortar and online instructors to utilize in their classrooms to demonstrate how to incorporate reflection, contemplation, and mindfulness without sacrificing learning or rigor. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Instructors, supervisors |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define contemplative pedagogy; (2) identify learner dispositions; (3) state how contemplative practices can lead to generativity. |
|
ANITA LI (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Anita Li is currently an Assistant Professor in the Psychology Department at University of Massachusetts Lowell. She has been a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst since 2013 and has worked with individuals with developmental disabilities in a variety of settings. Anita has presented more than 30 papers and workshops, including invited addresses, at both national and international conferences in behavior analysis and has published her research in several journals, including Behavior Analysis in Practice, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, and Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Additionally, Anita has served as guest editor on two special sections of Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice devoted to the experimental analysis of behavior. Her research interests equity issues in behavior analysis, instructional design, and promoting worker well-being. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Physical Activity in Individuals With and Without Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft) |
CE Instructor: Christopher J. Perrin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Limited physical activity is associated with numerous negative health outcomes such as increased risk of heart disease and type two diabetes (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2022). Furthermore, individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are more likely to be diagnosed with diabetes, obesity, and hypertension compared to the general population (Croen et al., 2015). The present symposium will explore four studies evaluating different methods to increase physical activity in individuals with and without developmental disabilities, such as ASD. Findings show that interdependent group contingencies and goal-setting procedures effectively increase physical activity in sedentary adults. Furthermore, results of the current presentations also show that behavioral economics, goal-setting with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, and evaluating the preference for specific exercise activities successfully increase physical activity in children and adults with ASD. Taken together, the results of these four presentations demonstrate various effective methods to increase physical activity in a wide range of settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): exercise, goal setting, physical activity, preference |
Target Audience: Participants should have an understand of the theory of reinforcement and extinction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe methods to increase physical activity in sedentary adults, (2) detail procedures to increase physical activity in children with developmental disabilities, and (3) discuss procedures to increase physical activity in adults with autism and severe challenging behavior. |
|
Effects of an Interdependent Group Contingencies and Goal-Setting Procedure on Physical Activity Research |
KATHERINE CUCINOTTA (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Despite the various positive health outcomes of physical activity (e.g., increased cognitive abilities and bone health; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC], 2022a), an increasing number of adults are physically inactive. In the United States, 25.3% of adults reported engaging in no leisure-time physical activity in the past month (CDC, 2022b). Given the numerous negative health consequences associated with physical inactivity (e.g., increased risk of developing heart disease, type 2 diabetes; CDC, 2022b), there is a critical need for interventions that successfully increase physical activity levels. The present study examined effects of an interdependent group contingency on physical activity in sedentary adults. Nine participants wore Fitbits and were assigned to teams. During baseline, researchers tracked daily step counts. The intervention consisted of a goal-setting procedure and an interdependent group contingency. Participants received individualized step-based goals and earned monetary incentives based on their team’s performance. The intervention had limited success: four of nine participants met all, or all but one, weekly step goals, and teams met the interdependent group contingency between 25% and 89% of opportunities. Future directions for physical activity research will be discussed. |
|
Leveraging Behavioral Economics to Promote Healthy Choices in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The impact of sedentary lifestyle on health is well-documented, with associations to obesity, type 2 diabetes, and cardiovascular disease. The literature suggests that the risk for these negative health-related outcomes is more pronounced in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). Recent research by McCoy and Morgan (2020) underscores that adolescents with ASDs tend to engage in lower levels of physical activity and exhibit higher rates of obesity in comparison to neurotypical peers. The current investigation aims to apply the principles of behavioral economics to modify physical activities and dietary choices among individuals with ASDs. Our approach involves identifying high/low calorie meal preferences and distinguishing between strenuous/non-strenuous exercise preferences for each participant. Economic incentives are introduced to encourage more strenuous exercises while assigning higher costs to meals with higher caloric content, promoting healthier, low-calorie alternatives. Preliminary results indicate that economic manipulations are successful at shifting behavior to less preferred, more strenuous exercise and dietary choice to lower preferred, healthier meals. This approach not only provides valuable insights into promoting healthier behaviors in individuals with ASDs but also highlights the potential of behavioral economics in mitigating the health risks associated with sedentary lifestyles in this population. |
|
Increasing Physical Activity in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Severe Challenging Behavior |
MATTHEW LOUIS LUCCIOLA (Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers University), Sydney Hall (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are disproportionally more likely to be diagnosed with diabetes, obesity, and hypertension compared to the general population (Croen et al., 2015). Whereas physical activity has been associated with improvement in problem behaviors demonstrated by individuals with ASD, limited research has been conducted with autistic adults with severe challenging behavior (Allison et al., 1991). The present study evaluated the effectiveness of goal setting and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior to increase the physical activity in three autistic adults admitted to an outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior. The present procedures effectively increased physical activity for all participants across four different forms of exercise (e.g., yoga, walking, soccer, basketball). The present study provides a model for clinicians working in the adult service setting to increase physical activity, and overall improve the health of the individual served with special considerations for severe challenging behavior. |
|
Further Evaluation of Context on Preference for and Levels of Physical Activity |
Lauren Adkins (Bancroft and Rider University), Christopher J. Perrin (Bancroft), JONATHON C. METZ (Bancroft) |
Abstract: To help reduce health risks, it is recommended that children and adolescents get 60 minutes of physical activity a day and adults get 150 minutes of physical activity a week (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2018). However, many people with intellectual and developmental disabilities do not meet these criteria (ID/DD; Dairo et al. 2016; Peterson et al. 2018). To address this, it may be beneficial to assess individuals’ preference for contexts that promote physical activity. For instance, Pincus and colleagues (2019) found that for some individuals with ID/DD, contexts associated with higher levels of moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA ) were preferred to sedentary activities. We replicated and extended this research by assessing levels of MVPA emitted by individuals with ID/DD when provided access to materials for physical activities (e.g., gross motor toys, adaptive bicycle, exergame), materials for sedentary activities, and no materials. We then assessed preference for these contexts using a GIF-based preference assessment. Results indicated that levels of MVPA tended to be highest in contexts containing materials for physical activities, and that for most participants, these contexts were preferred to those with sedentary activities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Values-Based Programming and Dismantling Ableism in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ryan Moser (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is supported by multiple quality assurance bodies as incorporating evidence-based practice to support autistic children and adults (Slocum et al., 2014). Yet, ABA has been criticized for too infrequently considering the values and lived experiences of autistics as the community most served by -- and therefore with the most potential to be harmed by – behavior analytic practices. Presenters will discuss a series of studies designed to center the values of autistic learners in the development of behavioral services, as well emerging research on biased relational frames that could influence the behavior of ABA practitioners working with autistic learners. The first presentation will describe findings of a values-based approach to intervention utilizing the LIFE (Dixon, 2020) curriculum with autistic adults. The second presentation expands on the results of the first by creating affirming social skills training using LIFE and other technologies adapted around clients’ values and yearning for social connectedness. The third and fourth presentations broaden a relational learning analysis to allistic adults and behavior analytic service providers to model autism stereotyping that can impact services. The results of both studies suggest biases may be evident in practitioners and speak to solutions to reduce the function of biases when interacting with autistic learners. The broad methods of creating neurodiversity and autistic affirming spaces and centering the values of autistic learners is discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts and Practitioners. No prerequisite skills required. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the role of values in identifying behavior targets for autistic learners2.
2. Discuss relational framing within negative stigmatic beliefs towards autistic learners
3. Evaluate the role of defusion in reducing the function of autism stereotyping relations |
|
A Neurodivergent Affirming Approach to Teaching Social Skills |
(Applied Research) |
MEREDITH T. MATTHEWS (University of Illinois at Chicago), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has made significant strides in developing and implementing effective social skills interventions for autistic individuals. Neurodiversity, which emphasizes the value of diverse neurocognitive functioning, calls for a paradigm shift in our approach to autism interventions, and in the spirit of neurodivergent-affirming practices, we suggest the use of a more affirming approach to teaching social skills within the neurodivergent community. The present study evaluated perceived self-stigma, psychological flexibility, and social validity of neurodivergent affirming social skills in autistic and ADHD individuals, and further explored the potential benefits of including neurodivergent individuals in the development, implementation, and evaluation of social skills interventions. Participants completed a series of pre/post questionnaires including the Interpersonal AAQ, a value-identification social interaction scale, and an internalized self-stigma measure. Implications are made surrounding the importance of a person-centered, neurodiverse-affirming approach to teaching social skills, and examples of successful interventions that have integrated the voices of autistic individuals are provided. |
|
Values-Based Programming Using the LIFE Curriculum With Adult Learners |
(Applied Research) |
MAGGIE ADLER (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Sara R. Ibbetson (The Arc of the Ozarks), Kayette Glass (The Arc of the Ozark) |
Abstract: Person-centered planning and support should be a pillar in applied behavior analytic research by focusing on the inclusion of participants in decision-making and supporting neurodiversity affirming practice (Belisle et al., 2021). The LIFE Functional Module (LIFE; Dixon, 2018) provides functional behavior targets of daily living and prescriptive methods to target behaviors across multiple categories and domains. The current set of studies detail a framework for centering the input and values of adult learners in the selection and design of LIFE programming to support autonomy and independence. Multiple behavior topographies were targeted and evaluated within single-subject experimental designs, such as cooking, filmmaking, and liesure skills. Each broad target area was comprised of multiple component skills and training was designed to promote independent completion of chained tasks, generalization of skills across contexts, and relational frames developed to support the behavior targets. In all cases, results showed rapid acquisition of the target skills and social validity scores obtained directly from the adult learners suggested the interventions were seen as both helpful and preferred. Overall, results suggest behavioral technologies like LIFE can be adapted within a values-based framework. |
|
Defusing Autism Stigma to Promote an Affirming World for Autistics |
(Applied Research) |
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Robin Arnell (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois Chicago), Stephanie Vickroy (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: While there has been an increase in assessing stigmatizing beliefs using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) based approaches, there have been fewer instances of exploring stigma within disability and autistic communities (Werner et al., 2012). The present study extended on results reported by Zuch et al. (in press), who demonstrated relational framing patterns and decision-making indicative of negative stigmatic biases towards autistics. The present study recruited a representative sample and measured biases using a multidimensional scaling procedure consistent with Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). Results showed relational biases that were consistent with the original study. A defusion exercise that incorporated deictic relating of self- and other- was then developed and results of the exercise were compared to a randomized control group of participants. Outcomes suggested a reduction in stigmatic relations following the intervention with the defusion group. In addition, biased decision making appeared to show reduced ableism that can impact the interlocking behavior contingencies of autistics within a shared verbal community. Taken together, these results speak to a translational technology for targeting autism stigma within behavior analysis. |
|
Paradigms of Treatment and the Perception of Autistic in Applied Behavior Analytic Service Providers |
(Applied Research) |
CLAIRE M ZUCH (University of Illinois at Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is diagnosed through the American Psychiatric Association Diagnostic and Statistical Manual - Fifth Edition (2013). The DSM-V defines ASD through three areas of core deficits; social-emotional reciprocity, nonverbal communicative behaviors used for social interaction, and developing, maintaining, and understanding relationships. Addressing deficits, as seen through the medical model, is common in services for many Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service providers (Matson, 2023). Pellicano and Houting (2022), echo a call from the autistic community to move away from a medical/deficit approach to autism services towards a paradigm of neurodiversity as an alternative method. The present study seeks to explore the relationship to which ABA practitioners utilize different paradigms of treatment to guide their practice and their perception of autism. Participants completed several surveys to obtain their perception of autism as well as a survey to understand their approach to practice. Results displayed a relationship between the paradigms that practitioners use to direct implementation and their perception of autism. The approach to services that practitioners use may have a relationship to their perception of autism as demonstrated by these results and may have implications for the use of a neurodiversity paradigm within the field of ABA to improve providers’ perceptions of the autistic clients that they serve. |
|
|
|
|
|
Embodying the Change We Want to See: Orienting Towards Therapist Behavior Using Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jon-Patric Veal (University of Louisiana-Lafayette) |
Discussant: Ryan Albarado (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
CE Instructor: David R R. Perkins, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A natural science approach to human behavior requires us to consider the role of the observer in our analysis of our phenomena of interest (Skinner, 1945; Kantor, 1924). In applied clinical contexts, this means including the therapist’s behavior in our analysis of client behavior. However, the preponderance of the research into therapist behaviors in psychotherapy has been oriented toward the efficacy of specific therapeutic approaches and protocols, or mediating constructs such as the therapeutic relationship (Horvath & Luborsky, 1993; Martin et al., 2000). In order to directly analyze the therapeutic interaction, what may be needed is a behavioral analysis of therapist behavior in terms of the contexts they create for client behavior in assessment and intervention. The papers within this symposium will examine several specific repertoires of therapist behavior that may hold promise in improving a clinician’s effectiveness in their work with clients: clinical note taking, clinical supervision, cultural humility, and the role of relational therapeutic narrative. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Psychotherapy Process, Supervision, Therapeutic Alliance, Therapist Behaviors |
Target Audience: Target audience might include clinicians, clinicians in training, students and those in applied behavioral analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify two therapist repertoires that may be examined via note-taking. 2. Define cultural humility in the context of psychotherapy with gender and sexually-minoritized individuals. 3. Describe the commonalities and differences that the therapeutic narrative in psychoanalysis shares with contextual behavioral approaches to the therapy process. 4. Identify the ways in which an Interbehavioral approach to supervision in clinical work can improve aspects of the therapeutic process. |
|
Note-ing Clinician’s Behavior: Targeting Clinical Processes Through Clinician Note Taking and Data Collection |
ABBEY WARREN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Janani Vaidya (National Louis University) |
Abstract: Clinical tools for behavior analysts in applied and clinical settings facilitate multiple aspects of the therapeutic process. In particular, a clinician’s method of data collection or note taking serves many purposes, such as the legal documentation of services (Cameron & Turtle-Song, 2002), monitoring client behavior patterns and functioning (Presser & Pfost, 1985), treatment planning and goals (Cameron & Turtle-Song, 2002), and storing client data for the clinician to refer to in the course of their work (Presser & Pfost, 1985). Research in this area consists primarily of comparative studies on the utility, efficiency, and accuracy of various data collection techniques (Taubman et al., 2013; Wiarda et al., 2014). Although the current literature suggests that a therapist’s notes may have direct implications on the therapeutic process (Taubman et al., 2013), the empirical literature has not yet explored the ways that note taking and data collection tools function for the clinician’s behaviors when working with clients. This talk will review findings from a preliminary study on the effects of using note taking style as a means of intervening on therapist in-session behaviors. The implications of targeting clinical processes through note taking will be discussed and ideas for future research in this area will be explored |
|
Cultural Humility When Providing Clinical Behavior Analytic Services for Gender and Sexually Minoritized Clients |
BRAD MICHAEL PARFAIT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Gender and sexually minoritized individuals have a long-standing history of facing barriers to receiving proper mental health care due to their identity (National Center for Transgender Equality and the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force, 2011). A majority of mental health practices generated in the late 20th century were aimed at “curing” lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT+) individuals by changing their sexual or gender identity to fit with normative standards (Graham, 2018; Smith et al., 2004). Similarly, in the field of behavior analysis, older studies have utilized aversive techniques such as electric shock therapy to modify the sexual behaviors of LGBT+ individuals (i.e., conversion therapy; DeFelice and Diller, 2019). InMarch 2022, the ABAI clarified an official position to condemn the use of conversion therapy. And - there is still much room for growth. This presentation will explore the stance of cultural humility in the practice of treating gender and sexually minoritized individuals through the lens of building appetitive functional relationships with clients. |
|
The Consideration of Narrative-Based Psychoanalytic Therapy Through a Contextual Behavioral Lens |
DAVID R R. PERKINS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew David Andersland (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Nicole M. Pyke (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The differences between psychoanalysis and behaviorism (in all its forms) are so great and wide-ranging that it often appears difficult to know where to start. Because of multiple epistemological and language system barriers, it can be difficult for a consumer of behavioral science to examine what concepts (if any) are useful from psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Despite this, some clinicians with familiarity with both perspectives will assert that psychoanalytic processes can provide benefits that transcend its structural mentalistic framework. In the current talk, some of the therapeutic principles outlined in Roy Schafer's The Analytic Attitude (1983) will be presented. This version of psychoanalysis will be framed as the co-creation of an evolving therapeutic narrative, expanding the range of choices for the client. Some commonalities that this approach may share with some of the so-called "third-wave" behavioral therapies will be explored as well as differences. Possible directions of how to explore these convergent/divergent processes will be discussed, as well as a consideration of the relevance of asking such questions in the first place. |
|
|
|
|
|
Happy, Relaxed, and Eating: Bringing the Joy Back Into Mealtime |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Farris (Monadnock Behavioral Consultants) |
Discussant: Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Mahshid Ghaemmaghami, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Food selectivity is prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this is not a transient concern and can potentially lead to nutritional deficiencies and health concerns in the population later in life. Furthermore, selective eating can lead to increased display of behavioral concerns when caregivers attempt to shift from the individual’s restricted meal repertoire to a more balanced and healthy diet. This symposium will discuss the replication of Gover et al. (2023) using shaping, choice, and synthesized reinforcement procedures to increase the healthy food repertoires of individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities in different settings that include: clinic, public school, and residential care. In addition, opportunities to assess assent from the participating will be emphasized. Opportunities and challenges in all settings will be discussed by the presenters. Maintenance and generalization of new food repertoires as well as current limitations and areas of future research will also be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding intervention, food selectivity |
Target Audience: Target audience should possess a solid understanding of shaping, chaining, and reinforcement principles. In addition, audience should be familiar with preference assessments and functional analyses |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. describe interventions that currently exist in the literature to treat food selectivity 2. describe the interventions of shaping, chaining, and synthesized reinforcement as it relates to increasing the food repertoire of those with selective eating 3. describe procedures needed to conduct both a descriptive assessment and functional analysis for food-related challenging behavior |
|
An Application of Feeding Treatment Incorporating Choice and Assent |
SAMANTHA A DEVOE (The Autism Community Therapists) |
Abstract: Feeding related issues are commonly presented by individuals with Autism (Volkert et al., 2021). Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions have been shown to be effective in treating food-related challenges; however, only a few peer-reviewed studies have described methods for incorporating assent and choice. A recent study by Gover et al., (2023) demonstrated positive therapeutic outcomes for three participants while incorporating choice and assent. This clinical demonstration is a systematic replication of the Gover et al., (2023) study with one participant diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). After conducting a pre-treatment assessment and collaboration meeting with caregivers treatment ensued. Treatment consisted of differential reinforcement of successive approximations to eating targeted foods during mealtime and incorporated choice during each trial. At the end of treatment, the participant consumed five new foods in the context of mealtime. In this presentation, we will elaborate on the clinical decision-making regarding treatment components and will discuss coordination of care tactics that ultimately led to the participant consuming a wider variety of foods. |
|
An Application of Food Selectivity Treatment Using the Enhanced Choice Model, Honoring Learner Choice and Assent |
JENNIFER FARRIS (Sprout, MBC) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this selective eating profile can lead to negative health and behavioral concerns in this population, especially when there is a strong negative behavioral history surrounding mealtime with caregivers. The current demonstration sought to replicate Gover et al. 2023 to increase the variety of foods consumed by a pre-adolescent child with a history of severe problem behavior and inappropriate mealtime behavior in the clinic setting. Treatment began after 9 months of working with this learner in a clinic environment. The foods were initially selected by the parent as relevant to their quality of life with support from the behavior analyst. By the end of treatment, the learner was eating 3 new foods. This demonstration utilized strong rapport with the analyst, shaping, choice, and synthesized reinforcement without the use of escape extinction in order to increase the food repertoire. |
|
An Application of Food Selectivity Treatment Using Rapport, Choice, and Assent |
JONICA TEBO (St. Lawrence-Lewis BOCES) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this can lead to health and behavioral concerns in this population, especially when there is a strong behavioral history surrounding mealtime. The current demonstration sought to replicate Gover et al. 2023 to increase the variety of food consumption in a pre-adolescent child with a history of severe problem behavior and inappropriate mealtime behavior in the school setting. Treatment began after one year of Skill-Based Treatment (SBT), a parent interview, and a preference assessment was conducted with the child. The foods were initially selected by the parent, and then were adjusted as the child voiced their choice of foods to eat. This demonstration utilized strong rapport, shaping, choice, and synthesized reinforcement without the use of escape extinction in order to increase the food repertoire. Results were generalized to the home setting and foods targeted during intervention became preferred foods to consume at home with caregivers |
|
Using Shaping, Choice, and Synthesized Reinforcement in to Increase the Food Repertoire of 3 Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
MARA VANDERZELL (Upstate Caring Partners) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is highly prevalent in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Volkert et al., 2021). Unfortunately, this can potentially lead to negative health outcomes (e.g, obesity) and nutritional deficiencies in the population. Furthermore, selective eating can also lead to increased behavioral concerns when caregivers attempt to shift from the individual’s more restricted meal repertoire to a well balanced and healthy diet. Specifically, in the literature, there is limited research regarding increasing food repertoires of adolescents with longer learning histories of food selectivity and more severe forms of problem behavior. The current study aimed to replicate Gover et al. 2023 to increase the healthy food repertoire of three adolescents and adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder and generalize those gains to a group residential setting through the use of shaping, choice, synthesized reinforcement, and without escape extinction. In addition, the presenter will discuss food preferences that emerged and were honored during treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Theory to Practice: Incorporating Trauma-Informed Care Into the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Phoebe Elizabeth MacDowell (Queens College & The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Discussant: Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Phoebe Elizabeth MacDowell, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Over several decades, researchers and clinicians have attempted to identify the function(s) of problem behavior through functional analyses to develop effective interventions. Past methods included evoking fully escalated problem behavior in multiple analogue conditions of isolated reinforcement contingencies. These methods led applied researchers to address concerns that may impact practical application such as safety and efficiency. For example, the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) involves a process that is relatively quick to complete and reinforces non-dangerous precursors to problem behavior. The elements of safety and efficiency were eventually considered within the larger framework of trauma-informed care (TIC; Rajaraman et al., 2022). The guiding principles of TIC include (a) acknowledging trauma and its impact, (b) ensuring safety and trust, (c) choice and shared governance, and (d) emphasizing skill building. These principles have informed the development of specific assessment and treatment procedures. In this symposium we will discuss how TIC has influenced research in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. We will review 20 years of functional analysis outcomes (Study 1), identify procedural modifications to pre-treatment assessments (Study 2), discuss the incorporation of TIC within skill-based treatment (Study 3), and consider the treatment utility of the novel performance-based IISCA (Study 4). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior, Safety, Trauma-Informed |
Target Audience: Necessary prerequisite skills for the audience include: an understanding of functional analyses and function-based interventions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the recent history of functional analyses; (2) identify procedural modifications to pre-treatment assessments; (3) incorporate trauma-informed care within behavioral assessments and intervention. |
|
Predicting and Managing Risk During Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
FLORIANA CANNIELLO (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Luigi Iovino (Neapolisanit Center), Rosaria Benincasa (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Onlus sez.Nola), Salvatore VITA (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Maintaining participant safety and managing risk during the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior is of upmost importance. The performance-based interview-infomed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Luigi et al. 2022) is a functional analysis format that incorporates an interview with caregivers asking questions about problem behavior to avoid dangerous escalation. We introduced additional questions during the interview to more readily identify participants who are prone to escalation to better predict and manage risk (Canniello et al. 2023). The performance-based IISCA was conducted for eleven individuals and we found that the percentage of dangerous problem behavior and the probability of a burst was correlated with reports of quick escalation. The results suggests that questions regarding escalation speed from minor to more severe instances of problem behavior may be particularly helpful for predicting any safety concerns. Future researchers may want to consider other procedural modifications to the functional analysis to ensure individuals feel physically and emotionally secure when safety concerns are anticipated. |
|
A Research Synthesis of the Interaction Between Behavioral Assessment and Intervention of Challenging Behavior |
(Theory) |
TESS FRUCHTMAN (Temple University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Art Dowdy (Temple University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Reem Muharib (Texas State university), Felipe Magalhães Lemos (Luna ABA) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injurious behavior) can adversely affect the trajectory and quality of an individual’s life. Historically, pharmacological and behavioral approaches are the most recommended interventions for challenging behavior (Newcomb & Hagopian, 2018; Valdovinos, 2019). Using a behavioral approach, putative reinforcers of challenging behavior are identified using a functional analysis to inform subsequent treatment. Multiple functional analysis formats exist (e.g., interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis [IISCA], standard, brief) and behavioral interventions informed by functional analysis formats have resulted in improvements of challenging behavior across copious individuals. However, the treatment validity of each of these formats has yet to be compared. The authors synthesized functional analysis-informed outcomes from a 20-year review of the literature to determine the magnitude of effect of subsequent intervention for each functional analysis format. Additionally, moderating variables (e.g., diagnosis, language ability) were evaluated to identify the bounds of functional analysis-informed intervention. The authors investigated the difference in treatment outcomes informed by the IISCA with treatments informed by other formats because of the contrast with the IISCA procedures and components. This presentation will present outcomes that compare the intervention effects of different functional analysis formats, with an emphasis on the IISCA compared to other formats. |
|
Incorporating a Trauma-Informed Framework in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
PHOEBE ELIZABETH MACDOWELL (Queens College & The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Tess Fruchtman (Temple University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Bai Pan (Queens College, City University of New York), Shauntae McLeod (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Many autistic individuals are likely to have experienced adverse childhood events that could contribute to trauma. The prevalence only increases for those of whom exhibit problem behavior. Therefore, it seems important for behavioral assessment and treatment procedures to be designed within a trauma-informed framework. We incorporated the trauma-informed framework into the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skill-based treatment (SBT) model for three autistic children admitted to a university-based, outpatient clinic. Problem behavior was assessed during a functional analysis that allowed assent to be withdrawn at any time, delivered preferred events prior to escalation in dangerous problem behavior, and programmed evocative and preferred events to be completely controlled by the participants’ behavior. The treatment informed by the functional analysis taught a host of different skills (communication, toleration, and cooperation) while providing words of encouragement during nondangerous problem behavior and avoiding the use of extinction for dangerous problem behavior. The PFA/SBT model incorporating the trauma-informed framework resulted in the eventual elimination of problem behavior with caregivers implementing generality sessions for two of the three participants. In addition, all caregivers reported the process to be safe, acceptable, and helpful to their situation. |
|
Evaluating the Generality and Maintenance of the Skill-Based Treatment Informed by the Performance-Based Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) |
(Applied Research) |
AARON LEYMAN (queens college, CUNY), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Phoebe Elizabeth MacDowell (Queens College & The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Tess Fruchtman (Temple University) |
Abstract: Behavioral intervention for problem behavior often relies on the results of a functional analysis to identify environmental contributors. Multiple functional analysis formats have been developed to improve qualities of the process such as practicality, efficiency, and safety. More recently, the performance-based, interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was developed as a functional analysis format that incorporates a trauma-informed framework. The performance-based IISCA (a) introduces evocative events following periods of calm to reduce dangerous escalation, (b) includes moment-to-moment measures of problem behavior to allow for ongoing visual analysis of data, and (c) maintains measures of positive affect. We conducted this study to evaluate the treatment utility of the performance-based IISCA when it is used to inform a skill-based treatment. The performance-based IISCA was conducted for the problem behavior of three autistic children before teaching communication, toleration, and cooperation during skill-based treatment in the home setting. Problem behavior was reduced for all participants across different therapists and across time (one, two, three-month maintenance probes). The results support the generality and longevity of treatment informed by the performance-based IISCA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Preference Assessment Research |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
CE Instructor: Samuel L Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium highlights the continued advancement in preference assessment research in applied settings. The first study (Elliott et al.) will describe an empirical evaluation of a direct correlation between the results of preference assessments and the identified stimuli’s reinforcing impact in behavior change procedures. The second study will describe a systematic replication of Hanely et al.'s (2003) response-restriction free operant preference assessment with children who exhibit problem behavior (Barall et al.). The third study will describe the replication of procedures by Clark et al. (2019) to systematically vary the duration of access to preferred leisure items previously displaced by preferred edible items to identify the switch point in which the participant demonstrated a shift in preference to the previously displaced item. The final study in this symposium will explore the potential relationship between a stimulus preference assessments and delay discounting to measure changes in individual preference as a result of delayed access. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): preference assessments, reinfrocer assessment |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1): Describe several preference assessment formatss (2): Describe the data collection procedures for a variety of preference assessment formats. (3): Describe when different preference assessment formats should be utilized. |
|
Further Evaluation of Multiple Stimulus Preference Assessment Without Replacement (MSWO) and Paired Stimulus Preference Assessments: Assessment Consistency and Reinforcer Potency |
Nora Seward (University of Georgia), TYLER-CURTIS CORY ELLIOTT (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are often used in behavior analytic treatment to identify reinforcing stimuli (Tullis et al., 2011). Therefore, empirically determining that a direct correlation exists between the results of preference assessments and the identified stimuli’s reinforcing impact in behavior change procedures is critical. In Experiment 1, the researchers compared the agreement between results of paired choice (PC) and multiple stimulus preference assessment without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments conducted with eight elementary aged participants in a classroom setting. Half of the participants exhibited near perfect agreement upon visual analysis between the preference assessments. The other half of the participants exhibited inconsistent results, indicating discrepancy in the suggestions of the preference assessment. In Experiment 2, the researchers compared both preference assessment results to a progressive ratio reinforcer assessment (PR), which yielded inconsistent results. Neither PC nor MSWO accurately identified reinforcing stimuli in the PR assessment. Results are discussed with respect to the validity and implications of the information gathered during preference assessments. |
|
Replication of Free Operant Response-Restriction Preference Assessment for Individuals With Severe Challenging Behavior |
BECKY BARALL (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kenna Reilly (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amaya Rocheleau (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jordan DeBrine (Kennedy Krieger), Colleen McGrory (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cynthia Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Utilization of reinforcement is necessary to effectively increase the frequency of socially valid behaviors. Free operant response-restriction (RR) preference assessments are often utilized with the goal of determining a preference hierarchy while yielding minimal problem behaviors. A replication of a RR assessment (Hanley et al., 2003) with individuals with disabilities and a history of severe challenging behavior extends literature on the effectiveness of this form of stimulus preference assessment (SPA) to show differentiated patterns of preference. Our procedures replicate Hanley et al.’s five rules for identifying activity preference and subsequent restriction, including item restriction after a demonstrated 60% or more intervals of interaction across 2 consecutive sessions. In this study, we measure additional dependent variables including clients’ indices of happiness, assent to engage in the assessment, rate of problem behavior, requests for other items, and active vs. passive item engagement. This presentation will discuss potential variables for clinicians to consider when implementing a free operant RR assessment for individuals who engage in severe challenging behavior. In addition, we discuss ways to incorporate measures of assent and indices of happiness within preference assessment data collection, and the impact of this data on our evaluation of idiosyncratic preference rankings. |
|
Effect of Delay on Stimulus Preference |
EMMA PRESTON (Utah State University), Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University), Tim Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) are often used to identify potential reinforcers for behavior change procedures. However, these assessments always provide stimuli immediately upon selection. In practice, it can be very difficult to provide reinforcers immediately, and some reinforcers may be delivered more quickly than others. Therefore, there is a need for an assessment to account for delay. The goal of this study was to explore the potential relationship between on stimulus preference assessments and delay discounting to measure changes in individual preference as a result of delay. Five typically developing children aged 8-11 completed a paired-stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) to establish a hierarchy of preference. These results were used in a 30-trial delay assessment across three sessions evaluating delays of 0 s, 30 s, and 60 s. Four out of five participants retained preference hierarchy across three sessions. Additionally, four out of five participants increased preference for an immediately available moderately preferred item as delays to a highly preferred item increased. This indicates that delays to reinforcement may be a parameter that should be considered when identifying preferred stimuli to use for behavior change procedures. |
|
Changes in Reinforcer Magnitude to Displace Edible Preference |
MADELINE GRIFFIN (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: In paired choice preference assessments, certain types of stimuli may displace others resulting in a limit of potential reinforcers. For example, Bojak and Carr (1999) documented the tendency for edible items to displace leisure items when concurrently assessed in a paired choice preference assessment. Further evaluation of the mechanism responsible for the displacement of certain types of stimuli is needed. This study replicated the procedures as outlined by Clark et al. (2019) to systematically vary the duration of access to preferred leisure items previously displaced by preferred edible items to identify the switch point in which the participant demonstrated a shift in preference to the previously displaced item. The results indicate increasing the magnitude of leisure items through duration of access within a PC can identify the switch point where the previously selected edible is displaced by the leisure item. Systematic reversals of the duration of access demonstrated experimental control of participant choice dependent on magnitude. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Applications of Behavioral Gerontology for Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorders |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alexandra Doran (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavik University) |
CE Instructor: Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir, M.S. |
Abstract: The growing aging population in the United States is accompanied by an increase in both number of older adults with neurocognitive disorder and the number of people experiencing behaviors changes associated with neurocognitive disorder (NCD). Behavioral Gerontology is the "application of behavior analysis and therapy to older adults, ranging from basic behavioral research to clinical applications to organizational issues in service delivery (Adkins & Mathews, 1999; Burgio & Burgio, 1986)" (LeBlanc et al., 2011, p. 472). This symposium will focus on the practice of behavioral gerontology with older adults with NCD, including talks covering data-based interventions to support older adults with NCD, as well as discuss models for behavioral consultation and for informed consent/assent. Intervention studies will include caregiver implemented trial-based functional analysis and function-based treatment, as well as an individualized antecedent-based interventions to increase showering. The importance and future directions for clinical applications with adults with NCD, as well as needs for future research, will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Assent, behavioral gerontology, Consultation, neurocognitive disorder |
Target Audience: Masters level practitioner experience, BCBAs considering expanding into different practice areas |
Learning Objectives: (1) participants will learn to apply a decision model for dissent and assent; (2) participants will learn how to adjust a behavioral consultation model for aging settings; (3) participants will learn how to individualize antecedent-based interventions and functional assessments in aging settings |
|
Behavioral Consultation in Nursing Homes: A Model Adaptation and Considerations |
SANDRA WAGNER (Western Michigan University), andrea perez (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Up to 80% of older adults with neurocognitive disorder engage in behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD; e.g., verbal or physical aggression, wandering) in nursing home facilities (Toot et al., 2017). In nursing home facilities, health professionals often use a medical model to provide behavioral support. The medical model, however, does not consider the environmental factors that may be evoking and maintaining behaviors; it is also likely that pharmacological interventions are often prescribed to manage the behaviors (Baker et al., 2015). Given the adverse effects of pharmacological interventions, researchers have advocated for behavioral and function-based interventions for the management and treatment of BPSD (Dyer et al., 2017). Unfortunately, the behavioral approach to treatment is not widely adopted in nursing home settings. Thus, behavioral gerontologists are faced with having to provide behavioral consultation in a medical model setting. The purpose of the current study is twofold: 1) to provide a framework for providing behavioral consultation in these settings and 2) to provide examples and data related to the different decision points in the model. |
|
Teaching an 81-Year-Old to Use Subtle Prompts to Increase Showering by His Spouse With Dementia |
ZOE LUCOCK (Positive Ageing Consultancy & Training) |
Abstract: The behavioral gerontology literature to date has focused heavily on research with participants living in long term care facilities, yet the vast majority of people diagnosed with dementia live at home in the community. The purpose of this talk is to share the process and results from clinical work conducted in the home of a 79 year old woman living with Alzheimer’s disease who was supported by her 81 year old spouse. The client was referred for behavioral services due to a failure to shower for multiple months. Her spouse was supported to implement a simple and effective prompting procedure that utilised subtle verbal discriminative stimuli that resulted in increased showering behavior and preserved the client’s dignity. Maintenance probes demonstrated that the changes were generalized over time. I will discuss the changes that were made to data collection procedure and the method to ensure good contextual fit along with the importance of flexible and compassionate practice when working clients in the community living with dementia. This research demonstrates real-life behavior-analytic practice with older adults with dementia living in their own homes with a focus on practice that has strong contextual fit. |
|
Respecting Dissent and Seeking Assent in Behavioral Gerontology: The Application of a Decision-Making Model |
AMY WHITTEN SHAW (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavioral gerontologists may work with individuals with neurocognitive disorder (NCD) who may or may not be able to provide informed consent. As such, capacity assessments may be relevant. When participants in research or clients receiving treatment do not have the capacity for informed consent proxy decision makers provide consent and assent must be also be sought. Recent articles highlighted the need for behavior analysts to seek assent for research (Morris et al., 2021) and explored researchers’ comfort and current practices (Jasperse et al., 2023). While assent is recognized as affirmative agreement, participants and clients may also express dissent. Of informed consent, assent, and dissent, dissent is the least discussed and reported on measure. This talk explores current issues in the field of behavioral gerontology through the framework of a decision-making model that was originally published by Black et al. (2010) in the field of geriatric psychiatry. The model assesses for both dissent and assent separately. The authors use of this decision-making model while conducting research on manding will be discussed. Participants in the study were older adults with NCD living in a memory care unit. Data will encompass assent and dissent to sessions, session completion, and session termination. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Behavioral Economic Applications |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Derek D. Reed (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral economics provides a conceptually systematic approach to measuring reinforcer valuation that combines aspects of behavioral science and microeconomic principles. The relatively recent proliferation in the application of these frameworks comes both as a byproduct of the increased salience of their utility and via methodological advancements that permit extension to historically difficult-to-measure contexts (e.g., community health). Of notable use are tasks intended to measure patterns of discounting (i.e., change in perceived reinforcer value as a function of delayed or probabilistic contact) and operant demand (i.e., effort expenditure to defend baseline, or free-cost, access to a reinforcer as a function of systematically increasing cost requirements). As with any quantitative approach, methodological and interpretive considerations can dictate the conclusions draws from such analyses. This symposium describes four novel advancements in behavioral economic task applications, documenting development in modeling approaches, metric interpretations, and considerations when extending beyond the laboratory context. Our discussant Dr. Derek Reed will provide commentary on these approaches and the benefits of these advancements. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, discounting, operant demand |
Target Audience: Attendees should have foundational knowledge in behavioral economics. |
Learning Objectives: calculate behavioral economic metrics in resource-lean contexts; discuss advantages of "real" and hypothetical purchase task procedures; identify unit retention in discounting outputs |
|
Estimating Reinforcer Efficacy From Demand Curves, Dose-Dependent Curves, and Choice: A Principled and Practical Approach |
(Theory) |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Assessing the efficacy of reinforcers is as puzzling as it is important in behavior analysis and psychopharmacology. Rates of responding vary with schedule requirements, choice varies with reinforcer abundance, and contextual factors often play unknown roles on the impact of reinforcement on behavior. Maximization theory, supplemented with empirically supported assumptions, provides the basis for the estimation of reinforcer efficacy in individual subjects in laboratory settings. This approach identifies efficacy with the economic concept of utility; it assumes that subjects continually choose those activities with higher utility within the constraints imposed by the environment. From these assumptions, predictions may be drawn on how rate of reinforcement varies with price (response requirement), how rate of responding for drugs of abuse varies with dose, how discrete choices change with income (rate of choice presentation), among other important behavioral metrics. Data from these procedures may be used to estimate the utility—i.e., the efficacy—of reinforcers. This presentation emphasizes practical considerations for conducting the estimation of utility parameters such as unit utility and marginal rate of substitution. |
|
Arc Elasticities of Operant Demand: A Potential Model-Independent Solution for Applied Researchers |
(Basic Research) |
MADISON GRAHAM (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Brett Gelino (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Steven R Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
Abstract: Analyses of operant demand data have advanced precipitously over the past 5 years. These advances include refinement of quantitative models, newly proposed theoretical models, and advanced statistical modeling approaches. Concurrent with these advances has been an increase in behavioral economic extensions to applied questions in non-laboratory settings. Unfortunately, however, the advanced mathematical approaches to quantifying demand are often antithetical to applied pursuits where there are limited resources for software or inadequate training in quantitative modeling. Toward this end, some researchers have suggested the use of model-independent metrics of demand, such as observed markers along the demand curve (e.g., observed maximum output [Omax], price associated with observed maximum output [Pmax], breakpoints, observed intensity). While there is strong translational support for these observed markers, these fail to capture the most critical aspect of demand curve analyses: elasticity. We propose the use of arc elasticity to measure the percentage change in consumption as a function of the percentage change across specific price values. The presentation will provide specific data examples across numerous commodity types. We will present correlations between observed markers, model-derived variables, and clinical outputs with various approaches to arc elasticity. We will conclude with recommendations for applied researchers. |
|
Behavioral Economic Modeling of Incentivized and Hypothetical Demand Procedures |
(Basic Research) |
JUSTIN CHARLES STRICKLAND (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brett Gelino (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Hypothetical behavior is commonly used in the broader behavioral sciences to investigate behavioral repertoires of interest that are otherwise difficult or impossible to directly observe. Behavior analysts, understandably so for historic reasons, hold a skeptical view of using hypothetical arrangements in lieu of “real” behavior. This presentation will describe the behavioral economic modelling of data from incentivized and hypothetical purchase task procedures collected in a human laboratory study of reduced nicotine cigarette expectancies. Participants who smoke daily (N=21; 9 female) completed one practice and four experimental sessions in which expectancy (labelled “average” versus “very low” nicotine) and nicotine dose (0.80 mg versus 0.03 mg yield) were manipulated. Participants in acute withdrawal sampled experimental cigarettes followed by measurement of cigarette demand using an incentivized purchase task in which responses were randomly reinforced with purchased cigarettes and money and a hypothetical purchase task relying on verbal behavior manipulations. Analysis of incentivized and hypothetical outcomes showed a close correspondence for measures such as demand intensity (r = .56) and Pmax (r = .54). Practical considerations of modelling in these designs and methodological decisions regarding the ways in which hypothetical procedures differ from incentivized ones will be discussed. |
|
Unit Retention and Metric Interpretation in the Delay Discounting Framework |
(Basic Research) |
BRETT GELINO (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Derek D. Reed (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Discounting analysis has offered countless insights into behavioral health outcomes and continues to draw transdisciplinary attention as a reliable descriptor of decision-making. This presentation highlights some analytical issues that may be underappreciated, namely that the delay discounting parameter (i.e., k) carries units which are not reported in most studies, leading potentially to errors in cross-study comparisons. This presentation describes the relation between delay discounting k and delay value (i.e., D) logically and via data manipulation. We reanalyzed three extant datasets across a variety of discounting assessment methods using systematically different regression delay values. Results support the notion that k retains the reciprocal of time as a unit (e.g., days-1 if days were used as units for D). Next, we examine the role of time perception in human discount responding, paying specific attention to the s psychophysical scalar of the hyperboloid-like descriptive models. Participants completed a series of tasks intended to gauge differences in subjective temporal experience. Results of this study show promise for important conceptual considerations that need be made when selecting an ideal descriptive model. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Empirical Analyses of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos ) |
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
CE Instructor: Kian Assemi, M.A. |
Abstract: The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) was originally conceptualised as a method for assessing the strength of natural verbal relations as conceptualised within RFT. Recent advances in the use of the IRAP have sought to develop a more precise functional-analytic understanding of the tool for its use within the behavior-analytic study of human language and cognition. The current symposium presents four papers that contribute to various aspects of this effort. Specifically, the four papers will consider: (1) recent research exploring the impact of masking response options with use of the training version of the task; (2) research attempting to induce patterns of IRAP effects predicted by the differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effects (DAARRE) model; (3) a recent attempt to replicate an initially unexpected trial-type dominance effect for colors over shapes; (4) a relatively large N study that predicted a single trial-type dominance effect for happy over sad faces with a moderating impact of self-reported depressive symptomatology. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): DAARRE model, IRAP, RFT |
Target Audience: A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to: (1) summarize some recent developments in the use of the IRAP in both training and testing contexts; (2) articulate the ways in which recent developments have informed increasingly precise predictions of patterns of effects produced on the procedure; (3) provide examples of how these developments assist in analysing complex patterns of effects generated when participants complete an IRAP. |
|
Masking Response Options in the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: A Pilot Study |
ABRAAO FIGUEIRA DE MELO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The training version of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is used to establish differential responding to stimulus pairs as being equivalent or distinct to one another. Established conditional discriminations are then the basis for tests assessing arbitrarily applicable relational responding. Response options are usually key presses corresponding to mutually exclusive options, such as yes–no and true–false. Few studies have explored the impact of manipulating response options in the IRAP, training-version or not. College students participated in the present study, in which we explored the effects of manipulating the presence of contingent feedback in tests, and the masking of one option (i.e., participants chose between two options when only one was visible). We assessed the effects of these manipulations in terms of accuracy in tests; the number of training blocks to criterion; and the potential transformation of function of a culturally ‘meaningless’ stimulus (that was part of the relational training) in a non-arbitrary match-to-sample task. Data suggest that participants’ responding was functionally related to option masking and a history of feedback in testing conditions. We discuss the results in terms of membership of measured responses in the operants targeted in the IRAP and the role of rejection-controlled responding. |
|
Inducing Single Trial-Type Dominance Effects With Experimental Stimuli in the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure |
KIAN ASSEMI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Previous researchers have found that single trial type dominance effects are repeatedly obtained when participants complete a shape-color Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) (Finn et al., 2016). While initially these effects were unexpected, due to a lack of emotional functions for the stimuli used, the differential arbitrary relational responding effect (DAARRE) model was proposed to explain these single trial type dominance effects (Finn et al., 2018). One assertion of the DAARRE model is that the relative historical frequency of contact with stimuli has an effect on IRAP results. As such, based on the DAARRE model, if one could control the relative frequency of contact with experimental stimuli, IRAP results should be more predictable. As such, in the current study we trained participants to respond to arbitrary experimental stimuli in an effort to control the relative frequency of exposure to stimuli. The assumption is that we should be able to predict a single trial type dominance effect based on the amount of exposure participants have with the different stimuli being utilized in an IRAP. Preliminary data demonstrated the predictions of the DAARRE model. Additional findings and implications for the DAARRE model and future IRAP research will be discussed. |
|
Exploring Differential Trial-Type Effects on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and the Impact of Alternative Cultural Histories |
MIGUEL DOS SANTOS CARVALHO (São Paulo State University), Joao Henrique de Almeida (São Paulo State University), Marcello Silvestre (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Research conducted by Finn and colleagues (2016, 2018) reported initially unexpected differential patterns of IRAP effects when employing stimuli that were assumedly relatively non-valenced (shapes and colors). It was argued that this may have been because participants tended to orient to the color stimuli more readily than the shape stimuli because color words occur far more frequently in natural language than shape words (specifically in Dutch, the language in which the study was conducted). These and related findings gave rise to the differential arbitrarily applicable responding effects (DAARRE) model for conceptualizing patterns of IRAP effects, explicitly emphasizing the impact of stimulus orienting properties. In Brazilian Portuguese, color words also occur more frequently than shape words in natural language. The current study thus sought to replicate and extend the previous findings. That is, if stimulus orienting properties (based on frequency of use in natural language) were critical in producing the reported effect, replicating this study in Portuguese should produce a similar pattern of effects. Patterns produced by student participants recruited to date replicate this same pattern. Group and individual patterns of responding are discussed, as are implications for the role of stimulus orienting properties in producing effects on the IRAP. |
|
Predicting and Interpreting Responding on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) in the Context Facial Expressions and Depression |
RENATO BORTOLOTI (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Ana Paula Rubert de Azevedo (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
Abstract: This study aimed to build on existing research on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), which has identified different patterns of IRAP effects associated with responses to happy and angry facial expressions. The objectives were to (1) replicate the previously observed happiness superiority effect with a larger participant group than previous studies and (2) explore whether the IRAP effect would be influenced by self-reported levels of depression. 122 participants completed an IRAP that presented pairs of emotional faces in a 2x2 crossover design yielding four trial-types: happy face-happy face, happy face-angry face, angry face-happy face and angry face-angry face. The results showed a clear happiness superiority effect, with the IRAP effect for trial-type 1 (happy face-happy face) larger than the IRAP effect for trial-type 4 (angry face-angry face). Self-reported depression appeared to moderate responding, with low depressed individuals producing a larger D-IRAP score on the trial-type 1 relative to high depressed individuals. The findings support recent arguments that the stimulus function properties of all elements within an IRAP should be taken into account when predicting and interpreting behavioral patterns produced on the procedure. Considerations for use of the IRAP to predict behaviors in the natural environment are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Translational Research on Relapse: Renewal, Resurgence, and Reinstatement With Human and Non-Human Participants |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University ) |
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Understanding of relapse to unhealthy behaviors is essential. Translational research is critical to this effort. The four studies in this symposium investigated different types of relapse, including renewal, resurgence, and reinstatement, with human and non-human participants. Randall and colleagues investigated ABA renewal with eye tracking in human participants. A target response was reinforced in one context (A), extinguished in a second context (B), and then recurred following return to the original context (A). Programming of shared stimuli between Contexts A and B may reduce renewal. Smith and colleagues examined Differential Reinforcement of Alternative (DRA) behavior as an animal model of interventions for decreasing target behaviors in applied settings. They found that synthesizing reinforcers (multiple reinforcers) reduced the target behavior but increased relapse. Willis-Moore and colleagues present an analog of vaping, a dangerous and epidemic behavior in young people. Rats reliably self administered snout-only flavored nicotine across acquisition, extinction, and reinstatement. Finally, Bridges and colleagues examined relapse using food seeking in rats. They report the effects of changing cues, contexts, and alternative reinforcement contingencies on reinstatement, resurgence, and renewal. Together, these presentations will provide cutting edge explorations of important facets of relapse, followed by discussion by Dr. Christopher Podlesnik. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Beginning |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe different relapse paradigms (2) Describe the importance of translational research (3) Describe ways to mitigate relapse |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of Eye-Tracking Software to Inform an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Renewal Mitigation Procedure |
KAYLA RANDALL (Georgia Southern University), Sydney Arthur (Georgia Southern University), Joshua Williams (Georgia Southern University), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)) |
Abstract: ABA renewal is one type of operant renewal in which a target response is reinforced in a unique context (i.e., Context A), extinguished in novel context (i.e., Context B), and then recurs following a transition back to the original context. Recently, researchers have examined the robust phenomenon of ABA renewal when differential reinforcement of an alternative response is included in Context B and the renewal test. One method to mitigate ABA renewal is to program common stimuli so as to increase the similarity between Context A and Context B. This stimulus control strategy may support the generalization of behavior change between contexts. Currently, no studies exist on how to empirically derive the selection of the stimuli to program into Context B. We conducted a preliminary investigation using eye-tracking software to empirically determine which common stimulus to program into a three-phase ABA renewal arrangement that included differential reinforcement for 12 undergraduate students in a translational preparation. Our results replicate previous research demonstrating ABA renewal despite differential reinforcement contingencies. Further, ABA renewal may be less robust and more variable when common stimuli selected for programming are empirically determined using eye-tracking software. |
|
Synthesized Alternative Reinforcement and Resurgence |
SEAN SMITH (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Beatriz Elena Arroyo Antunez (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Jacqueline D DeBartelo (Student at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative (DRA) behavior is an effective intervention for decreasing target behaviors in applied settings. In some cases, clinicians implement DRA by simultaneously presenting multiple, qualitatively different reinforcers (i.e., synthesized reinforcement) contingent on alternative responses. The concatenated matching law suggests that reinforcer magnitude and quality, both of which are affected by synthesizing reinforcers, contribute to reinforcer value. Previous research has demonstrated that reinforcer value affects resurgence during treatment disruptions, but research has not evaluated the effects of combining magnitude and quality manipulations on resurgence. In this experiment, groups of rats received (a) isolated (i.e., food or sugar) reinforcement for target responding in Phase 1, (b) either isolated or synthesized (i.e., food and sugar) reinforcement for alternative responding while target responding was on extinction in Phase 2, and (c) no reinforcement in Phase 3. Compared to rats receiving isolated reinforcement in Phase 2, rats receiving synthesized reinforcement showed more rapid and complete reductions in target responding in Phase 2, but greater resurgence during the transition to Phase 3. These results have implications for researchers’ conceptualization of resurgence and may provide important information for application. |
|
Toward a Face-Valid Rodent Model of Self-Administration of Nicotine-Vapor: Acquisition, Extinction, and Reinstatement |
MARIAH WILLIS-MOORE (Utah State University), Kiernan Callister (Utah State University), Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University), David Legaspi (Utah State University), Preston Alden (Utah State University), Lucy Scribner (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Although originally thought by some to reduce the harm of tobacco cigarettes, the use of electronic nicotine delivery systems, or vaping, is a rising health concern, especially among adolescents and young adults. Vaping increases risks such as stroke, lung, and cardiovascular disease, and is associated with a greater propensity to start smoking tobacco cigarettes. Given the foreseeable harm of vaping, especially in at-risk populations, it is critical to identify factors related to phenomena such as acquisition and relapse. Towards this end, we have developed a non-invasive, non-proprietary, animal-model of nicotine-vaping that allows for fully voluntary snout-only access to vaporized nicotine. Here, we describe our model, including recent data from an experiment (n = 4) examining factors that impact acquisition, extinction, and reinstatement. Specifically, we have found that rats will reliably self-administer vaporized nicotine puffs over extended time periods. Furthermore, we have seen a change and decrease in responding following removal of vape puffs and vaping-associated cues. This effect may differ across biological sex. We are currently investigating how cues and flavoring (a major influence in human vaping) impact reinstatement. Our potential findings may provide insight into future regulation of vaping products and policies surrounding vaping. |
|
Relapse Magnitudes of Food Seeking in Rats: Reinstatement, Renewal, Resurgence, and Their Combinations |
MARY ELIZABETH BRIDGES (Jacksonville State University), Julianna N. Mostillo (Jacksonville State University), Richard L. Sheffield Jr. (Jacksonville State University), Rusty Nall (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral treatments to reduce undesirable behavior exist, but recurrence of previously reduced behavior (relapse) often occurs. There are at least three major types of relapse. Reinstatement is induced by re-exposure to stimuli previously paired with reinforcement. Renewal is induced by transitions to contexts other than treatment. Resurgence is induced by worsening of alternative reinforcement conditions. Relapse-mitigation techniques are typically specific to the anticipated
relapse type, and behavior is often susceptible to each of the different relapse types and their combinations. Therefore, clinicians may dedicate significant resources to implementing several relapse-mitigation techniques or risk safeguarding against one type of relapse only to have another emerge. The present experiment assessed relative magnitude of different relapse types
and their combinations with the goals of determining the largest magnitude relapse effects and developing a translational testing ground for novel relapse mitigation techniques across relapse types. Using a translational model of food seeking in rats, magnitudes of reinstatement, renewal, resurgence, and their combinations were assessed by changing cues, contexts, and/or alternative
reinforcement contingencies across baseline (VI 20s reinforcement), extinction (VI 20s alternative reinforcement for groups including resurgence components), and relapse phases. Results and implications for clinicians, researchers, and theories of relapse will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
School Consultation: Supporting Educator Training and Evaluation of Behavior Approaches in Schools |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Camilla Woodard (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine ) |
Discussant: Lisa Kemmerer (STAR Autism Support Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Kemmerer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior consultation continues to be a leading approach for supporting students with educational needs and behavioral challenges in schools. Behavior consultation has also been an avenue for increasing educator training and building capacity within school systems to support students with educational disabilities and Individual Education Programs (IEPs). This symposium will discuss the evaluation of educator training in the areas of identification of professional training needs, classroom management and implementation of individualized student support. Presentation topics will place emphasis on educator training and expanding their skill development to use behavior analytic strategies to support students at the district, school, class, and individual levels. Presentation topics will cover instructional delivery of teacher training for Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs), Behavior Intervention Plans (BIPs), and Positive Behavior Interventions. Outcomes from a statewide, multi-component training model developed to support the implementation of high-quality FBAs and BIPs will be reviewed. Presentation topics will also discuss the impact of consultation in self-contained public special education preschool classrooms and using a Classroom Needs Assessment (CNA) to identify areas of strengths and needs in the classroom. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Educator Training, Needs Assessment, School Consultation |
Target Audience: Graduate student |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify behavior consultation models to support teachers and school administrators at the system, classroom, and individual levels.
2. Identify the impact of instructional delivery on teaching training for individualized student support.
3. Identify behavior approaches for prioritizing professional training needs. |
|
Training In-Service Teachers in Functional Behavior Assessment and Positive Behavior Interventions: A Scoping Review |
ANURADHA DUTT (National Insitute of Education, Nanyang Technological University), Mo Chen (National Insitute of Education, Nanyang Technological University), Rahul Nair (National Insitute of Education, Nanyang Technological University) |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessment (FBA) and positive behavior interventions are empirically validated interventions employed in schools. Teachers play a necessary role in the development and implementation of these individualized behavior plans to prevent and manage student challenging behavior. The current study sought to conduct a scoping review on the content and instructional delivery of FBA and positive behavior interventions’ training for in-service teachers. We employed methods consistent with standards for systematic review and meta-analysis (e.g., Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses [PRISMA]). The methodological rigor of included studies was also evaluated using Cochrane’s tool for assessing the risk of bias and What Works Clearinghouse guidelines for group and single case experimental design studies, respectively. Our initial search yielded 20,827 articles, of which nine studies were included based on this study’s inclusion criteria. Implications of findings for future research and practice directions in in-service teacher professional development are further discussed. |
|
A Systematic Approach to Identifying Training Needs of Educators to Support Inclusive Classroom Environments |
BRENDA J. BASSINGTHWAITE (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University; University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alexandria C. Robers (University of Minnesota), Jessie Kaye Weber (Munroe-Meyer Institute at University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act mandates that students with disabilities receive special education services in the least restrictive environment. Historically, general and special education teachers have reported a need for additional training to be able to support the academic and behavioral needs of students with disabilities in their classrooms (e.g., Buell et al., 2010; Dutt et al., 2016; Knight et al., 2019; Locke et al., 2022; Pindiprolou et al., 2007; Stough et al., 2015). We worked with three elementary schools and their leadership teams to conduct a needs assessment and to develop a targeted training plan for their educators. Included in the needs assessments were interviews with the leadership teams, a 20-item survey of all staff regarding their prioritized training needs, and observations of classrooms. During observations, we evaluated key behaviors associated with best practices in teaching for supportive classrooms: the use of schedules and routines, the physical design of the environment, teacher/student interactions, instructional strategies, and student communication systems. We will present the results obtained through the needs assessment and how this impacted the designed training for each school. We will also discuss the lessons we learned throughout this process to aid in replication by others. |
|
Evaluating A Statewide Training Model to Promote High-Quality Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Intervention Plans |
MATTHEW SANTINI (Vanderbilt University), Michelle Mahoney Hopton (Vanderbilt University - Nashville, TN), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Adithyan Rajaraman (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Broad federal mandates for functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs) have been in place for many years (IDEIA, 2004). However, states continue to put forth new regulations that provide more pointed guidance on ‘the when, who, what, and how’ of developing, implementing, and documenting FBAs and BIPs (Collins & Zirkel, 2017; Zirkel, 2016). With such further guidance comes a need to train and support school professionals to develop, implement, and document high-quality FBAs and BIPs that are compliant with state regulations. We evaluated effects of a statewide, multi-component training model for improving FBAs and BIPs using a pre-post design. Training participants included 104 educators representing 80 of 147 districts across the state of Tennessee. The training series involved completing asynchronous online modules, attending an in-person interactive workshop, and attending monthly targeted follow-up sessions via video conference. Outcome measures aligned to state regulations included a knowledge assessment consisting of 25 questions, de-identified FBAs and BIPs submitted by participants and scored on compliance indicators, and a self-report rating of competence and confidence. Results provided descriptive evidence of improvement post-training and informed which aspects of FBAs and BIPs (e.g., replacement behavior goals, progress monitoring) warranted further targeted supports. |
|
An Evaluation of Behavioral Consultation in Self-Contained Public School Special Education Preschool Classrooms |
DEVA CARRION (School Consultation Program at Marcus Autism Center), Camilla Woodard (School Consultation Program, Marcus Autism Center), Leonora Ryland (School Consultation Program, Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The need for educator training and implementation of behavioral analytic strategies is increasing for special education preschool programs. The aim of this pilot is to evaluate the impact of a school consultation training model in self-contained public school special education preschool classrooms. Class Needs Assessment (CNA) was developed as a progress monitoring tool to measure the classroom strengths and needs to determine goals for consultation and support. The measure is repeated every 4-6 weeks to assess the effectiveness of consultation on the implementation of behavior analytic strategies used in the classroom. Participants include 7 special education teachers across 2 school districts. All classrooms are self-contained special education preschool programs with 3 to 9 students. Each teacher receives 1-4 consultation visits per month once consultation is introduced, and include observation, recommendations, modeling, and skill transfer to classroom staff. Research directions and implications of this pilot will inform behavioral approaches for school consultation and educator training to support the instructional, behavioral, and developmental needs of preschool students with educational disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Leveraging Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) to Enhance Dignity, Safety, and Life Quality of Consumers via Staff Training |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tyler Ré (The Chicago School) |
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One application of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) focuses on staff outcomes that impact client success. The four presentations in this symposium will demonstrate several key components of OBM consultation through the use of assessment, intervention, and ongoing evaluation to ensure positive outcomes for both staff and clients in applied research and service delivery settings. Dr. John Guercio will describe how assessment at an organizational level led to improvements in data collection and treatment integrity. Valeria Pascale will present on how training staff to engage in positive interaction styles has positively impacted clients. Dr. Byron Wine will present strategies to improve staff safety while working with severely aggressive clients and preventing the use of restraint. Chris Delap will describe strategies used to improve staff retention through on-going staff development opportunities. All four of the presentations will demonstrate how staff training can influence organizational outcomes and thus client outcomes in community-based organizations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Residential Services, Staff Retention, Staff Safety |
Target Audience: Intermediate: Participants should come to the presentation with a basic familiarity with OBM Assessment, intervention and On-going evaluation and a firm understanding of behavior skills training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Participants will identify assessment strategies that promote the identification and subsequent intervention with staff performance issues in adult residential settings 2. The participants will be able to identify types of positive interactions based on the PEARL scale (McMorrow 2003; Guercio 2020) 3. Participants will be able to describe a treatment package that may lead to reduced frequency of physical restraint and an increase in staff safety. 4. Participants will be able to identify key strategies that lead to increased staff retention. |
|
Implementation of Staff Training Procedures in Settings That Serve Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Other Intellectual Disabilities |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: Staff members working in residential homes serving persons with developmental disabilities pose significant staff training challenges to behavior analysts that work in these settings. Many times, it is not unusual for a behavior analyst that works in these settings to spend as much as 60% of their time engaged in staff training related tasks from an organizational behavior management (OBM) perspective. The following presentation will cover a host of evidence based behavioral interventions that have proven efficacious in adult service settings for clients with extreme behavioral issues. The use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services will be detailed along with several other interventions that have increased staff performance related to crucial behavior that is required to work in adult service settings. Several studies will be shared related to the effective assessment and intervention of staff performance issues have been addressed with favorable outcomes. Attendees will be able to identify the interlocking contingencies between staff behavior, their learning history, and the role of trauma as it relates to both the people whom we serve and the staff who work with them role of trauma as it relates to both the people whom we serve and the staff who work with them. |
|
The Effectiveness of Positive Interaction Style in Decrease Severe Problem Behaviors and the Use of Verbal Feedback, Modeling and Reinforcement on Staff Behaviors to Increase Greater Outcomes |
VALERIA PASCALE (The Chicago School, ABA For Disability), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School), John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: Organizational behavior management (OBM) can impact organizational systems and contribute to improve the well- being and the interaction style of leaders, clients and employers (Weatherly 2021). It involves strategies procedures and techniques that demonstrated the effectiveness in improving workers productivity and safety (Wine & Pritchard 2019). The quality and frequency of positive interactions between staff and clients are related to the reduction in the frequency and duration of severe problem behaviors and to the increasing of meaningful outcomes. Unfortunately, the frequency with which staff interact positively with clients is often low and requires regular intervention (Ruby& Di Gennaro Reed 2021). One of the most important factors that can impact motivation in staff may be to reinforce their appropriate behaviors and assessing the preference of the staff. This talk will cover the role of verbal feedback and modeling to increase the positive interaction between staff and clients with severe problem behavior and the effectiveness of tangible reinforcers to contrive motivation in staff and achieve greatest outcomes. |
|
A Blocking and Distance Management Staff Training Intervention on Occurrences of Torso- and Head-Directed Aggression |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Prevalence estimates of aggressive behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) ranges from 8% to 68% (Georgiades et al., 2011; Kanne & Mazurek, 2011). Differences in definitions of aggression, sampling, and how the data are obtained likely account for the variation. Despite the differences in prevalence estimates, it appears that aggression is present more often in ASD than in individuals without ASD (Farmer et al., 2015; Hill et al., 2014). It seems intuitive that aggression exhibited by clients is responsible for staff injuries in human services given that staff are likely targets, but it is only recently that research has suggested that injuries, at least in some cases of autism service delivery contexts, are due to interactions with clients (Ruby et al., in press) and thus, relatively little work has focused on preventing injuries for the staff members who implement treatment plans. In this study, three direct care staff members working with clients presenting with aggressive behavior were taught targeted blocking and distance management techniques to prevent injuries to the torso and head. Findings indicated that the injury prevention training was implemented quickly, and all staff members acquired the target skills in simulations. |
|
Ongoing Staff Development: Implementing Behavioral Skills Training as a Staff Development Model |
CHRIS DELAP (Lakemary Center) |
Abstract: Effective on-going staff training strategies have been shown to increase staff retention along with fostering staff development. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is rooted in Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) principles and is an evidenced-based teaching strategy to enhance staff training and staff development in a variety of employment fields. More specifically within residential treatment settings, BST strategies can teach staff at all levels the necessary competencies for working with learners who display challenging behaviors. Not only does the implementation of evidence-based training strategies positively impact the quality of care for learners within residential programs, but it also improves staff retention and perceived efficacy of their own skills in positive engagement, preventative strategies, and crisis de-escalation.
This paper will review the process of implementing BST curriculum for direct care staff at a Psychiatric Residential Treatment Facility (PRTF) in Kansas. Key implementation strategies for positive outcomes include developing a staff mentor program, implementing fidelity checklists and ongoing evaluations. The skills developed through the BST focus on preventative behavioral skills to aid in the reduction of Emergency Safety Interventions (ESI). Staff retention will be reviewed and discussed by comparing staff retention rates of one year pre and post implementation of the IGNITE Mentor program. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovative Analytical Approaches in Behavior Analysis: From Basic to Applied Research |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the past decade, advances in data collection and processing have led scientists to examine the application of innovative analytical approaches to a wide variety of problems. These innovative approaches are also making their way across all domains of behavior analysis. The purpose of this symposium is to present some of these novel approaches as applied to data from nonhuman and human behavior. The first presentation examines how researchers may leverage technology to collect spatiotemporal data and test innovative hypotheses with rats. The second address compares different machine learning algorithms to identify schedules of reinforcement in pigeons. For the third presentation, researchers have conducted a study on applying genetic algorithms to produce artificial organisms, which can then be used to develop models to identify the reinforcement schedules and magnitude of automatically reinforced behavior. Finally, the symposium ends with a presentation on the application of disequilibrium theory in clinical settings. Altogether, the presentations provide exemplars of innovative data analyses that contribute to both basic and applied research in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, data analysis, machine learning, spatiotemporal data |
Target Audience: Advanced graduate students, BCBAs, and BCBA-Ds with intermediate competencies in conducting data analysis on behavioral data |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe at least one novel analytical approach applied to nonhuman animals, (2) describe at least one novel analytical approach applied to human behavior, and (3) explain how novel analytic approaches may contribute to the development of behavior analysis. |
|
Spatiotemporal Data and Machine Learning: Shaping the Future of Behavior Analysis and Reinforcement Schedules |
ALEJANDRO LEON (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: This presentation introduces an innovative approach to behavior analysis, breaking away from the conventional focus on single responses and their timing. Instead, we delve into the continuous spatial aspects of behavior, a vital component of natural environments. We employ cutting-edge computer vision techniques for real-time spatial behavior monitoring, shedding light on previously unexplored insights. Our research highlights how spatial dynamics, including variables like entropy, are profoundly affected by reinforcement schedules. We introduce novel reinforcement schedules derived from real-time spatiotemporal data, showcasing two instances of behavior analysis under individual and social conditions. These examples reveal how organisms respond to reinforcement schedules rooted in spatiotemporal factors. We harness machine learning tools to conduct multidimensional behavior analysis, considering variables like reinforcement rate, distance traveled, velocity, proximity to reinforcement sources, the time organisms spend in reinforcement zones, spatial anticipation of reinforcement, and entropy, among others. This presentation underscores the importance of uniting spatiotemporal data with behavior analysis and reinforcement schedules. By doing so, we expand the horizons of behavioral science, allowing it to encompass a broader range of natural settings and variables. |
|
Predicting Animal Learning Histories With Artificial Intelligence (AI): Insights From Snapshot Data |
ANNA PLESSAS (Auckland University of Technology), Josafath Espinosa-Ramos (Auckland University of Technology), Dave Parry (Murdoch University), Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Jason Landon (Auckland University of Technology) |
Abstract: Past experiences shape behaviour and future actions are often based on current behavioural patterns. This research introduces an innovative tool to retrodict unknown learning histories from limited behavioural datasets extracted from binary choices made by laboratory pigeons. We extracted a snapshot of choice behaviour, including a 5-second post-reinforcer-delivery observation window. A Spiking Neural Network (SNN) was designed to generate retrodictions of learning histories. In Experiment 1, retrodictions were achieved, indicating that pigeons' binary choice snapshots contained sufficient information for the SNN model. Experiment 2 compared the SNN with other deep neural network models, with the SNN demonstrating superior retrodiction performance based on additional metrics. Experiment 3 illustrated the SNN's adaptability to novel, small-sized datasets of varying learning histories; personalised modelling further improved retrodictive performance. Experiment 4 validated the method's reliability through transfer learning techniques, highlighting the SNN's robust retrodiction capabilities. The SNN demonstrates proof of concept by discerning individual differences in learning patterns and the relationship between behaviour and learning history. The SNN's adaptability to small datasets makes it economical and easy to test in real-world conditions. Implications for both clinical and basic research will be discussed, including research in the use of SNN with human behaviour datasets. |
|
Detecting the Magnitude and Schedule of Automatic Reinforcement Using Artificial Neural Networks: A Simulation-Based Study |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Given that the experimenter cannot directly manipulate the reinforcer maintaining the behavior, identifying the magnitude and schedule of automatic reinforcement remains a challenge for researchers and practitioners. One potential solution to this challenge is to combine the temporal dimensions of behavior with machine learning to develop models that can detect magnitude and schedules. However, the lack of access to an external reinforcer maintaining the behavior makes it difficult to develop models using nonhuman and human behavior. To this end, we used the evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics to simulate 250 artificial organisms that engaged in automatically-reinforced behavior under two different RI schedules with low and high magnitudes of reinforcement. A hold-out cross-validation approach was then applied to train and test artificial neural networks with rate and IRT data. The results showed that machine learning could detect changes in reinforcement magnitude with a high level of accuracy. That said, machine leaning did not considerably improve the identification of schedules. Further work in this area of research should thus focus on identifying other features of single-case data that would improve the models, especially in discriminating schedules. |
|
Applying Disequilibrium Theory in Clinical Settings: Considerations for Practice and Research |
HUNTER KING (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Derived from Timberlake and Allison’s (1974) response deprivation hypothesis, disequilibrium theory defines reinforcement and punishment in terms of instrumental and contingent activities (rather than stimuli). An instrumental activity is a response that produces an opportunity to engage in a contingent activity. Disequilibrium theory affords a novel technique for measuring behavior in applied settings as it focuses on the ratio of instrumental to contingent activities during free operant baselines to formalize the conditions under which a deprived organism will modify instrumental responding to access to the contingent activity. In recent years, researchers have evaluated the model’s ability to predict the desired effects of an intervention in human operant arrangements and clinical settings. The corpus of this literature supports the model’s ability to predict and control behavior, providing clinicians with a precise analytic method for determining contingency arrangements to address problems of social importance. This presentation provides an overview of disequilibrium theory, describes the process for how to collect data in a manner that facilitates analysis of behavioral events using this approach, and highlights several applied demonstrations of the model for making predictions about clinically significant behavior in treatment-resistant populations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diving Beneath the Surface of the Ethics Codes: Exploring Ethical Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California) |
CE Instructor: Weihe Huang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts frequently face ethical challenges beyond what the ethics code can suggest. In this symposium, we will discuss ethical issues behavior analysts likely to encounter in clinical settings and suggest the potential solutions. The first presentation explores the complex concept of value-based ethical dilemmas and proposes a decision-making protocol for behavior analyst to deliberate these unique ethical challenges that may not be fully addressed by the BACB ethics code. Case examples are examined to illustrate the decision-making process. These cases cover concerns with cultural responsiveness to treatment and services provided in the telehealth context. The second presentation reports results from a survey regarding autistic people’s perspectives of ABA services. Suggestions for incorporating autistic people’s voices to ABA services are discussed. The third presentation is designed to share results of recent literature regarding the prevalence of psychotropic medication with our likely clients and medication effectiveness. Basic information and simple techniques likely to promote effective collaboration with a prescribing physician are discussed. The fourth presentation focuses on ethical challenges encountered by behavior analysts when conducting sexuality education for people on the autism spectrum, as well as some proposed solutions. The perceived ethical barriers in this area are also addressed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Ethics Decision, Neurodiversity, Psychotropic Medication, Sexuality Education |
Target Audience: basic |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to 1. describe core ethical principles valued in the field of applied behavior analysis. 2. discriminate between value-based ethical dilemmas vs. strategy-based ethical dilemmas. 3. explain six steps in the decision-making model for value-based ethical dilemmas. 4. apply the decision-making model to solve ethical dilemmas stemming from applied behavior analytical services including telehealth-based ABA services. 5. describe the perspectives, experiences, and impacts of ABA-based practices for autistic people 6. discuss strategies to include autistic voices to enhance the social validity of ABA research and practice 7. define the placebo effect and its importance to the pharmaceutical study that pointed up the importance of the single subject design in monitoring drug effectiveness. 8. describe the role of the behavior analyst in assisting the physician in monitoring the effectiveness of a prescribed psychotropic medication. 9. describe the study that compared the effect on a target behavior of medication with ABA versus ABA alone. 10. identify the reasons why providing sexuality education is ethically necessary. 11. describe common ethical challenges faced when teaching sexuality education to people with disabilities. 12. engage in decision making strategies to make the best ethical decision under a variety of conditions. |
|
Addressing Values-Based Ethical Dilemmas in Behavioral Services |
WEIHE HUANG (Creative Human Learning), Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University), Xiaofan Zhang (University of Pittsburgh; Wuhan Linjie Rehabilitation Medical Center) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) service delivery is a complicated process and some issues stemming from this process can be controversial. Ethical dilemmas can challenge ABA practitioners and require thorough examination. In the first presentation, we will introduce a distinction between values-based dilemmas and strategies-based dilemmas for the first time. A values-based ethical dilemma exists when, in charting the course for a clinical case, tensions occur among values within the same ethical system. Strategies-based dilemmas, on the other hand, are mainly about “risk-benefits for each behavioral procedure” (Bailey & Burch, 2016). Having identified the existence of values-based ethical dilemmas stemming from potential tensions among underlying values and ethical rules, we want to provide behavior practitioners with a systematic approach to addressing these dilemmas. Specifically, we use a step-by-step protocol for ethical deliberation in situations involving values-based ethical dilemmas. We describe the application of this approach to clinical cases including services provided via telehealth. |
|
Exploring the Experiences of Self-Identified Self-Advocates on the Autism Spectrum With Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Practices and Research |
GRACE DEMERLING (University of Western Ontario), Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University), Albert Malkin (Western University), Laura E. Mullins (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University) |
Abstract: In this presentation, we will review the results from an online survey with adults who identify as being on the autism spectrum and have experience receiving ABA-based services and supports. This survey asked participants to report on their perceived success, outcomes, and challenges of ABA-based services and their impact on their identity, emotions, and well-being. A descriptive summary and thematic analysis of these experiences will be presented. A total of 14 participants completed the survey. All participants answered that they had received a formal diagnosis of autism rather than self-identifying. Thirteen of the 14 participants identified their race as white, while 1 preferred not to identify their race. Nine participants identified as male, 2 identified as female, while 3 preferred to self describe or preferred not to say. At the time of responding to the survey, participants' ages ranged from 19 to 32 (M= 25.5). The number of years participants reported receiving ABA-based services and supports ranged from 1 year to 18 years. 57% of participants reported feeling successful during their experiences with ABA-based services and supports, while 64% of participants reported feeling successful after their experience. 14% of participants reported feeling very unsuccessful both during and after their experiences with ABA-based services and supports. The majority of participants reported the outcomes of ABA-based services and supports to have been helpful later on in their lives, wth 50% of participants reporting they felt their outcomes have been helpful, 29% of participants reported their outcomes have been very helpful; in contrast, 14% of participants reported their outcomes were very unhelpful later on in their lives. This research hopes to amplify the lived experiences of autistic voices with ABA-based services and supports to better inform both practices in the ABA field and autism research. |
|
Ethical Considerations in the Coordination of Behavior Analysis and Psychotropic Medication Management Services |
THOMAS R. FREEMAN (ABA Technologies Inc. ; Florida Institute of Techology) |
Abstract: Many peer-reviewed surveys over the last 3 decades have revealed that psychotropic medications are commonly prescribed for many if not most of the individuals who are most likely to receive ABA services (e.g., individuals diagnosed with ID or ASD). These medications are typically prescribed by psychiatrists, neurologists, or other medical personnel with the express purpose of changing some problematic aspect of the individual recipient’s overt and covert behavior. Despite this fact, many behavior analysts refrain from participating in this clinical domain, considering it the exclusive responsibility of the prescribing physician. However, the current edition of the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts requires that behavior analysts “collaborate with colleagues from their own and other professions in the best interest of clients and stakeholders” (Code element 2.10 Collaborating with Colleagues). Behavior analysis is often recommended in the medical literature as the treatment of first choice to deal with the problem behavior of many individuals, as well being as an appropriate parallel to ongoing medication treatment. This presentation is designed to briefly review the prevalence of psychotropic medication with our likely clients; to share some key results in recently published literature regarding medication effectiveness and the need for behavior analysis services with individuals receiving these powerful medications; and to provide behavior analysts with some basic information and simple techniques likely to promote effective collaboration with a prescribing physician. We argue that the behavior analyst is the individual on the interdisciplinary team that is best equipped to collect solid data and other observational information on the effects, side effects, toxic effects, behavioral effects, and other impacts on the global functioning of individuals receiving psychotropic medication. The behavior analyst is also positioned to oversee the training of direct service staff in this area. The behavior analyst can then provide vital information to the prescribing physician, to assist in determining the most effective, least invasive level of these powerful substances, which profoundly alter the chemistry of an individual’s brain, and thereby affect the person’s perception of and response to their environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyses of Verbal Behavior in Complex Cases |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY) |
Discussant: Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas ) |
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As research in verbal behavior continues to advance, we find ourselves asking questions about the more complex cases including language acquisition beyond the elementary verbal operants, identification of the most effective and efficient teaching procedures, the role of learning histories on skill acquisition, and considerations in the rehabilitation of language skills. Research in these areas continues to develop and inform practice. Researchers in the first paper of this symposium taught qualifying autoclitics to children with autism spectrum disorder and assessed generalization of those qualifying autoclitics. Researchers in the second paper compared sequential and simultaneous methods for teaching two foreign languages to college students. Researchers in the third paper, controlled for and manipulated the learning histories of neurotypical adults to assess the effects on acquisition of convergent intraverbals. Researchers in the fourth paper assessed intraverbals in adults with aphasia or other acquired brain injury to provide input on optimal strategies for rehabilitating those lost repertoires. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aphasia, autoclitics, convergent intraverbals, foreign language |
Target Audience: (1) Basic to moderate understanding of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior
(2) Consumption of verbal behavior literature on elementary verbal operants |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify strategies to program for generalization of qualifying autoclitics.
(2) Describe sequential and simultaneous instruction.
(3) Speak to the role of learning histories in skill acquisition.
(4) List considerations for rehabilitation of language skills. |
|
Teaching and Generalization of Autoclitics for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BRIANNA KATHERINE DUSZYNSKI (Marquette University), Kara Burrows (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Mercedes Rios (Marquette University), Axel Meng (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) frequently have deficits in verbal behavior across operants. Skill acquisition services typically focus on teaching elementary verbal operants of verbal behavior such as mands, tact, echoics, and intraverbals. however, less focus has been placed on methods to teach autoclitics. An autoclitic is a verbal operant that alters the effects of other verbal behavior on the listener. The current investigation taught a qualifying autoclitic (i.e., an autoclitic mand) to two participants with ASD and assessed generalization of the autoclitic across conditions. A multiple baseline design across contexts was utilized. We identified three to four establishing operations (EO) conditions that were trained one at a time. Abolishing operations (AO) conditions were also included to ensure that the participant did not emit the autoclitic under unnecessary conditions. Next, generalization was tested with the untrained conditions. The results of one participant showed acquisition of the autoclitic mand during two trained conditions and generalization to the untrained conditions. The second participant’s treatment is underway. |
|
A Comparison of Teaching Two Foreign Languages Simultaneously and Sequentially to Young Adults |
TIANJIAO LI (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Iman Ahmed (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Xuehua Zhao (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: This talk will discuss the optimal procedures for teaching adults two languages. We recruited college students who are native English speakers with no prior learning history in Chinese and Japanese. In the first condition (the sequential condition), participants learned to tact stimuli in one language prior to learning to tact the same stimuli in the other language. In the second condition (the simultaneous condition), participants learned to tact stimuli in both languages concurrently. We conducted both between- and within-subject replications. We found that both conditions were effective; however, participants learned tacts in the sequential more efficiently than in the simultaneous condition. The within-subject replication data revealed a “learning to learn” phenomenon, whereby participants learned a second set of tacts more efficiently across conditions; however, the sequential condition continued to produce more efficient acquisition when compared to the simultaneous one. The simultaneous condition facilitated better bidirectional intraverbals than the sequential condition. |
|
The Effects of Learning Histories on Acquisition of Convergent Intraverbals: A Comparison of Stimulus Arrangements |
SAMANTHA WALSH (Manhattan Children Center), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY), Lauren K. Schnell-Peskin (Hunter College), Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University), Nicole Pantano (Assumption University) |
Abstract: It has been suggested that when teaching convergent intraverbals to children with autism spectrum disorder, researchers carefully construct stimulus sets such that they ensure responses to all relevant components within the auditory stimulus (i.e., that they overlap). However, this type of teaching arrangement might facilitate restricted stimulus control. To evaluate this, Aguirre et al. (2019) compared a simple arrangement in which stimuli did not share overlapping components with a complex arrangement in which stimuli shared overlapping components. Overall, their results showed no substantial difference in stimulus arrangements. It is possible that it is not the arrangement itself that is problematic, but rather different learning histories of participants and/or inadequate or missing prerequisite skills. The only way to accurately determine which variables are relevant is to control each one. Thus, the purpose of this study was to replicate Aguirre et al. (2019) but in a translational format, using arbitrary stimuli, with adult participants who had no known language or developmental delays. To extend Aguirre et al., we taught prerequisite speaker skills prior to assessing the effects of an overlapping target stimulus arrangement and a non-overlapping target stimulus arrangement. Our results indicate that teaching with overlapping stimuli might impact or delay acquisition of convergent intraverbals. This finding is preliminary and additional research is warranted. |
|
Intraverbal Assessment for Persons With Aphasia or Other Acquired Brain Injury |
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC), Tracie L. Lindblad (ONTABA), Brittany Clark (Evergreen Communication Therapy, Ltd.), Zareen Ali (Pediatric Rehabilitation Services) |
Abstract: An intraverbal assessment was administered to older adults with aphasia, using a hierarchy of questions that required increasingly complex verbal discriminative stimulus control. Five categories of errors were defined and analyzed for putative stimulus control, with the aim to identify requisite assessment components leading to more efficient and effective treatments. Evocative control over intraverbal error responses was evident throughout the database, as shown by commonalities within four distinct categories of errors; a fifth category, representing a narrow majority of errors, was less clear in terms of functional control over responses. Generally, questions requiring increasingly complex intraverbal stimulus control resulted in weaker verbal performance for those with aphasia. A new 9-point intraverbal assessment model is proposed, based on Skinner’s functional analysis of verbal behavior. The study underscores that loss or disruption of a formerly sophisticated language repertoire presents differently than the fledgling language skills and errors of new learners, such as typically developing children and those with autism or developmental disabilities. Thus, we would do well to consider that rehabilitation may require a different approach to intervention than habilitation. We offer several thematic topics for future research in this area. |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring Verbal Behavior Research: Translational, Application, and Recommendations for Practice |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Katie Renaud Breneman (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Discussant: Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Katie Renaud Breneman, M.A. |
Abstract: Verbal behavior has been widely studied with the goal of understanding the process of language development and its applications for the intervention of people with language delays. This symposium will offer a collection of studies focused on verbal behavior and its applications across a variety of settings and participants. The opening presentation will feature Anne Carneiro, who will present a study that evaluated the effects of teaching problem-solving strategies on the accuracy of tacts in neurotypical children. In the second presentation, Dr. Juliana Oliveira will discuss the use of different training designs in the instruction of foreign-language vocabulary. The third presentation will feature Dr. Heidi Olaff, who will present on forming equivalence classes by using the bidirectional intraverbal naming paradigm with college students. Finally, Dr. Meral Koldas will discuss the findings of a systematic review of empirical studies focused on verbal behavior variability and provide preliminary recommendations for practitioners. Dr. Per Holth will serve as the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior variability, equivalence, foreign language, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Intermediate instruction level. Attendees should have a good understanding of basic concepts and principles of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: Learning objectives:
At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to:
1) List the problem-solving strategies used to determine effects on the accuracy of tacts.
2) Name at least one training design that was effective at teaching foreign-language vocabulary.
3) Describe what is the bidirectional intraverbal naming paradigm.
4) Explain recommendations for practitioners to use to promote variability in verbal responses. |
|
The Effects of Teaching Problem-Solving Strategies on Tact Accuracy of Past Events With Children |
(Applied Research) |
ANNE COSTA CARNEIRO (Guia AC; UFSCar), Ricardo Pereira da Silva Oliveira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: This study aims to evaluate the effects of teaching problem-solving strategies (categorization and rule-used prompts) on the accuracy of tacts of past events. Three neurotypical children (4-5-years-old) were first taught to tact 36 unfamiliar visual stimuli (pictures of animal, plants, objetcts) using a auditory-visual discrimination instruction with echoic response requirement (preexperimental condition). After meet the learning criteria, participants will be exposed to the experimental conditions in a multiple probe across participants design. During probes, participants will be allowed to play with different toys and games, including a card game (critical activity) during which the experimenter will present nine out of the 36 pictures previously learned and require the children to tact each of them. After 10 min, they will be asked to respond questions about past events (e.g., What pictures did you see today at the playing room?). Intervention will consist in a teaching both categorization and medianting-response prompting (rule-used prompts) to the participants, according to Sautter et al. (2011). Data collection for the preexperimental condition is still in progress. Partial results shows that the auditory-visual discrimination instruction with echoic response requirement is producing emergent tact responses. |
|
Evaluating Different Training Designs in Computerized Foreign-Language Vocabulary Instruction |
(Basic Research) |
JULIANA OLIVEIRA (Munroe Meyer Institute), Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The present study sought to evaluate training designs commonly used in popular commercially available computer-assisted language learning (CALL) programs. In a between-group design, we compared the efficiency with which participants acquired the same emergent stimulus relations as a result of an instruction that teaches a small number of relations (Compound MTS condition) versus an instruction that directly targets a greater number of relations separately (Mixed condition). Forty participants were assigned to either a compound MTS or Mixed condition. In the compound MTS condition, each trial presented a compound sample (i.e., an auditory, picture, and a textual FL stimulus), to which the learner was required to respond by selecting a matching picture from an array of choices. In the Mixed condition, each trial presented a stimulus (i.e., textual, picture, or auditory separately) as samples. During training, participants received feedback on correct and incorrect responses. In a post-test, emergent listener relations, tacts, and intraverbal relations were tested. We predicted that the compound MTS condition would require fewer trials to complete mastery than the Mixed condition. This prediction was not confirmed. The compound MTS condition required fewer trials to achieve mastery, while also performing similarly during post- and follow-up tests. |
|
The Role of Bidirectional Intraverbal Naming on Stimulus Class Formation |
(Basic Research) |
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo Metropolitan University), Emilie Jørgensen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Bidirectional intraverbal naming (I-BiN) involves establishing vocal relations between stimuli, which, in turn, results in the emergence of novel intraverbals and listener responses: Training A to B and B–C, will likely, produce the emergence of the relations B–A and C–B, A–C and C–A, in addition to listener responses. This study extends Ma et al. (2016) and comprises three experiments––eight college students in each experiment. In Experiment 1, we replicated the procedures in Ma et al. In Experiment 2, listener responses were established first, and subsequently, we tested tacts. Finally, in Experiment 3, we employed a one-to-many training structure, as opposed to the linear structure utilized in Ma et al. Additionally, we exposed participants to sorting tests. Across experiments, we assessed the properties of stimulus equivalence through pre- and post-tests across three meaningful stimulus classes, each containing three members. The results demonstrated when I-BiN was successfully established, the participants formed equivalence classes and correctly emitted matching-to-sample responses during posttests, thereby confirming the findings of Ma et al. The occurrence of I-BiN was confirmed by reaction time and post-experimental interviews. These results confirmed that participants form equivalence classes when they are trained in an I-BiN paradigm. |
|
Verbal Behavior Variability: A Systematic Review of Empirical Literature |
(Theory) |
MERAL KOLDAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Abstract: Research has shown that behavior variability can arise as a by-product of contingencies of reinforcement or as a direct outcome of such contingencies. In the former case, variability is not a mandatory condition for reinforcement delivery but is permissible. In the latter case, reinforcement is contingent upon variations (Neuringer, 1991). People with autism and other developmental disabilities typically engage in rigid, invariant verbal behavior, which might interfere with social interactions and the development of meaningful relationships. Therefore, it is essential to understand the contingencies that facilitate variability of verbal behavior during social interactions. The purpose of this systematic review was to investigate empirical studies focusing on the variability of verbal operants. We conducted a search on major databases as well as reference checks to identify studies that included humans as participants, directly evaluated variability, and focused on verbal behavior. A total of 44 studies were included for full-text review. Studies were coded for participants' demographics, study design, and procedures involved in promoting verbal behavior variability. The findings regarding participants' characteristics, verbal response topographies, and antecedent and consequence strategies to promote variance in verbal responses will be discussed. We will conclude with preliminary recommendations for practitioners focused on promoting variability in verbal responses. |
|
|
|
|
|
Chasing Joy: Priorities for Ethical Dog Behavior Change |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ran Courant-Morgan, M.S. |
Chair: Ran Courant-Morgan (The Dog Behavior Institute) |
STEPHANIE KEESEY-PHELAN (The Dog Behavior Institute) |
MAIA HUFF-OWEN (University of North Texas) |
KIKI YABLON (Kiki Yablon Dog Training/Karen Pryor Academy/BehaviorWorks) |
Abstract: When applying behavior analysis to dog behavior change, behavior analysts often focus only on the outcomes of effective behavior reduction or skill acquisition. In this panel, three professional dog trainers will discuss how they approach behavior change while centering joy for both the dog and human learner. A focus on joyful behavior change is intimately related to providing ethical care. Panelists will consider a working definition of joy in the context of training and what observable behavior might indicate that they have successfully incorporated joy into their training. Most dog training involves more than just dog behavior, and requires the practitioner to work well with both dogs and their people. The conversation will include discussion about the importance of accessibility and inclusion for human learners when working towards these goals. Incorporating best practices related to accessibility and inclusion can further support joyful training for dogs and their people. There will also be opportunity for attendees to submit questions for panelists. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: This is open to all instruction levels. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify potential definitions of “joy” that are relevant when teaching; (2) Name at least one way to make a behavior practice more accessible; (3) Identify the relevance of joy in training |
Keyword(s): accessibility, dog behavior, ethics, inclusion |
|
|
|
|
|
The Development of Behavior Science |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Linda J. Parrott Hayes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This session considers the development of behavior science in the context of celebrating the 50th anniversary of The Association for Behavior Analysis International. The session includes three presentations by leaders in the science of behavior, each representing areas of work where there has been significant development with broad implications for theory, research, and application. These areas include cultural behavior science, derived stimulus relations, and the molar perspective. Each presentation addresses where we have been, where we are, and implications for the future, within the context of their respective topic. The session concludes with a panel that discusses these developments as well as the future of science of behavior more generally. Central to this discussion is how the science of behavior might continue to be a progressive science that develops and changes in various ways over time. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and graduate students interested in history of behavior analysis and culturo-behavioral science, the molar view of behavior, and human language and thought. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Identify at least 3 themes of B. F. Skinner’s work; (2) State the author’s view of the theme of Skinner’s 1981 article “Selection by Consequences”; (3) Describe one example of behavior analytic substantive work addressing societal problems; (4) Specify and define one concept that addresses contingencies of selection in the evolution of cultural phenomena; (5) State their own view (with rationale) regarding the value, importance, or necessity of integrating substantive and conceptual work in culturo-behavior science; (6) Explain the molar view of behavior; (7) Discuss how the molar view of behavior grew from matching theory; (8) Discuss how the molar view of behavior relates to evolutionary theory; (9) Describe key behavior-analytic milestones in the study of human language and cognition; (10) Outline the core tenets of relational frame theory; (11) Explain how recent developments in the study of derived stimulus relations create the opportunity for synergies within the field and highlight future potential research directions. |
|
The Molar View of Behavior and Its Development |
WILLIAM BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: The history of the molar view of behavior as I conceive it goes back even to my undergraduate days, when Richard J. Herrnstein was my advisor. By the time I finished, I was already doubting the adequacy of the concepts of discrete responses, contiguity, and reinforcement. In graduate school, I saw the beginnings of a way to view behavior as temporally extended with temporally extended causes, particularly relations between rates. Many influences affected my thinking after that, but a linear account would be impossible. In this talk I will explain the influences as best as I can recall them and give some idea of chronology. |
Dr. Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965–66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in Walnut Creek. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, cultural evolution, and behaviorism. He is the author of three books, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution (3rd ed.), Science and Philosophy of Behavior: Selected Papers, and Introduction to Behavior: An Evolutionary Perspective. |
|
Following the Lead of B.F. Skinner to Culturo-Behavior Science |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Over a period of 50+ years, B. F. Skinner set the agenda for a scientific approach to the subject matter of behavior. His doctoral thesis was essentially philosophical in nature. After about a quarter century of experimentally analyzing operant behavior in laboratory settings, Skinner turned to applications and interpretations that dealt with real-world phenomena in terms of the scientific principles established by his experimental work. For many behaviorists, his 1981 paper titled “Selection by Consequences” pointed to a future in which operant analysis would be linked substantively and conceptually to the evolution of human species on one end, and the evolution of their cultural environments on the other. On the cultural end of this linkage, behavior scientists tend to focus either on substantive or on conceptual matters. Those focusing on substantive matters rather straightforwardly apply operant principles to deal with societal problems involving the behavior of many people (and these efforts pre-date Skinner, 1981). Those focusing on conceptual problems go forward to explore Skinner’s suggestion that selection by consequences accounts for the evolution of cultural phenomena themselves. A brief review of the substantive and conceptual work suggests that integration could be helpful. |
Sigrid Glenn is Regents Professor Emeritus at the University of North Texas. Her published work includes four books, 60+ articles and six book chapters on experimental, conceptual and applied topics in behavior analysis and culturo-behavior science. She has served on multiple publication boards and as editor of The Behavior Analyst (1988-1989). As founding chair of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas, Dr. Glenn established master's and bachelor's degree programs in behavior analysis, leading the faculty in the first accreditation of a graduate program by ABAI. She is a founding fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis and a fellow of the American Psychological Association. Awards from students and colleagues include the 2015 SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis, TxABA’s 2011 Award for Career Contributions in Behavior Analysis and its 2015 Award for Pioneers of Behavior Analysis in Texas; and awards from the University of North Texas, Cal ABA, the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. Students at UNT named her Honor Professor in 1987 and ABAI student committee gave her Outstanding Mentorship Award in 2008. Dr. Glenn served as president of Texas Association for Behavior Analysis in 1992 and President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in 1994. |
|
A Brief History of Basic Research on Derived Relational Responding and What the Future May Hold |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University) |
Abstract: The presentation will describe how the study of derived stimulus relations has provided the basis for a behavior–analytic approach to the study of human language and cognition in purely functional–analytic terms. A brief history of the early behavior–analytic approach to human language and cognition is first provided, focusing on Skinner’s text Verbal Behavior, his subsequent introduction of the concept of instructional control, and Sidman’s seminal research on stimulus equivalence relations. Thereafter, the concept of derived stimulus relations from the perspective of relational frame theory is considered, with an emphasis on how it allowed researchers to refine and extend the functional approach to language and cognition in multiple ways. Some recent conceptual and empirical developments are then reviewed, which highlight how the concept of derived stimulus relations continues to play a key role in the behavior–analytic study of human language and cognition. It will also be argued that this recent work appears to encourage particular synergies across different theoretical perspectives within behavior science, suggesting potential directions for future research. |
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland, Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2020 he returned to his alma mater as a full professor at Ulster University. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behaviour between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, and a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis, International. He is also a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and became an Odysseus laureate in 2015 when he received an Odysseus Type 1 award from the Flemish Science Foundation in Belgium. |
|
|
|
|
|
Variations in Assessment Methodologies for Individuals With Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Chelsea Rose Fleck, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When meeting a new client, behavior analysts often begin by conducting a number assessments to gather empirical information about client preference and behavioral sensitivities before implementing treatment. When the client engages in challenging behavior such as aggression or self-injury, clinicians may consider additional assessments beyond a functional analysis to identify reinforcers, target demands, or effective schedules of reinforcement. In the first talk, Emily Gottlieb will present on a negative reinforcement latency assessment (NRLA) for identifying potentially evocative demands or types of social interactions that may be relevant for the client's treatment. In the second talk, Nicholas Migliaccio will present on the impact of different functions of challenging behavior on levels of behavior during different preference assessment formats. Finally, Lauren Layman will present on an assessment for comparing the effectiveness of positive reinforcers in the treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior when participants do or do not have access to the reinforcers outside of the assessment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, challenging behavior, escape, preference assessments |
Target Audience: Participants should be familiar with single-subject research design, assessment methodology, and behavior-analytic assessment and treatment approach for individuals with challenging behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a negative reinforcement latency assessment for identifying potentially evocative demands and/or social interactions to evaluate within a functional analysis; (2) describe features of preference assessment formats that may evoke challenging behavior with clients with some function types, and (3) describe the relative effects of open and closed economies on positive reinforcement-based interventions for escape-maintained problem behavior. |
|
The Utility of Conducting a Negative Reinforcement Latency Assessment |
EMILY GOTTLIEB (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Jennifer M. Hodnett (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts use an array of assessment tools in their efforts to devise and implement function-based interventions (LeBlanc, Raetz, Sellers, & Carr, 2016). One such group of assessment tools include latency-based measures. Historically, these assessments promote gaining insight regarding the aversiveness of demands (Call, Pabico, & Lomas, 2009). More recently, this assessment logic has been applied to contexts expanding beyond demands. Specifically, latency assessments can develop a hierarchy of aversiveness related to exposure to social interactions (Slocum, Scheithauer, & Muething, 2021). The utility of these assessment measures is demonstrated by applying the insight gained to subsequent assessments and analyses (e.g., functional analysis). The current study applied negative reinforcement latency assessments for 5 participants. Results obtained in the negative reinforcement latency assessment were used to inform the functional analyses for participants and subsequently aid in developing effective intervention packages. Implementations of these results for designing assessment and treatment will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Varying Preference Assessment Methodology on the Occurrence of Challenging Behavior |
NICHOLAS MIGLIACCIO (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Lauren Gayoso-Acuna (Rutgers University), Arielle Rose Marshall (Rutgers Graduate School of Applied Psychology), Ting-yu Liu (Rutgers University), Nicole Barfield (Rutgers University), Deandra Damson (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Preliminary research has suggested that while preference assessments are important for identifying items for use in behavioral and skill acquisition programming, some procedures may evoke challenging behavior. The occurrence of challenging behavior may vary from person to person due to assessment type and as a function of their challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to extend on previous research and evaluate the relationships between different functions of challenging behavior and preference assessments. Three different models of preference assessments (paired stimulus (PS), multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO), and free operant (FO)) were implemented three times each to 4 different participants whose challenging behavior was maintained by access to tangible items, escape from demand, and automatic reinforcement (AR). Results showed that the function of challenging behavior may impact rates of challenging behavior depending on assessment type. Two participants with access to tangible functions demonstrated little to no challenging behavior during all 3 assessment types. Two other participants with escape from demand and AR functions demonstrated higher rates of challenging behavior during the PS and MSWO sessions compared to the FO sessions. These findings suggest that practitioners may want to consider a client’s function of challenging behavior when deciding which preference assessment type is right for them. |
|
Evaluation of Open and Closed Economies in the Treatment of Escape Behavior |
LAUREN LAYMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Chelsea Rose Fleck (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Many individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities, including autism spectrum disorder, engage in problem behavior such as aggression (e.g., hitting) or self-injurious behavior (e.g., self-biting). These behaviors are learned through repeated exposure to certain consequences, and one common reason is to get out of having to do nonpreferred activities. Current treatments involve providing breaks or edibles contingent on compliance to reduce “escape-maintained behavior.” While these interventions have been shown to be effective, the current study is examining how well these treatments work under open and closed economies. That is, when breaks or edibles are freely available, it is likely they will not work as well as a contingent reward. These treatments will be compared utilizing a reversal design with an embedded multielement design. Participants will include six individuals between the ages of 4 and 12, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, and identified to engage in problem behavior when asked to complete tasks. Preliminary results have shown variable responding across all conditions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Words Are Not Enough: Intervention Strategies That Promote Social Attention and Interaction in Autistic Children |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording not available by presenter request |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC) |
CE Instructor: Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PAMELA ROLLINS (University of Texas at Dallas) |
Abstract: Current theories suggest that mechanisms for language development change over the course of infancy and early childhood. In neurotypical infants, initial perceptual processing mechanisms essential for word learning give way to more advanced social strategies critical for the development of social language. Language intervention for autistic children often leverages perceptual processing by creating an association between a referent (i.e., object or picture) and the corresponding word, thereby promoting word learning. However, this intervention strategy often fail to facilitate social language needed to share information and for interpersonal communication. Recent research suggests that naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBIs) that encourage early dyadic social interactions may stimulate the social brain networks, thereby improving fundamental social attention (i.e., social orienting and joint attention) and social language in young autistic children. This presentation will discuss the theoretical underpinnings of these claims, emphasize the importance of social language as an intervention outcome, and provide empirical evidence supporting the efficacy of NDBI approaches in promoting social attention and reciprocal social language development in young autistic children from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Interventionists who work with young autistic children |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe different mechanisms for word learning and how they change from infancy to early childhood for neurotypical children; (2) describe the developmental sequence of early social attention and social communication in neurotypical infants and toddlers; (3) describe the nature of early social attention and social communication challenges seen in autistic children and the implications for intervention; (4) describe the role social attention plays in social language development. |
|
PAMELA ROLLINS (University of Texas at Dallas) |
Rollins, MS, Ed.D. CCC-SLP, is a Professor in the Department of Speech, Language, and Hearing Sciences at The University of Texas at Dallas/Callier Center for Communication Disorders. Dr. Rollins obtained a bachelor's degree, cum laude, from Boston University (1981), a Master of Science in Communication Disorders from the University of Wisconsin-Madison (1983), and a Doctorate of Education in Human Development and Psychology from Harvard University (1994). Dr. Rollins's research uses behavioral paradigms to understand the dynamics of infant/child social interactions and social experiences as predictors of social attention, communication, and language development. Dr. Rollins extends this work to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), charting developmental trajectories. Her current focus is on the experimental-intervention studies of the relationship between social-orienting, joint attention, and language, and the efficacy of Pathways Early Autism Intervention in culturally and linguistically diverse autistic children and their families. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies for Teaching Expressive and Receptive Language to Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University ) |
CE Instructor: Lori Beth Vincent, Ph.D. |
|
Strategies for Teaching Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations (Receptive Labeling) to Children With Autism Exhibiting Limited Verbal Skills |
Domain: Theory |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
|
Abstract: The establishment of auditory-visual conditional discriminations (receptive labeling) is fundamental for successful everyday communication and interactions to occur. Learning auditory-visual conditional discriminations may be challenging and require lengthy training, especially for children with autism or intellectual disabilities. In an auditory-visual conditional discrimination, correct responding requires (a) successive discrimination of the verbal, auditory sample stimuli; (b) simultaneous discrimination of the visual comparison stimuli; and (c) responding to a cross-modal relation between the sample and the comparison stimuli. Due to the complexity of this skill, the use of systematic procedures to establish these discriminations has been an essential component of EIBI. Lovaas (2003) described a discrimination learning procedure designed to assist those learners with a limited verbal repertoire to acquire conditional discriminations using a systematic approach. This procedure includes teaching stimuli through massed trials and intermixing of stimuli. Criticism surrounding this procedure has included the possibility of inadvertently establishing faulty stimulus control during initial training steps, where mass trials are conducted; this may inhibit the desired stimulus control required to establish a conditional discrimination on final steps within the procedure. To avoid such problems, researchers have recommended beginning with a minimum of three stimuli trained semi-randomly from onset using a conditional-only method. In this presentation, pros and cons of these two procedures will be discussed. |
|
Evidence-Based Interventions for Increasing Expressive Communication of Autistic Preschoolers: Common Practice Elements From the National Clearinghouse on Autism Evidence and Practice (NCAEP) Database |
Domain: Applied Research |
LORI BETH VINCENT (University of Cincinnati), Maria Hugh (University of Kansas), Andrea Ford (University of Cincinnati), Ciara Ousley (The University of Nebraska - Lincoln), Ana Paula Martinez (University of Kansas), Kathleen Ann King (University of Cincinnati), Kara Acosta (University of Cincinnati), Hailey Spencer (University of Cincinnati) |
|
Abstract: To promote communication gains for young autistic children, researchers recommend using 25 evidence-based practices (EBPs), such as reinforcement, modeling, and naturalistic interventions (Steinbrenner et al., 2020). However, educators have called for explicit guidance on what practices to use and when to use them in their routine classroom settings (Brock et al., 2020). In response to this call, our team conducted a secondary analysis of the single-case experimental design and communication-focused studies (n = 164) from the National Clearinghouse on Autism Evidence and Practice (NCAEP) database. We identified practice elements—discrete, observable, measurable practices—common across these EBPs and then classified them as antecedents to or consequence strategies to increase communication behaviors of autistic preschoolers. Our preliminary results suggest that most studies included practice elements such as incorporating child preferences, prompting, reinforcement (e.g., differential, natural, praise), and wait time. In this presentation, we will describe our approach to identifying and classifying these practice elements and describe the results of our investigation. We will then shift to practical application and discussion, highlighting a selection of practice elements and describing with whom and under what conditions they were used. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding the Analytic Methods of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Craig A Marrer (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Posey, M.A. |
Abstract: In the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), innovation and adaptability are driving forces shaping the field. This symposium unites three interconnected studies, collectively exploring the need for an expansion of the methods in ABA.
The first study, Playful Dynamics: The Need for Play-Based Assessment in ABA challenges traditional assessment methods. Focusing on a play-based assessment approach underscores the ever-present quest for improved methodologies within ABA assessment as the first step in expanding analytic methods in the field. This is followed by an investigation into how methods utilized in ABA can profoundly impact individuals. “Psychological Flexibility in ABA: A Key to Expanding Analytic Insights explores the interplay between risk-taking behavior and adaptability and how increased psychological flexibility can mitigate risk-taking. Finally, we discuss the potential pitfalls of technical drift. “Avoiding Drift, Fostering Progress: Navigating Analytic Expansion in ABA" delves into the concept of "technical drift," where well-intentioned methodological innovation may inadvertently lead to unintended consequences in ABA practice. It underscores the need for vigilance in preserving the integrity of ABA.
This symposium provides a glimpse into the need for an expansion in ABA methodology while carefully navigating the preservation of evidence-based practices. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, autism, psychological flexibility, technical drift |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts should have a basic understanding of basic ABA methodologies including assessment and how various psychological tasks can be utilized to measure behavior. Behavior analysts should also have a working understanding of psychological flexibility and how private events impact overt behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to:
1) articulate how play-based assessment methodology may be a more suitable methodology for assessing young learners
2) articulate how risk taking can be mitigated by improvements in psychological flexibility
3) articulate the importance of expanding ABA methods while also safeguarding the field against drift. |
|
Playful Dynamics: The Need for Play-Based Assessment in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) |
JENNIFER POSEY (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago; Endicott College) |
Abstract: An important element in ABA practice is the development of behavioral change programs that emphasize skill acquisition. This relies upon effective assessment. Effective assessment practice in ABA, particularly as it relates to young children, should include a play-based approach to facilitate the demonstration of skills within their naturally occurring contexts. Yet, there is a dearth within the behavior analytic community of standardized methods in the assessment of skills within the play-based context. Expanding the assessment methods utilized is key for continued growth in the field. This talk explores the development of such an assessment, comparing it with the existing PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA) in capturing the skills of young learners within the play-based context. Data from piloting this assessment across a sampling of over 20 learners with autism and how these data converge and diverge with data captured in the traditional PCA are examined, revealing that greater than 50% of participants performed significantly better in the play context. This demonstrates that assessment within the play context may be more suitable for young learners to demonstrate skills within their repertoire. |
|
Psychological Flexibility in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): A Key to Expanding Analytic Insights |
EMMA ISABEL MOON (Endicott College | Contemporary Behavior Consultants), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago; Endicott College), Fina Robertson (Endicott College, Gardner Public Schools), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The interplay between psychological flexibility and risk-taking behavior is a novel area in which ABA can offer profound methods for decreasing unnecessary risk-taking behavior,, which can be detrimental. This presentation discusses correlations between risk-taking behavior as assessed using the Balloon Analogue Risk Task (BART) and psychological flexibility assessed using the Wisconsin Card Sorting Task (WCST) and the Child Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ). Psychological flexibility, the ability to adapt cognitively and emotionally to changing circumstances, plays a pivotal role in shaping how individuals perceive and engage with risk. By fostering psychological flexibility, individuals can navigate novel and challenging situations with resilience and adaptability. ABA intervention’s potential to modulate and mitigate impulsive and harmful decision-making processes is explored by investigating the association between performance on the BART and WCST, as well as responses to the CPFQ. Results indicate negative correlations between psychological flexibility and risk taking behaviors. This discussion uncovers practical implications for ABA practitioners and researchers, as it highlights the opportunities for intervention and the development of behavior analytic methodologies that promote adaptive decision-making while reducing unnecessary risks. |
|
Avoiding Drift, Fostering Progress: Navigating Analytic Expansion in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) |
ALLYSSA MINICK (Endicott College), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College), Emma Isabel Moon (Endicott College | Contemporary Behavior Consultants), Fina Robertson (Endicott College, Gardner Public Schools), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Natalie M. Driscoll (Melmark New England & Endicott College) |
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) play a pivotal role in recommending treatments for individuals with autism. These recommendations must be firmly grounded in established scientific evidence to ensure optimal care. However, the complex landscape of autism treatment presents unique challenges. This presentation delves into two insightful studies. The first study sheds light on the issue of the use of technical terminology bias and the challenges behavior analysts face in grasping its nuances. These challenges may inadvertently lead to a phenomenon known as technical drift, where terminology evolves in ways that can affect the precision of recommendations over time. The second study explores how the severity of autism symptoms influences the recommendations made by behavior analysts. This single variable can exert a significant impact, potentially causing deviations toward non-evidence-based practices. Expansion of our methodology to include advances in practices and the inclusion of novel technical terms can impact drift over time. This presentation highlights the need for continued vigilance in the field to protect our science from drift. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pharmacotherapy of Interfering Behaviours in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alison Cox (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Alison Cox, M.D. |
Presenting Author: ROBERT NICOLSON (University of Western Ontario) |
Abstract: Children and adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) commonly have a variety of behvavioural disturbances that can interfere with their ability to participate in interventions and which reduce their quality of life. Chief among these are aggressive behaviour (including self-injurious behaviour) and symptoms commonly seen in Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD).
In this presentation, the role of medication in the treatment regimen of youth with ASD and the evidence supporting the use of psychopharmacological agents will be reviewed. The presentation will also describe the importance of combined treatments (i.e., medication plus behavioural intervention) and the paucity of research investigating such combinations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Clinicians and researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the indications for pharmacotherapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder 2. Explain the role of pharmacotherapy in Autism Spectrum Disorder in relation to behavioural intervention 3. Discuss the medical approach to aggressive behaviour in Autism Spectrum Disorder 4. Review the pharmacological treatment of inattention and hyperactivity in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
|
ROBERT NICOLSON (University of Western Ontario) |
Dr. Nicolson is currently an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Chair of the Developmental Disabilities Program at The University of Western Ontario. He is a child psychiatrist whose clinical practice is largely devoted to children and adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability. His research is devoted to the etiology and treatment of children and adolescents with neurodevelopmental disorders, particularly Autism Spectrum Disorder and Intellectual Disability. He has authored or co-authored over 100 journal articles and he has been an investigator or co-investigator on grants totaling more than $30 million. |
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Choice During Intervention and Training Within Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114 |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Laura Quintero (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine
) |
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Laura Quintero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, presenters will discuss incorporating choice to increase consumption of target foods as well as the impact of choice on treatment integrity when implementing a pediatric feeding protocol. Presenters will begin with an overview of existing literature on choice-based interventions and applicability. Presenters will then transition to discuss the impact of choice-based interventions with various programmed differential reinforcement contingencies and how this impacts food consumption. This study will also discuss how it extends the literature by examining preference for bite sequences and if participants chose a bite sequence beginning with a highly preferred food as opposed to a less preferred food. Outcomes of this will be discussed followed by further implications for choice arrangement and differential reinforcement. Additionally, presenters will discuss how choice affects treatment integrity when therapists choose from components of behavioral skills training to learn protocol implementation versus when training components are assigned. Ultimately, these presentations will address the utility of choice-based strategies across intervention and training as it relates to pediatric feeding disorders. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Choice-based interventions, Feeding Disorder |
Target Audience: Researchers and clinicians interested in learning more choice-based procedures in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders and how choice-based procedures impact treatment integrity as it relates to implementation of a feeding protocol. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Discuss the existing research on the choice-based research and pediatric feeding disorders; (2) Explain how arranging choice and incorporating differential reinforcement impacts food consumption (3) Incorporating choice-based practices with therapists and how this relates to protocol implementation |
|
An Evaluation of Choice-Based Interventions Among Children With Feeding Disorders |
NICOLE PERRINO (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Crowley et al. (2020) used a choice-based intervention to increase consumption of target foods among children with autism and food selectivity. Children chose between the change-resistant food and a target food, when no reinforcement (free choice), positive-reinforcement (preferred edible or toy at the table; asymmetrical choice), or negative-reinforcement (single choice) contingencies were programmed. In the first study, we extended Crowley et al. by adding an asymmetrical choice condition in which children could leave the mealtime area (referred to as mealtime exit). One participant did not require escape extinction and target-food consumption increased regardless of consequences during asymmetrical choice conditions. However, access to leaving the mealtime area produced higher levels of target-food consumption for another participant who required one exposure to escape extinction. To further our understanding of choice-based intervention, we also extended Borrero et al. (2021) in a second study by evaluating child preference for a specific sequence of bites (e.g., least to most preferred) during portion-based meals. Like some of the children in Borrero et al., our participant preferred sequences that began with a highly preferred food. These outcomes have implications for arranging choice and differential reinforcement in specific ways for children with feeding disorders. |
|
The Impact of Choice on Treatment Integrity |
JULIA JOANNA HOWARD (Rutgers University & Children's Specialized Hospital), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University, Department of Pediatrics and Children's Specialized Hospital), Emma Auten (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)), Casey Toutoungi (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training is a multicomponent package consisting of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback (DiGennaro Reed et al., 2018). Several studies have demonstrated behavioral skills training as an effective procedure for teaching others how to implement interventions for children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer-Lee et al., 2020). Research has shown that providing choice may increase participation in an activity and may lead to better task performance and outcomes (Kosiewicz et al., 1981; Parsons et al., 1988). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the impact of therapist choice on treatment integrity when implementing a pediatric feeding protocol. Six participants were randomly assigned to either a choice or no-choice group. Participants in the choice group had the opportunity to learn by selecting one component of behavioral skills training (i.e., modeling, role-play with delayed feedback, or in-vivo feedback). Participants in the no-choice group were randomly assigned to one type of training component (e.g., modeling). Results demonstrated on average, participants in the choice group reached appropriate levels of treatment integrity faster than those in the no-choice group. However, participants in both groups reached and maintained appropriate levels of treatment integrity during post-training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Scholarly Contributions to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Paper Competition Winners |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB |
📺 Streaming Status: recording available |
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: May Chriseline Beaubrun (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
CE Instructor: May Chriseline Beaubrun, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This competition is designed to encourage, promote, and reward behavior analytic scholarship on topics and issues in DEI, both in the field of behavior analysis and more broadly. Students (graduate or undergraduate) and post-graduate professionals who have completed empirical or conceptual papers relevant to DEI that are informed, at least in part, by a behavior-analytic perspective were invited to submit. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Articulate the concept of Racism from a behavioral analytic perspective (RDR); (2) Integrate recommendations provided in the presentation into their everyday practices to reduce RDRs; (3) Understand a novel application of behavior systems analysis to examine practices to recruit, retain, and support Black, Indigenous, and People of Color faculty at predominantly White institutions of higher education; (4) Identify concerns faced by these faculty, and potentially efficacious interventions to recruit, retain, and support them; (5)Explain how the “refer-test-place” model which has led school psychologists to over-identify students of color (SOC) with disabilities and place them in special education (SPED) for decades has imposed significant risks upon SOC; (6) Describe a new model for school psychologists in which applied behavior analysis (ABA) is incorporated into their practice and motivational interviewing (MI) is used in consultation to promote teacher buy-in of evidence-based interventions; (7) Explain how school psychologists who have skills in ABA combined with MI can assist in ameliorating disparities in discipline and referrals with subsequent SPED placement; (8) Describe a consultation case that illustrates how her use of ABA and MI facilitated a change in the teacher’s decision to place a SOC in SPED. |
|
Applied Behavior Systems Analysis to Recruit and Retain Black, Indigenous, and People of Color as Faculty at Predominantly White Institutions of Higher Education |
MENAKA KUMARI DE ALWIS (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Most universities in the United States continue to uphold and perpetuate values that promote an uncomfortable and unwelcome environment for Black, Indigenous, and people of color (BIPOC) faculty (Bhambra & Nisangioglu, 2018). Behavior systems analysis (BSA), a subarea of organizational behavior management, evaluates organizations as complex systems with a focus on interlocking, interdependent parts that make up the organization and how they are connected to each other or not (Kast & Rosenweig, 1972; Brethower, 2000). Conducting a BSA allows a university to see how parts of the system interact with each other, how individuals affect the functioning of the system, and how solutions may be multifaceted and will likely involve many systems and processes (McGee, 2007). BSA can identify areas of need that will have the greatest impact on the university when supporting BIPOC faculty, so that resources and supports may be adjusted accordingly (Diener et al., 2009). |
Menaka De Alwis is a leadership grant recipient through the United States Office of Special Education Programs and a doctoral candidate in Special Education at the University of Oregon, advised by Dr. Wendy Machalicek in her Applied Behavior Analysis lab. Menaka has a master’s degree from Teachers College, Columbia University in Behavioral Disorders/Applied Behavior Analysis, under the mentorship of Dr. R. D. Greer. She has over 25 years of professional
experience working with children (ages 1 to 15) and adults (up to age 59) with disabilities, and their families as a paraeducator, behavior interventionist, teacher (early childhood, inclusion, and special education), clinical director, board certified behavior analyst (public and private
organizations), and educational/behavioral consultant. Menaka has spent much of her career supporting teams in public and private PK-12 schools, early intervention centers, homes,
community settings, and most recently clinically supervising a behavior intervention services team within a large, urban public school district. Menaka’s research interests include increasing access to culturally responsive evidence-based practices for underserved communities,
improving educator and caregiver training practices within natural contexts, and using strategies from organizational behavior management within public school systems to improve outcomes for students, staff, and families. |
|
Understanding Racism from a Radical Behaviorism Perspective |
CHANGZHI WU (University of Reno, Nevada) |
Abstract: Racism is the belief that differences in race and ethnicity lead to inherent superiority of a particular race, with other races posing a threat to one's own (Racism, 2023). However, racism is more than an abstract idea; it is reflected in people's differential responses when they are interacting with people from different races. As racism is a persistent global issue with negative impacts on education, mental health, and economic development (Cohen et al., 2006), it is imperative that all related sciences, including behavior analysis, contribute to the understanding of this behavioral phenomenon therefore necessary social actions can be designed to eliminate it. However, a review of the literature (Matsuda et al., 2020) on racism and prejudice in behavioral journals only identified a few studies related to topics, indicating a lack of understanding and a missing importance placed on racism from a behavior analytical perspective. Considering the urgency and difficulty to eradicate this harmful belief system and related discriminating behaviors, behavior analysts should cooperate with scientists from other disciplines. The purpose of this paper is to examine the formation and maintenance of racism from a radical behaviorism perspective, analyze factors that are identified in existing literatures that are related to discriminations based on races, and propose possible solutions that can be implemented in a social level to reduce racism. Key words: racism, radical behaviorism, factors related to racism |
Changzhi Wu is currently in his fourth year of doctoral studies at the University of Reno, Nevada, where he is pursuing a degree in behavior analysis. He received a bachelor’s degree in psychology from Georgia Institute of Technology and a master’s degree in applied behavior analysis from Long Island University, Post. His research interests span cultural behavior, Interbehaviorism, and philosophical considerations within the field of behavior analysis. |
|
School Psychologists Improving Equity for Students of Color: Is Applied Behavior Analysis the Answer?” |
SARAH HAYES (Durham Public Schools), JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: School systems have primarily utilized school psychologists for their expertise in psycho-educational assessment to diagnose students with disabilities. Poor student achievement and behavioral difficulties have historically been addressed by enlisting teachers to make a referral to the school psychologist who will then observe and assess the student to qualify them for extra support through special education (SPED). This “refer-test-place model” has led to the over identification of students of color (SOC) with disabilities for decades (Shinn, 1986, p. 49). Although actual disability does not occur in these populations at a higher rate, SOC are more likely than their white peers to be identified as disabled (National Center for Learning Disabilities, 2020). Furthermore, students who do not need special education do not benefit from it. They are more likely to be at risk of denied access to rigorous educational opportunities, alternative diplomas, dropout, poor grades, increased disciplinary action including suspension and alternative school placement, poor job outlook, and introduction to the criminal justice system (Bekele, 2019; NCLD, 2020) |
 Sarah Hayes is a licensed school psychologists in NC who recieved her graduate degree from the School Psychology MA/SSP program at East Carolina University. She is currently working as full-time school psychologist for Durham County Public Schools. Sarah is passionate about working with children in the general education public school setting who have difficult problem behavior. Her hope is to reduce the number of children erroneously diagnosed with behavioral disorders and create effective interventions for students with disabilities through the use of behavior analytic principles within a teacher-school consultation model of collaboration. Sarah received the Project CONVEY (Collaborating to Overcome Needs by improving the Voice of Exceptional Youth) grant where she participated with a cohort of multi-disciplinary school teams to build collaborative practices that meet the needs of students with disabilities. |
Dr. Jeannie A. Golden is a Licensed Psychologist who received her Ph.D. in School Psychology from Florida State University in 1981. Dr. Golden has been teaching in the Psychology Department at East Carolina University for 42 years and became the first national Board Certified Behavior Analyst in North Carolina in 2000. Dr. Golden received ECU teaching awards in 2001 and 2009, the FABA Honorary Lifetime Membership Award in 1994, the NCABA Fred S. Keller Excellence in Behavior Analysis Award in 2005, the ECU Scholarship of Engagement Award in 2012, the NCABA Do Things Award for Outstanding and Sustained Contributions in 2013, the ECU Psychology Department Faculty Appreciation Award for Mentoring in 2017, the ECU Psychology Department Award for Distinguished Service in 2015 and 2023. Dr. Golden and colleagues received grants from Kate B. Reynolds Charitable Trust (2008-2011) and the Department of Health and Human Services (2011-2016) to provide school-based mental health services in two rural, impoverished counties in North Carolina. In March of 2018, Dr. Golden and colleagues were awarded the Creating New Economies Grant by Resourceful Communities for the Greene County Community Advancement Project. Dr. Golden and colleagues (2020) have developed a training program for staff who work with traumatized youth titled Trauma: The invisible Elephant Underlying Challenging Behavior. Dr. Golden and her mentee, Sarah Hayes (2023) have also developed a micro-credential titled De-Escalating Challenging Behavior as part of the Educator Pipeline In Rural Action for Teaching Equity Grant awarded to the Rural Education Institute at East Carolina University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Methodological Advancements in the Use of Functional Assessment to Delineate the Risk of Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Isaac Joseph Melanson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Descriptive assessments involve the observation of behavior under controlled (i.e., structured) and uncontrolled (i.e., unstructured) contexts in which the natural consequences of behavior remain intact. Descriptive assessments are commonly used to identify the prevalence of environmental correlates to problem behavior. The presenters in this symposium will describe three novel applications of descriptive assessment methodology to screen for the risk or occurrence of a variety of problem and appropriate behaviors. The first study includes data from descriptive assessments of diurnal bruxism, or the audible grinding of teeth while awake. The second study is an extension of research on sensitivity tests, which are brief screeners for the presence of emerging problem and appropriate behavior. The study compares the outcomes of sensitivity tests to functional analyses. The third study evaluates predictions made by the no-interaction screening tool with respect to the function of appropriate, neutral, or challenging behavior. Collectively, these studies emphasize the flexibility of descriptive methodology to inform ongoing, functional assessment of comprehensive behavioral repertoires. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional assessment, prevention, risk, screening |
Target Audience: Understanding of functions of behavior and basics of functional behavior assessment |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify events that correlate with higher and lower rates of diurnal bruxism (2) Describe the goal of sensitivity tests (3) Describe at least two ways to enhance data collection during the no-interaction screener |
|
A Descriptive Analysis of Diurnal Bruxism |
SAVANNAH TATE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yoselin Hernandez-Avalos (New England Center for Children
Western New England University), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Diurnal bruxism, defined as audible grinding of teeth while awake, has several harmful side effects including abnormal tooth wear, loss of teeth, and tongue indentations. These issues often result in dental work, which may pose a challenge for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Research indicates that 10.3%-60% of individuals with ASD engage in diurnal bruxism. Thus, it may be important to identify environmental variables that are related or unrelated to the occurrence of diurnal bruxism. We conducted a descriptive analysis of diurnal bruxism and used calculations similar to risk ratios to identify environmental variables associated with differential levels of engagement in bruxism. Eight autistic children in early intervention settings participated. The children participated in observations that lasted between 15-30 minutes, and were conducted at least twice weekly for a minimum of one month. Based on our modified risk ratio calculations, we identified correlations associated with higher and lower relative rates of bruxism for all individuals. Ear plugging, attention, contexts with demands, other topographies of problem behavior, and prompts were correlated with higher rates of bruxism across many participants. |
|
Correspondence Between Sensitivity Tests and Functional Analyses to Assess Emerging Problem Behavior |
ISAAC JOSEPH MELANSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Emily Salvetti (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (University of Nebraska Medical Center - MMI), Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts typically assess and treat problem behavior after it has already emerged and is occurring at high severity. Although effective, this reactive approach is quite costly, resource intensive, and dangerous. A growing body of literature supports an alternative preventive approach, the first step of which involves conducting sensitivity tests to screen the emergence of lower-severity problem behavior and functional skills (e.g., Fahmie et al., 2020). Research on sensitivity tests has shown that information on the function of both emerging problem behavior and alternative communication can be acquired in a relatively short period of time. However, the correspondence between sensitivity test and traditional functional analysis outcomes has not yet been established. In the current stud, young learners with autism who were referred for the presence of low-severity problem behavior participated in sensitivity tests and functional analyses. Preliminary data have shown moderate to high correspondence between both assessment outcomes. Implications for the use of sensitivity tests will be discussed. |
|
Extending the No Interaction Screening Tool to Capture Varied Topographies of Appropriate and Challenging Behaviors |
ALVA ELIZABETH ALLEN (Louisiana State University), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Recent research has demonstrated the utility of conducting extended no-interaction sessions (Slanzi et al., 2022) as well as recording (Fahmie et al., 2020) and reinforcing (Deshais et al., 2023) appropriate and challenging behaviors during functional analyses (FA). In this study, a no interaction session was conducted to test for automatic reinforcement prior to the first FA session. Next, two FA variations were compared, one that equated the contingencies for appropriate and challenging behavior and another in which the contingencies favored challenging behavior. Behavior was recorded using a rating scale that characterized the extent to which observed topographies were appropriate, neutral, or challenging. Data collection is ongoing, but results for participants with whom the no-interaction and FA sessions have been completed suggest that the no-interaction sessions may predict the type and severity of behavior that occurs during the FA. Additionally, the two FA variations may yield clear differences in sensitivity to different types of reinforcement and the degree of bias toward appropriate versus challenging behavior. Implications of these findings for future research and practice related to assessing and intervening on existing challenging behavior and preventing the emergence of more severe topographies of challenging behavior are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Dosage and Interventions Based in Applied Behavior Analysis: Is More Meaningful? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute) |
CE Instructor: Lindsey Sneed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent research challenges the notion that autistic children require 20-40 hours per week of applied behavioral analysis (ABA) based intervention for meaningful progress. Studies, including a 2021 study by Rogers et al., reveal that 15-25 hours of ABA intervention per week offer similar benefits, with no added advantage to more hours. Additionally, a modular treatment approach of 5-8 hours per week proved non-inferior in this context. Similarly, a community-based study revealed autistic children in a 4–10-hour group made greater gains than 10 or more-hour groups on treatment outcomes.
The increasing prevalence of autism underscores the importance of early diagnosis, but many families, particularly in underserved communities, face obstacles in accessing evidence-based services. To address this, a community-based program partnered with the Part C early intervention system, providing six brief telehealth caregiver coaching sessions. The outcomes demonstrate enhanced caregiver skills, improved child communication, and high satisfaction, especially among historically underserved groups.
These findings collectively challenge the "more hours, better results" ABA paradigm for autistic children. They highlight the potential of shorter, sustainable models to boost caregiver skills and child outcomes. These insights have significant clinical implications, emphasizing the need for outcome-based decisions to determine the appropriate ABA intensity for individual children. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, dosage, outcomes |
Target Audience: The target audience should have a foundational knowledge of the principles of applied behavior analysis and have at least 1-2 years of experience implementing interventions based in applied behavior analysis in a community-based or research setting. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to (1) list three empirical studies demonstrating more hours are not necessarily better for autistic children receiving interventions based in applied behavior analysis, (2) describe at least two factors that significantly predict treatment outcome in applied behavior analysis interventions for autistic children, (3) synthesize the importance of significant caregiver involvement in interventions based in applied behavior analysis. |
|
An Evaluation of Dosage Intensity for Interventions Based in Applied Behavior Analysis |
LISA WALLACE (Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders
Vanderbilt Kennedy Center
) |
Abstract: While 20-40 hours per week of early intensive applied behavioral Intervention (ABA) has been the typical recommendation for young autistic children for many years, solid research has emerged and continues to emerge indicating that lower therapeutic doses can provide equal benefit for these young children. In research published in 2021, Rogers, et al. found that children benefited equally whether they received 15 or 25 hours per week of ABA intervention. This randomly controlled study compared 87 participants who were randomly assigned to receive DTT or ESDM at an intensity of either 15 or 25 hours weekly. All four groups of children made significant across domains, which suggested no added benefit from the additional hours. In an extension of this study, children were enrolled in one of two treatment models, >15 hours of behavioral intervention, or 5-8 hours/week of a modular treatment approach. Again, outcomes showed that both groups made significant improvements and the modular approach was not inferior. In this presentation, we’ll talk through the implications of these studies for practice including sharing best practices with families so they can make data driven decisions about how much intervention their child receives. More hours is not always better. |
|
Community-Based Interventions Based in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Review of Paraprofessional-Delivered Intervention and Outcomes |
LINDSEY SNEED (Catalight Research Institute), Doreen Ann Samelson (Catalight Research Institute), Ian Cook (Catalight Research Institute), Brianna Fitchett (Catalight) |
Abstract: There is a long held-belief in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) that a high number of paraprofessional-delivered hours (e.g., 20-40 hours per week) is needed for autistic children to make meaningful progress. Recent research has demonstrated that no more than 15 hours per week may be necessary for autistic children to make significant gains. These researchers set out to understand if the number of paraprofessional hours delivered to 509 autistic children between 2-11 years (M =6.17, SD = 2.3) of age who received community-based ABA was significantly different between three groups, 0-4 hours (n = 118), 4-10 (n=246) hours, and 10 or more hours (n = 145) per week. A mixed-model ANOVA was conducted to assess progress within each group across time as well as between groups. Individuals in the 0-4 group made less mean progress over time. Those in the 4–10-hour group made significantly greater progress on all adaptive behavior domains in comparison to the 10 or more-hour group. The results reveal that fewer hours may produce more optimal benefits than higher amounts of hours in ABA for autistic children and is consistent with more recent research investigating hours and interventions based in ABA. |
|
Evaluating a Brief Parent-Mediated Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Model With Historically Under-Served Groups |
KATHLEEN SIMCOE (Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
Abstract: As autism prevalence continues to increase the average age of diagnosis is decreasing. A significant benefit of early diagnosis is access to early intervention, however, families caring for young autistic children, especially those in under-resourced communities, often experience barriers to accessing evidence-based services, such as applied behavior analysis (ABA). Under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA) law families can access Part-C early intervention services, but providers within that system often lack specific training in autism or ABA. Working with our state’s Part C system, we developed a partnership providing brief (six sessions) caregiver coaching sessions via tele-health following an autism evaluation. These sessions focus on introducing caregivers to the basic principles of ABA and coaching them to apply these strategies throughout daily routines. Data (n= 234 families) show that caregivers gained skills, children improved their social communication, and provider (n=80) and caregiver satisfaction was high. Group comparisons show that outcomes are consistent across groups (e.g., race/ethnicity, rural/urban location) with some outcomes significantly better for families from historically under-served groups. This community-based program demonstrates the possibility of a brief, sustainable model to increase caregiver skill and improve child outcomes when access to ABA services is delayed or not available. |
|
|
|
|
|
Not Your Average Assessment: Considering Unique Variables in the Objective Assessment of Problem Behaviour |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marie-Chanel Morgan (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Fritz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Problem behavior may be broadly operationalized as any behavior which threatens the safety and quality of life of an individual, their peers, or caregivers (Evers & Pilling, 2012; Hanratty et al., 2015; Lowe et al., 2007). This collection of works features three papers focused on exploring different variables that may impact assessments of problem behavior with individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The assessments are surrounding objective measures such as functional analyses and a proposed tool to classify severe problem behavior. Speakers will discuss their research regarding the effect of language proficiency and preference on the results of a functional analysis, the impact of statements that describe programmed consequences in functional analysis, and exploring preliminary results of validity testing regarding a novel tool to classify severe problem behavior. Authors will share findings across various participants and the implications their results may have in methods or procedures of assessing problem behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Functional analysis, Objective assessments, Problem behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
- Describe issues related to the classification of problem behavior
- Describe how contingency-related statements can influence the outcomes of functional analyses
- Describe how language preference and proficiency can influence the outcome of functional analyses
|
|
The Effects of Consequence-Related Statements on Responding in Functional Analysis Test Conditions |
ALISON ALVAREZ (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Samantha Dyer (University of Houston Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The functional analysis is the most precise method for identifying environmental variables that maintain the occurrence of problem behavior. When behavior is hypothesized to be maintained by social consequences, the functional analysis involves observing a target behavior under controlled antecedent and consequent conditions. In some studies, statements that describe the programmed consequence have been provided following the occurrence of problem, specifically during the tangible condition or demand condition. For instance, experimenters have provided statements such as “you don’t have to do work” when providing escape in the demand condition or “you can have this back” when delivering the item in the tangible condition. It is unclear if doing so would produce different patterns of responding compared to an assessment without the statements. It is possible that the statements synthesized with the programmed consequence might result in an interaction effect. Alternatively, the rate of problem behavior might decrease overall with the statement increasing the saliency of the reinforcement period. Results showed that the consequence-related statements affected responding for two of four participants. |
|
The Effect of Language Preference and Proficiency on Problem Behavior |
JENNIFER CARRERA (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Frances Gabriella Feliciano (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: There is extensive research on the use of a functional analysis to determine the function of problem behavior. However, there is minimal research on the effect of a participant’s language proficiency and preference on the results of a functional analysis. This study evaluated the effect of language proficiency and preference on the results of a functional analysis that was conducted in English and Spanish with bilingual children. The language proficiency assessment determined the participants’ language ability, and the language preference assessment determined the participants’ preference for either Spanish or English. These results showed that there was a difference in the function between both languages for two of four participants, and that for all participants there was a differentiation in the rate of responding in English compared to Spanish. This suggests that practitioners should be sensitive to the language to which individuals are exposed and the context in which problem behavior occurs, and in some cases, functional analyses conducted with caregivers might yield different results if they speak a different language than the practitioner. |
|
A Preliminary Descriptive Analysis of an Objective Severity Tool to Classify Severe Problem Behavior |
SONIA STELLATO (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio), Marie-Chanel Morgan (Brock University), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Lauren Gonzales (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: The application of the term ‘severe’ when referencing problem behavior is often subjectively defined. This has led to a wide range of interpretations, which could impact the replication of studies and procedural implementation in clinical practice. Morgan and Cox (in progress) developed a 26-item tool comprised of four sub-domains to classify severe problem behavior more objectively. The current project exemplifies some next steps in tool validation. That is, Brock University researchers partnered with researchers in the Severe Behavior Lab at the University of Texas, San Antonio to begin steps of the tool validation process. For the current study, individuals diagnosed with Autism who engage in problem behavior were invited to take part in a tiered service model provided by the Severe Behavior Lab to address their problem behavior. Concurrently, Brock University researchers supported caregivers in completing the severity tool following the onset of their treatment with the Severe Behavior Lab. Outcomes from these study elements (e.g., subdomain and overall severity tool scores, final service level received) assess the utility of the severity tool through a comparative analysis of tool raw scores and participant outcomes. Importantly, study outcomes may outline further steps in the process of tool validation. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Applications to Enhance Performance in Sports and Gaming |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three recent studies evaluating behavioral approaches to enhance performance in sports and gaming. The first paper by Samantha Martinez, describes a study comparing video feedback versus video modeling and video feedback for enhancing performance of ball control skills in soccer. Her results, in a multiple baseline across participants and adapted alternative treatments design, showed similar increases in performance with both interventions. The second paper by Cara Shapiro evaluates an intervention consisting of gradual exposure and thought training to help gymnasts overcome performance blocks in the execution of gymnastics skills. Her results, in a multiple baseline design across participants, showed the intervention helped three gymnasts overcome performance blocks in three different skills. The third paper by Romel White describes a study evaluating video feedback for enhancing the performance of a defensive move in an online video game, Street Fighter V. His results, in a multiple baseline design across participants, showed increased performance for a three participants that generalized to ranked online matches. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): gaming, gymnastics, soccer, sports |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe video modeling and video feedback for enhancing sports performance in soccer At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe an intervention for performance blocks in gymnastics consisting of graduate exposure and thought training At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the application of video feedback for enhancing a pivotal skill in an online video game |
|
Comparing Video Feedback to Video Modeling Plus Video Feedback for Improving Soccer Skills |
SAMANTHA MARTINEZ (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of video feedback (VF) as a stand-alone intervention and the effects of a video modeling plus video feedback (VMVF) as a package intervention for improving soccer players’ static ball control skills. Static ball control skills involve ball movements with the feet executed without movement in the field. This study used a multiple baseline across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design to compare VF and VMVF. Following baseline, two skills received the intervention and one skill continued without intervention as a control skill. This study involved two 10-year-old female soccer players and one 9-year-old male soccer player. The same three target behaviors were assessed across participants. The first author implemented the VF and VMVF training procedures. The results showed that VF and VMVF produced similar increases in performance for the three participants and that both interventions were effective at substantially increasing ball control skills from baseline levels and compared to a control skill. |
|
Evaluating a Behavioral Intervention for Performance Blocks in Gymnastics |
CARA SHAPIRO (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate a gradual exposure and thought training treatment
package to increase gymnasts’ successful completion of a performance block skill. Following
baseline, the researchers implemented both a thought training procedure to alter participants’
negative thoughts into positive thoughts, and a gradual exposure procedure which included
gymnastics drills that were small approximations to the performance block skill. A 2-point rating scale was used to indicate successful completion of the skills: 0= refusal, 1= the participant
initiated the skill but failed to complete it successfully, 2= the participant initiated the skill and
completed it successfully. Rating scale scores, latency, and Subjective Units of Discomfort Scale (SUDS) (Abramowitz et al., 2011) were measured during baseline, the gradual exposure and
thought training package, and follow-up. The Sport Anxiety Scale-2 (SAS-2) (Smith et al., 2006) was used to measure anxiety levels of the gymnasts at baseline and follow-up. The results
showed that all three participants completed their performance block skill successfully during the post-treatment and follow-up sessions. |
|
Evaluating Video Feedback to Improve eSports Performance in Street Fighter V |
Romel White (University of South Florida), ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: eSports is a newly rising field with rapidly increasing cultural validity. Despite the wide array of similarities between eSports and traditional sports, behavioral skill acquisition interventions have yet to be applied to video game skills. Feedback-based behavioral interventions in particular have been widely used and implemented for effective skill acquisition for traditional sports. Although video feedback has been established as effective in conjunction with video modeling for traditional sports, further research is needed to validate its efficacy as a standalone intervention. In this study, the effects of video feedback were analyzed in a multiple baseline across subjects design. Participants attempted to perform a specific in-game behavior (an anti-air attack) in a controlled match against a skilled confederate, then viewed a recording of their performance and receive positive and corrective feedback from the researchers. The generalization of the skill improvement were evaluated through the rate of successful skill implementation in ranked online matches. Results showed that video feedback improved performance of all participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching, Learning, and Practicing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the Context of Laws Targeting LGBTQ+ People: A Panel to Discuss Actions and Supports Needed |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Jonathan K Fernand, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Llinas (University of South Florida, USF) |
JONATHAN K FERNAND (Florida Institute of Technology) |
BRYN HARRIS (University of North Texas) |
AMANDA RALSTON (NonBinary Solutions) |
Abstract: The purpose of this panel is to discuss how recent state legislation in states such as Florida, Texas, and Tennessee are actively threatening the teaching and practice of Applied Behavior Analysis in relation LGBTQ+ and Gender, Sexual and Romantic Minority (GSRM) populations. Panelists will explore difficulties they have encountered in their roles as students, faculty members, and clinicians in affected areas, including intersectionalities between marginalized groups they embody, serve, supervise, or teach. Panelists will share the disproportionate impact these restrictions have on LGBTQAI+ Black, Indigenous, People of Color". In addition, panelists will discuss how the legislation conflicts with the BACB’s Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2022) and explore how other related fields have handled similar challenges. The panelists will consider how credentialing bodies that provide course sequence or program accreditation can leverage support for marginalized students. Finally, the panelists will propose specific revisions to the Ethics Code that will provide support for university training programs and practicing clinicians as these laws are challenged in court and provide recommendations based on their individual experiences and suggestions made by the audience. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: N/A - Submitted as Basic level |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe how recently passed state legislation threatens the teaching and practice of ABA with targeted populations. (2) Reflect on how the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts’ values conflict with these laws. (3) Discuss proposed changes to the BACB Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts and credentialing bodies to support those fighting these laws. |
Keyword(s): accredidation, ethics, intersectionality, LGBTQ+ |
|
|
|
|
|
Putting the MATRIX Project Into Action: An Update on Projects of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (SIG) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: E. Scott Geller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The mission of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing global issues such as social justice, environmental justice, and human rights. For the past several years BFSR has been using a matrix analysis (Biglan, 1995; Mattaini, 2013) to identify the practices that support, oppose, motivate, and select the development and utilization of scientific behavioral systems to address social issues. Upon identifying 28 societal sectors, work groups comprised of SIG members have been applying the matrix analyses to various issues of social importance. The symposium aims to highlight the work of two of those work groups, the Sustainability Work Group and the Public Health Work Group. Each of these presentations will provide an update on recent actions taken by each work group as members carry out the mission of the BFSR SIG and the matrix project. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): culturo-behavior science, Matrix Project, public health, sustainability |
Target Audience: A basic understanding of the fundamental concepts and principles of behavior analysis (i.e., principles of reinforcement) would support audience members in understanding the content discussed in this presentation. Additionally, while it is not required to understand, some knowledge of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibilities Matrix Analysis may be beneficial. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Discuss updates on recent practices and outcomes of practices put forth by the Sustainability Work Group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) 2. Discuss updates on recent practices and outcomes of practices put forth by the Public Health Work Group of the BFSR SIG 3. Identify ways in which the matrix analysis can further support targeting social issues such as sustainability and public health. |
|
Integrating Public Health and Behavior Science: Updates From the Public Health Work Group |
(Theory) |
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Elizabeth Schieber (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Crystal M. Slanzi (Temple University), Sarah Catherine Weinsztok (University of Kansas), Patricia I. Wright (ProofPositive: Autism Wellbeing Alliance) |
Abstract: The purpose of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Public Health Work Group is to explore the intersection between behavioral science and public health. This Work Group explores the ways in which behavioral and public health scientists can collaborate and learn from one another to develop strategies that improve population level outcomes. Previous work by the Work Group includes creating a fact sheet for public health as an ABA subspeciality area for the BACB website, presenting posters and symposium at the ABAI’s Annual Convention, and developing a special section on human behavior and public health for Behavior and Social Issues. Currently, the group is collaborating with other BFSR chapters to facilitate communication and create learning opportunities, identifying faculty who may provide opportunities for students to work in public health areas, building a comprehensive database that contains information on behavioral friendly public health programs, highlighting people who are working in both public health and behavior analysis, listing language that is necessary to work in both areas, and creating panels and posters for behavior analytic conferences. |
|
Updates From the Sustainability Working Group of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility |
(Theory) |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University), Molly Benson (Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Sarah Lichtenberger (BehaviorLive), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Climate change has been identified as a “super wicked problem” and is one of the most pressing issues facing humanity today. The Sustainability Work Group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is focused on applying the matrix analysis (Biglan, 1995; Mattaini, 2013) to sectors linked to behavior analysis, primarily sectors comprised of behavior analysts (e.g., Association for Behavior Analysis International affiliate chapters, Special Interest Groups, and practitioners). Over the course of the past year, the Sustainability Work Group has focused on the identification of practices that Association for Behavior Analysis International affiliate chapters can take to support their membership in engaging in pro-environmental behaviors and taking climate action, and to make their regional conferences more green. The aim of this presentation is to provide an update on these practices along with a discussion of the outcomes. Future directions and implications of these practices and outcomes will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Renewal, Reinforcement, and Reinstatement: Insights From Basic and Translational Research |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Emily Salvetti (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Michael Kranak (Oakland University) |
CE Instructor: Michael Kranak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium explores the intricate dynamics of relapse phenomena in behavior-analytic contexts through two distinct yet interconnected research projects. The first study delves into the complex interplay of renewal and reinstatement—two forms of treatment relapse—in the realm of challenging behavior within behavior-analytic services. In this study, undergraduate college students engaged in a simulated computer task under varying conditions. One group experienced ABA renewal alone during differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA). The second group experienced the same conditions, but with renewed target behavior temporarily contacting reinforcement during relapse tests in Context A. Findings suggest increased relapse persistence when renewed target responses are briefly reinforced during contextual shifts, posing nuanced challenges for behavior analysts. The second study introduces a rat model simulating commission errors in relapse scenarios, emphasizing the significance of inadvertent reinforcement. Theoretical and practical implications from both studies illuminate the complexities of relapse phenomena, offering valuable insights for behavior-analytic interventions and highlighting the need for precise strategies in addressing challenging behaviors. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): DRA, Reinstatement, Renewal, Treatment relapse |
Target Audience: Researchers; Graduate students; Clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the nuances of treatment relapse in behavior-analytic contexts; (2) Analyze the role of contextual shifts and reinforcement patterns in relapse scenarios. |
|
Examining the Combined Effects of Renewal and Response-Dependent Reinstatement: A Human Operant Investigation |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN KIMBALL (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)), Michael Kranak (Oakland University), Rodolfo Bernal-Gamboa (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), A. Matías Gámez (Universidad de Córdoba, Spain) |
Abstract: Renewal is a type of relapse that occurs due to a change in context. Unfortunately, the renewal of challenging behavior may also introduce the opportunity for stakeholders of behavior-analytic services to reinforce the renewed challenging behavior inadvertently (i.e., a treatment integrity error of commission), which may result in another form of relapse called reinstatement. However, few studies have examined the combined effects of renewal and reinstatement. To that end, we used a translational approach to study the combined effects of renewal and reinstatement in a group design with undergraduate college students (n = 13) and a simulated computer task. One group of participants experienced a three-phase arrangement with ABA renewal alone during differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA). The second group experienced the same conditions, but relapsed target responding also produced reinforcement during the first two minutes of the relapse tests in Context A. Preliminary results show that the magnitude of relapse might not significantly differ between groups. Nevertheless, preliminary findings also suggest that temporarily reinforcing renewed target responses might increase the persistence of relapse during context changes. |
|
Exploring the Impact of Delivering Few Reinforcers on the Renewal of Operant Behaviors in Rats |
(Basic Research) |
RODOLFO BERNAL-GAMBOA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Tere Mason (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), A. Matías Gámez (Universidad de Córdoba, Spain), Michael Kranak (Oakland University), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)) |
Abstract: Several authors have proposed the renewal effect as a laboratory model to understand relapse after a successful behavior intervention. The main goal of the present experiments was to contribute to developing an experimental situation that might simulate some aspects of commission errors. Thus, during Phase 1 rats were trained to performed a target response for food in Context A. Then, in Phase 2 the target response underwent extinction while an alternative response was reinforced. Half of the rats received Phase 2 in Context B (Experiment 1), whereas the other half experienced Phase 2 in the original Context A (Experiment 2). Rats in Experiment 1, were tested in Context A; while the test was carried out in Context B for rats in Experiment 2. For half of the rats in each experiment, testing was similar to Phase 2 (i.e., target response in extinction while an alternative response was reinforced; ABA, AAB); for the other half, the target response was reinforced only at the beginning of the test (ABA+, AAB+). Our data suggests that reinforcement does momentarily favors target behavior since we found higher levels of renewal in the groups that experienced that situation. Theoretical and applied implications are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empirical Evaluations in Reading: Preference, Stimulus Control, and Generality |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Tom Cariveau, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Proficient reading is a paramount goal of elementary education. Despite decades of research on methods to assess and teach the necessary reading-related repertoires, recent reports suggest that more than one-third of all fourth-grade students are unable to read at a basic level. Behavior analysts are poised to contribute to the science and practice of effective reading instruction in several ways. This symposium includes three presentations by researchers contributing to the refinement of targeted reading interventions. Each will report on methods to improve the efficacy or social validity of instructional practices in school-based settings. The first paper will describe a systematic approach to teach generalized phoneme blending to children exhibiting reading challenges. The second paper will describe an evaluation of the timing of repeated reading opportunities in a small group setting. The final paper will describe methods to overcome common stimulus control topographies exhibited by early readers. Across each presentation, topics relevant to research in applied contexts and skill acquisition programming more broadly are emphasized. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): reading, stimulus control |
Target Audience: Master's-level students; doctoral-level students; researchers; practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify possible relations between phonemic awareness skills such as phoneme blending and phoneme segmenting; (2) describe how the timing of interventions may impact efficacy and learner preference; and (3) describe methods to remediate overselective responding during reading tasks. |
|
A Systematic Approach to Establish Generalized Phoneme Blending in Children Exhibiting Reading Deficits |
ALEXANDRIA BROWN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Although reading seemingly involves only responding to text on a page, many other skills have been shown to facilitate reading performances. One critical skill is phonemic awareness which represents a generalized auditory discrimination repertoire in which a learner can vocally respond with the individual phonemes when presented with the word (i.e., phoneme segmentation) or vocally emit the word when provided with the individual phonemes (i.e., phoneme blending). Despite the relevance of phonemic awareness to early reading, behavior analytic research on phonemic awareness or, more generally, the discrimination of complex auditory stimuli is lacking. The purpose of the current study was to (1) evaluate the efficacy of a stimulus control shaping procedure for establishing phoneme blending skills with students exhibiting reading challenges, (2) evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar training on generalized phoneme blending, and (3) extend previous research on the number of exemplars necessary to produce generalized performance in humans by arranging an incrementing set size. By evaluating the relationship between set size and generalized performances and by assessing the efficacy of an errorless teaching method for establishing phoneme blending skills, the results from the current study may inform best practices for establishing generalized phonemic awareness skills in early learners. |
|
Effects of and Preference for the Timing of Repeated Reading on Elementary Students' Reading Fluency |
KRISTEN NEWELL (Louisiana State University), Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Interventions that target both class engagement and academic skills may decrease the likelihood of future reading difficulties in elementary students, amongst other academic deficits. Repeated reading (RR) can be used as either a preteaching or review strategy to increase overall fluency and comprehension, but the timing of when the intervention is arranged may be important for increasing active student responding (ASR) during class. In this study, we examined how the timing of an RR intervention, as either preparation for or review of reading material, affects ASR during a small group of fourth-grade students. Additionally, we investigated student preference for RR as an intervention and when it was delivered. For all 3 participants, the percentage of ASR was variable across baseline, review, and preteaching conditions; there were no significant differences in ASR across conditions. For all 3 participants, oral reading fluency (ORF) accuracy during small group was consistently higher for the passage that the participant practiced during the preteaching intervention in comparison to baseline, review, or preteaching conditions. All 3 participants selected the preteaching condition most frequently during the choice phase. These findings are consistent with literacy research demonstrating that repeated reading increases oral reading fluency of the practiced passage. |
|
Methods to Remediate or Prevent the Picture-Text Problem in At-Risk Readers |
TAYLOR LEWIS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Early reading environments are dominated by the simultaneous presentation of pictures and text. Such arrangements have repeatedly been shown to impede the development of textual control for some readers. Previous research attempting to remediate control by the picture element has manipulated the text size or brightness of the picture; nevertheless, presenting the text alone has been shown to be superior to any picture-text arrangement. To date, no previous research on picture-text compounds has required that the learner differentially respond to the underselected (i.e., textual) element. In the current study, we evaluated the efficacy of three picture-text arrangements for children exhibiting reading deficits. Across all conditions the text either appeared (1) alone, (2) with a single representational picture, or (3) with an array of compound stimulus prompts. In the latter condition, the learner was required to differentially respond to the textual element of the compound to respond correctly. Efficiency of sight-word acquisition was compared across conditions. Participant preference for conditions was also assessed following mastery using a concurrent-chains preference assessment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Adventures of Behavior Analysis in Juvenile Justice |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G |
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
Discussant: Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Fuesy, M.A. |
Abstract: Providing Behavior Analysis informed services for youth in the juvenile justice system is flush with unique challenges. Adapt and Transform Behavior has been providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and other behavior science informed services in the Florida juvenile justice system since 2017. Come learn about the current challenges we have experienced trying to expand services including limitations on the state and juvenile justice facility administration for allocating resources to staff training and education as well as regular assessment and evaluation of treatment outcomes. Additionally, there is a culture within these organizations where decision makers and agency leadership are reluctant to “rock the boat” and change the way they have been operating even if there is clear evidence that the way things have been done is not working. Please join us to learn more about some of our specific projects as we share what we have learned about providing Behavior Analysis services in juvenile justice settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Education, Juvenile Justice, Precision Teaching, Public Policy |
Target Audience: Knowledge of behavior analysis practices and knowledge of behavior analysis research designs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe implementation of precision teaching in juvenile justice settings (2) Identify common issues to providing Behavior Analysis services in juvenile justice settings (3) Discuss strengths and limitations to current Behavior Analysis research designs |
|
Classroom Management and Precision Teaching Training and Coaching for Teachers in Residential Juvenile Justice Facilities |
Sara Hordges (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Nicole Marie Harris (Adapt & Transform Behavior), SAMANTHA FUESY (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Jason Guild (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
Abstract: The educational needs of children in residential juvenile detention facilities can present a number of challenges to teachers and administrators. For example, students are typically grouped based on safety concerns and not by their school grade level leading to classrooms with students who are at very different grade levels. Adapt and Transform Behavior, with support of a Department of Education grant received by one of our contract providers, provided data-driven, behavior-science-based teacher training workshops and weekly follow up coaching to increase student academic gains. Our workshops and weekly coaching trained teachers in basic principles in behavior science, classroom management, student data collection, fluency based instruction, and differential instructional techniques, so that teachers would have the skills to engage students with diverse educational needs. This presentation will provide a brief overview of some preliminary data on the role and importance of coaching to help promote the use of skills and techniques trained during workshops. |
|
Getting Behavior Analysis Into Those Hard to Reach Places |
CALEB DENEB HUDGINS (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
Abstract: Advocating for access to Behavior Analysis informed practices outside of the world of Autism can be an uphill battle. This is particularly the case when providing ABA and other behavior analysis informed practices within state organized and tax funded public health and safety systems and agencies. The goal of this presentation is to introduce the audience to the kinds of barriers (and successes) our company has experienced trying to provide services to children who have become involved with Florida’s Juvenile Justice system. We will provide an overview of the different kinds of advocacy we have engaged in including partnering with other state associations, including our state Association for Behavior Analysis chapter, engaging with state level administrators and policy makers, as well as academic partners. The presentation will close with a set of recommendations for practitioners and researchers in the field on specific steps we can take to improve access to behavior analysis informed services for children with some of the greatest needs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Communication in the Workplace: Being Aversive Isn’t Always a Bad Thing… Or Is It? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology) |
CE Instructor: Abigail Blackman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Communication in the workplace can have multiple functions for behavior. For example, it can serve as an antecedent to prompt appropriate behavior or as a reinforcer that increases correct responding, such as with feedback. Communication may also function as a motivating operation and alter the value of current consequences for behavior. In the workplace, employee preference for different forms of communication can impact efficacy and, in some cases, the wrong communication can result in unintended consequences. While some may assume that employees would avoid corrective feedback, results from the first study in our symposium suggest that not only is corrective feedback more effective, employees actually prefer it to positive feedback. The second study will explore how aversive control in the workplace can backfire. Depending on how critical messages are delivered, they may increase performance, but they may also evoke countercontrol, which is behavior intended to punish the behavior of the individual delivering the aversive statement (e.g., sabotage). Overall, this symposium will discuss how communicating with employees, whether as feedback or other forms of communication, needs to take into consideration preference, efficacy, and potential side-effects. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium are individuals with some background or education in behavior analytic principles and concepts. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how positive and corrective feedback influence performance and identify which is preferred by employees 2. Explain how aversive control can result in countercontrol by employees 3. Discuss why it is important to consider preference, efficacy, and side-effects of communication in organizational settings |
|
A Further Investigation Regarding the Efficacy of and Preference for Positive and Corrective Feedback |
(Applied Research) |
ERIK SWANSON GODINEZ (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Although feedback is a widely used intervention, it is unclear what characteristics individuals prefer and what is necessary for feedback to be effective. Simonian and Brand (2022) investigated the efficacy of and preference for positive and corrective feedback and found that corrective feedback was more efficacious and preferred. The purpose of the current study was to systematically extend Simonian and Brand (2022) by addressing the limitations and adding a best treatment phase for two participants. The acquisition phase consisted of participants completing novel arbitrary tasks and the experimenter delivering either positive, corrective, or no feedback. Nine of the 10 participants mastered the task associated with corrective feedback, and one participant mastered the task with no feedback. Next, eight participants completed the preference phase in which they completed a novel task and were provided a choice of either positive or corrective feedback. Half of the participants showed a preference for corrective feedback and the remaining participants had mixed preference. Overall, corrective feedback was more efficacious and more preferred than positive feedback. |
|
Employee Countercontrol: An Investigation of How Individuals in an Organizational Analogue Respond to Aversive Statements |
(Basic Research) |
ALEXIS BARAJAS (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In organizational settings, one avenue for changing behavior is through aversive control. However, the use of aversive control may have negative side effects such as emotional responses or acts of aggression. Countercontrol is one such negative side effect of aversive control and may look like acts of sabotage, desertion, protest, and terrorism. Although countercontrol and its topographies have been discussed conceptually, there are few studies that have investigated this phenomenon empirically. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate an experimental procedure to evoke countercontrol among participants in an analogue work environment. An ABCD multiple baseline design was used to examine how aversive control affected participant responding on several work tasks. Following a baseline condition, a neutral statement with goal was introduced, before an aversive statement (also with goal) was presented to evoke countercontrol, followed by an apologetic statement to abate countercontrol responding. The results of this study suggest that while the procedure did not evoke countercontrol for most participants, it was successful in illustrating both potential countercontrol and negative reinforcement effects. This methodology then allows for further investigation into how aversive control may have unintended consequences in the workplace. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: A Panel Discussion on How to Write for the Behavior Analysis Journals |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Xiaoyuan Liu, M.A. |
Chair: Xiaoyuan Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
DEREK D. REED (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.) |
ANNA INGEBORG PETURSDOTTIR (University of Nevada, Reno) |
TIMOTHY R. VOLLMER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Research is pivotal in advancing the field of behavior analysis. For graduate students, learning to writing for publication is often viewed as a cornerstone of academic growth. Scholarly activities include first conducting high quality research and learning to effectively convey research findings to disseminate in peer-reviewed journals. This panel discussion will delve into the nuances of writing for behavior analytic journals. Well-known mentors and researchers will share invaluable insights into learning to write for publication, including essential elements that are required for crafting successful journal submissions. Panel members will speak from the perspective of mentors who teach graduate students scholarly writing as well as expectations for publications from the perspective of the journal. This event aims to empower graduate students and researchers by providing a roadmap for accessing publication opportunities and generating high quality written work suitable for dissemination within the field of behavior analysis. Through these discussions, attendees will be better equipped with the knowledge needed to craft high-quality writing to fit for the purpose of publication within the field of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate audience: currently enrolled or recently graduated graduate student that is learning how to write for publication |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify key components to write for publication, 2) Identify audience that you are writing to, and 3) Identify that the journal that is suitable for the scholarship. |
Keyword(s): behavioral journals, dissemination, Publication, Writing |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring the Effects of Medication on Challenging and Adaptive Behavior Within the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital; The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Lisa Alberts (Lasalle University) |
CE Instructor: Lisa Alberts, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals who exhibit challenging behavior are commonly prescribed psychotropic medications with the hope of reduced challenging behavior with minimal adverse effects. The effects are often measured indirectly through rating scales and interviews with caregivers, which are prone to response biases and may fail to detect subtle behavior changes. Behavior analysts are uniquely trained in direct measurement methods and are well-suited to assess the effects of medication on challenging and adaptive behavior. The four presentations in this symposium highlight the role of behavior analysis in the assessment of medication effects for individuals who exhibit challenging behavior. The first presentation provides outcome data from a randomized clinical trial of cannabidiol on irritability and aggression in children with autism. In the second presentation, large-scale data are presented on the effects of medication and medication withdrawal on challenging behavior at a large service provider. The third presentation provides data on the collateral effects of stimulant medication on social behavior for children with ADHD from a pilot clinical trial. The final talk will present the results of a systematic literature review covering psychotropic medication use for challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Lisa Alberts, DNP, will provide a discussion of these talks. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior assessment, challenging behavior, neurodevelopmental disabilities, psychotropic medication |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of psychotropic medications |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to develop single case designs to measure the effects of medication on behavior. 2. Attendees will be able to describe the collateral effects of psychotropic medications. 3. Attendees will be able to identify the benefits and challenges of direct measurement of medication effects on behavior. |
|
The Effect of Cannabidiol on Symptoms of Irritability and Aggression in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Nanastasia Welnick (Neuroscience Institute Research Team; Children’s Hospital Colorado), Rebecca Rochowiak (Neuroscience Institute Research Team; Children’s Hospital Colorado), Angelique Koerner (Children’s Hospital Colorado/ University of Colorado Denver), Nicole Tartaglia (Department of Pediatrics; University of Colorado School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Youth diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder exhibit challenging and aggressive behaviors at a higher rate than their neurotypical peers. Preliminary data suggests that cannabidiol (CBD) may reduce problem behaviors among autistic children. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of CBD as treatment for problem behaviors. We will present data from 31 children enrolled in a double-blinded modified cross-over study with 3 arms, including 2 traditional placebo-controlled cross-over arms (12 weeks per treatment/3 week wash-out), plus a third arm where participants receive CBD for the entire 27 weeks. Randomized participants were titrated to a dose of 10mg/kg/day of CBD or placebo (provided by Jazz Pharmaceuticals). The research team conducted a functional analysis of problem behavior prior to the participant receiving CBD/placebo and two more times when participants received CBD or placebo at 10mg/kg/day. The research team will be unblinded to study conditions in December 2023. We will present individual and aggregated data on the rate of and the latency to problem behavior occurrence when participants took CBD or placebo. Results from the current study will be essential towards providing recommendations to caregivers and practitioners using CBD as a treatment for problem behaviors. |
|
Positive Behavioral Outcomes Following Medication Reductions |
KELLIE P. GOLDBERG (Bancroft), Arielle Di Stefano (Bancroft), Miranda Slotkin (Bancroft), Amanda Schechtman (Bancroft, Rider University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Psychotropic medications are commonly prescribed as a treatment for challenging behavior. Individuals with autism and other developmental and intellectual disabilities with behavioral challenges are often prescribed off-label psychotropic medications and polypharmacy is a common occurrence (Bowring et al., 2017, Laermans et al. 2023). In a review of published studies evaluating pharmacologic interventions for challenging behavior, Matson and Neal (2008) concluded that psychotropic medications may be less effective in managing challenging behavior when accounting for studies that included objective measurements for the target behavior. In this presentation, we will summarize large scale data on medication use across children and adults receiving services at a large non-profit behavioral service provider. We will provide example data from clients who were observed to have reductions of challenging behavior that corresponded with the reduction or removal of psychotropic medications. In some cases, the complete suppression of challenging behavior was observed following medication removal. We will also share data from clients who were observed to have increases in challenging behavior corresponding to the addition of or an increased dose of psychotropic medication. |
|
The Effects of Stimulant Medication on the Social Behavior of Children With Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) |
ELIZABETH FREIBURGER (University of Iowa), Carolyn Zhou (The University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital; The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: ADHD is the most common neurodevelopmental disorder and is characterized by inattentiveness, hyperactivity, and impulsivity. To address the symptoms of ADHD, nearly two-thirds of children with ADHD take psychotropic medication, with the majority demonstrating improvements. Although there is an abundance of research demonstrating the efficacy of stimulant medication for ADHD symptoms, including disruptive behavior, less is known about the collateral effects of stimulant medication, such as its impact on positive social behaviors. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of stimulant medication on various social behaviors of five children diagnosed with ADHD who were enrolled in a larger pilot clinical trial. Free play sessions from functional analyses were coded for physical and vocal behavior associated with more or less social interaction (e.g., vocal initiation, solitary play, physical orientation) on and off stimulant medication in reversal designs. The results suggests that stimulant medication slightly suppressed participants’ social behaviors, with some idiosyncratic findings. The implication is that there may be a tradeoff of improvements in ADHD symptoms with reduced positive social behaviors. Implications for clinic and future research will be discussed. |
|
Psychotropic Medication Use for Challenging Behaviors in Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities: An Update |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Elizabeth Freiburger (University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa Stead Family Children's Hospital; The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior (CB) in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) is common. Recent studies found the prevalence of CB in school age children with ID ranges from 48% to 60% and is approximately 18% in adults with ID (Bowring et al., 2019; Simó-Pinatella et al., 2019). Within this population, psychotropic medication as an intervention for CB is high, with many individuals experiencing both high doses of medication as well as polypharmacy (Bowring et al., 2017). In a 2009 paper, Matson and Neil reviewed the evidence supporting the use of psychotropic medication as an intervention for CB emitted by individuals with ID. They described the evidence as “minimal”, noting a discrepancy in findings between studies that incorporated object measures of behavior versus those that relied on rating scales and other indirect measures. Given these findings, the authors called for additional high-quality studies. The purpose of this review was to evaluate the evidence for use of psychotropic medication in the treatment of CB for individuals with ID. In addition to those studies included in the original review, we conducted a search of PsychInfo and PubMed databases and reference sections to identify studies published between 2008 and 2023. For included studies, we evaluated the extent to which each study met (a) criteria for establishing scientific confidence (Sprague & Werry, 1971), (b) the use of polypharmacy, (c) specification of target behaviors, (d) the use of objective measurements of CB, and (e) the use of behavioral interventions. This talk will discuss the findings of this review and considerations for behavior analysts when working with clients prescribed psychotropic medication. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services to Facilitate Communication in Individuals With Complex Needs in the United Kingdom |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A |
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Risca L. Solomon (Skybound Therapies) |
Discussant: Lina M. Slim (Lina Slim Consulting; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Risca L. Solomon, M.A. |
Abstract: An overarching goal of ABA services is to empower individuals to ask for what they want and make choices about their own life. While this skill may be commonplace for many individuals, several barriers begin to surface for individuals with severe disabilities and in regions with few trained behavior analysts. The authors of Study 1 will contextualize ABA services to the UK and highlight unique cultural and societal considerations for successful programs. Study 2 will evaluate the impact of modified TalkTools to facilitate speech in minimally-verbal children with developmental disabilities. The authors will highlight the efficacy and acceptability of their intervention. The authors of Study 3 will present data on the effectiveness of functional analysis and functional communication training using manual signs for an autistic adolescent. They will discuss the barriers to intervention and how these were addressed. The authors of Study 4 will present data on how an AAC device was used to train choice-making in an adolescent with brain injury. Specific implications for quality-of-life measures and happiness indicators will be highlighted. Finally, Lina Slim will discuss these studies with a focus on interprofessional collaboration and advocate for programs that directly target quality-of-life in individuals. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): communication, non-vocal individuals |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to: 1. List at least three specific considerations for designing and implementing a successful ABA program in the UK 2. Define and list the steps involved in a modified TalkTools intervention 3. Describe how to implement functional communication training for individuals using manual signs 4. List the steps involved in choice-making training using an AAC device |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Therapy for Individuals With Special Needs in the United Kingdom: Demand and Services Between 2019-2023 |
RISCA L. SOLOMON (Skybound Therapies), Alison Deakin (Skybound Therapies), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University) |
Abstract: ABA interventions were largely developed in the United States, in settings with relatively more trained professionals compared to the United Kingdom. Data retrieved from the BACB website showed that as of October 18, 2023, there were a total of 214,817 certified behaviour analysts in the USA compared to 837 such professionals in the UK. When this number is juxtaposed against the estimated 1.6 million individuals with special and complex needs in the UK who could benefit from the services offered by behaviour analysts, it becomes apparent that there is a critical shortage in the number of trained professionals available. Nevertheless, the past few years have seen growth in the number of professional behaviour analysts in the UK, the establishment of a local accreditation body, and increases in the demand for ABA services. This talk will offer a snapshot of how ABA services are offered in the UK, a five-year perspective on demand for these services, and trends in the types of services offered (e.g., home-based, consultancy) by one organization during this period. The feasibility of funding, designing and implementing an ABA intervention program in the UK will be discussed. |
|
Modified TalkTools to Improve Speech Outcomes for Minimally Verbal Learners With Autism and Intellectual Disabilities |
SOPHIE LOUISE BRADBURY (University of South Wales, Skybound Therapies), Jo Saul (University College London), Corinna F. Grindle (University of Warwick), Dan Bowers (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: TalkTools is an intervention designed to target functional speech. We undertook a preliminary investigation to explore the efficacy and the feasibility of an adapted version of TalkTools for improving speech in minimally verbal young learners with autism and intellectual disabilities. Ten participants with minimal functional speech or speech clarity difficulties and diagnosis of autism who were receiving clinic-based services were randomly allocated baseline and intervention durations in an AB phase design. Over an 8-month period we explored the impact of the intervention on speech sound through weekly probe assessments of individualised speech sounds. Standardised measures were also administered at the beginning and the end of the intervention period, measuring speech sound inventory, oral motor imitation, functional speech, oral motor fluency, and motor imitation. We evaluated the feasibility of the intervention through acceptability, adherence, and fidelity of implementation measures. The results of the study will be discussed, highlighting how our findings might usefully inform future large-scale evaluations of TalkTools. |
|
Service-Delivery for a Non-Vocal Autistic Adolescent With Severe Self-Injurious Behaviour, Seizures and Partial Visual Impairment |
SARAH DENISON (Behaviour Analyst), Simbarashe Kenneth Shamu (Skybound Therapies), Victoria Adshead (Skybound Therapies), Megan Bonelle (Skybound Therapies) |
Abstract: Over the last few decades, the provision of ABA services to individuals with disabilities has had a flourishing literature base. Several successful studies have demonstrated the effectiveness and acceptability of functional analysis and functional communication training to address self-injurious and aggressive behavior. A limitation of prior research is that a majority of these studies have been conducted with young children in North America most of whom were vocal and sessions were conducted in short weekly meetings. The current study was conducted with a 16-year-old non-vocal adolescent in the UK diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, convulsive seizures, and a partial visual impairment. In this study, we report on the assessment and treatment process offered by behavior analysts in the home setting. We used a functional analysis to develop a function-based treatment to reduce severe self-injurious behavior and increase communication using manual signs. Over the course of 15 months, we observed reductions in challenging behavior to near-zero levels and a substantial increase in manual signs. Areas for future research and clinical considerations for adolescents with complex needs are discussed. |
|
Facilitating Choice-Making Using a Head Switch in an Adolescent With Quadriplegia and Brain Injury |
JODIE WHITE (Skybound Therapies), Sarah Denison (Behaviour Analyst), Kirby Duval (Skybound Therapies), Veronika Liptakova (Skybound Therapies) |
Abstract: Being able to communicate and make choices about one’s life is a basic human right. Yet, these seemingly fundamental rights are unavailable, marginalized, or marked by profound dependency for some individuals with complex needs. Previous research has used children’s consumption of a food item, refusal, approach, or verbal statements about preferences as indicators of a valid choice. Identifying and training valid choice-making for individuals with limited motor and verbal skills may involve measuring other idiosyncratic behaviors that may demonstrate their happiness at a preferred choice being offered. In this study, we report on a 16-year-old girl with quadriplegia and brain injury in the UK being facilitated to make choices using a head switch mounted on her wheelchair. We describe the training phases beginning with a movement analysis, followed by shaping to teach head switch activation, and choice-making training with stimuli of varying preference levels. We will highlight the methods we used to assess preference, measure happiness indices, and how these data were used to successfully guide teaching sessions. Our training was effective in establishing socially-valid choice-making and adds to the literature on the scope of behavior analytic procedures to improve quality of life. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancing Relapse Mitigation and Clinical Impact: Translational Research and Practical Recommendations |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of behavioral treatments, such as Functional Communication Training (FCT) and FCT with delay-and-denial tolerance training, for reducing challenging behavior. Relapse refers to the recurrence of a previously decreased response when a treatment is challenged, such as treatment integrity omission errors (i.e., resurgence) or when treatment is transferred from clinics to community settings, such as the home or school (i.e., renewal). Although effective, relapse following FCT is highly prevalent, and there is relatively little research evaluating relapse following FCT with delay-and-denial tolerance training. Additionally, there have been mixed findings across basic and applied studies, and guidance for practice is limited. In this symposium, one presentation investigates renewal following differential reinforcement of alternative behavior in single- and multiple-context training across basic and applied arrangements. Two presentations will highlight investigations of relapse during delay-and-denial tolerance training—one empirical demonstration of relapse following programmed treatment integrity errors and context changes during FCT with delay-and-denial tolerance training, and one systematic review of the magnitude and prevalence of resurgence during distinct components of delay-and-denial tolerance training. The final presentation will identify everyday examples of relapse and provide strategies and tools to assist practitioners in preparing for relapse in applied settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): delay-and-denial training, multiple-context training, relapse, research-to-practice |
Target Audience: The intended audience is behavior analysts who have or currently work with individuals that engage in challenging behavior, as well as researchers who specialize in relapse. The audience should have some knowledge on treatment relapse and its clinical implications. Additionally, familiarity with experimental models of different forms of relapse will be useful, but a general overview will be provided for pertinent presentations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research on renewal in applications of multiple-context training, (2) describe recent research on resurgence and renewal in applications of delay-and-denial tolerance training, (3) describe the differences between various forms of relapse and identify common applied examples, and (4) describe strategies for mitigating relapse in practice. |
|
The Effects of Multiple-Context Training on Operant Renewal of Behavior Decreased by Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) |
(Applied Research) |
PAIGE TALHELM (University of South Florida), Caeli Virginia Cormier (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often receive behavioral treatment for severe problem behavior. Although treatment may be effective in reducing problem behavior, the possibility of renewal of problem behavior may be of a concern to clinicians and caregivers. Renewal is the reemergence of a previously reduced response following a change in treatment conditions (Pritchard et al., 2014). One potential solution to mitigate renewal may incorporate multiple implementers across different settings before implementing treatment in contexts in which the target behavior was initially reinforced (Kimball et al., 2023). Additionally, translational human laboratory studies are conducted under the assumption that outcomes will be relevant to clinical conditions. However, few studies have examined the extent to which laboratory preparations predict whether similar findings will be obtained with clinically relevant behaviors. During the present study, single- and multiple- context training was evaluated with human participants recruited via Amazon Mechanical Turk (MTurk) and individuals with ASD, who engaged in problem behavior. Across both studies, minimal renewal effects were observed following the implementation of DRA plus extinction for both single- and multiple-context participants. |
|
An Evaluation of Delay and Denial Training: Durability Against Treatment Relapse |
(Applied Research) |
KENDALL MAE KASTNER (68102), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)) |
Abstract: Delay and Denial Training is a prevalent prescribed intervention following the successful implementation of Functional Communication Training (FCT). Although there is strong empirical evidence in support of delay and denial training as an intervention to reach socially acceptable outcomes, there have yet to be systematic assessments of this intervention’s susceptibility to treatment relapse. The goal of this evaluation was to arrange treatment challenges that mimic the conditions that threaten treatment outcomes in the natural environment, specifically such as transferring treatment to a new environment or treatment integrity omission errors. Researchers replicated recent iterations of delay and denial training procedures (Hanley et al., 2014; Rose & Beaulieu, 2019), and included treatment challenges based on procedures by Saini et al., (2018), and Fisher et al., (2019). This research adds to the literature on delay and denial training and examines the durability against treatment relapse in the forms of renewal and resurgence. This presentation will describe implications for future research and clinical practice. |
|
On the Prevalence and Magnitude of Resurgence During Functional Communication Training With Delay-and-Denial Tolerance Training |
(Applied Research) |
ARIELLE ROSE MARSHALL (Rutgers Graduate School of Applied Psychology), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of target behavior (e.g., severe destructive behavior) during a worsening of reinforcement conditions (e.g., increases in response effort or decreases in reinforcement rate for appropriate behavior). Previous studies have examined the prevalence and magnitude of resurgence of severe destructive behavior during functional communication training with discriminative stimuli (i.e., multiple schedules). We conducted a systematic review of the literature to analyze the magnitude and prevalence of treatment relapse during functional communication training with delay-and-denial tolerance training, including during shaping of the complex communication response, introduction of tolerance responses, and increases in delays. Similar to previous studies with discriminative stimuli, resurgence occurred in nearly all participants (87%) and in about one-third of transitions. Resurgence was less likely to occur during response-effort manipulations (i.e., complexity training, tolerance-response training) and was most likely to occur during increases in delays that ended following the passage of time rather than a response criterion. These results highlight the importance of further evaluation of resurgence across different applications of functional communication training. |
|
Understanding and Managing Relapse: Recommendations for Practitioners |
(Service Delivery) |
JENNIFER NEELY (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)), Clare Liddon (University of Dayton), Amber Valentino (ALV Consulting, LLC) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have identified and demonstrated effective assessment and treatment procedures for severe behavior, yet the relapse of severe behavior following effective treatment is highly prevalent (Briggs et al., 2018; Falligant et al., 2022; Haney et al., 2022; Muething et al., 2021). The purpose of the current paper is to provide (a) a consumable framework on relapse for practitioners and (b) recommendations for practitioners on managing and mitigating relapse. We outline the types of relapse, provide everyday examples of each, review safety precautions, highlight recommendations regarding best practices for data collection and data review, and discuss recommendations for responding to relapse based on current best practices. A decision tree is used to help guide practitioners on which type of relapse they are responding to based on the current variables at play and what approach to take in managing relapse to decrease the severity of the relapse in the moment as well as decrease the likelihood that the relapse will be reinforced, thereby mitigating relapse in the future. We provide definitions of relapse with examples of each, the recommended components for a relapse reaction plan, a relapse awareness checklist for practitioners to reference, and a sample relapse reaction plan to assist practitioners understand and manage for relapse for the individuals they serve. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Shaping of Behavior Analysts as Scientist Practitioners: A Symposium Sponsored by the Behavioral Development Special Interest Group (DEV SIG) |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2 |
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL; LearnMore Inc.) |
Discussant: Richard E LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc) |
CE Instructor: Richard E LAITINEN, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the objectives of the Behavioral Development SIG is to support young behaviorists in their pursuit of becoming scientist-practitioners. Some examples of research themes that this SIG promotes are derived relational responding, equivalence, social referencing, interdependence of verbal behavior, skill acquisition, joint attention, attachment, impulsivity, and behavioral cusps. To assist in this undertaking, the SIG has established the Jack Gewirtz Student Research Award. This year’s award goes to three students, each of whom has contributed to the further analysis of (1) conditioning book preference, (2) observational learning, and (3) derived relational responding. Our fourth presenter demonstrated an example of basic, translational research with nonhumans to address the complex behavioral process of impulsivity. The findings of these award-winning research studies are relevant to practitioners working with children with autism and related disabilities. These results provide knowledge that pursues our understanding of diverse processes driving the development of complex human behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This symposium requires knowledge of applied research, selection of effective and efficient strategies, and behavioral cusps. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Use research principles to commonly applied procedures 2. Select effective strategies to teach prerequisite skills 3. Work as a scientist/practitioner |
|
Increasing Young Children’s Preference for Books Over Competing Stimuli |
LILIAN MORALES (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Reading is an important repertoire that is critical to children’s academic achievement. While many studies have focused on teaching components of reading (phonemes, blending), reading fluency, and reading comprehension, fewer studies have evaluated how children become interested in reading and develop a preference for books and text. In this study, we evaluated the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on children’s preference for books. The procedure involved providing rich social interactions and established reinforcers when children engaged with books. In a multiple baseline design across 3 preschool participants with disabilities, we observed children who rarely engaged with books pre-intervention shift preference to book engagement following the intervention. These outcomes were observed both in the intervention setting and a naturalistic play area for all three participants. The outcomes are discussed in terms of promoting preference for book stimuli in the context of typical, evidence-based reading instruction. Key words: reading, stimulus/stimulus pairing, preschool, preference. |
|
The Effect of Observational Learning on the Formation of Equivalence Classe in 7-Year-Old Children |
KENYA VELAZQUEZ (Psicologa Kenya Velazquez) |
Abstract: This study aimed to evaluate an observational learning procedure to acquire tacts of abstract figures and reading written words in German, all in relation to the same stimuli in eight typically developing children of 7 years old who speak Spanish as first language. The participants were divided in couples and exposed to direct teaching with contingencies of reinforcement and correction of tacts and reading, and to observational learning probe trials of tacts and reading. The study consisted of two experimental phases: on Phase 1, the first participant of the couple was exposed to direct teaching of the tact and the second participant to observational learning probe trials of the tact. Subsequently, the second participant of the couple was exposed to direct teaching of reading and the partner to observational learning probe trials of reading. Once the mastery criterion was reached on each verbal operant with direct teaching and observational learning probe trials, Phase 2 continued. Phase 2 was identical to Phase 1, except that each participant of the couple received direct teaching of the opposite verbal operant they first learned in Phase 1. After each phase was completed, derived stimulus relations probes were performed: symmetry, transitivity and symmetric–transitivity, which consisted on figure selection, text selection, figure-text selection and text-figure selection. The results demonstrated that all participants reached the mastery criterion when they were exposed to direct teaching and observational learning probe trials of tacts and reading. The velocity to acquire the mastery criterion was higher with observational learning probe trials than with direct teaching. Also, the reading operant was acquired faster than the tact operant. Last, all participants demonstrated derived stimulus relations of symmetry, transitivity and symmetric-transitivity on Phase 1 and 2. However, symmetry relations derived slightly above transitivity relations and symmetric-transitivity. This study is the first one demonstrating the application of observational learning to acquire two related verbal operants and probe derived stimulus relations of the operants learned. Keywords: observational learning, direct contingencies teaching, derived relational responding, tacts, reading and second language. |
|
An Evaluation of a Derived Relations Curriculum and Associations With Verbal Behavior |
ELLIS SMITH (Teachers College Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Educators may rely on research and curriculum to determine instructional strategies that are best for their students. However, selecting the best instructional strategies means considering individual pre-requisite repertoires and implies that strategies are effective and efficient. Researchers conducted an AB design across fifteen, fourth-grade participants to measure the relation between derived relational responding and verbal behavior development repertoires. Participants were selected from a CABAS AIL, public school classroom. We implemented Equivalence-Based-Instruction (EBI) to teach relations directly (word to picture and word to definition), across five operants. Researchers used pre and post tests to measure participants Verbal Behavior Development Repertoires and the number of correct responses to direct taught relations, mutually entailed relations, and combinatorally entailed relations. Results support the hypothesis that derived relational responding varies in accordance with Verbal Behavior Development Repertoires. Results support and extend previous literature by analyzing relations between verbal behavior development repertoires and derived relational response variations. Keywords: Combinatorial Entailment, Derived Relations, Equivalence-Based Instruction, Incidental- Bidirectional Naming, Mutual Entailment |
|
Autoshaped Impulsivity and Self-Controlled Choice: A Comparative Learning Study Between Pigeons and Artificial Neural Networks |
GISELLE MAGGIE-FER MAGGIE FER CASTAÑEDA LOZANO (University of Guadalajara, Center for Behavior Studies and Research (CEIC)), Miguel Angel Aguayo Mendoza (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mx) |
Abstract: The presentation will delve into a research tool utilized within the laboratory of Experimental and Theoretical Research in Learning, Conditioning, and Adaptive Behavior at CEIC. Examples will be provided of fundamental translational research conducted with nonhuman subjects, aiming to explore the intricate behavioral process of impulsivity and other related phenomena. This presentation will elucidate the foundational assumptions within the research framework and offer specific examples of ongoing investigations, including cases of associative conditioning and comparative connectionism, wherein the primary objective is to investigate the role of neural network architectures in simulating behavioral phenomena, particularly as a potential explanation for biological constraints on learning. Additionally, a proposal to examine applied phenomena such as Autism Spectrum Disorders within this context will be discussed. Furthermore, the presentation will provide an overview of recent work with a model designed to evaluate the effects of delay and magnitude of reinforcement within Pavlovian contingencies. This evaluation was conducted using two approaches: with living organisms (pigeons) and through an artificial neural network model. This study addresses the phenomenon of Pavlovian impulsivity (autoshaping) as reported by Aguayo (2024). Current research with this approach demonstrated that manipulating neural network architectures can model diverse biological constraints reported in learning psychology literature as learning typicities. These findings are consistent with the biology principle of structure-function correlation, offering predictive content for experimental testing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empowering Educators Toward Equity: Current Research on Promoting Equity in School Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University; University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio) |
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: BIPOC students face disproportional disciplinary practices (Badger et al., 2018; Little & Tolbert, 2018; Noguera, 2003), special education identification (Sullivan & Proctor, 2016), and teacher-student interactions (Decker et al., 2007; Wymer et al., 2020) as compared to their white peers. Disproportionality may be a result of implicit bias or behaviors influenced by cues that function as an indicator of the social group to which others belong (De Houwer, 2019). School-based behavior analysts and classroom consultants are well-positioned to measure and subsequently intervene on disproportionately. This symposium will describe current research within the field to measure and promote equitable practices in the classroom setting. The first paper describes the role of school-based behavior analysts in providing culturally humble services and research. The second paper describes the implementation of Positive Behavior Intervention Supports (PBIS) and disproportionality in schools. The third paper assesses teachers’ perceptions of their own cultural responsiveness and students’ classroom behaviors. The final paper describes an intervention for increasing proportional teacher-student interactions in the classroom setting during unstructured times. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): cultural responsiveness, Equitable discipline, Equity |
Target Audience: School-based BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: Identify methods for school-based Board Certified Behavior Analysts to provide culturally humble services across school settings. Describe how implementation fidelity measures are used to evaluate the implementation of critical elements of PBIS within a school system. Discuss the relationship between teacher’s perceptions of their own culturally responsive teaching practices and indirect and direct estimates of students' behavior in the classroom. Describe the importance of proportional interactions across student demographic groups. |
|
Current State of Behavior Analytic Equity-Focused Research in Schools |
(Service Delivery) |
NICOLE HOLLINS (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: BIPOC (Black, Indigenous, People of Color) students are more likely to experience inequitable discipline practices and delayed special education services compared to their peers in school settings. Many have attributed the systemic disparities to biases and the abuse of discipline policies in school settings. As biases towards BIPOC students in school settings directly impact their academic, social progress, and overall wellbeing, it is critical for school-based Board Certified Behavior Analysts to objectively measure disparities and provide objective feedback on teaching practices. While there are some comprehensive tools and interventions that attempt to address these issues, their utility and acceptability warrant further discussion. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss the impact of inequitable teacher-student interactions towards BIPOC students, highlight classroom observation tools or interventions focused on equity, and emphasize the importance of school-based Board Certified Behavior Analysts providing culturally humble services across school settings. Future research endeavors are discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Role of Classroom Behavior Management in Promoting Equitable Discipline Outcomes |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXANDRIA C. ROBERS (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Positive behavioral interventions and supports (PBIS) is an implementation framework commonly used by school professionals to address the adoption and application of school-wide practices to systematically teach and reinforce positive behavior. However, there is a lack of empirical studies evaluating the association between core components of PBIS implementation and equitable discipline outcomes. The purpose of this study was to determine if scores on a school-wide PBIS implementation fidelity measure, the Benchmarks of Quality Revised (BoQ-R), were associated with racial discipline disparities in office discipline referrals (ODRs). To accomplish the aims of this study, researchers conducted multiple linear regression to examine the association between scores from the BoQ-R and racial discipline disparities in ODRs (i.e., risk ratios). In particular, the BoQ-R measure includes a Classroom Systems critical element to evaluate the implementation of PBIS practices in classrooms. Scores from this critical element specifically permitted analysis of the association between practices that are aligned with recommended classroom behavior management strategies and racial disparities in the use of exclusionary discipline practices in schools. A total of 333 schools were included and analyses and most disaggregated data across the racial and ethnic groups represented (i.e., Asian, Black, Hispanic/Latine, Multiracial, Indigenous/Native American, Pacific Islander, White). |
|
An Exploration of the Relationship Between Teachers' Perceptions of Cultural Responsiveness, Student Risk, and Classroom Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
MAGGIE VEIGA (Bridgewater State University), Lindsay M Fallon (University of Massachusetts Boston), Annisha Susilo (University of Massachusetts Boston), Patrick Robinson-Link (University of Massachusetts Boston), Talia Berkman (University of Massachusetts Boston), Stephen Kilgus (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
Abstract: Racially and ethnically minoritized (REM; Proctor & Owens, 2019) youth are disproportionately exposed to detrimental exclusionary discipline procedures. To address disproportionality, researchers and policymakers have proposed implementing a multi-tiered system of support (MTSS) framework, universally screening students for behavioral concerns. The relationship between teachers' perceptions of their cultural responsiveness, teacher’s perceptions of students’ social-emotional well-being and classroom behavior, and students; observed behavior may impact equitable screening results and access for behavioral health services. This presentation will review two studies conducted with teachers in two large suburban school districts in which linear modeling applied to predict the relationships between variables. Study 1 investigated the relationship between teachers' (n = 20) ratings on a measure of cultural responsiveness, the Assessment of Culturally and Contextually Relevant Supports (ACCReS) and students' classroom behavior. Results indicated that higher ACCReS scores significantly predicted lower class wide disruptive behavior. Study 2 investigated the relationship between teachers' (n = 30) ratings on the ACCReS and ratings of their students' risk on the Social, Academic, and Emotional Behavior Risk Screener. For social behavior, higher ACCReS scores predicted teachers perceiving lower social risk; however, identification as a Black student and a student with a disability predicted higher risk. |
|
Promoting Equal Interactions in Early Childhood Settings |
(Applied Research) |
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University; University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In the United States, Black, Indigenous, and People of Color (BIPOC) students are more likely to face disciplinary action (e.g., exclusion, suspension, and expulsion from the classroom) for engaging in the same challenging behaviors as their white peers (Badger et al., 2018; Little & Tolbert, 2018; Noguera, 2003). Due to the discrepancy in disciplinary practices, students are at risk of continued negative interactions with their teachers (Decker et al., 2007; Wymer et al., 2020). One way to improve teacher interactions toward BIPOC students is through equity-focused performance feedback regarding praise and reprimand rates (Knochel et al., 2022). The purpose of this study was to extend the research conducted by Knochel et al. (2020) by examining teacher-student interactions during unstructured times and expanding the topographies of teacher behaviors measured to include demands and social comments. This study consisted of two experiments. During the first experiment, a descriptive analysis of four early-childhood education teachers’ interactions with students was conducted. During the second experiment, a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline across participants design was used to examine the effect of self-monitoring and equality-focused performance feedback on the distribution of teacher interactions across student demographic groups for three of the teachers participating in the first experiment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethical and Professional Business Practices for Small, Medium, and Large Organizations |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Adapt for Life ABA
The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Discussant: Stephen Wood (Cultivate Behavior Management Corporation ) |
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The “business” of ABA is booming. It is not uncommon to see a newly certified BCBA hang a shingle to open their own ABA service delivery organization. Private equity has also entered the ABA space as evidenced by the purchases of very large organizations such as The Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD), Action Behavior Centers, and Acorn Behavioral Health. With the growth of the business of ABA comes challenges such as clinician turnover, RBT Training, supervision of trainees who are pursuing their BCBA credential, and fraud. The field has also seen failed businesses close their doors. This session will cover the challenges of running an ABA business of various sizes. Ethical and professional solutions will also be provided. Finally, time will be allowed for question and answer with the audience.
Disclaimer: This session will not prepare you to become a business owner. However, this session could be used in conjunction with additional training, supervision, and mentorship |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ABA Business, Ethical Businesses, OBM |
Target Audience: Business leadership and/or individuals interested in becoming business owners. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify ethical issues of starting an ABA business.
2. Participants will identify evidence-based solutions for addressing challenges within ABA businesses
3. Participants will describe the importance of structuring supervision sessions across the company
4. Participants will describe how to provide clinical and business leadership at all levels of a large company |
|
Ethical Issues in Starting an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Organization |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Adapt for Life ABA
The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: This paper will apply the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts to various ethical situations that arise as a business owner. The following core principles will be covered: Benefit others, Behave with Integrity, Ensuring Competence, Conforming with Legal and Professional Requirements; and the following codes will be covered: 1.02. Conforming with Legal and Professional Requirements; 1.05 Practicing within Scope of Competence; 1.06 Maintaining Competence; 2.01 Providing Effective Treatment; 3.01 Responsibility to Clients; and 5.08 Using Testimonials from Former Clients for Advertising. The paper will also present the need for competencies in Organizational Behavioral Management (OBM) and basic business practices. The need for comprehensive insurance policies will be described and solutions for selecting various packages will be discussed. Finally, the need for appropriate legal and financial support will be discussed. Small businesses without expertise in these areas may run into legal and financial strain that could result in the organization failing and closing its doors resulting in clients being without services and employees being without work. Problem solving ethical dilemmas will be presented and finally procedures for preventing subsequent ethical missteps will be discussed. |
|
Ethical Issues and Professional Solutions for Running a Medium-Sized Business |
MELISSA SAUNDERS (Creative Interventions) |
Abstract: This paper will highlight the challenges faced by small businesses as they grow to medium-sized businesses. This includes businesses that operate in more than one location but not more than 2 different states. Additional elements from the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts include: 2.08 Communicating About Services; 2.09 Involving Clients and Stakeholders; 3.01 Responsibility to Clients; 3.03 Accepting Clients; 3.04 Service Agreement; 3.05 Financial Agreements, and 4.01 Compliance with Supervision Requirements. Discussion of the need to diversify the payer options is an essential element and will include insurance contracts, school district contracts, early intervention services, and private pay. Additionally, the need for the development and implementation of comprehensive policies and procedures will be described. This includes ensuring that policies and procedures align with an appropriate accrediting body. Finally, the need for a comprehensive staff training and supervision process will be described. Solutions for challenges faced by medium-sized businesses will also be presented. |
|
Leading a Large Scale Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Business: Challenges and Solutions |
STEVE WOOLF (Butterfly Effects) |
Abstract: Running a business that operates in multiple states and multiple regions of the country, brings with it many issues beyond what the first two papers will describe. This session will focus on the following elements from the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts: Benefit others, Behave with Integrity, Ensuring Competence, Conforming with Legal and Professional Requirements; 1.07 Cultural Responsiveness and Diversity; 1.08 Non-discrimination; 1.09 Non-harassment; 2.01 Providing Effective Treatment; 2.03 and 2.04 Protecting and Disclosing Confidential Information; 2.05 Document Protection and Retention; 2.06 Accuracy in Service Billing and Reporting and 2.08 Communicating about Services. This paper session will include a discussion on the need to be aware of state mandates, various licensing laws, and the political and business climates within each state. Ethical dilemmas become larger with the scale of the business: more employees equals more challenges. This paper will highlight the challenges as well as present ethical solutions. The need for tiered business and clinical leadership will be discussed. |
|
Paper 4: Effective Tiered Supervision in Large Companies |
STEPHEN WOOD (Cultivate Behavior Management Corporation) |
Abstract: Providing effective supervision with a large scale company results in more effective service delivery. This session will cover the following core principles: Benefit others, Behave with Integrity, and Ensuring Competence; and the following codes will be covered: 4.01 Compliance with Supervision Requirements; 4.02 Supervisory Competence; 4.03 Supervisory Volume; 4.04 Accountability in Supervision; 4.05 Maintaining Supervision Documentation; 4.06 Providing Supervision and Training; 4.07 Incorporating and Addressing Diversity; 4.08 Performance Monitoring and Feedback; 4.09 Delegation of Tasks; 4.10 Evaluating Effects of Supervision and Training; 4.11 Facilitating Continuity of Supervision; and 4.12 Appropriately Terminating Supervision
This session will focus on the role of higher-level clinical leadership. Participants will learn strategies for managing oversight of clinical services in larger and/or growing organizations. Specifically, the presentation will focus on the role of tiered supervision in including the role of a Clinical Supervisor, Clinical Manager, and Clinical Director. Supervision of BCBAs will be discussed including the structure and function of 1:1 meetings including the development of an agenda and measures of progress and goal attainment. The role of compliance audits will also be discussed including documenting 5% RBT supervision and completion of session note audits. |
|
|
|
|
|
Will Artificial Intelligence Automate a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)’s Job? |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC) |
Discussant: Dimitrios V. Makridis (Makridis Learning, LLC, Explanatory Fiction) |
CE Instructor: Dimitrios V. Makridis, M.S. |
Abstract: More than 40 years ago, Hayes et al. (1980) shared concerns about the science of applied behavior analysis, namely what they viewed as the proliferation of behavioral technology unmoored by coherent and evolving theories of learning (see also Pierce & Epling, 1980). This trend has maintained and, perhaps, worsened in the intervening years (e.g., Mahoney et al. 2019; Sosine & Cox, 2023). Behavior Analysis as a science and profession, specifically as practiced by BCBAs, is currently at a watershed moment with the proliferation of big data and AI-powered tools. Behavior analysis (as a profession) currently lacks standard clinical care metrics or systematic and replicable methods to recommend treatment hours outside very narrow contexts and populations (i.e., early intervention for individuals with autism/autistic individuals). Big data and AI-powered tools offer potential methods to fill these gaps by bridging basic and applied science in new ways. In this symposium, presenters will share their current and planned work in this area, such as precisely targeting interventions and treatment recommendations based on individual client needs. Presenters will also lead a discussion around the evolving impact of big data and AI-powered tools on clinical practice and what the skills of tomorrow’s most effective behavior analysts might look like. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, job automation, machine learning |
Target Audience: Entry level practitioners and researchers in behavior analysis or related fields. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will identify three models being developed by ABA researchers to aid in the delivery of behavior analytic services. 2) Attendees will be able to identify the speed at which likely job aids and changes will impact their career through the develop of artificial intelligence-driven tools. 3) Attendees will be able to clearly communicate to their colleagues the approach leading data-based practices are employing artificial intelligence and machine learning in their tools and practice. |
|
Harnessing the Power of Artificial Intelligence in Applied Behavior Analysis |
JACOB SOSINE (Rethink First), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Artificial intelligence (AI) is evolving at a breathtaking pace. Building impactful AI products requires large amounts of data relevant to the tasks the AI tools augment. Fortunately, behavior analytic services involve tremendous amounts of data already being collected that can, in turn, be used to build useful AI systems. AI applied to behavior analytic service provision can: increase the efficiency and effectiveness of behavior analysts’ impact for the patients they serve; provide greater consistency in treatment recommendations and approaches; and improve the speed and degree to which recommendations can be tailored based on each learner’s unique profile. In this presentation, we discuss how RethinkFirst is leveraging AI to improve, inform, and augment the clinical decisions and subsequent impact of certified behavior analysts’ skill sets. Specifically, we discuss how AI allows us to identify unique patient and provider clusters, match patients to providers who are best equipped to maximize progress and create meaningful change for individual learners, and recommend treatment goals and targets to optimize learning pathways tailored to individual learners. Along the way, we also highlight the necessary rigor, safeguards, and ongoing ethical considerations that technology developers and consumers should proactively discuss when developing and using AI systems at scale. |
|
Progress Does Not Need Permission but Does Need Guidance: Leveraging Artificial Intelligence (AI) Tools to Support Behavior Analysts and Those They Serve |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (Central Reach) |
Abstract: A great deal of attention is being allocated to artificial intelligence (AI) among the general and professional public. This attention spans everything from curiosity and concern to excitement and naiveté. Within behavior analysis, AI understandably is receiving greater attention with concerns over its potential role and how integrating AI into areas of our work will bring us closer or further away from our subject matter. Central Reach as a provider of end-to-end software solutions for behavior analysts working in the Autism and IDD care space has begun a concerted effort to explore what role, if any, AI can play in supporting aspects of applied work. Utilizing Central Reach’s internal technical and behavior analytic expertise several initiatives have been undertaken to determine the feasibility and efficacy that AI informed tools can contribute to aspects of the applied behavior analytic workflow. This presentation reviews these efforts with particular attention to the prudent iterative development process, quality assurance, and the validity parameters that have been created. Furthermore, implications of employing these tools and others like them will be discussed. |
|
Leveraging Artificial Intelligence (AI) for Enhanced Clinical Decision-Making in Applied Behavior Analysis |
TIMOTHY MICHAEL YEAGER (Centria Healthcare) |
Abstract: In the ever-evolving landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), the integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) presents an exciting opportunity to revolutionize clinical decision-making. Keohane and Greer (2005) demonstrated the benefits of data-informed decision-making, and how an algorithm that increased the quantity of decisions made ultimately led to students learning more quickly. With the emergence of Large Language Models (LLMs) like ChatGPT, the opportunities to integrate AI into the clinical decision-making process have expanded even further. This presentation explores how incorporating LLMs into the clinical decision-making process can amplify the effects demonstrated by Keohane and Greer on a larger scale. In partnership with computer scientists, we trained an LLM on select clinical data of thousands of clients, and created individualized reports for clients, providing key information to clinicians that they need to make critical decisions. By harnessing AI, we showcase the ability to scale a decision-making model across 400 BCBAs and analyze 20,000 graphs, ultimately fostering more informed daily clinical choices. This presentation is tailored for behavior analysts, emphasizing that AI is not a replacement but a powerful support tool. It shifts the paradigm of decision-making from individual analysis to a data-driven synthesis, aiding BCBAs in prioritizing clients, program progress evaluation, and drawing on past effective decisions for similar cases. The future of ABA lies in the synergy of human expertise and AI's analytical capabilities. Join us as we unravel the transformative potential of AI, bridging the gap between data and effective clinical practices in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
Evaluating the Predictive Validity of Case Variables on Treatment Recommendations: A Systematic Review |
LUCAS EVANS (Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities), Dimitrios V. Makridis (Makridis Learning, LLC), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (RYANO, LLC) |
Abstract: Standardized models of analysis in behavior analysis are restricted to either descriptive assessments or experimental conditions framed within a linear direct contingency framework. These models have come under scrutiny in recent years from all directions highlighting their limited scope and scale. Additionally, advancements in machine learning and data science have compounded such critiques producing the capacity for greater degrees of precision across modalities. The purpose of this paper was to take the first step in establishing a comprehensive interpretative framework consistent with a multi-scalar analysis of behavior (Baum, 2002). To accomplish this goal the group of authors conducted a systematic review of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) to isolate critical case variables and evaluate their predictive validity of treatment selection across thirteen years. Preliminary results indicate the potential for a robust area of research in quantifying clinical decision-making and effectively tying practitioner choices to the literature. Implications will be proposed. |
|
|
|
|
|
All Appetitive, All the Time: Implementing Appetitive Functional Relations Across Various Settings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB |
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Ashley N. Fiorilli (Be Still Be Connected LLC) |
CE Instructor: Ashley N. Fiorilli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis in general, and contextual behavioral science in particular, seek to understand and intervene upon behavior by examining its functional relationship with the context in which behavior occurs. While ultimately the expressed goals of behavior analysis and contextual behavioral science are to expand repertoires to foster freedom, it is not uncommon for interventionists to find themselves focusing on reducing the behaviors they perceive as problematic instead of nurturing behaviors that are pleasant or meaningful to the people they serve. All Appetitive, All the Time is an emerging perspective that emphasizes intervening upon the bidirectional relationship between context and behavior to resource expansion of individual repertoires toward seeking, exploring, and engaging across a range of contexts and consistent with personal needs. This symposium reviews All Appetitive, All the Time as an overarching approach and explores the application of All Appetitive, All the Time in various settings including parent-child interactions, punitive environments, and psychedelic-assisted therapy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): appetitive control, behavioral analysis, functional control |
|
All Appetitive, All the Time: An Aspirational Invitation to Reconsider Behavior Analysis |
TAYLOR ELIZABETH ROUSSEL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew Francis Arcona (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jacob C Norris (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Despite the aspirational emphasis on applying learning principles to build repertoires and foster the experience of freedom, the reduction of behavior cast as “problematic” by the therapist often takes precedence in intervention. This orientation toward therapist-defined behavioral excesses is not without costs, which have become increasingly apparent in practical, scholarly, and advocacy domains. The development of assent-based intervention, calls for compassionate and trauma-informed care, emerging data on burnout, and explicit characterizations of applied behavior analysis as abusive all suggest that some shift is needed to reorient our field. This shift may be found in an emerging approach to applied and clinical behavior analysis - All Appetitive, All the Time. All Appetitive, All the Time limits programmed contingencies to appetitive consequences, incorporating aversives only as antecedents and only to the extent that they emerge in a person’s natural learning environment. Recent conceptualizations of complex and challenging behaviors (e.g., privilege, affirmative sexual consent, intimacy across power differentials) have centered the importance of the aversive-appetitive distinction in characterizing functional relations between context and behavior with explicit implications for intervention. Broadly, these implications can be cast as a reconsideration of the purpose of behavior analytic interventions - to build an appetitive learning repertoire. |
|
All-Appetitive Parenting: Maximizing Protective Functions of Parenting Behavior |
MATTHEW FRANCIS ARCONA (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jacob C Norris (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Taylor Elizabeth Roussel (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Raising a child is often cited as the most stressful, and yet rewarding, experience of a parent’s life (Lansford et al., 2011). Parenting, as a variable, is highly correlated with the development of self-regulation repertoires (Sun et al., 2023), internalizing disorders (Zeevi-Cousin & Lavenda, 2023), and externalizing disorders (Kane & Garber, 2004) in both typically developing and neurodivergent children (Boonen et al., 2014). As such, it has become common for behavior analytic treatment packages to emphasize centering positive reinforcement contingencies. These include: Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (Funderburk & Eyberg, 2011), Attachment and Emotion-focused Parenting (Jugovac, 2022), and The Balance Program (Ruppel et al., 2021). However, the majority of the extant literature has focused on intervening upon parent-child relationships that are already experiencing distress (Kei et al., 2023). As opposed to investigating how these same strategies may be utilized to bolster protective factors in high risk populations. Interventions specifically focused on promoting behavior under appetitive functional relations and ultimately, appetitive learning (Sandoz, 2023), may provide an approach that reliably enhances growth and supports nurturing parent-child relationships. The current paper offers a practical behavior analytic framework aimed at fostering, functionally appetitive parent-child relationships as protective factors in high risk families. |
|
All-Appetitive Rehabilitation: Reconsidering Process and Outcome for Incarcerated Persons |
JACOB C NORRIS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Taylor Elizabeth Roussel (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew Francis Arcona (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Wesley Malvini (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Our nation was founded on the principle that everyone has the right to liberty and justice, but how true is this for those who are incarcerated? The U.S. justice system has four primary goals for those incarcerated: deterrence, incapacitation, retribution, and rehabilitation (Kifer et al., 2003). Despite these broad goals, incarcerated individuals are exposed to harsh settings forcing them to adapt to survive predominantly aversive environments (Haney, 2001). The current environment prisons provide appears to not accommodate inmates without preexisting mental health conditions, nor those who had preexisting mental health issues (Goomany and Dickinson, 2015). Additionally, variables like overcrowding, lack of work/recreational activity, and reduced access to family may have functioned to create significant impacts on the mental health of those incarcerated (Edgemon and Clay-Warner, 2018; Haney, 2001). Reforming the antiquated approach of using punishment to address deviant behavior has potential with the implementation of an All Appetitive, All the Time approach, where environments are tailored to the specific needs of incarcerated individuals to resource the expansion of their repertoire. This paper will reconceptualize rehabilitation of incarcerated persons in terms of facilitating appetitive learning to support effective and meaningful living both in prison and beyond. |
|
Psychedelic-Assisted Transformation: Integrating Psychedelics Into Behavior Therapy to Redefine Aversive Contexts |
BELLA LAINE PATTERSON (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Taylor Elizabeth Roussel (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew Francis Arcona (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jacob C Norris (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Hunter Kyle Sudduth (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Matthew David Andersland (University of Memphis), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: The resurgence of interest in the therapeutic potential of psychedelics has opened new avenues for management of the kinds of social, emotional, and behavioral struggles typically cast as mental disorders. By combining insights gained from psychedelic experiences with well-established principles of behavior therapy, a potentially efficacious approach emerges for the treatment of conditions characterized by aversive responses in the face of appetitive stimuli. For example, research findings by Carhart-Harris et al. (2016) and Mithoefer et al. (2018) demonstrate the potential for psychedelics to reorient individuals’ perspectives and emotional responses, making them more receptive to behavior therapy interventions. Moreover, psychedelic therapy has reputed positive effects when accounting for diverse problems (Walsh & Thiessen, 2018), similar to the positive effects exhibited with third-wave behavior therapies such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (Hayes et al., 1999), Dialectical Behavior Therapy (Linehan, 1993), and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (Segal et al., 2002). The current study will examine the available literature to explore how the integration of psychedelics into behavior therapy might be served by the All Appetitive, All the Time conceptual framework, addressing the dominance of aversive functional relations and reorienting individuals toward appetitive contingencies, with consideration of ethical and safety concerns, professional guidance, and therapeutic efficacy. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research Trends and Applications of Joint Control |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniele Rizzi (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Daniele Rizzi, M.S. |
Abstract: The three revolutionary ideas within radical behaviorism are: (1) the causes of behavior are to be found in the environment, (2) more than one variables in the environment can control one behavior (Skinner, 1957; Michael,1996) and (3) that behavior is not an “all or none” phenomenon and that we should instead use concepts like response strength in the interpretation of behavioral events (Skinner 1953; Palmer, 2021).
When we can look for multiple controls and the variables that exerting control over behavior (Michael et al, 2011), whether it is human vs. non-human behavior or verbal vs. non-verbal behavior, it helps practitioners refining new applications and intervention strategies, specifically in targeting complex behavior (e.g., DeSouza et al., 2019; degli Espinosa, 2022; Fisher et al., 2019; Rodriguez et al., 2022). Joint control (Lowenkron 1984, 1991), offers a way in the explanation of multiple control over multiple forms of complex verbal behavior (Palmer, 2006). In this symposium, we will first provide a theoretical account of joint control, followed by three applied research using joint control to teach complex behavior such as remembering, teaching sequencing tasks to children and adults with ASD, and teaching listeners to respond to metaphorical tacts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Joint Control, Multiple Control, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: Intermediate. Knowledge of basic verbal operants and teaching procedures based on analysis of verbal behavior is suggested. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1- Describe how Joint Control is involved in learning complex forms of verbal behavior
2- Describe teaching procedures based on Joint Control in teaching listener responding to metaphorical language
3- Describe how Joint Control is involved in learning and maintenance of sequencing skills |
|
Applications of Lowenkron’s Joint Control to Language Acquisition Programs |
WILLOW M HOZELLA (May Institute), Miguel Ampuero (Berry College), Michael Miklos (Miklos Behavior Consulting and Training) |
Abstract: Mediating one’s behavior through covert or overt verbal behavior is a phenomenon familiar to anyone who has had to remember a phone number with no way to write it down, follow a recipe without consulting the cookbook for each step, or solve a math equation without a calculator or pencil and paper. Jointly controlled responding is a type of multiply controlled responding that may provide a behavioral analysis of such mediating responses. Joint control involves one or more verbal responses bringing other verbal or non-verbal responses to strength under appropriate controlling conditions. Considerations for how to teach mediating responses via overt verbal behavior has pragmatic value for practitioners. This session will provide guidance for practitioners on applications of evidence-based methods to teach jointly controlled responses, considerations for mastery criteria, necessary prerequisite skills to assess prior to teaching jointly controlled responding, error correction methodologies, and suggest future applications and research considerations for the concept of joint control. |
|
Using Joint Control to Teach “Remembering” and Intraverbal Behavior to Children With Autism |
SYDNIE BRINKERHOFF (All Points LBA), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Siun O'Rourke (The Learning Community Dubai), cherine Mohammad Basfer (Carbone Clinic, Dubai) |
Abstract: Explanations of complex human behavior, such as memory or problem-solving skills, in current psychological and educational research, rely heavily on explanatory fictions and hypothetical constructs. The concept of joint control (Lowenkron, 1989) provides a rich alternative explanatory mechanism, relying only on the principles of the science of behavior to account for some of these “executive function” skills. Most research on joint control involves teaching individuals to emit echoic and self-echoic responses that preserve a stimulus long enough to enter into joint control with a tact response of the same form. In contrast, Lowenkron and Colvin (1992) reported on a study that used an identity and non-identity matching experimental preparation, thereby demonstrating that the absence of joint control could also act as a stimulus to evoke unique selection responses. The purposes of the present study were to provide a conceptually systematic approach that relies entirely on behavior analytic principles to provide an alternative to cognitive explanations for a ubiquitous everyday “memory task” and to add to the current body of research on the study of the absence of joint control as an independent variable. The teaching procedures, informed by a joint control analysis, were shown to be effective in teaching children with autism to successfully respond to the question “What’s missing?” after having observed an array of items in which one item was subsequently excluded. Future research can rely on these findings to teach important functional and adaptive skills to children with autism. |
|
A Joint Control-Based Procedure to Teach Listener Responses to Metaphors to Young Student With Autism |
ALESSANDRO DIBARI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Annalisa Galeone (Fonazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Stefano Assetta (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus), Federica Corese (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus) |
Abstract: Understanding complex forms of verbal behavior can be challenging for autistic people, and comprehension of figures of speech like metaphors can be especially challenging. Despite the manifold nature of the processes involved, previous studies have shown that autistic people can learn to respond appropriately to figurative language such as irony and metaphor, and these studies have offered important procedures for use in everyday clinical practice (Persicke et al., 2012; Persicke et al., 2013). Understanding metaphor specifically and non-literal language in general is clearly an important element in a full verbal behavior repertoire. Additionally, the fascinating characteristics of the environmental changes underlying the ability to understand metaphor add an appealing analytical challenge to radical behavior analysis, as well as providing an opportunity to refine assessment and intervention tools. The authors of the present study used a procedure based on the analysis of Joint Control to teach listener responses to metaphors to 4 autistic children and adolescents in a concurrent multiple baseline across participant design. The results of the study will be presented, together with a molecular, moment-to-moment analysis of the environmental and behavioral variables that the authors propose as a possibile explanation of the listener behavior. |
|
The Role of Joint Control in Manded Sequencing Selection Tasks and Maintenance |
JOYCE CHENCHEN TU BATTERSBY (Easterseals of Southern California), Fahad Alresheed (Easterseals Southern California), Carlos Santos (Endicott College), Bryan Figueroa (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Joint control shows that the manded selection response is evoked by one stimulus and preserved by rehearsal, and the rehearsal was combined with the control of an additional second stimulus (Tu, 2006). Gutierrez (2006) used joint control training methods to teach six adult participants to select four pictures in various sequences using Mandarin. The result showed that self-echoic is necessary for the participants to complete the selection responses. DeGraff and Schlinger (2012) used the same joint control training methods to teach 10 undergraduates to select pictures in various sequences using the Spanish language. They replicated the same results as demonstrated in Gutierrez (2006), in addition, they showed that joint control is a much more efficient way to train selection responses when compared to prompt-and-fade method. Causin (2013) demonstrated the same results as in DeGraff and Schlinger, but with young children with autism. This current study used the same training method as outlined in Gutierrez (2006). Nine adult participants were trained to select six pictures in various sequences using the Japanese language. The experimenters also added 5-minute time delay after tact and joint control training. After the time-delay and in generalization tests, the pictures that were trained using joint control methods were retained at a higher rate than those that were taught using tact training only. Furthermore, the experimenter also added a one-month extinction. The result shows that the “maintenance rate” of the pictures that were trained using joint control methods were slightly better than those that were trained using tact training only. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) Winners Present Their Findings |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mashiath Binti Mahabub (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Lesley A. Shawler, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) offers annual awards to support graduate students conducting empirical research that advances our understanding of verbal behavior. This symposium consists of four recent winners. One talk will present on the development of social referencing in children diagnosed with autism and if an operant discrimination procedure establishes social stimuli as conditioned reinforcers or discriminative stimuli. Another talk will present replication data on the efficacy of response-independent and response-contingent pairing in promoting vocalizations and the role of other intervention components (e.g., articulation skills, attending skills, and reinforcer efficacy) in stimulus pairing procedures. A third talk will report on the role of the echoic in the establishment of incidental tacts when investigated through a more ecologically valid set-up (e.g., during play). And a fourth talk will discuss the implications of overlearning and its effects on emergent intraverbal responding and how it may produce better retention of emergent relations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): incidental tacts, overlearning, response-contingent pairing, social referencing |
Target Audience: Knowledge of the basic verbal operants. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe procedures that produce social referencing.
2. Participants will be able to distinguish between the efficacy of response contingent and response independent pairing procedures.
3. Participants will be able to describe the potential role of the echoic in the development of incidental tacts.
4. Participants will be able to define overlearning and describe its potential implications on the emergence and retention of intraverbal relations. |
|
Developing Social Referencing Through Establishing Faces and Voices as Conditioned Reinforcers for Children With Autism |
SARA SATO (Behavior Analysis No Ka Oi), Chad Favre (Northshore Autism Center/Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: A skill often lacking in children with ASD is social referencing, where one attends to social stimuli (e.g., facial expressions and head movements) to determine if one should approach or avoid an ambiguous situation. Recent research has established social conditioned reinforcers for children with ASD by utilizing an operant discrimination procedure (ODT) where the researchers placed a box with preferred items between themselves and participants, presented the target social stimulus, and taught the children to put their hands in the box conditional on the social stimulus. In essence, the ODT procedure may promote social referencing as the social stimuli become discriminative stimuli for attending and responding accordingly. The present study utilizes a multiple probe design across four participants with autism to assess whether the ODT procedure establishes social stimuli as 1) conditioned reinforcers and 2) discriminative stimuli. Initial probes have been conducted and have indicated social stimuli are not currently functioning as conditioned reinforcers or discriminative stimuli. Participant number one is currently undergoing ODT and preliminary results are indicating not approaching when “No” and a head shake are presented but not yet independently approaching when “Yes” and a head nod is displayed. |
|
The Role of the Echoic in the Acquisition of Tacts |
THEA SKAU ENGELL (Sacramento State University, Sacramento), Karina Zhelezoglo (Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Recent laboratory studies (Miller et al., 2021; Petursdottir et al., 2020) have been unsuccessful in demonstrating the role of the echoic in the establishment of incidental tacts, as described by Horne & Lowe (1996). This may be because, to achieve a high degree of experimental control, these studies were conducted under conditions that may not resemble those encountered when young children learn language (e.g., uninteresting visual stimuli, computers with monotone voices, unknown degree of rapport with participants etc.). We conducted a systematic replication of the procedures described in Miller et al., (2021) while including parameters that more closely resemble typical parent-child interactions. For example, we included play sessions, presented stimuli with potentially greater reinforcing qualities, and interspersed reinforcement throughout the probes. Our current data were obtained from two five-year-old children. The results from participant one is consistent with the account described by Horne & Lowe (1996) and provides some evidence for additional important variables. Data collection is still ongoing for the second participant, and additional participants have been recruited. This line of research has important implications, both for the conceptual analysis of verbal behavior and for practitioners programming for acquisition of new verbal relations. |
|
Comparison of Response-Independent Pairing (RIP) and Response-Contingent Pairing (RCP) Conditioning Procedures on Vocalizations in Children With Autism and Minimal Echoic Repertoire |
JACQUELINE OLIVIA PECORARO (University of Missouri–St. Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis) |
Abstract: Vocalizations play a crucial role in a child's vocal language development by enabling them to refine their verbal behavior once brought under echoic control (DeSouza et al., 2017). Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) commonly present with delays in vocalizations, which can hinder the development of language and social communication skills (Lord et al., 2020). The present study aimed to replicate Lepper and Petursdottir's (2017) study comparing response-independent pairing (RIP) and response-contingent pairing (RCP) interventions for increasing novel vocalizations in children with ASD and minimal echoic repertoires. An adapted alternating treatments design (Sindelar et., 1985) was used to compare the effects of RIP and RCP on vocalizations with an embedded non-concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of the best treatment on the levels of vocalizations. Secondarily, the study assessed attending skills, current vocalization skills, and reinforcer effectiveness before the implementation of both procedures. Participants included four children aged 3 to 6 years diagnosed with ASD and with minimal echoic repertoires. Results will be discussed in the context of the effects of the two different procedures on the levels of vocalization and the role of attending skills, articulation, and reinforcer effectiveness during stimulus pairing procedures. |
|
Retention of Emergent Korean Vocabulary Following Foreign Tact Training and Overlearning |
JOHN ROGER WOODERSON (The Kameleon Group), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Technology Sydney), Kirsty Young (University of Technology Sydney, Sydney, Australia) |
Abstract: Recent studies have demonstrated the potential benefits of emergent learning approaches in the context of foreign-language vocabulary acquisition. This research underscores the efficacy of instruction using emergent learning principles and verbal operant procedures. While the growing interest in this area is promising, a significant gap exists in our understanding of the retention of emergent learning outcomes. This preliminary study sought to address this gap by evaluating the impact of overlearning on the retention of emergent intraverbal Korean vocabulary. Five adult participants engaged in two training conditions: regular training and overlearning, which involved tacting visual stimuli in Korean. In the overlearning condition, participants were trained to additional fluency criteria and continued practicing beyond the initial accuracy mastery criterion. Both conditions yielded high levels of emergent intraverbal responses following training. We conducted 8-10 repeated measures up to six months post-training with each participant, which allowed us to examine the level and trend of participants' derived intraverbal responses through visual analysis. Notably, the level and trend appeared higher and more stable for the overlearning stimulus sets than the regular training stimuli. These findings offer valuable insights into the potential benefits of overlearning in the context of emergent learning approaches and foreign-language vocabulary instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Identifying, Understanding, and Teaching Concepts |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Identifying, understanding, and teaching concepts are each key for high-quality behavior-analytic approaches to our clinical work, research, and instruction. Yet, we sometimes use conceptual terms without clearly identifying the boundary conditions of the concept. Failure to clearly define the concept can result in learners using the concept in ways that are unintended or incorrect, and can leave teachers wondering how to resolve the errors. In the current symposium, we start with an example of the first step of conceptual instruction: conducting a concept analysis. We demonstrate how concept analysis can be used within the context of research and clinical practice by analyzing the concept of "treatment integrity." We then expand on this example by discussing how the critical features identified during the concept analysis can be used to develop a set of stimuli to teach the concept, to provide opportunities for learners to practice, and to assess generative responding. We close with advice about how to respond to learner errors during the acquisition of the concept. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): concept analysis, error correction, generative responding, procedural fidelity |
Target Audience: Audience members should have skills related to: (1) teaching a variety of learners, (2) instructional design in its foundational forms, (3) concepts like examples, non-examples, generalization, and generative learning. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify critical and variable features for the concept "treatment integrity" (2) Describe six steps for designing instruction to teach concepts (3) Describe three types of errors learners make during concept instruction and how to revise the teaching procedures to reduce future errors |
|
A Conceptual Analysis of Procedural-Fidelity Errors |
(Theory) |
OLIVIA HARVEY (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are infamous for using highly technical terms to describe their subject matter. However, terms may be adopted without a clear analysis of the underlying concept. In these cases, a concept analysis may provide some guidance to professionals using the term and to instructors who wish to teach their students about the term. One such term is procedural fidelity. Researchers have called for inclusion of procedural fidelity in published behavior-analytic research and the consistent incorporation of fidelity measures in clinical practice. Further, many scholars have begun classifying types of fidelity errors into two conceptual categories: omission errors and commission errors. However, the critical features for classification into these error types has not been specified. This lack of specification calls into question whether scholars classify errors similarly. The presentation will discuss the emergence of classifying fidelity errors, the findings of a conceptual analysis of fidelity errors, and the advantages and limitations of the current conceptualization of errors. |
|
Designing Instruction to Teach Concepts and Conceptual Behavior |
(Theory) |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: An important dimension of instruction involves teaching conceptual behavior related to the broadly applicable generalizations of a content domain. In this presentation, after defining and exemplifying “concept” and conceptual behavior, I will outline the necessary components for teaching a concept in any domain. The first step is to conduct a concept analysis of the critical features that define a concept, and the features that vary from instance to instance of the concept. From this prescription we must develop a range of typical or “close-in” examples and “far-out” examples of the concept that illustrate both the critical and variable features, develop a minimum rational set of close-in non-examples of the concept, each of which is missing only one critical feature, and develop additional examples and non-examples that may be needed to produce the desired discriminations. Teaching a concept this way produces generative responding to examples and non-examples not presented during instruction. To assess learners’ generative responding, we must create another set of far-out examples and close-in non-examples from the concept-analysis prescription. Finally, after initially acquiring conceptual behavior, learners must practice with additional far-out examples and close-in non-examples. Once these components are created, a teacher is ready to develop an instructional sequence of tasks that include context-setting descriptions, rules, examples, and non-examples. |
|
Whoops, There It Is! Using Error Analysis in Conceptual Instruction to Inform Your Instructional Program |
(Theory) |
ANDREW BULLA (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong) |
Abstract: One strategy instructional designers use involves creating lean programs with the fewest components necessary to get fluent performance of the skill we wish to teach. When teaching more complex skills, where the antecedent stimuli may be physically dissimilar to one another, designers must ensure they have provided a enough stimuli to adequately establish simple generative responding. Concept analyses present designers with a blueprint for assembling a minimum rational set of divergent examples and close-in non-examples. However, designers often need to include additional teaching, practice, and testing stimuli to adequately establish conceptual behavior. The question is, which additional stimuli should the instructional designer include? This presentation will highlight how instructional designers can conduct error analyses to identify learner error patterns in response to your instructional program. Based on these patterns, three types of errors can occur when learning concepts: Overgeneralization, undergeneralization, and misconceptions. Each of these types of errors require a different prescription from the instructional designer. We will discuss how to identify these errors, generate additional stimuli informed by these errors, and revise the instructional programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Neurodiversity: A Behaviour Analyst’s Perspective |
Sunday, May 26, 2024 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM |
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA) |
CE Instructor: Michael Nicolosi, M.S. |
|
Neurodiversity: A Behaviour Analyst’s Perspective |
Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL NICOLOSI (Data Driven ABA), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
|
Abstract: A neurodiversity movement (NDM) has gained momentum in the 2020s, mainly driven by autistic self-advocates. The main argument of the NDM is that neurodivergent people experience discrimination that is on par with the historical discrimination of other minority groups. In this paper, we propose a behaviour analyst’s perspective on the NDM, considering available evidence. We first explore the history and emergence of the concept of neurodiversity and its neurological as well as psychological basis. We consider its potential for generating what some consider a zero-sum game, in which one group makes all the gains potentially at the expense of another group. We finish with the suggestion that a win-win situation is possible if the focus shifts proactively on advocacy for all autistic persons, including those with very high support needs who often are not able to advocate actively for themselves and who tend to benefit greatly from evidence-based behaviour analytic interventions. |
|
Target Audience: -BCBA and/or IBA certification -Provide or be interested in providing ABA services to people with autism, ADHD, dyslexia, anxiety, obsessive-compulsive disorder, depression, intellectual disability, schizophrenia, or other conditions that may be considered neurodivergence -Dealing online or in the workplace with people who support the notion of autism as a normal, non-pathological variant of humanity. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core principles of the neurodiversity movement (NDM); (2) define the risks connected to the NDM; (3) proposing two possibile soluti |